[:: Date : & The prophetic word that came forth  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  ::] 


:: Date & Confirmation in the news and what people have said has taken place  ::  ::  

- -  ><>  - - - _________  - - -  <><  -


:: 8-17-17 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Minneapolis: Muslim threatened to ‘shoot wife in the head’ night before he was sworn-in as cop

August 17, 2017 Source: Newly sworn-in Minneapolis cop charged with threatening his wife – h/t Jihad Watch

A rookie Minneapolis police officer has been charged with threatening his wife during an argument at their home the night before he was sworn in as a member of the city’s police force. Dakota County prosecutors say Ahmed Jama, 29, got into an argument with his wife at the couple’s Apple Valley home around 11 p.m. on Aug. 1, according to a criminal complaint. Jama threatened to shoot his wife in the head, authorities said, telling her that he would get away with it. No physical violence was reported in the complaint, but his wife told police the following day that she feared for her life, adding that Jama had never threatened her in that way before. Jama was sworn in as a Minneapolis police officer Aug. 2. Acting Minneapolis Police Chief Medaria Arradondo said through a spokesperson that Jama, who is still on probation with the department, has been placed on administrative leave. Arradondo said that the Office of Police Conduct Review would be investigating. Jama voluntarily gave a statement to police, characterizing the argument as more of a discussion, the complaint said. He denied making the threat. He was later arrested and charged with making threats of violence with intent to terrorize, a felony. Classic Islamic supremacist. Threatening to shoot his wife in the head and that he’d get away with it…just casual discussion. Did he think he’d get away with it because fellow Somali Muslim officer Mohamed Noor has, so far, gotten away with killing a woman? More via: Rookie Cop Breaks the Law Night Before Swearing-In Ceremony – Alpha News A Minneapolis man has been charged with Threats of Violence (Intent to Terrorize), the night before being sworn in as a Minneapolis Police Officer. Ahmed Mohamed Jama, 29, threatened his wife with bodily harm after an argument on August 1. The criminal complaint, filed on August 4, states authorities to a report of past action domestic assault. Jama’s wife told authorities that he threatened to “shoot her in the head” because he would “get away with it.” Jama denied making the threat. According to his personnel file, Jama first started working with the Minneapolis Police Department as a Police Cadet. Jama filed paperwork to become a Police Cadet in August of 2016, a similar training program that Officer Mohamed Noor, the Minneapolis Officer who shot Justine Damond in July. According to the Minneapolis Police Department, a Police Cadet: “To be hired as a Police Cadet, you must have a two or four year degree in any discipline from a regionally accredited college or university, and must NOT have passed the P.O.S.T. Licensing Exam.” “The City of Minneapolis then pays for the Cadet to complete Law Enforcement certificate courses through a PPOE program which includes skills training simultaneously as they go through MPD’s in-house academy. This academic training is comparable to the training recruits receive before being hired by the MPD. “This lasts approximately 8 months. Cadets are promoted to Police Officer upon successful completion of the P.O.S.T. Board academic and skills requirements. From there they enter the Minneapolis Police Department’s Field Training Program (see below). The MPD Cadet Program started back in 1989 and has helped the MPD hire a number of highly qualified and decorated officers, including many of our current Chiefs, Inspectors, and Commanders.” As Alpha News reported, MPD looked to clear up any confusion regarding time spent training. Noor spent more than a year after going through the police cadet training for the Minneapolis Police Department, while Jama started out as a Community Service Officer before working his way up to officer. “At this point, the probationary employee you’ve inquired about, who has never worked in the capacity of a Minneapolis Police Officer, is on administrative leave,” Minneapolis Police Chief Medaria Arradondo said in a statement. “I am aware of the serious charges and will take appropriate action when necessary. The Office of Police Conduct Review has opened up a case into this matter.” Look no further than Muslim Keith Ellison and the mayor for the current lunacy occurring in Minneapolis. 

:: 8-16-17 Wolf Street :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Grocery Store Turmoil in Chicago

by Wolf Richter • Aug 16, 2017

Bankruptcies don’t help. Even the big chains are closing stores. The grocery store sector is never static. Some stores close, others open. But in Chicago, 25 stores closed over the past 24 months due to bankruptcies or operational reasons, and only 16 stores have opened, producing “an alarming loss” of 545,000 square feet of grocery store space. This includes five independent grocery stores that closed, while only two new ones opened, bringing their total down to 43 stores. Their market share, based on square footage, declined to just 7%. This is “not a positive sign for improving the food deserts where these grocers penetrate more regularly,” according to Mid-America Real Estate’s biennial Urban Grocery Study. And the average store size shrank, as the stores that were closed averaged 38,000 square feet, while the stores that opened or are planned average 25,000 square feet. The study covers the period from September 2015 to August 1, 2017, in an urban area of 3.2 million residents with 262 operating or proposed grocery stores of more than 10,000 square feet in size. In addition to the current difficulties, Amazon’s entry looms over the grocery market. Whole Foods, which is being acquired by Amazon, has 13 stores in the area, nine of them “in primarily higher income” locations. It has about 7% of the market on a square-footage basis. And the report finds that “consumers continue to anticipate the opening of Amazon Go stores or perhaps ‘combo’ sites of Amazon/Whole Foods part grocery-part fulfillment center.” Regional grocery store chain Dominick’s has become a Safeway fatality. In 1998, the chain’s 116 stores were acquired by Safeway Inc. Critics say that Safeway cheapened the product offerings, including replacing Dominick’s private label brands with Safeway brands. And the store-closings started. At the end of 2013, with only 83 Dominick’s stores remaining, Safeway closed all of them. Two month later, as if by coincidence, Safeway was acquired in a leveraged buyout by private equity firm Cerberus. Many of the Dominick’s stores remained “dark” for years. But over the two-year period of the report, nearly one million square feet of those locations were absorbed by major chain stores, which dampened the impact of the bankruptcies and store closings to create “a stall and step backwards in urban Chicago,” as the report put it. Jewel Osco moved into the number one spot, with 51 stores. Aldi, after closing three locations, dropped to number two, with 49 stores. In the plus-column: Target is doubling the number of its small-format stores (20,000-30,000 square feet) to eight locations. These stores are either already open or under construction. According to the report, they’re offering a “variety of grab-and-go grocery, pharmacy/health/beauty, limited apparel and electronics; and most have in-store cafes, thus nailing the merchandise mix worthy of inclusion as an urban grocery competitor.” Fresh Thyme Farmer’s Market opened two small gourmet grocery stores of under 30,000 square feet. H Mart, a grocer catering to the Asian community, already has four stores in the suburbs and now plans to open a new 20,000-square-foot sore in the West Loop. The report: This is the second Asian-based urban grocer since the arrival of Seafood City in the Mayfair neighborhood on the northwest side in 2016. Seafood City is rumored to now be doubling the size of their store by 2019 due to larger than anticipated volumes. Plans are underway for two grocery co-ops to open small stores: The Dill Pickle with 13,000 square feet and Chicago Market with 10,000 square feet. They’re barely large enough to make it into the study (cutoff at 10,000 square feet). In the minus-column: The otherwise rapidly expanding German discounter Aldi closed three stores in Chicago, bringing its count down to 49 locations. But even as Safeway-Albertson’s gives its PE firm owners gray hairs, Aldi has announced an additional $3.4 billion investment, expecting to operate 2,500 stores across the US by 2022. Now there’s the fervent hope that some of them might happen in Chicago. Three Ultra Foods and a Strack & Val Til were shuttered, totaling 327,000 square feet, following the May bankruptcy of Central Grocers. The Midwest cooperative of grocery wholesalers operates three regional chains: Strack & Van Til, Ultra Foods, and Town & Country Markets. In the bankruptcy filing, the company said that it would try to sell the more viable stores and close the rest. “The closing of Ultra Foods in Calumet Park instantly created a food desert, by definition,” the report found. The space may eventually be absorbed, most likely by operations that are “only partial grocery, combined with other active non-grocer categories, almost guaranteeing a permanent loss of supply here.” Meijer has closed two smaller stores, totaling 181,000 square feet. Wal-Mart, which closed all of its Express stores in the US, also closed its two in Chicago, along with two Wal-Mart Neighborhood Markets (primarily grocery), totaling 58,700 square feet. The report mused: “Wal-Mart’s inactivity in urban Chicago remains puzzling.” All the big gorillas have been trying it, but most consumers just don’t want to. Read… Amazon’s Online Grocery Boom? Not So Fast… 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 8-18-17 My Daily Informer :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anonymous – They Aren’t Going to Tell You About This! (CERN ALERT MESSAGE 2017)

CERN is built on the former site of a temple to Apollyon, who is referenced in the book of Revelation as the king of the horde of the "bottomless pit". Scripture says the key to the pit will be given in the end times and when it is opened something terrible will come through. There is documented evidence that CERN seeks to open doors to other dimensions, they openly admit it. They have also released videos which indicate these intentions, along with other occult messages, as well as erecting the statue of Shiva (the destroyer) who is synonymous with Satan (according to occult scholars). All of this combined with other prophecy being fulfilled in modern times is an overwhelming sign of the times. People need to do a little digging and open their eyes, no need to to take anyone's word for it- the evidence is all there. Unfortunately most just scoff at the idea of anything beyond their well-programmed existence, they trust in the "wisdom" of men and science. They put their faith in what they can see but don't realize that most of what they see is manufactured deception, making them blind to the truth. Time is short my friends and Jesus Christ is the only path to salvation- He is the way, the truth and the life. God bless and all the best to all of you. Some have seen this problem coming for a long time and changed their entire way of life by going off-grid. They have found alternative sources such as solar, wind and diesel to power their homes and machinery. A majority of us, who have not gone off-grid, are making a concerted effort to avoid dependence on this ailing infrastructure and preparing for life without it. Will CERN generate a black hole? The LHC will not generate black holes in the cosmological sense. However, some theories suggest that the formation of tiny ‘quantum’ black holes may be possible. The observation of such an event would be thrilling in terms of our understanding of the Universe; and would be perfectly safe. As far as we know, we live in four dimensions, three of space and one of time. But experimentalists at the Large Hadron Collider are looking for evidence that the universe contains more than that. The existence of extra dimensions could explain some puzzling properties of the universe. Physicists know about four forces that govern the way particles interact: electromagnetism, the strong and weak nuclear forces, and gravity. Gravity is by far the weakest. Think about sticking a magnet to a refrigerator door. The magnet can respond to the electromagnetic force that attracts it to the door. Or it can respond to the gravitational force of the Earth below. If you let it go at a short enough distance, it sticks straight to the door, ignoring the entire planet beneath it. Physicists wonder why gravity seems so much weaker than the other three forces. One possibility is that we’re only experiencing a fraction of it. It could be that the gravitational force acts partially in another dimension, or many extra dimensions, that we can’t perceive. Knowing more about gravity could help physicists seeking to form a so-called theory of everything, a theory that combines the four forces into one. Extra dimensions would not necessarily consist of alternate worlds, as depicted in science fiction. They could simply be too small for us to see. To understand how this would work, imagine walking along a tightrope. You are able to move only forwards and backwards without falling. In this situation, it is almost as if you exist in just one dimension of space. However, an ant walking along the same tightrope has a different point of view. The ant is able to move forwards and backwards but also around the tightrope. To such a small creature, a tightrope exists in two spatial dimensions instead of just one. Even if extra dimensions are small, they can still have an effect on how we experience the world. Scientists think that finding evidence of extra dimensions could help answer some of their questions about gravity, still one of the most mysterious forces in the universe. Finding evidence of extra dimensions could also give credence to theories of physics beyond the Standard Model. Models of string theory, for example, require the existence of at least 11 dimensions. Discovering extra dimensions could give scientists clues about the mysterious workings of gravity and could help them to unify the forces or determine the validity of string theory. It could also raise more questions about ways other dimensions shape the world around us. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 4-8-12 am service (first word) :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. You have seen Russia as she is preparing to move down upon Israel with the other nation. etc..

:: 8-16-17 Russia Beyond the Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia rolls out the ‘Night Hunter’ chopper to slay ISIS

August 16, 2017 Nikolai Litovkin

The modified Mi-28 can be fully controlled by one of two pilots and will carry out search and destroy missions in the Middle East. A new version of the Mi-28UB “Night Hunter” - a modern attack helicopter - will be transported to Russia’s air base in Syria in the coming weeks. The war machine’s manufacturers are keen to test its modified armor and missiles on the front line. A military industrial source told RBTH this: “Russian Helicopters [corporation] strengthened the helicopter’s front armor and enhanced its ‘brains.’ ” So in the very near future, an advanced version of the “battle bird” will be carrying out search and destroy missions against ISIS in the Middle East. One of the chopper’s new features gives full control of the machine to both pilots. This means that if one pilot gets injured, the other will be able to operate the helicopter independently: That’s navigation, flying, and firing systems all at the same time. What is the ‘Night Hunter’ all about? The main goal of this military flying monster is to support infantry and special forces groups fighting on the ground. It was built to destroy tanks, armored vehicles, and low-flying targets. For example, other helicopters and drones. The Mi-28 has already been adopted by the Russian Military, but like every other piece of army hardware it had to go through strict testing before it was given the greenlight to wreak havoc on the battlefield. As the RBTH source explained, the Mi-28 follows all international military standards: “As well as bringing hell on earth with its machine guns and missiles, it can fight alongside tanks.” The expert also said that the chopper’s targets will range from enemy military personnel to artillery systems, and even anti-air defense units. Besides that, the helicopter is among only a few capable of performing aerobatic maneuvers. As Russia’s Berkuty pilot team has been showing the world for the last five years. The Mi-28's first use in Syria Russia’s Mi-28 helicopters played an integral role in liberating the Syrian city of Palmyra from ISIS on March 27, 2016. The video shows the destruction of an ISIS armored vehicle with the help of guided anti-tank missiles, followed by the elimination of militants hiding in a house. This was the first recorded use of the Night Hunter against ISIS terrorists. Before, the choppers were solely used to guard the Khmeimim Air Base, where Russia’s Air Force in Syria is stationed. 

[ :: 5-6-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc many are complaining over the high price of food at the moment, just wait, wait until you see how much more it goes up.  But the good thing is that if you are not praying over it, maybe you shouldn’t be eating it, you would be far healthier for you have not sanctified it by the words of your mouth etc.

:: 8-15-17 Walking Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

4 Popular Companies Who Own the Medical Treatments For the Diseases Their Products Cause

August 15, 2017 Cameron S. Bigger, Contributor Waking Times

Listed below are four lethal connections between Big Pharma and some of our most popular consumer products, of which all consumers deserve to be made aware. Nestlé and Prometheus Therapeutics & Diagnostics Nestlé is the world’s largest food & beverage corporation, owning more than 2,000 brands in 191 countries. The vast majority of Nestlé’s profits come from dairy-centric products. Some of their most popular brands include Gerber Baby, Nesquik Chocolate Milk, Toll House, Kit Kat, Crunch Bar, Hot Pockets, DiGiorno, Lean Cuisine, and Dreyer’s Ice Cream. Nestlé also owns the pharmaceutical company Prometheus Therapeutics and Diagnostics, whose message to doctors is: “Prometheus is your partner in helping patients with chronic digestive disorders live active, healthy lives.” Celiac disease is one of today’s most prevalent and lucrative digestive disorders, estimated to affect 1 in 100 people worldwide. Prometheus has its very own celiac disease website, which heavily warns against gluten intake, but doesn’t mention that a patient’s symptomatology could be caused by lactose intolerance, even though the symptoms of the two diseases are very similar, and it’s well recognized that celiac patients have a proven high chance of lactose intolerance. In fact, regarding the global rise in celiac disease prevalence, prominent celiac researcher Dr. Detlef Schuppan declared: “The amount of gluten ingested does not explain it.” When a corporation so heavily profits from the commercial use of dairy, a well-known digestive irritant, while also profiting from prescribing treatments for the side effects of improper digestion, that is a major conflict of interest. If we continue to pay Nestlé $92.3B per year, watch celiac cases continue to skyrocket—even amidst all the new gluten-free options. Johnson & Johnson and Janssen Pharmaceuticals The main ingredient of Johnson & Johnson’s (JNJ) baby powder is talcum powder, or talc. Several studies have linked frequent usage of talc in the genital region to pelvic inflammation and an increased risk of ovarian cancer. JNJ also owns Janssen Pharmaceuticals, who manufactures one of the top ovarian cancer chemotherapy drugs: Doxil. Doxil costs $2,758 per every 25ml. Ovarian cancer patients are recommended to have 50ml injected once a month for at least 4 monthly cycles. So, 50ml of Doxil, the monthly dosage, costs $5,516, and if repeated for 4 monthly cycles, as recommended, the total cost of Doxil treatment is $22,064. In 2017, about 22,000 women in the U.S. will receive a new diagnosis of ovarian cancer, and about 14,000 U.S. women will die from ovarian cancer. Ovarian cancer is ranked 5th among all cancer deaths in women, making it the most lethal form of cancer of the female reproductive system. Today, an American woman’s risk of developing ovarian cancer during her lifetime is around 1 in 75, and her chances of dying from ovarian cancer is around 1 in 100. When we multiply the 22,000 thousand new U.S. cases of ovarian cancer per year by the $22,000 cost of a round of Doxil chemo, this comes out to a $484 million per year opportunity for JNJ. It should now be evident why Johnson & Johnson shouldn’t be allowed to sell talcum-laced baby powder while also selling ovarian cancer chemo treatments. Merisant Sweeteners and vTv Therapeutics 4 Popular Companies Who Own the Medical Treatments For the Diseases Their Products Cause August 15, 2017

Cameron S. Bigger, Contributor Waking Times

Listed below are four lethal connections between Big Pharma and some of our most popular consumer products, of which all consumers deserve to be made aware. Nestlé and Prometheus Therapeutics & Diagnostics Nestlé is the world’s largest food & beverage corporation, owning more than 2,000 brands in 191 countries. The vast majority of Nestlé’s profits come from dairy-centric products. Some of their most popular brands include Gerber Baby, Nesquik Chocolate Milk, Toll House, Kit Kat, Crunch Bar, Hot Pockets, DiGiorno, Lean Cuisine, and Dreyer’s Ice Cream. Nestlé also owns the pharmaceutical company Prometheus Therapeutics and Diagnostics, whose message to doctors is: “Prometheus is your partner in helping patients with chronic digestive disorders live active, healthy lives.” Celiac disease is one of today’s most prevalent and lucrative digestive disorders, estimated to affect 1 in 100 people worldwide. Prometheus has its very own celiac disease website, which heavily warns against gluten intake, but doesn’t mention that a patient’s symptomatology could be caused by lactose intolerance, even though the symptoms of the two diseases are very similar, and it’s well recognized that celiac patients have a proven high chance of lactose intolerance. In fact, regarding the global rise in celiac disease prevalence, prominent celiac researcher Dr. Detlef Schuppan declared: “The amount of gluten ingested does not explain it.” When a corporation so heavily profits from the commercial use of dairy, a well-known digestive irritant, while also profiting from prescribing treatments for the side effects of improper digestion, that is a major conflict of interest. If we continue to pay Nestlé $92.3B per year, watch celiac cases continue to skyrocket—even amidst all the new gluten-free options. Johnson & Johnson and Janssen Pharmaceuticals The main ingredient of Johnson & Johnson’s (JNJ) baby powder is talcum powder, or talc. Several studies have linked frequent usage of talc in the genital region to pelvic inflammation and an increased risk of ovarian cancer. JNJ also owns Janssen Pharmaceuticals, who manufactures one of the top ovarian cancer chemotherapy drugs: Doxil. Doxil costs $2,758 per every 25ml. Ovarian cancer patients are recommended to have 50ml injected once a month for at least 4 monthly cycles. So, 50ml of Doxil, the monthly dosage, costs $5,516, and if repeated for 4 monthly cycles, as recommended, the total cost of Doxil treatment is $22,064. In 2017, about 22,000 women in the U.S. will receive a new diagnosis of ovarian cancer, and about 14,000 U.S. women will die from ovarian cancer. Ovarian cancer is ranked 5th among all cancer deaths in women, making it the most lethal form of cancer of the female reproductive system. Today, an American woman’s risk of developing ovarian cancer during her lifetime is around 1 in 75, and her chances of dying from ovarian cancer is around 1 in 100. When we multiply the 22,000 thousand new U.S. cases of ovarian cancer per year by the $22,000 cost of a round of Doxil chemo, this comes out to a $484 million per year opportunity for JNJ. It should now be evident why Johnson & Johnson shouldn’t be allowed to sell talcum-laced baby powder while also selling ovarian cancer chemo treatments. Merisant Sweeteners and vTv Therapeutics Merisant is a top global manufacturer of artificial sweetener brands whose products are currently being sold in over 90 countries. Equal Zero Calorie Sweetener is Merisant’s flagship product, which produced sales of $36.2 million in 2014. Merisant is owned by MacAndrews and Forbes, who also own vTv Therapeutics. vTv Therapeutics is a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the clinical-stage discovery and invention of treatments, primarily for Alzheimer’s disease and Type 2 Diabetes, as well as central nervous system diseases, metabolic disorders, inflammation, and cancer. Now, one of Equal Sweetener’s main ingredients is aspartame. Human research has already proven aspartame’s connection to memory loss and learning impairment, and there is promising animal research indicating both aspartame’s role in promoting obesity by blocking gut enzyme activity and that aspartame induces significant increases in lymphomas and leukaemias at doses very near to those at which humans can be exposed. Should we really continue to allow the people who so massively profit from selling aspartame-laced Equal Sweetener the opportunity to also own and sell the pharmaceuticals that deal with the side-effects of aspartame consumption? Hearthside Food Solutions and 21st Century Oncology Hearthside Food Solutions is the United States’ largest independent bakery, and the global food industry’s leader in the full-service contract manufacturing of processed grain-based foods and snacks, including baked goods, granola bars, snack bars, energy bars, cookies, crackers, pretzels, croutons, and breadcrumbs. Hearthside is owned by Vestar Capital Partners, who also own 21st Century Oncology. 21st Century Oncology is a leading cancer-care service provider across multiple modalities, including colorectal, breast, uterine, and testicular cancers, and was also named the world’s largest radiation oncology provider, operating 179 global radiation centers, including 143 locations in 17 U.S. states. While most people already know that eating processed grains is unhealthy, some might not be aware of the high correlation between the consumption of processed, simple carbs with certain types of cancer development, such as prostate, colorectal and uterine cancers, while on the contrary, choosing healthy, complex carbs like legumes and leafy greens is correlated with a significant reduction in the risk for breast, colorectal, and prostate cancers. Even the ultra-conservative American Cancer Society states on its website that “Food processing may alter foods in ways that might affect cancer risk. An example is the refining of grains, which greatly lowers the amount of fiber and other compounds that may reduce cancer risk.” Should we really continue to allow the global leaders of processed grain-based foods and snacks the ability to also own the world’s largest tumor radiation company? 

:: 8-18-17 The Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NASA Monitoring 3-Mile-Wide Asteroid --"Largest Potentially Hazardous NEO Ever Tracked This Close to Earth"

August 18, 2017

On September 1, an asteroid almost three miles wide named after Florence Nightingale will safely fly by Earth at a distance of 4.4 million miles. The last time it came closer to Earth was 1890 and the next time it will come anywhere near us will be 2500. Florence, is one of the biggest near-Earth objects (NEOs) currently being tracked by NASA and will be the largest to pass us at a relatively close distance since the space agency began monitoring them 20 years ago. It is classified as a “potentially hazardous” by the Minor Planet Center. NASA will use the Goldstone Solar System Radar in California and at the National Science Foundation's Arecibo Observatory in Puerto Rico to study Florence. The team expects to find out the real size of the asteroid and surface details up to a distance of around 30 feet. “While many known asteroids have passed by closer to Earth than Florence will...all of those were estimated to be smaller,” said Paul Chodas, manager of NASA’s Center for Near-Earth Object Studies. “Florence is the largest asteroid to pass by our planet this close since the NASA program to detect and track near-Earth asteroids began.” Florence should be visible with small telescopes at the end of August and at the start of September. During this time, it will appear to move through the Piscis Austrinus, Capricornus, Aquarius and Delphinus. The team will be able to determine if Florence is part of a binary system, meaning it has a companion asteroid.​ If Florence has a satellite, then our chances of detecting it are excellent, and if so, then we plan to measure its motion to estimate the orbital parameters, mass, and density of the system,” NASA said. Observations will begin on 29 August and will continue to September 8. The Daily Galaxy via NASA/JPL/Caltech  

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 8-18-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mag 6.6 - North of Ascension Island is the 5th major quake in August: Only 3 mag 7 quakes or higher so far in 2017 could be the lowest mag 7+ count in modern history

Friday, 18 August 2017 Posted by Gary Walton at 9:10 am USGS

A shallow, magnitude 6.6 - North of Ascension Island is the 5th major quake in August and the 60th of 2017. Green alert for shaking-related fatalities and economic losses. There is a low likelihood of casualties and damage. Based on the earthquake location near the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, a damaging tsunami is not expected. It is turning out to be an incredible low count for major quakes in 2017, as we move toward Sept, the 9th month, this years count is way down at 60 and does not look like the annual total will reach three figures which is unprecedented in many decades and could be the lowest total since the 1940's... What is even more remarkable though is the lack of major quakes mag 7 or higher. 2017 has seen so far only 3 quakes at mag 7 or higher, the biggest being the mag 7.9 in Papua New Guinea, way back in January, nothing has been recorded in the mag 8 range which is also highly unusual and could be the lowest mag 7+ count in modern history. 

:: 8-17-17 Real Clear Politics :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Al Sharpton: Defund The Jefferson Memorial, Asking Me To "Subsidize The Insult Of My Family"

Posted By Ian Schwartz On Date August 17, 2017

In an interview with Charlie Rose earlier this week, Rev. Al Sharpton called for the government to strip public funding of the Jefferson Memorial.

Charlie Rose: Does it matter -- he mentioned Thomas Jefferson. He wrote a biography of Thomas Jefferson. Thomas Jefferson had slaves. Al Sharpton: He had slaves and children with the slaves. Charlie Rose: Exactly. Al Sharpton: And it does matter. Charlie Rose: Should they take down the Jefferson memorial? Al Sharpton: I think that people need to understand when people that were enslaved and robbed of even the right to marry, and had forced sex with their slave masters, that this is personal to us. My great grandfather was a slave in South Carolina owned by the family that ended up, Strom Thurmond was one of them, a newspaper discovered it. So, this is personal. This is not some kind of removed discussion from us. Our families were victims of this, certainly it ought to -- Charlie Rose: Therefore, everybody associated with slavery in terms of any public monument to them -- Al Sharpton: When you look at the fact that public monuments are supported by public funds, you are asking me to subsidize the insult of my family. Charlie Rose: Then I repeat Thomas Jefferson had slaves. Al Sharpton: And I would repeat that the public should not be paying to uphold somebody who had that kind of background. You have private museums. You have other things that you may want to do, but that's not even the issue here, Charlie. We're talking about here, an open display of bigotry announced and over and over again.

:: 8-18-17 Pamela Geller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Spain: JIHADIS WITH SUICIDE VESTS, police stop second attack after 13 killed in Barcelona

By Pamela Geller - on August 18, 2017

The jihadis were wearing suicide vests – are authorities still unclear as to motive? Residents of the Spanish seaside resort of Cambrils fled in terror in the early hours of Friday after five terrorists wearing suicide vests launched the second ramming attack in the country in a matter of hours. (Telegraph) Spanish police say they have killed five people in the town of Cambrils to stop a second attempted van attack after an earlier one in Barcelona. The attackers were wearing explosive belts, police said. August 17, 2017: BBC: Thirteen people died and dozens were injured when a van ploughed into crowds in Barcelona’s Las Ramblas area on Thursday afternoon. The driver of the van fled and is still at large. Spain’s Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy said it was a “jihadist attack”. The authorities are now linking the attacks in Barcelona and Cambrils with an explosion at a house on Wednesday evening in the town of Alcanar that left one person dead. Earlier, police chief Josep Lluis Trapero said it appeared the residents at the Alcanar house had been “preparing an explosive device”. In Cambrils seven people including a police officer were wounded when a car was driven into a group early on Friday, Catalan emergency services said. One is in critical condition. Spanish media reported that the attackers’ vehicle overturned and when the men got out they were quickly fired upon by police. A series of controlled explosions was then carried out. Police say the situation in Cambrils – a popular seaside resort to the south-west of Barcelona – is now under control. Meanwhile police are continuing to search for the driver of the van used in the Barcelona attack, who fled on foot. Tourists and locals fled when the rented vehicle sped down Las Ramblas in the centre of the city, mowing down people. Witnesses said the van deliberately targeted people, weaving from side to side as it drove down the boulevard. Two people have been arrested, but police say neither was the driver. Police have released a photo of a man named as Driss Oubakir, whose documents were used to rent the van involved in the attack. Local media say he is in his 20s, and was born in Morocco. However, latest reports suggest he has told police he was not involved, and that his documents were stolen. So-called Islamic State has said it was behind the Las Ramblas attack, saying in a brief statement carried by its Amaq news agency that it was carried out by “Islamic State soldiers”. The group gave no further evidence or details to back this claim. Vehicles have been used to ram into crowds in a series of attacks across Europe since July last year. In another incident, police shot dead a man who drove into officers at a checkpoint on the outskirts of Barcelona, but the authorities said there was no evidence that he was connected to the attack in Las Ramblas. 

:: 8-16-17 Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In Their Own Words: The Radical Political Goals Of ‘Anti-Fascists’

Peter Hasson Associate Editor 10:31 PM 08/16/2017

In the days since violent clashes at a white nationalist rally in Charlottesville culminated in a neo-Nazi sympathizer driving his car into a crowd of counter-protesters, journalists have mainstreamed the self-described “anti-fascists” (or “antifa”) at the rally — largely ignoring their involvement in the escalating political violence in this country. Many establishment political figures insisted the far-left actors were just like American soldiers on D-Day. But these “anti-fascists'” own statements show they’re nothing like American soldiers on D-Day. They aren’t interested in protecting America’s system of government, according to their own statements — they’re interested in destroying it. From the very start of the Trump administration, far-left actors declared their intention to use massive demonstrations to disrupt the American political process as much as possible. A common mantra among far-left groups beginning shortly before the inauguration: make America “ungovernable.” “We need to make this country ungovernable,” declared a female leader for Refuse Fascism shortly after the inauguration. “We need to do what the German people should have done when Hitler was elected.” Refuse Fascism was a driving force behind the violent, politically motivated riots in Berkeley. Right-wing provocateur Milo Yiannopoulos — who at the time was an editor at pro-Trump website Breitbart — was scheduled to speak at the University of California’s Berkeley campus. He was forced to cancel the speech after mobs of protesters started fires, assaulted bystanders and pepper sprayed suspected Trump supporters as part of an organized effort to shut down the speech. (RELATED: Ivy League Professor And DNC Platform Member Tied To Berkeley Rioters) Refuse Fascism was among the left-wing groups advertising the Charlottesville rally and urged confrontation with the white nationalists:Drive them OUT of Charlottesville and out of power!” Refuse Fascism was far from the only left-wing fringe group at Charlottesville. One anarchist group that was at Charlottesville, CrimethInc, holds that anarchism is necessary to destroy white supremacy, which the group says cannot be fully extinguished in a democracy. “Anarchism is one of the most thoroughgoing forms of opposition to fascism, in that it entails opposition to hierarchy itself. Virtually every framework that countenances hierarchy, be it democracy or ‘national liberation,’ enables old power imbalances like white supremacy and patriarchy to remain in place, hidden within the legitimacy of the prevailing structures,” the group explains. They similarly want to destroy law enforcement and capitalists. “We must identify the forces underlying their laws and their order—white supremacy, patriarchy, policing, capitalism, and the state. We have to work together to keep ourselves safe and reimagine the world without them,” the group states in an article, which was reposted on popular antifa website It’s Going Down. Another far-left group at Charlottesville last weekend: the Workers World Party, a group of Marxist-Leninist revolutionaries who have declared their support for Kim Jong Un’s murderous dictatorship in North Korea. Workers World’s publication has consistently published propaganda-like screeds supporting Venezuela’s murderous regime. The communist group “sent many of its members to Charlottesville, Va., to beat back the Nazis and Klan who marched there,” according to a post recapping the group’s participation in the weekend’s violence. The Daily Caller News Foundation confirmed Workers World’s presence at the Charlottesville rally. The group took credit for organizing the vandals who toppled a city-owned Confederate statue in Durham, North Carolina this week. Workers’ World’s stated goals are classic Marxism, including igniting an international socialist revolution and “the shutdown of the Pentagon and the use of the war budget” — that is, the funding for the Department of Defense — “to improve the lives of the working class and especially the oppressed peoples.” While Workers World is currently fighting (literally) with white nationalists, the group is opposed to all in the “ruling establishment” who the group explains hide “behind a veil of ‘democracy’ and ‘human rights.'” “Those in the ruling establishment who see their reputation in tatters are appalled by what happened [at Charlottesville], but not for the right reasons,” read a Workers World post after Charlottesville. “They want to continue to exploit and dominate most of the world, but behind a veil of ‘democracy’ and ‘human rights.’ The people are showing by their actions that only by taking the fight for justice into their own hands, with no confidence in the organs of state power, can they make progress.” The post concluded: “Long live the independent struggle of this new progressive movement against the fascists, the cops and the capitalist establishment!” 

:: 8-17-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Global Agenda to Destroy Monuments: US, Syria, and Poland

Israeli News Live Published on Aug 17, 2017

There is a Global Agenda to Destroy Monuments to Destroy History: US, Syria, and Poland. Why to rewrite history it is a New World Order Agenda. Now more than ever the agenda to rewrite history has started. I did not see it until it came to America then I saw the global agenda and we are duped into thinking this is just racial divide.


:: 8-18-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Extreme False Flag Terrorism Followed by UN Occupation of America-James Wesley Rawles and Monika Wesolowski

By Dave Hodges

There are two very disturbing conversations that I have had in the past 24 hours which suggests very clearly that the Deep State is in the process dismantling the United States of America. Additionally, it is becoming increasingly clear that the Deep State will pay any price to take down America by “any means necessary”. State Department Sends Clear Message of Impending Future Occupation by UN Forces Monika Wesolowski has been outspoken about how the Deep State controls the State Department, despite the election of Donald Trump. She has bravely pointed out how her corner of the State Department has engaged in some very Deep State practices which are not in the best interests of the United States. For example, we previously learned about how the State Department, in its pamphlets related to child-sex-trafficking will never display this heinous practice inside the United States, as if if the practice does not exist within the United States and that this decision was made by a contractor with ties and background to Saudi Arabia. Please remember that this obfuscation of this practice within the United States took place when the s0-called Pizzagate/Pedogate was sweeping America. More to the point of this article, in a phone conversation with Monika, I have learned how the State Department is only interested in displaying military/law enforcement personnel in UN colored hats and helmets. In the conversation, Monika stressed that she was repeatedly instructed to make the head gear more “UN blue” in appearance. What does this mean? My takeaway from this revelation is that the American people, through this type of public display of State Department brochures, are being conditioned to accept UN occupation forces on American soil. Here is a more detailed summary of my personal conversation with Wesolowski. James Wesley Rawles is one of the most highly respected survivalists in the United States. I know of nobody that does not respect Jim’s views on the dangers facing America. In the past 24 hours, I conducted and interview with Jim about the domestic developments which imperil the safety and survival of millions of Americans. Before I make public this stunning announcement, it should be noted that Jim is not known for being an alarmist. Suffice it to say that I am greatly alarmed by what Jim revealed during the course of the interview in which he stated that radical left (ie the forces behind the Charlottesville riots) will pay any price to bring down Trump and the type of America he represents. In fact, the phrase that he used was “by any means necessary”.

It is Rawles contention that the Charlottesville situation will quickly escalate to to much a higher level of violence in which we will witness the radical left engaging in car bombings, the use of dirty bombs, chemical weapons and assassination. I was stunned that such a reputable source would believe that this situation will escalate, so quickly, to this level. He stated that the radical left is clearly motivated by the desire to install a global government run by radical socialists and that the United States must be destroyed in the process. Rawles also spent a great deal of time covering what the average American can do to increase their individual chances of survival. Most disturbingly, he revealed that America might face occupation, something that this country has never experienced on a national scale. In the interview, we discussed bug out strategies in the face of an advancing foreign and hostile army. The entire interview with Jim Rawles will air in the second hour of The Common Sense Show on Sunday, August 20th from 9-10pm Eastern, 6-7pm Pacific. Rawles +Wesolowski When I combine the information offered by Wesolowski and Rawles, there emerges a very clear picture. The United States is going to be put into such dire straights that at some point, this country will be occupied by the blue helmeted despots from the United Nations. I have written extensively on the UN military presence on our soil. Additionally Obama and Kerry illegally signed the UN gun confiscation policies 2.5 years ago. In order to get us to the point of occupation, America is going to go through a living hell at the hands of so-called domestic terrorists, led and funded by George Soros. There is justification as to where this is headed. This link is revealed by a CIA mouthpiece known as Deagel. The Destruction of America Being a front group for the CIA, Deagel, is predicting that we are less than 8 years away from this hellish nightmare. Just who or what is Deagel? The power and influence of the corporation that you never heard of, is staggering. This is the modern day Zapata Oil, which was a CIA front corporation run by George H. W. Bush which in turn facilitated much of the Air America “drugs for guns” program in Latin America in the 1980’s. My sources tell me that Deagel is the same exact kind of organization as Zapata Oil. Deagel ran guns through the late Ambassador Chris Stevens and subsequently delivered them to al-Qaeda in Libya and in Syria at the time of Stevens’ death. Deagel was intimately involved in Benghazi in ways that will be revealed in a later article. Deagel is not just a gun running/drug running/child sex trafficking organization, they are also intimately connected with the business as “Open source intelligence links”. This means that Deagel and their partner (affiliations listed below) serve as marketing companies for the CIA and sell intelligence information to the highest bidder. Stratfor and Deagel provide the CIA with a minimum of two degrees of separation from nefarious operations which could taint the U.S. government and in particular, the CIA. These activities will be the topic of a future article. The focus of the remainder of this article is the destruction and depopulation of the United States. Deagel is a group that gets their hands dirty and they play both sides of the fence. Please note the publicly available list of Deagel partners, listed below. They do business with the Russian Defense Procurement Agency, but they are largely an American contractor with ties into the U.S. Navy, the NSA and the CIA, through Stratfor. If anyone wanted to make the case that I have, the “Bastard Banksters from Basel” control both sides of the coming WW III for fun and profit, the data trail of Deagel exemplifies this point. From the following information, we get a strong indication of how the U.S. is going to be depopulated. To further examine this possibility, take a look at a partial list of Deagel partners. The following list clearly shows that Deagel is “locked in” when it comes to the power centers on this planet. A Partial List of Deagel Partners National Security Agency – 

North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO – OTAN) –  Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) –  OSCE –  Russian Defense Procurement Agency –  Stratfor  –  The World Bank –  United Nations (UN) –  In light of what has been written in the previous paragraphs, this affiliation cannot be considered to a mere coincidence. In the beginning of 2014, Deagel published a projected demographic shift of every nation on the planet. The projections are noteworthy. As one of the most prolific arms dealers and sellers of intelligence information on the planet, Deagel would be in a unique position from which to make projections with regard to coming world events as well as being able to anticipate dramatic shifts in global power. Not surprisingly, Deagel has made such a projection and the news is not good for the United States. Below is a list of projected changes for the United States during the time frame covering 2014-2025.

United States of America Projected Changes from 2014-2025 Year: 2014 Population: 316 million Gross Domestic Product: $17 trillion GDP per capita: $52,838 Budget: $5.8 trillion Military Budget: $726 billion

Forecast 2025 Population: 69 million Gross Domestic Product: $921 billion GDP per capita: $13,328

Military Budget: $8.0 billion Please note how the changes in U.S. population covering an 11 year period mirror what I wrote in the America 2050 article. The projected and dramatic downward shift in America’s population are nearly identical when one compares the America 2050 documents and the Deagel projections. There is another striking projection which should alarm every American. In 2013, the U.S. military budget was $726 billion dollars. However, the projected 2025 projected budget is only $8 billion dollars. This clearly points to the fact that the CIA, through Deagel, is projecting that the United States is going to be militarily conquered within the next 10 years. The mere $8 billion dollar projected 2025 military budget speaks to a domestic martial law type of occupation force. With this kind of budget, the U.S. would not even be able to engage in regional conflicts. Conclusion The Deagel documents clearly speak to who the winners and losers of the coming global conflict will be. In the Deagel document, Russia, China, Syria, Saudi Arabia, Iran and India maintain their respective populations or increase their populations by the year 2025. The United States and Britain undergo severe population reductions. These revelations clearly point out that America is on a well-planned collision course with destruction and the process is well underway. This article contains many sobering revelations and it should give the average American much to consider with regard to becoming active in their support of President Trump. Trump is America’s last hope. Steve Quayle once called him “God’s prosecutor”. With Trump out of the way, a reasonable person would conclude, given these revelations, that that America is on a collision course with extreme false-flag terrorism and eventual UN occupation. The fighters among us will ask, can anything be done? The best answer that comes to mind is to pray, pray and pray some more. We are in spiritual battle. On the physical plane, Paul Martin and I are actively working with Larry Nichols to slow down and even stop the impeachment process against Trump. I am interviewing Larry Nichols this weekend at which time this plan will be fully revealed to the nation. In the meantime, continue to pray. 

:: 8-16-17 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Assange meets US congressman, vows to prove Russia did not leak him documents

By John Solomon - 08/16/17 08:37 PM EDT

Julian Assange told a U.S. congressman on Tuesday he can prove the leaked Democratic Party documents he published during last year’s election did not come from Russia and promised additional helpful information about the leaks in the near future. Rep. Dana Rohrabacher, a California Republican who is friendly to Russia and chairs an important House subcommittee on Eurasia policy, became the first American congressman to meet with Assange during a three-hour private gathering at the Ecuadorian Embassy in London, where the WikiLeaks founder has been holed up for years. Rohrabacher recounted his conversation with Assange to The Hill. “Our three-hour meeting covered a wide array of issues, including the WikiLeaks exposure of the DNC [Democratic National Committee] emails during last year's presidential election,” Rohrabacher said, “Julian emphatically stated that the Russians were not involved in the hacking or disclosure of those emails." Pressed for more detail on the source of the documents, Rohrabacher said he had information to share privately with President Trump. “Julian also indicated that he is open to further discussions regarding specific information about the DNC email incident that is currently unknown to the public,” he said. U.S. intelligence has insisted it has solid proof — which it has not made public — that Russia was behind last year’s election hacks that embarrassed Democrats, including unflattering revelations about nominee Hillary Clinton and her campaign chairman, John Podesta, whose personal email account was also hacked. Assange has suggested in the past that Russia wasn’t the source of his leaked information. Tuesday marked the first time he has engaged with a U.S. lawmaker. Assange has been living at Ecuador’s embassy in London since 2012 after seeking diplomatic asylum. He rose to prominence after publishing thousands of sensitive U.S. diplomatic and military documents that included leaks related to the Iraq and Afghanistan wars. Assange is a controversial figure; he is a hero to supporters who argue his leaks unveiled critical information about the evils of U.S. military and foreign policy but is a villain to critics, including many GOP lawmakers, who argue the leaks jeopardized national security. Rohrabacher’s visit with Assange, as a result, is likely to be controversial with many of his colleagues. Rohrabacher said he had information he planned to carry back to Trump when he returned to the United States, including a request that the WikiLeaks organization be given a news media seat inside the White House press room. “Julian passionately argued the case that WikiLeaks was vital to informing the public about controversial though necessary issues. He hoped that WikiLeaks — an award-winning journalistic operation — might be granted a seat in the White House press corps. As a former newsman myself I can't see a reason why they shouldn't be granted news status for official press conferences,” he said. As for other information to be given to the president, Rohrabacher said: “We left with the understanding that we would be going into further details in the near future. The rest of the message is for the president directly, and I hope to convey it to him as more details come in.” The Democratic National Committee cast doubt on Assange's claims. “We’ll take the word of the U.S. intelligence community over Julian Assange and Putin’s favorite Congressman," Adrienne Watson, the DNC's deputy communications director, said in a statement. Rohrabacher said the meeting occurred with Assange, his lawyer, Jennifer Robinson, and Chuck Johnson, a conservative activist and right-wing provocateur, in the Ecuadorean Embassy in London. “Unbeknownst to me, I am the first member of Congress to visit there with Mr. Assange,” he said. The lawmaker also said Assange appeared in good health, allaying concerns his time in asylum at the embassy had taken a toll. “Contrary to what the fake news media has alleged, Julian seemed in good health and committed to his principles,” he said. Trump has at times praised Assange and used a Fox News interview this year with the WikiLeaks founder to cast doubt on Russia’s involvement in the DNC leak. – This story was updated at 12:54 p.m. 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 8-17-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuela’s citizens desperately stockpiling food and water as civil war tipping point draws near

Thursday, August 17, 2017 by: Rhonda Johansson

(Natural News) Conceivably one of the more haunting images in modern history, Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro raises his right index finger to a crowd of supporters in defiance to U.S. sanctions made only a few weeks ago. “I don’t take orders from the empire! Keep up your sanctions, Donald Trump!” Maduro shouted to a cheering and applauding audience. Despite most countries criticizing the recent elections — some even going so far as labeling them as a “sham”President Maduro praised the results of the activity which introduced a new legislative superbody; an electoral congress which could potentially change the governance of the country. As the world watched with horror, President Maduro vowed to continue his socialist policies, even as thousands of Venezuelans stockpile scarce food and water. Ten people were killed during the latest round of civil unrest during the elections. This brings an approximate death toll to around 120 in only four months of anti-government protests. Countries from Spain to Argentina to the United States have denounced the elections. Spokespeople from the White House have described President Maduro as a dictator after “seizing absolute power” in a obvious display of manipulation. This did not stop the Venezuelan leader who merely scoffed at the apoplectic opposition. While the Trump administration sanctioned 13 senior officials, including the interior minister, President Maduro moved to elect an assembly of supporters to reassert his powers on the oil-rich country. One of the many reasons why this “constituyente” is raising everyone’s hackles is that it controls how long President Maduro could potentially stay in power. It is not unreasonable — given how President Maduro retaliates to any form of antagonism — to assume a ruling government entirely controlled by him and his supporters. In fact, a recent broadcast of the socialist leader showed him rejecting the U.S. sanctions, calling it “illegal” and that the newly-minted legislative body would be the country’s “revenge.” It was during this moment, clad in a red bomber jacket and sporting his famous mustache, that President Maduro raised his right hand in the air. He said that the sanctions made by our government are reflections of President Trump’s “hatred” and “desperation” for Venezuela. These sanctions froze all of President Maduro’s assets within U.S. jurisdiction. It also banned all Americans from conducting any form of business with the leader or any of his supporters. “Recent actions culminating in [the] seizure of absolute power through the sham election of the National Constituent Assembly represent a very serious blow to democracy in our hemisphere,” White House National Security Adviser H.R. McMaster said during a news briefing. The White House is still deliberating how far these sanctions will go. The escalation process would depend on President Maduro, it would appear. However, unconfirmed sources within the White House have claimed that these could include heavy restrictions on oil-related transactions. Venezuela is a naturally-rich country. Its vast amounts of oil deposits have made it one of the best producers of the much sought-after energy source in the world. However, recent spats and political turmoil have pushed the country to a state of outright chaos. Venezuela exhibits the world’s highest inflation rates — ironic as many of the citizens don’t even have anything to buy in the first place. Numerous news reports have shown an almost complete absence of basic necessities such as food and water. Grocery stores are normally always empty. Citizens have taken to looting to just survive. (Related: Banned video reveals the horrors of Venezuela’s starving population.) The future of the country remains to be seen although economists say that the outlook looks bleak. Keep abreast of this disturbing situation on Sources include: 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

:: 8-18-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Expert Warns 'Massive Intelligence Failures Grossly Underestimated The Real Threat' To America From North Korea While Forewarning Of This 'Doomsday Scenario'

Submitted to All News Pipeline by Dr. Peter Vincent Pry August 18, 2017

After massive intelligence failures grossly underestimating North Korea’s long-range missile capabilities, number of nuclear weapons, warhead miniaturization, and proximity to manufacturing a hydrogen bomb, the biggest North Korean threat to the United States remains unacknowledged. North Korea has two satellites in orbit, and more to follow, that could be nuclear-armed for a high-altitude electromagnetic pulse (EMP) attack that would black out North America for months to years, killing millions. An EMP attack doesn’t require accurate guidance systems because the area of effect, having a radius of hundreds of miles, is very large. No re-entry vehicle is needed because the warhead detonates at a high altitude, above the atmosphere. This point appears to be beyond the comprehension of most, including secretaries of defense, the military leadership and the usual “experts” who appear in the press. The design of a super-EMP weapon could be relatively small and lightweight, resembling the U.S. W-79 Enhanced Radiation Warhead nuclear artillery shell of the 1980s, designed in the 1950s. Such a device could fit inside North Korea’s Kwangmyongsong-3 (KMS-3) and Kwangmyongsong-4 (KMS-4) satellites and pose a potential EMP threat to every nation on Earth. Two Russian generals warned the EMP Commission in 2004 that Russia’s super-EMP warhead design was transferred accidentally to North Korea. North Korea’s KMS-3 and KMS-4 satellites were launched to the south on polar trajectories and passed over the United States on their first orbit. The south polar trajectory evades U.S. ballistic missile early-warning radars and national missile defenses, making the satellites resemble a Russian secret weapon developed during the Cold War called the Fractional Orbital Bombardment System (FOBS) that would have used a nuclear-armed satellite to make a surprise EMP attack. Ambassador Henry Cooper, former director of the U.S. Strategic Defense Initiative, and a pre-eminent expert on missile defenses and space weapons, has written numerous articles warning about the potential North Korean EMP threat from their satellites. On Sept. 20, 2016, Mr. Cooper wrote: “U.S. ballistic missile defense (BMD) interceptors are designed to intercept a few North Korean ICBMs that approach the United States over the North Polar region. But current U.S. BMD systems are not arranged to defend against even a single ICBM that approaches the United States from over the South Polar region, which is the direction toward which North Korea launches its satellites. This is not a new idea. The Soviets pioneered and tested just such a specific capability decades ago — we call it a Fractional Orbital Bombardment System (FOBS). So, North Korea doesn’t need an ICBM to create this existential threat. It could use its demonstrated satellite launcher to carry a nuclear weapon over the South Polar region and detonate it over the United States to create a high-altitude electromagnetic pulse. The result could be to shut down the U.S. electric power grid for an indefinite period, leading to the death within a year of up to 90 percent of all Americans — as the EMP Commission testified over eight years ago.” Former NASA rocket scientist James Oberg visited North Korea’s Sohae space launch base, witnessed elaborate measures undertaken to conceal space launch payloads, and concludes in a 2017 article that the EMP threat from North Korea’s satellites should be taken seriously: “There have been fears expressed that North Korea might use a satellite to carry a small nuclear warhead into orbit and then detonate it over the United States for an EMP strike. These concerns seem extreme and require an astronomical scale of irrationality on the part of the regime. The most frightening aspect, I’ve come to realize, is that exactly such a scale of insanity is now evident in the rest of their ‘space program.’ That doomsday scenario, it now seems, is plausible enough to compel the United States to take active measures to ensure that no North Korean satellite, unless thoroughly inspected before launch, be allowed to reach orbit and ever overfly the United States.” Kim Jong-un has threatened to reduce the United States to “ashes” with “nuclear thunderbolts” and to retaliate for U.S. diplomatic and military pressure by “ordering officials and scientists to complete preparations for a satellite launch as soon as possible” amid “the enemies’ harsh sanctions and moves to stifle” the North. The North Korean press asserts readiness for “any form of war,” including their satellite with “strengthening of the nuclear deterrent and legitimate artificial satellite launch, which are our fair-and-square self-defensive choice.” Moreover: “The nuclear weapons we possess are, precisely, the country’s sovereignty, right to live and dignity. Our satellite that cleaves through space is the proud sign that unfolds the future of the most powerful state in the world.” The same article, like many others, warns North Korea is making “constant preparations so that we can fire the nuclear warheads, which have been deployed for actual warfare for the sake of national defense, at any moment!” An earlier generation immediately understood the alarming strategic significance of Sputnik in 1957, heralding the nuclear missile and space race, yet few today understand or even care about the strategic significance of North Korea’s satellites, consistent with a widespread ignorance about an EMP. • Dr. William R. Graham is chairman of the congressional EMP Commission, and served as President Reagan’s White House science adviser and administrator of NASA. Story originally published here. Dr. Peter Vincent Pry is chief of staff of the congressional EMP Commission and served in the House Armed Services Committee and the CIA. 

:: 8-17-17 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Scientists Discover Secret to Producing Six Times More Oil

© Sputnik/ Victor Filatov Tech 13:19 17.08.2017

Scientists from the Tyumen State University, a research center in Siberia, Russia, announced a technological breakthrough in oil production that can boost oil development through initiating underground chemical reactions. A group scientists from Siberia, Russia, have announced the creation of a new technology for gas thermochemical fracturing, RIA Novosti reports. "The technology will let our economy achieve growth in power generation capacity without extensive exploitation of natural resources," believes Galina Lazareva, a scientist who worked on a mathematical model for the project. To produce the necessary equipment and do testing "in the field", the Tyumen University worked jointly with the N. M. Emmanuel's University of Biochemical Physics, the Sibneftemash plant and a service company named The Oil Technology Center. The new method is able to compete with foreign ones that are now present in the Russian market. In particular, the development might reportedly become an alternative to hydraulic fracturing, which originated in Russia but then was widely applied in the US to produce shale oil. While hydraulic fracturing is about drilling and injecting fluid into the ground at a high pressure in order to fracture shale rocks to release the fossil fuel, gas thermochemical fracturing is a whole new ball game. Reagents are transported to the productive strata (an area where the oil is present), where they are then mixed. The chemical reaction gives off heat and gas. As a result, a large crack appears in the underground rock, hydrocarbons and water are warmed, making oil extraction much easier. This raises the ceiling of an oil well's productivity. In addition, the technology is eco-friendly. The main component applied is ammonium nitrate, which is often used as fertilizer. When it decomposes, water and nitrogen are the only elements left. Russia Arctic Oil Drilling Russia May Have Own Technology of Underwater Oil Production by 2021-2022 If the technology is implemented in the oil industry, oil production volumes can be up to six times bigger, the Tyumen State University said in a statement. Implementing the technology can have different (yet always positive) results depending on the properties of the oil reservoir and the quality of the oil itself, explained Professor Konstantin Fedorov, the scientific consultant of the project and the director of the Physico-chemical Institute of the Tyumen State University. Professor Fedorov revealed some impressive statistics to illustrate his findings: on average, oil production increases from 1.7 to 6 times, but there are cases where a 10-20 fold increase has been measured. The duration of the improvement lasts approximately 300-1000 days. The application of the technology has so far seen almost a 100% success rate. The Oil Technology Center is conducting experimental-industrial trials in the oil fields that belong to Lukoil and Rosneft. The service company is planning to put the new technology to wider use — it will soon be applied in oil fields of other major Russian oil companies such as Tatneft, Bashneft and Gazprom Neft. 

:: 7-16-16 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tragedy In France

by Hal Lindsey

Once again the world has been shocked by the cruelty of terrorism — this time along the beautiful French Riviera in Nice, France. The numbers will probably change, but French officials are now saying 84 died and 50 were injured when a truck plowed into a massive crowd, zigging and zagging to hit as many people as possible over an area a couple of miles long. As I write this, no terror organization has taken “credit” for the attack, but it fits the pattern of radical jihadism that has dogged France for some time. A crowd of around 40,000 had gathered for a fireworks show as part of Bastille Day celebrations. Video shows police vainly trying to stop the truck as it passed through one of their checkpoints and entered the strip of road where the spectators stood. There are reports that the driver had both firearms and explosives with him, despite the strict gun control laws of France. Of course, you can’t outlaw trucks, but this strip of road had been closed to vehicle traffic in order to accommodate the crowds. It shows again that terrorists will use whatever means they find at hand in our highly mechanized civilization. World leaders, including President Obama, have condemned the attack and offered support to the French people. But these kinds of condolence calls have begun to feel wholly inadequate in the face of repeated tragedies. After the jihadist attack last November killed 130 people, France declared a state of emergency. It was to have been lifted on July 26th. In making the announcement, President Francois Hollande said, “We can’t prolong the state of emergency forever. That would make no sense, it would mean that we were no longer a republic with laws which can apply in all circumstances.” Then, just a few hours after his announcement, the attack in Nice took place. When he spoke to the nation after the event, Hollande announced that the state of emergency would be extended for yet another three months. If this becomes the “new normal,” then by President Hollande’s own words, France would cease to be “a republic with laws which can apply in all circumstances.” Why France? After all, massive numbers of Muslim immigrants have passed into several European Union nations over the last year, including a million in Germany. On arrival, many Muslim immigrants have a hard time assimilating, but so far, the real ticking time bomb seems to be among second and third generation Muslim immigrants. Muslim immigration saved France from what would have been a time of negative population growth. A decreasing population devastates a nation’s economic and military strength. So, beginning as early as the 1970s, France began to actively bring in Muslim immigrants. They felt sure they could seduce them with the French way of life, but it didn’t work. The Islamic population tended to stay in enclaves, building their own society. They stayed in close touch with their home countries, and raised their children with a Muslim identity and not a French one. The government reached out to them creating such organizations as the “French Council of the Muslim Faith.” But that didn’t work either. The immediate trigger for the wave of Islamic terrorism going on in France has been ISIS and the Syrian civil war. But the underlying cause is a deeply unhappy, underemployed and impoverished Muslim population living apart from the rest of French society. Events in France portend difficult years ahead for Great Britain, Germany, Austria, Belgium, the Netherlands, Sweden, Switzerland, Italy, Norway, Spain, Greece, and possibly, the United States — all places with heavy Muslim immigration. When you pray for the people of Nice, and for France generally, remember the missionaries. France was once a proudly Catholic nation, but today there are few Christian believers of any persuasion. Church attendance is almost nonexistent. Protestant Christians make up less than 3% of the population. Only 27% of the French say they believe in God. Muslims make up more than a third of the 27% because polling data makes no distinction between God and Allah. France has become a spiritual wasteland. But several missionary organizations are at work there, and they need our support. Stronger borders and better laws may help, but the only long-term answer for that nation, or any other, is a spiritual awakening to the reality of Jesus Christ. 

:: 8-16-17 Frontpage Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Real Race War (Not the fake one against "white supremacy.")

August 16, 2017 David Horowitz Reprinted from

The tragedy in Charlottesville could have been an occasion to stop and consider how the tolerance for politically correct violence and politically correct hatred is leading the nation towards civil war. Instead the media and the political left have turned this incident into the biggest fake news story of the summer, transforming its real lessons into a morality play that justifies war against the political right, and against white people generally. The organizers of the “Unite the Right” demonstration in Charlottesville were repellent racists. But they came to defend a historic monument honoring a complex man and cause, and not to attack it or presumably anyone else. They applied for a permit and were denied. They re-applied successfully in a petition supported by the local ACLU. If they had come to precipitate violence, why would they have gone to the tedious trouble of applying for a permit? Who knows what – if anything – would have happened if that had been the end of the story and no one had showed up to oppose them. What “Unite the Right” actually demonstrated was that the assortment of neo-Nazis, pro-Confederates and assorted yahoos gathered under the banner of the “Alt-Right” is actually a negligible group. This was a national show of strength that actually attracted only a few hundred people. Compare that to the tens of the thousands who can readily be marshalled by two violent groups of the left – Black Lives Matter and Antifa – and you get an idea of how marginal “white supremacists” are to America’s political and cultural life. Yet “white supremacy” and its evils became the centerpiece of all the fake news reporting on the event, including all the ludicrous attacks on the president for not condemning enough a bogeyman the whole nation condemns, and that no one but a risible fringe supports. Talk about virtue signaling! Omitted from the media coverage were the other forces at work in precipitating the battle of Emancipation Park, specifically Black Lives Matter and Antifa, two violent leftwing groups with racial agendas who came to squelch the demonstration in defense of the monument. Unlike the Unite the Right demonstrators, the leftist groups did not have a permit for Emancipation Park (they had permits for two nearby parks). But why should they need a permit, since the havoc they had previously wreaked in Ferguson, Berkeley, Sacramento, Portland and other cities, was accomplished without permits, while their criminality was presented by the media as “protests,” and their rioting went completely unpunished. In short, there were two demonstrations in Charlottesville - a legal protest by “Unite the Right” and one protest by the vigilantes of Antifa and Black Lives Matter. Who started the fight is really immaterial. Both sides were prepared for violence because these conflicts are already a pattern of our deteriorating civic life. Once the two sides had gathered in the same place, the violence was totally predictable. Two parties, two culpabilities; but except for the initial statement of President Trump, condemning both sides, only one party has been held accountable, and that happens to be the one that was in the park legally. What is taking place in the media accounts and political commentaries on this event is an effort by the left to turn the mayhem in Charlottesville into a template for their war against a mythical enemy – “white supremacy” – which is really a war on white people generally. The ideology that drives the left and divides our country is “identity politics” – the idea that the world consists of two groups – “people of color” who are guiltless and oppressed, and white people who are guilty and oppressors. This is the real race war. Its noxious themes inform the mindless, hysterical hatred for President Trump, and the equally mindless support for racist mobs like Black Lives Matter and Antifa. It is a war from which no good can come. But it won’t be stopped unless enough people have the courage to stand up and name it for what it is. 

:: 8-17-17 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Record Number of Jews Visit Temple Mount Under Threat of More Violence

A new report reveals more Jewish Israelis visited the Temple Mount last month than any other month since Israel recaptured Jerusalem during the 1967 war. Approximately 3,200 Jewish visitors went to the holy site. This is largely because thousands of Jews prayed there during the Jewish holy day of Tisha B'av. According to Yeraeh, an organization that promotes Jewish visitation and calls for the rebuilding of the Temple, the recent spike in visitors sends a strong message about who the Temple Mount really belongs to. "We're showing that this place doesn't belong to Islam but to the Jews," Elishamah Sandman, a spokesperson for Yeraeh, told the Jerusalem Post. "Wanting to go up to the Temple Mount is part of preparing for building the Temple. We're not embarrassed to say this." He also said that from a national perspective, visiting the site was a strong statement proving that Israel controls the Mount and has sovereignty over it. This spike in Jewish Temple Mount visitors came despite escalating tensions and violence after three Israeli Arabs killed two Israeli policemen in a terror attack. Israel had launched extra security measures at the Temple Mount to prevent more terrorism. Those measures were relaxed after violent protests. Ayman Safadi, Jordan's minister of foreign affairs, condemned the Jews for entering the Temple Mount last month and called them extremists. "The number of extremists who stormed al-Aqsa today stands at a record number, greater than any other since the beginning of the Israeli occupation in 1967," Safadi told representatives from 57 countries in Istanbul. He warned, "Many more dangerous crises will erupt as a result of continued Israeli violations if Israel does not uproot the sources of the tension, if the occupation doesn't end, if east Jerusalem is not independent and not the capital of the sovereign Palestinian state along the 1967 lines." 

:: 8-17-17 NPR :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Despite Rift, Saudi Arabia Says It Will Allow Qatari Pilgrims To Conduct Hajj

August 17, 20171:21 PM ET Merrit Kennedy

Qatar has been isolated by neighboring countries in a heated diplomatic standoff. But on Thursday, Saudi Arabia announced that it plans to open its border to allow pilgrims from the tiny Gulf country to make the annual hajj to Islam's holiest sites. The announcement comes after a meeting between Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman and a member of the Qatari royal family, Sheikh Abdullah Al Thani. According to a report in the Saudi state news agency, both men spoke about the "brotherly feelings" between the two nations — a marked change in tone from the highly public spat in which Saudi Arabia has accused Qatar of funding terrorist organizations and has blockaded the country. The Saudi crown prince said the country would open the Salwa border crossing to Qatari citizens who wanted to perform the hajj, without requiring them to obtain electronic permits. The hajj, a pilgrimage to Mecca required of every Muslim who can afford it and is physically able to make it at least once in their life, begins later this month and ends in early September. The official news agency added that the Saudi king would dispatch Saudi planes to Qatar's capital, Doha, "to fly all Qatari pilgrims at his own expense to the city of Jeddah and host them completely at the expense of the Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques." A Saudi official named Hussein Al-Sharif, undersecretary of the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, told the Saudi broadcaster Al Arabiya that Saudi Arabia has reserved a 4,000-square-meter plot for some 2,400 Qatari pilgrims in "the most desirable area" along a primary hajj route. Just last month, Saudi Arabia had said pilgrims from Qatar "would face certain restrictions if they wanted to attend the Hajj," according to the BBC. In response, a Qatari human rights organization complained to the U.N. special rapporteur on freedom of belief and religion. It's worth noting that the Qatari royal family member who met with the Saudi crown prince does not hold an official government position and his "branch of the family was ousted in a place coup in 1972," The Associated Press reports. "He's certainly not an envoy of the Qatari government. This was not a deal that was struck," Gerd Nonneman, professor of international relations and Gulf studies at Georgetown University in Qatar, tells the wire service. Nonnemann added that Sheikh Abdullah has lived in Saudi Arabia previously and that "his last position was as head of the equestrian and camel racing federation in the 1970s and 1980s." There was no comment from Qatari government officials for about 12 hours after the news broke, according to the AP. At a news conference in Sweden, Qatari Foreign Minister Sheikh Mohammed bin Abdulrahman Al Thani called it a "step forward" but warned that it was "politically motivated," the BBC reported. Saudi Arabia's actions are being praised by regional allies such as the United Arab Emirates. The country's state minister for foreign affairs, Anwar Gargash, tweeted, "Every day, Saudi proves how big it is, and Qatar's clamor and politicization of the hajj must end. ... There are things bigger than politics." 

:: 8-17-17 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Breathtaking: Democrats Accused of Hiring Actors Prior To Charlottesville Rally

A company put an ad out hiring actors for protests before the riot took place

The Alex Jones Show - August 17, 2017

Scribe note: Click on the link below to view and read article 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.    

:: 8-8-17 US Defense Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted on August 8, 2017 by Ray Starmann

The Military’s Social Engineering Has Weakened Our National Security

The US military in 2017 is a weak sister: a feminized, waddling, knocked-up, lactating, transgender, homosexual, socially engineered weakling that is reeling from the PC madness of the Obama administration and from the embedded leftists at the Pentagon who are still intent on implementing the lunacy. The situation with North Korea and its madder than a barrel of monkeys leader, Kim Jong-un, has rapidly metastasized from SNAFU, to TARFU, to FUBAR. As the French say, ‘the merde has hit the ventilateur.’ Just today, a report in the Washington Post, using a DIA report as its source, claimed that North Korea now has the capability to miniaturize a nuclear warhead and place it on missile, a missile that can hit the U.S. It’s also possible North Korea now has up to 60 nuclear weapons and tonight Fox News is quoting an AP story which indicates North Korea may be planning an attack on Guam. Wow… One wonders what has gone wrong so quickly. Was it the fact that Bill Clinton placated the North Koreans in the 1990’s? Was it Obama’s delusion that North Korea could be dealt with like it was a rational world player like Lichtenstein? Was it the fact that Kim Jong-un is a lot crazier than his father and grandfather? All three questions seem likely. But, there’s another reason that Kim Jong-un is on the loose. He has observed what has happened to the US military under eight years of the Obama administration and what is still continuing under the Trump administration (minus the transgender ban) and he has concluded that the US military is a paper tiger. Perhaps Martin Dempsey and ‘Fighting Joe’ Dunford never really thought our enemies would take notice of the cultural Marxism breeding in the hallways of the Pentagon like a bad case of mold on old bread. Or, perhaps they didn’t and don’t really care. After all, this is the era of gutless generals, aka the rubber men of Arlington. But, guess what, our enemies were watching and are watching us right now. They looked for weakness and saw it, in spades. They are probing for weakness now and still observing it, in a military, where 56 retired generals and admirals denounced the President’s transgender ban, calling it not inclusive and showing a complete lack of diversity. Newsflash General Claudia Kennedy: I want to be in a foxhole with Sergeant York, not with Kristin Beck and his Jaclyn Smith clothing line. Do you think for a moment the Russians or the Chinese or the Iranians didn’t die laughing at the pictures of male Army ROTC cadets parading around in red high heels to apparently show empathy for rape victims? Do you think for a moment that the North Koreans didn’t collapse in laughter at the pictures of soldiers from the Big Red One doing PT in pregnancy simulators? Do you think for a moment the Russians aren’t dying from laughter at the thought of a woman in the Navy SEALs? Don’t think for a moment that our enemies haven’t done exhaustive studies concerning the senior leaders of our military and how they, with only a few exceptions, are totally worthless compared to yesterday’s giants like Schwarzkopf, McCaffrey, Gavin, Patton, Rose, Collins, Marshall and MacArthur. Don’t think for a moment that our enemies don’t realize the armored and mechanized forces of the US Army are 20 years in the hole and scrambling to learn basic skills and how to execute operational concepts above the platoon level. Our enemies are planning on fighting wars the old fashioned way; with men, without guys in skirts and without homosexual love triangles in a platoon, and without sensitivity briefings in combat zones. Our enemies know that the military has one mission and one mission only: to kill people and break things. And, surprise, surprise, the only military forces in the world that cater to women in the infantry, guys in dresses and Liberace and Nathan Lane in a foxhole are some real powerhouses like Sweden, Denmark and Brazil, countries you wouldn’t want on your flank, ever. The word is out on the street; the US military has major problems and has lost focus; BIG TIME. Sure we have nukes and submarines and some planes that are still flying, and we still have great NCO’s and enlisted people, and no doubt our special operations guys are still squared away, but our past actions and even current behavior can’t hide the fact that we are looked at as weak. The social engineering madness has already hit home and the first rounds haven’t even gone down range over the 38th Parallel. 

:: 8-9-17 Survival on Line 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When You Realize That Everything You Have Learned To Depend On Is Gone, There Will Be a Hush Across The Land

Posted By: Ted August 9, 2017

Disasters can affect you and your family in many more ways than you think. Here are some of the compelling reasons why you should get prepared for disasters and emergencies. We know what happens in emergencies like a bush-fire, flood or cyclone. We see it in the media every year: dramatic images of houses ablaze, rooftops being torn away by raging winds, floodwaters carrying away everything in their path. We’ve seen what happens Or have we? Research has shown that the true cost of natural disasters is 50 per cent greater than previously estimated. So what’s the reason for this? It’s the long-term impact disasters have on people: the psychological and social consequences that are often hidden from view. Here are some of the ways you can be affected by a disaster, and some steps to help you get prepared. Soon after the disaster, things will get rather quiet as people begin to take it all in. When the realization that everything they have learned to depend on is gone, there will be a hush across the land. This will be quickly followed by a screaming mass of desperation that will involve violence, looting, rape, and the most carnal and violent behaviors. But even that will die down eventually. If you are still alive, you will find yourself in the silence of survival. You will find that breaking that silence and attracting the attention of the desperate masses could lead to another tragedy. We are going to discuss six methods that can give you away in a survival situation and how to mitigate them. 1. Smoke If you find yourself in an outdoor survival situation, you will eventually be heating and cooking with wood. Not everybody knows that the types of things you put on a fire dictate the type of smoke you’ll get. Stay away from green. Young saplings and green leaves will create billows of white smoke that will be easy to see from far away. In fact, this is a great technique if you are looking to signal for rescue. Look for dry wood from old trees. This is your best bet when it comes to building a good fire. Also read: Are You Prepared To Face This? How The World Could Change In 7 Days Watch the video below on the Dakota fire pit. This is a method of building fire underground to cook with and heat your shelter. You want to build this type of fire pit by digging two holes in the ground and connecting the tunnels. The largest tunnel will be for your fire. Also build your Dakota pit under a full tree branch. This will help disperse the smoke. 2. Smell If you are fortunate enough to bag yourself some wild game in traps or by bow and arrow (assuming you want to be silent), you must be very careful about cooking. Many survivalists will tell you to smoke your meat to get the most shelf life out of it. When it comes to shelf life they would be right. The problem is, after a few hours of smoke and delicious meaty aromas floating up into the air, you will probably have some visitors. You may even have some wildlife visitors as well. The Dakota method mentioned above will help with the smell as well. Still, in an urban survival situation where cooking will attract hungry and desperate people, it would be in your best interest to cook and scatter. You shouldn’t loaf around and eat. Don’t sleep where you have cooked. In the wild, this brings bears, but in urban survival it will bring people. Learn to cook in the ground. You can make charcoal by assembling a pile of wood and completely covering it in a mound of clay soil. After this, build a big fire all around the mound. The soil will protect the wood inside and the fire will create some great charcoal for you. Use this to cook in the ground. You can cook whole carcasses in the ground covered in leaves, or you can bury small cooking pots, covered, and avoid the wafting smells. 3. Sound The importance of being conscientious about sound is crucial. Sounds come from all types of movements and activities. You must remain quiet always and particularly in movements. Many people plan on carrying an AR15 or rifle of the type in a survival situation. You must be very disciplined when you use that weapon and know what using it means. A gunshot will bring people. Learn the basic principles of hand signals in movement. You will want to be able to move quickly and quietly without having to stop and discuss changes in direction. Another skillful use for hand signals is if you see someone before they see your group. You can signal a quick stop and cover with just a move of the hand. Keep a silent or quiet weapon on your person along with your high-powered rifle. A crossbow or even a smaller .22 will generate a lot less sound than a big rifle. Another overlooked survival weapon is a good scoped air rifle. 4. Light Light discipline is a consideration whether you are bugging out or bugging in. Remember, the world will be darker than we have seen it. If we are experiencing a disaster that puts the power out for a long time, the world will be totally different at night. The light pollution of buildings and street lights will be gone and you will be left with the cosmos above as your only light. The human eye is trained to find light and particularly artificial light. If you have a home or a site that is lit in a world of darkness, you will have visitors. Of course, there are ways to combat this as well. We call on the Dakota fire pit again to also conceal our fire. If you can create a perimeter of tall rocks or logs around your Dakota setup, you will be offering great coverage to your fire. Also plan on building camp around the fire and camp in denser areas as well. Light discipline also involves traveling at night without the aid of artificial light. In the cooler months, this is a fantastic way to stay warm through cold nights. Sleep during the warmer days. This alleviates the need for a big camp fire in the middle of a dark night. While traveling, you will want to mind your flashlights, headlamps and lanterns. Get yourself a reliable red light as they are much less noticeable at a distance. 5. Conditions In a community setting, you will want your overall condition to mimic that of the conditions around you. In other words, a fresh haircut, well fed, spirited neighbor may raise some eyebrows in a community without running water that has been bartering for food over the last month. In our society, we are often looking for the guy who has it easier. He often becomes a villain as well, i.e. the rich are evil! Be observant of those around you. Make sure you mimic their struggles to keep your preps a secret. Unfortunately, if you admit to having it, people are going to want some of it. Also read: ARE YOU READY TO SURVIVE ANOTHER GREAT DEPRESSION’? 6. Dogs We love our dogs. They are loud and boisterous every time someone comes by the house. They are way cooler than any alarm system. The problem with dogs is that they are also instinctual. The reason we love them is because they read us better than any creature on the planet. When you are on high alert, so are they. This comes from hanging out with us over millennia. They are going to bark when threatened. That is their go-to deterrent. They don’t care if a hail of bullets is what comes back in return. The solution? Start training your dogs on terms like hush or silence. If your dog is not capable of keeping quiet in a bug out situation, you will have your location exposed all the time. Branches will fall, sticks will snap in the night, and you will be scared. This will make your pooch go crazy, in most cases. A simple command can take care of that. White noise is another great method when dealing with dogs. When I want the babies to stay asleep, I put the television on for the dogs or they hear everything outside and get loud if something comes too close. Setting up camp by rushing waters or water falls is a great way to muffle the perceived threats of your animal and keep them quiet through the night. Final Thoughts As you can see, it’s pretty easy to give ourselves away in a desperate world. If you take these six considerations and apply my recommendations, you will be a little more concealed. What other situations would expose you in an urban survival scenario? Leave your comments below. Are you ready to turn back the clocks to the 1800’s for up to three years? Our grandfathers and great-grandfathers were the last generation to practice the basic things that we call survival skills now… 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 8-8-17 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New York Times: Israeli and other foreign intelligence have the goods on pedophile D.C. politicians

Posted on August 8, 2017 by Dr. Eowyn | 14 Comments

It is said that a major reason why no one in authority would investigate Pizzagate is because many politicians, including those in D.C., are pedophiles, and that they are blackmailed by powerful intelligence groups, domestic and foreign — including Israel’s Mossad — who have “the goods” on their child-sex activities. But all of that is speculative chatter on the Alt-Media. Thanks to enterprising Voat netizen DawnKeyhote, we now have none other than the New York Times making that assertion via an Associated Press story. But it’s the NYT of 35 years ago when the Times still conducted actual journalism, not the NYT of today, which dismisses Pizzagate without an investigation, and whose CEO Mark Thompson, in his previous position as director-general of the BBC, had refused to investigate the hundreds of allegations of child sex abuse by British TV personality and notorious pedophile Sir Jimmy Savile. Below is the AP article in its entirety, “Boy Sex Rings Said to Peddle Client Data to Foreign Agents,” The New York Times, July 27, 1982: Prostitution rings are providing young boys to male customers in Washington and are reportedly selling information about their clients’ sexual preferences to foreign intelligence services, a private investigator testified yesterday. The investigator, Dale Smith, who works for the New York State Senate’s Select Committee on Crime, said he had learned that British, Israeli and Soviet agents had bought information from several call services in Washington. Mr. Smith appeared before the committee at the opening in New York City of a two-day hearing on prostitution among young males and on pornography. Mr. Smith said that an accountant for five call services had told him about the sale of information to foreign agents. He refused to elaborate on the allegations when questioned by reporters, but the committee counsel, Jeremiah McKenna, said that the information concerned ”government officials.” He declined to be more specific ”They’re making more money selling information than on the prostitution itself,” Mr. McKenna said. Allegations of homosexual sex and drug use on Capitol Hill among Congressmen, pages and other employees have circulated in Washington recently. Mr. Smith also said that ”call service operations in Washington have some connection with organized crime in New York.” He described how male prostitutes between the ages of 13 and 16 were shuttled between the cities, and were paid from $50 to $250, with younger boys commanding the most. Earlier, a Washington detective testified that she had uncovered a six-city prostitution network that used 12-year-old boys and allowed customers to pay for sex with credit cards. The cities involved are Los Angeles, San Francisco, New Orleans, New York, Washington and Houston, said the detective, Anne Fisher of the Washington Metropolitan Police. ”You could call a number in Houston from Washington and have a young boy brought to your room in Washington,” the detective said. See also: Pedogate arrests: US Army general, Ohio mayor & TV actor raped children as young as 3 Pedogate arrests: deputy AG, judge, mayor, police officers, & a DuPont heir who raped 3 y.o. daughter Pedogate: President of NY Young Democrats/de Blasio staffer arrested for child porn as young as 6 mos Pizzagate: The Podesta ‘pizza’ emails 60 Minutes Australia report on VIP pedophile network in UK and Australia AG Jeff Sessions knows Joe Biden is a pedophile 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 8-9-17 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is the State Department Buying Arab Propaganda?

by Nonie Darwish August 9, 2017 at 4:00 am 

After centuries of Muslim persecution, often genocidal, or dhimmitude under sharia, Christianity in the Middle East has been stunted, if not effectively crushed. To avoid discrimination, Christians gave their children Arab names instead of Biblical ones. Their religious celebrations are kept indoors, lest Christian festivities offend Muslims. As in a Stockholm Syndrome, Middle East Christians often ended up defending and even praising Islam, even if that comes at the expense of their own religious rights. It is stunning to see is how on the one hand, the US State Department and media play down the genocide going on today against Christians in the Middle East, but on the other hand, immediately believe Muslims when one of their leaders tells an American delegation that he does not fear Arabs but fears Jews. With many branches of the US government apparently determined to distort reality, there seems to be a series of deliberate decisions to ignore -- and to prevent the American public from knowing -- what is really going on. "Politically incorrect" language has been censored by the State Department, the Department of Justice, the FBI, the Department of Homeland Security, the previous Executive branch, and, most recently, the National Security Council, which recently seems to have purged the entire department. It is dangerous for the West to accept Arab anti-Semitic propaganda voiced by some Christian leaders in the Middle East; they are held hostage by the Muslim majority around them. Since the age of the internet, even many Arabs have stopped buying Arab propaganda. A recent mark was retired Colonel Lawrence Wilkerson, former chief of staff to Colin Powell when he was Secretary of State. Wilkerson recently said on MSNBC, during the recent Temple Mount crisis, that Jews pose the biggest threat to Christians in the Middle East. He learned this, he said, in 2002-2003 in Ramallah, during a business trip to meet with Yasser Arafat, from a Middle Eastern Catholic Bishop, who had told him that the biggest enemy for Christians in the region was not the Arabs but the Jews. So, Wilkerson, instead of condemning countless unprovoked terror attacks against Israelis, criticized Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. It is most unfortunate that a former high-ranking State Department official decided to blame Israel during the recent crisis, in which Jews were the obvious victims. It is more than unfortunate that Wilkerson took the Bishop's statement at face value instead of recognizing the complexities of the Middle East, where "no" and "yes" rarely mean "no" and "yes". Despite the glaring truth that there is oppression of Christians in the Middle East, Wilkerson evidently does not know that the flock of the Ramallah Bishop live in an Arab city, speak and pray in Arabic, and in an era of Arab nationalism, many believed they were Arab first and Christian second. Egypt's former President, Gamal Abdel Nasser, had changed the country's name to the "United Arab Republic," then later, under President Anwar al-Sadat, to the "Arab Republic of Egypt" -- a name that instructed every Coptic Christian in Egypt they were Arab first. Lebanon, which was then a majority Maronite Christian country, joined the Arab League as an Arab state. If Lebanon had refused, the consequences would have been dire. Therefore, to the Bishop, the biggest enemy in the region might well have appeared not to be Arabs (his flock), but Jews. Many Arab Christians are doubtless anti-Semitic, possibly caused by many factors, but one surely is that throughout the Middle East, Christians have been subjected to the same anti-Jewish propaganda as Muslims -- which results in anti-Semitism. Christian children are fed the same education, filled with hatred of Jews, in Arab schools; they teach lies such as, "Jesus was a Palestinian", "Jerusalem was an Arab City conquered by Jews", "Jews are behind all the ills of Arab society", "Yasser Arafat was poisoned by Israelis", "Jews killed Christ and all the prophets", "Muhammad was poisoned by a Jewish woman", "Israeli medicine is sterilizing Arab men", and so on; the variations are endless. Arabic propaganda can be found everywhere, in fact, rewriting history. Just check the daily translations of Arab media from reliable sources such as MEMRI or Palestinian Media Watch. Even though accusations in the Arab media against Israel are false, the Western media are not interested in exposing them. Middle East Christians, unfortunately, are as much under attack as Jews. They have been deprived for centuries of knowing who their true friends are, and are sensibly terrified of saying anything might bring them further harm. Christians in Egypt have already erased the Hebrew roots of Christianity there. Sadly, Christians in the region, instead of recognizing that Jews are probably their natural allies, have ended up falling into the Middle Eastern trap of trying to appease the Muslim majority around them, and subscribing to its sweeping anti-Semitism. It is, further, in the best interest of extremist Muslims to keep Jews and Christians separated by animosity and distrust. Any Christian sympathizing with Jews has usually been deemed a "collaborator" against Muslims. Such a "betrayal" in turn, is often regarded as a violation of the protected status given to Christians as "dhimmis" -- non-Muslim, barely-tolerated, second-class residents, relegated to apartheid laws and higher taxes to "protect" their lives and property. After centuries of persecution, often genocidal, or dhimmitude under sharia, Christianity in the Middle East has been stunted, if not effectively crushed. To avoid discrimination in the workplace, Christians gave their children Arab names instead of Biblical ones. Their religious celebrations are kept indoors, lest Christian festivities offend Muslims. As in psychological condition known as the Stockholm Syndrome, Middle East Christians have often ended up defending and even praising Islam, despite this frequently coming at the expense of their own religious rights. Even here in the United States, many Coptic Christian immigrants avoid talking about Islam altogether; sometimes, in fear for their families still back in Egypt, they ardently defend Islam. Although they are now living here in American freedom, in their minds they are still back there. When, a few years ago, in a chance meeting with the Egyptian Coptic Pope in a US airport, when I mentioned my conversion to Christianity, and support for the rights of Christians in the Middle East and for Israel, he did not reply, but looked around us fearfully, as though checking if had anyone heard or perhaps recorded our conversation. One could not feel offended; it was simply a sad reminder of the reflexive fear Egyptian Christians still have of the spying ears of the Egyptian Mukhabarat secret police -- even in an American airport. It is stunning to see is how on the one hand, the US State Department and media play down the genocide going on today against Christians in the Middle East, but on the other hand, immediately believe Muslims when one of their leaders tells an American delegation that he does not fear Arabs but fears Jews. What the State Department would do well to understand is that when they deal with Arabs, Christian or Muslim, in the Middle East, anything they say should always be received guardedly, with skepticism. If Wilkerson's business trip had taken him to Cairo, Baghdad or Saudi Arabia, instead of Ramallah, he would most likely have heard the same thing, but unfortunately that does not make it true. Muslims have been trying to conquer the West since the seventh century. They succeeded in spreading throughout Persia, the great Christian Byzantine Empire in Turkey, North Africa, the Middle East, the Balkans, Southern Spain -- and recently Northern Cyprus and much of South America. That does not even take into account Islamic conquests further east, in places such as Pakistan, Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Kashmir, Indonesia, Malaysia, and now the Philippines. With many branches of the US government apparently determined to distort reality, there seems to be a series of deliberate decisions to ignore -- and to prevent the American public from knowing -- what is really going on. "Politically incorrect" language has been censored by the State Department, the Department of Justice, the FBI, the Department of Homeland Security, the previous executive branch, and, most recently, the National Security Council, which recently seems to have purged the entire department. These kinds of Orwellian bowdlerizations can only end up hurting American national security and its relationships in the Middle East and worldwide. Nonie Darwish, born and raised in Egypt, is the author of "Wholly Different; Why I chose Biblical Values Over Islamic Values" 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

:: 8-9-17 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Preparing for the Fourth – and Deadliest – Wave of Refugees, Bandits, and other Problem Groups—Part 2

August 9, 2017

No-one really knows what to expect after TSHTF in an extended Level 2 or 3 situation, but it seems universally agreed that the starving masses will be forced to flee their city dwellings and do whatever it takes to survive, wherever they can find the opportunity and ability to do so. It is helpful to look at the types of people who will come out from the cities as a series of different waves, each with different characteristics. We’ve discussed the first three waves of refugees in this other article, and the good news is they will be relatively brief in duration and not necessarily ultimately threatening to the well-being of your own retreat community – indeed some people in the third wave could well become positive additions to your community. In this part, we wish to instead look at the last of these waves – the fourth wave. And rather like the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse, this is the most threatening and dangerous wave – not only by its nature but also because it will be the longest lived of the four waves. (Christians will be impressed at how closely all four waves can be viewed as having characteristics similar to the four horsemen described in Revelations.) The first two waves were fairly simple and easily understood. In the third wave, we saw how some members were threats but others could be valuable allies. There is a similar dichotomy to the fourth wave, but in a very different sense, and their duality is part of their danger. Also read: The Security/Lawlessness Cycle Of Any Major SHTF Event Both will be organized groups, and both will probably already have their own shelter and possibly even other food sources. They probably don’t need your shelter, and they may not even need your food and other resources. But, taking advantage of a collapse of law and order, they want to take it simply because they can, and because all around them, other people and groups are acting similarly, just like the looter who takes items from stores in a city riot, even if they are things of no value – they just take them for nihilistic reasons. Organized Lawless Gangs The first of these groups will be organized lawless gangs, seeking to dominate and rule their new expanded territory. They might possibly seek ongoing tribute and ‘taxes’ from you in exchange for their ‘protection’. Preparedness Hacks: Don’t buy solar panels before seeing THIS The ’20k solar panel system’ is coming to an end. Wall street confirms all shareholders are selling hard after this weird cheap solution popped on the radar. And they have every reason to… Over 18,000 Patriots are using the system in their homes… (and that’s just in the last three months). They get unlimited energy for less than 80 cents a day… Without paying one nickel more to their electricity provider! If you’re skeptical…Just watch this short video… and you’ll be able to cut your power bills to almost ZERO in just 45 minutes! Or maybe they’ll be less formal, and will simply be roaming around as an organized and maybe nomadic gang, taking and destroying as they go. Gangs that seek to impose their own structure and what passes for their version of order may be groups you can negotiate with. But groups who are little more than anarchistic looters will not be people you can negotiate or create win-win outcomes with. When encountering the former, you need to shift their perception of you from being a one-way source of goodies they can seize from you to instead being a two-way trading source and resource they can benefit from. Maybe you can help them maintain some of their equipment. Maybe you have medical resources. Maybe you can trade with them – exchanging items they’ve plundered elsewhere and have no use for, and giving them in return food or other things they do need. When encountering the latter, you are best advised to indicate to them that you are not an easy target, and any attempt to attack you would seriously weaken or destroy their own force, while leaving you relatively unharmed. With most of the rest of the entire continent lying helpless at their feet, encourage them to go after easier targets. This encouragement is best done in a ‘face saving’ manner. If you challenge the gang leader’s authority, and the overall ‘machismo’ of the gang itself, they may have no social choice but to fight it out with you – and from their perspective, the lives of their junior gang members probably has much less value to the gang leaders than do the lives of your family and fellow community members to you. We’re From the ‘Government’ and We’re Here to ‘Help’ You The second of these groups may be more dangerous. They will claim to be semi-official government groups, seeking to impose their definition of emergency martial law on the region they have assumed control of. Sometimes their intentions may be honorable and well-meaning (even if dysfunctional and dangerous to you in the process), other times they may be as corrupt and despotic as the outlaw gangs, but cleverly seeking to wrap up their dictatorial actions with an ill deserved veneer of assumed legality. Unfortunately, whether honorable or not, it is almost a certainty that these self-appointed groups of enforcers will be primarily tasked with taking stuff from you – either to keep for themselves or to give to the unprepared other people in the region who have empowered these people to act for their benefit. They may attempt to claim special emergency powers that suspend all your normal legal protections and constitutionally guaranteed rights, and if they have been sufficiently clever and sophisticated, they’ll have compliant judges ready to issue court orders authorizing things that should never be authorized. If you don’t like it, they’ll say, you can go appeal, all the way to the US Supreme Court if you wish – this being in a scenario where the Supreme Court may have ceased to exist, and even if it did, it would be close to impossible for you to go there and may take years for you to get a case heard and resolved. Meantime, you will be told you must comply with what they tell you is a lawful order to surrender your food, to take in refugees, or in many other ways to destroy the viability of the retreat that you built, for yourself. Some of the people in this fourth wave will be people you might choose to reluctantly ‘do business’ with. If they are realistic and don’t seek to ‘kill the goose that lays the golden eggs’ and understand that only if you are prosperous can they take a levy or share of your prosperity, then all you’ve done is substituted one form of previous law, order, and taxation for another. And whether the people imposing it on you are bona fide government officials, lawless gangsters, or ‘pretend’ government officials, the net result is the same, and you simply have to matter-of-factly strike the best win-win deal you can. But if they ask too much, and leave you with too little, you have some real problems to face. Even a True Democratic Elected Government May Abrogate Your Rights In particular, you know that even in the ‘best’ of our 50 states, the massive majority of the population is not nearly as well prepared as you are. In the normal world, they might be wealthier than you and have more possessions, a fancier house, and who knows what else, but in the post-crisis world of a Level 2 or 3 event, their wealth and possessions become meaningless while yours become invaluable. Any sort of democratic majority based government, especially one raised on the notion that the ‘wealthy’ are obliged to support the ‘poor’, and doubly especially where the lawmakers themselves are not prepared and are faced with their own pressing life or death challenges, won’t hesitate to urgently pass any needed laws to compel you to give everything you have to them. This may well be unconstitutional and unlawful and illegal. But who are you going to complain to, when the local mayor, the local sheriff, and the local judge all turn up on your doorstep together, themselves all starving, and demanding by their joint powers that you give them all your food? We don’t have easy answers to offer you about these ‘fourth wave’ attackers. But we can tell you that the fourth wave will be an ongoing thorn in your side, and you may find it increasingly difficult to tell the ‘lawless gang’ fourth wave members and the ‘ awful posse’ fourth wave members. Quick life hacks: There’s a new way to bring nearly any type of old battery back to life…brand new. This method works with nearly every type of battery out there …and it’s simple and quick. In case you’re wondering, you’ll be able to bring car, phone, and laptop batteries back to life with this. It even works with solar/off-grid, marine, golf cart, and forklift batteries. Plus, many more! >> Click here to learn how to bring your dead batteries back to life again << With this recondition battery secret, you won’t have to buy new expensive batteries anymore. You can just recondition your old, used batteries and save a lot of money! And this new video presentation shows you how: Hiding from Fourth Wave Threats Many preppers feel that an important part of their overall defensive strategy is to keep as low a profile as possible; to obscure the existence of their retreat, so as to avoid being noticed – both before and after the onset of some type of societal collapse. Obscuring yourself prior to social collapse is getting harder and harder with every passing year. The ‘information society’ is finding out more and more about us, and with the increasing tendency of government drones, spotting planes, and even satellites to survey vast areas of countryside, and to create extremely detailed ‘GIS’ databases of all the land and structures in a region, your retreat structure will surely be noticed and if not officially registered, sooner or later will cause the authorities to respond. If you have an unauthorized structure that has not been permitted and which is not compliant with applicable zoning and health and other regulations and restrictions, you risk having it seized and destroyed. You also risk civil and possibly criminal penalties and being labeled as another crazy group of survivalist/supremacists. You can imagine the headlines now – ‘Anti-government supremacists arrested, large weapons cache found on site’ and so on and so forth. Remember that what we consider prudent, and what is indeed truly lawful, can – and will – be portrayed as evidence of crazy extremism by the news media and the authorities. Because one of the fourth wave groups you may encounter will be some form of revived local government, it is inevitable that the ‘footprints’ you have created in developing your retreat will be uncovered. Local health department approvals for your septic system. Utility records for electricity or the internet or cable services. And so on and so on. Indeed, one of the weaknesses of the generally sensible strategy of locating in an area with low population density is that you become more obvious by your presence than you would in a denser region. You may delay your discovery, but you will not prevent it. You need to have a more viable plan to ensure the safety and security of your retreat – fortunately, we have some suggestions on this point to share. Related articles: After The Collapse: Why People Will Steal Your Food – And Everything Else – in a Level 2/3 Situation Why Cities Will Unavoidably Become Lawless Within a Week or Two During a SHTF Event Becoming Part of the Solution, Not Part of the Problem Your key strategy is to position yourself, your retreat, and your community, so it can create ‘win-win’ relationships with organized ‘fourth wave’ groups. . Earlier waves of threats can be repulsed or ignored or in some other way workedOne of the key things about this fourth wave threat is that it is long term around, but the fourth wave will be a longer term issue that must be resolved. A confrontational approach risks failure on your part. And any type of exchange of hostilities can be much more damaging to you than to your opponents. Your opponents probably have either greater manpower to start with, and/or greater ability to recruit new members into their forces. They are willing to accept some risk to their rank and file ‘foot soldiers’. But you have a finite community of friends, family, and colleagues. You can not dispassionately risk their lives in an encounter. Remember also that with a loss of the sophisticated healthcare facilities we enjoy at present, even minor wounds become life threatening, and even if the wounds can be treated and resolved, they risk depleting your precious limited supplies of antibiotics and other medical resources. There may be times when you must respond to force with force yourself; where the potential outcome associated with giving in to a fourth wave group is worse than the potential outcome of repulsing their attack, and in such cases, you must be resolute in your defense of your retreat and its community. But in general, you want to position yourselves so that you can find ways to co-exist on a win-win basis with these fourth wave groups. Throughout my life I have been caught unprepared several times and while nothing seriously bad happened, it easily could have. I managed to get myself out of each situation, I thanked God, and tried to learn from my mistakes. I have also tried to learn from the mistakes of others so as to not learn everything the hard way. I aspire to be more prepared the next time. My preparedness includes many different aspects. In my opinion, the most important thing I have done is to learn as much as possible about what to expect and how to deal with those situations. The most comprehensive and accurate reading in the preparedness field I could recommend is The Lost Ways. If I had read this book 10 years ago I could have avoided these situations or made them much less unsafe and worrisome. Reading this book, made me more aware and prepared than ever. Click the video below to get a better understanding of what The Lost Ways really is. 

:: 8-9-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are You Prepared to Be Purged? Army Documents Speak to the Hell That Is Coming

Camo Grayling, a known FEMA camp, was the site of massive training for the Michigan Army Reservists and the Michigan National Guard during Jade Helm. The Army said they are training for GITMO duty. Perhaps this was true. However, everyone should Google “FM 3-39.4” and make sure you are seated as you read this Army Field Manual. This is the extraction of political dissidents and subjugation of millions of Americans into mass detention camps in times of martial law. Jade Helm practiced for what will follow the coup that will remove of Donald trump from office. Warning: The following may contain images and messages which are troublesome to those who suffer from cognitive dissonance and corporate media group think. In Arizona, FEMA roundups have already been practiced in the rural White Mountains. I have had 5 reports like this one from the White Mountains area in Arizona: Coleen Blackburn “Here is an interesting fact to add to this… Here in Az these fema camps had a test run set-up by The National Guard, early this year. Everyone in my rural White Mtns area saw it happening. Also, our local people attached to this towns Guard Location DID NOT hesitate to let their family, friends, neighbors know what they had to do. The one I witnessed is 3 miles as the crow flies from my home, with high mtn peaks surrounding it. Might want to also check and see what your state has determined to be the official evacuation route for major cities in your state. Oddly we all found out in Az that this 1 particular camp will be set right in between the 2 major (cities) gets for east bound evacuation… ” In Part One, I asserted that the Deep State was closing in on removing Donald Trump as POTUS. I further claimed that the following would take place in the following order: A coup to remove Trump A purge of high profile dissidents (e.g. Pat Buchanan, anyone in the Independent Media) and these people would just “disappear” and death squads would be involved. A much bigger purge of the supporters of various movements (e.g. gun rights, anti-abortion, Christian, pro-Constitutionalists, etc.). I cited 2 unnamed sources in support of these claims, but I promised that in Part Two, I would present government documents which stood in support of the claims made in Part One. ARSOF and Jade Helm A relatively obscure document, U.S. Army Special Operations Command “ARSOF Operating Concept” was the blueprint for Jade Helm. Jade Helm practiced political dissident extractions and activities in support of massive roundups which would be conducted in a time of national emergency/martial law. This ARSOF document does not boldly use phrases such as “extracting political dissidents”, but it does use “legal language” to basically communicate the same messages that many in the Independent Media have been telling the public about for years, namely, that ARSOF is going to be used to extract political dissidents and then enforce martial law. Key phrases and terms of the ARSOF document are presented here so as to have no misunderstanding as to meaning and intent. Other relevant military documents are mentioned in order to reinforce the interpretation of the ARSOF, Jade Helm inspired document. ARSOF 1-4. Sustaining and Enabling ARSOF: The Operating Concept A global network including joint, interagency, and International partners will enable these capabilities, but that network itself is not enough. The U.S. military must place supreme value in its operators, who will be constantly challenged through the most demanding education, training, and developmental assignments. Our operators’ capabilities also rely on strong and healthy families, supported by the broader ARSOF and Army community. Why do the deep, dark forces behind the planning of Jade Helm need to have foreign mercenaries involved with Jade Helm? The answer is simple, they cannot fully trust that American soldiers will participate in the long-term subjugation of American citizens. This is forecaasting the beginning of civil war in America. There will be US military defectors vs. loyalists and foreign, UN sponsored troops And who would these shadowy forces behind Jade Helm be? We cannot be 100% sure, but my bet is on the CIA. From former ARSOF officer, Scott Bennett, we know that the CIA is funding ISIS through Swiss bank accounts and they have been involved in nearly every nefarious activity connected to this government from Iran-Contra to the JFK assassination. The CIA is a very safe bet. that they will serve in a coordinator’s role with the coming subjugation of the American people. There is not a topic that I have taken more criticism for than when I have written about the presence of foreign troops on American soil, particularly, the Russians. At Ft. Carson, we are witnessing the insertion of Russian troops on our soil. The extra-constitutional “agreements ”(that means illegal agreements) were inked in Washington, D.C., at the fourth annual meeting of the illegally created “U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission Working Group on Emergency Situations.” This extra-governmental organization, formed under the Obama administration, is one of almost two dozen similar “working groups” bringing together top U.S. and Russian officials. These agreements allowed for the first 15,000 Russian troops to enter the country. Case Closed! Before taking another sip of the CNN Kool-Aid, you might want to consider the contents of the following Army document. Appendix N of FM 3-39.4 Foreign Confinement Officer Training Program Training U.S. Trainers N-43. Soldiers and Marines who are assigned training missions receive a course in the preparation to deal with the specific requirements of developing the target HN confinement officers (i.e. foreign detention officers). The course should emphasize the cultural background of the HN, introduce its language (to include specific confinement-related terms and phrases) and provide insights into cultural tips for developing a good rapport with HN personnel. Some of these international partners will be wearing the UN blue and driving in UN white vehicles. These Jade Helm partners are not your friend. They are not here to conduct traffic control exercises. They are here to subjugate you, strip you of your assets and herd you into detention camps and when deemed necessary, they will not hesitate to fire upon you if they feel compelled to do so. ARSOF 2-2. A Multipolar World Competition in the global commons will revolve around maintaining the security of key populations in militarily significant urban terrain. The sheer mass and scale of urbanized humanity will be amplified by the intersection of informationally aware, smartphone‐enabled urban populations and their satisfaction—or lack of satisfaction—with local, regional, and even global conditions. In the coming decades, failed states and ungoverned areas will become sanctuaries for extremist, criminal, and terrorist organizations to flourish. Vacuums emerging from the weakened nation‐state model of 19th and 20th centuries will not elicit new forms of government, but only a proliferation of preexisting forms. The significant difference will be the greater ability of nonstate actors to defend themselves, and to influence or attack other populations, due to the diffusion of weapons and communications technologies down to subnation groups… Urban terrain? I thought they were training for war in the Middle East? What is a subnation group? Texas, Utah and part of Southern California are subnation groups that have deemed to be hostile states by Jade Helm documents. Jade Helm is preparing to occupy these “nonstate actors”. On the surface, the Posse Comitatus Act (18 USC 1385) act should prevent the Army from deploying the troops in the midst of a protest that is not on the scale of something like the 1992 LA Riots. However, the Army claims exemption from Posse Comitatus in the following area. 10 USC 331. When a state is unable to control domestic violence and they have requested federal assistance, the use of the militia or Armed Forces is authorized. Perhaps this is why the original Jade Helm maps depicted states like Texas, to be hostile states. Do you remember these maps which were printed in conjunction with Jade Helm’s rehearsal of dissident extraction? Master the Human Domain The following explains the mystery behind the Jade Helm moniker phrase “Mastering the Human Domain“. ARSOF 3-3. The Central Idea Special Warfare. Special warfare is an umbrella term indicating operating force conduct of combinations of unconventional warfare (UW), foreign internal defense (FID), military information support operations (MISO), CT, and counterinsurgency (COIN) through and with indigenous personnel. With discreet, precise, politically astute, and scalable capabilities, ARSOF frequently undertake politically sensitive missions over extended periods of time in hostile, austere, and denied environments. Here, ARSOF’s deep language and cultural expertise enhance unit survivability through the recognition and understanding of emerging threats. Such capabilities also grant Army special operators influence over the human domain in pursuit of U.S. objectives, to avoid conflict, or to bring about a quick and enduring victory… Mastering the human domain can only mean one thing, enslavement!

ARSOF 4-5. Counterinsurgency Operations …COIN will involve comprehensive civilian and military efforts taken to defeat an insurgency and to address any core grievances… Address any core grievances? My mind immediately harkens back to Kent State, in 1970, when four college students frustrated by the illegal Vietnam War were gunned down for expressing “core grievances”. If you are protesting the removal of Trump from office, you will be met with extreme prejudice. Your pro-constitional views will fly in the face of the Deep State dictatorship that will follow the coup.

SNIPERS ON THE ROOF This is not hyperbole! In an Army manual, known as ATP 3-39.33, is the field manual that provides discussion and techniques about civil disturbances and crowd control operations that occur in the continental United States (CONUS) and outside the continental United States (OCONUS). This document, ATP 3-39.33 published the same week as the ARSOF document, on August 15, 2014, promises to change the way the “military authorities” deal with protesters, even peaceful ones through the use of well-placed snipers who will have orders to take out the leaders of any protest movement. The consequences of ATP 3-39.33 could prove deadly for protesters. Further, the provisions of this Army manual is the end of the First Amendment right to peaceably assemble. The Army is telling you how they are going to deal with protests. Protesting, in America, is now a crime punishable by death. Therefore, when Jade Helm is in your neighborhood, unless you willing to fight, it would be best to stay inside! ARSOF 5-3. Sustaining Surgical Strike …operations against critical mission command nodes and infrastructure to weaken the enemy’s grip on the population… This is referring to the initial use of death squads to remove political opposition and key members of the Independent Media. How do Special Forces weaken the grip that dissidents have on the local population? Death squads is the way that many governments deal with “weakening the grip on the population”. This is clearly fancy language used to justify the extraction, either through kidnapping or targeted assassination, of political dissidents from inside the Jade Helm identified “hostile state” areas. This leads one to ask, is America going to see the repeat of historical events such as the “Rape of Nanking ARSOF 1. Future surgical strike units must be trained continually on the ever‐improving technologies and techniques that support the F3EAD targeting methodology. ARSOF training is needed to improve the speed of lethal or nonlethal effects, including advancing intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance and analysis capabilities to find and fix the target, sustaining a superb force for finishing the target, improving site exploitation techniques and procedures, and improving the timeliness of analysis and dissemination of exploited information. This begs the question, what is meant by the term “exploited information”? This is a term normally reserved for the practice of extracting information through torture (i.e. extreme exploitation). The Director of National Intelligence released a report indicating that the United States has “confirmed” that 116 detainees, imprisoned at Guantanamo Bay have “transferred” out of the prison. According to DNI records most of these terrorists have subsequently reengaged in terrorist or insurgent activities. In light of the new DNI report, former House Homeland Security Chairman Michael McCaul criticized President Obama’s policy of releasing Guantanamo detainees. So why did President Obama engage in such an insane act by clearing space at Guantanamo? The answer to that question is to ask another question. Why did Michigan Army Reservists, during the Jade Helm drills, and members of the Michigan National Guard training at Camp Grayling to assume Guanatanmo security detail at a time when Obama moved out all the terrorists? Simple, it appears that Obama was preparing to lay the groundwork to move in new residents, American political dissidents extracted by Jade Helm personnel. And what goes on at Guantanamo? Torture! Conclusion I want to emphasize that the evidence presented only represents the tip of the iceberg for documentation that exists on how to deal with a nation that will resist a coup against its President. Further I would venture to claim that the documentation presented in Part Two far outweighs, in severity, the statements offered by unnamed federal officials in Part One. The claims of these two federal officials were extremely understated compared to what we see here. Are you prepared to be purged? 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 8-9-17 Now the end begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Read The 49 Page George Soros Playbook To ‘Take Out Trump’ Just Published By Marxist Attack Group Media Matters

by Geoffrey Grider August 7, 2017

In a 49-page Media Matters document marked PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL, the entire anti-Trump plan is laid out and it's called 'DEMOCRACY MATTERS, Strategic Plan For Action' It lists four leftist partner organizations: Media Matters, American Bridge 21st Century, Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), and Shareblue. They lay it out plainly in their introduction, saying: "We are going to contest every effort, at every level of government, to limit rights, rescind protections, entrench inequality, redistribute wealth upwards, or in any other way fundamentally undermine the tenets of egalitarianism that must serve as the bedrock of our democracy." democracy-matters-strategic-plan-for-action-david-brock

by Geoffrey Grider August 7, 2017

In a 49-page Media Matters document marked PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL, the entire anti-Trump plan is laid out and it’s called ‘DEMOCRACY MATTERS, Strategic Plan For Action’ EDITOR’S NOTE: In the 1950’s, even just a passing whiff of the idea that you were somehow connected in any way to a Socialist, Communist or Marxist group meant the death of your career by being put on a “do not hire” blacklist. But in 2017, Socialism, Communism and Marxism have combined under one roof in the George Soros big money tent, and their target is the assassination – virtual or actual – of a duly elected American president. The name of this group is Media Matters, and they are the mouthpiece of the Democrat Party. Welcome to the new civil war. It lists four leftist partner organizations: Media Matters, American Bridge 21st Century, Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), and Shareblue. These are some of the most well-funded, well-entrenched, and well known leftist organizations in America. Billionaire George Soros is a key backer. So, what exactly do they want? Nothing less than complete control over political discourse in America. They lay it out plainly in their introduction, saying: “We are going to contest every effort, at every level of government, to limit rights, rescind protections, entrench inequality, redistribute wealth upwards, or in any other way fundamentally undermine the tenets of egalitarianism that must serve as the bedrock of our democracy.”

democracy-matters-strategic-plan-for-action-david-brock-george-soros-nteb-now-end-begins CLICK HERE TO READ THE ENTIRE 49 PAGE GEORGE SOROS FUNDED DOCUMENT OUTLINING THEIR PLAN TO “TAKE OUT TRUMP” Their motivation is obvious: the continued erosion of our constitutional republic, forming a direct democracy with the elite left permanently in charge. Of course, Media Matters and American Bridge have been doing this for years. Of the latter, the introduction says: “American Bridge will cement itself as the standard-bearer of opposition research, build on its role as a progressive clearinghouse for information that drives the narrative on Republican officeholders and candidates, and be at the epicenter of Democrats’ work to regain power–starting in 2017 and building to 2020.”

Here’s what success will look like: Trump will be defeated either through impeachment or at the ballot box in 2020. The balance of power will shift back to the Democrats. We will measurably impact US Senate, gubernatorial, and state legislative races. We will free ourselves from solely relying in the press. Our robust digital program will reach voters directly online. This is typical for American Bridge, which was formed in 2010 and practically invented the “tracker” position – a paid position for left-leaning activists to record every Republican officeholder and candidate in every public forum they can get into, with the intent of finding any statement they can use against them. Media Matters and American Bridge 21st Century were both founded by David Brock and receive funding from the network of public employee unions and liberal super-donors that includes George Soros, Tom Steyer, and many others. Brock also serves as the Chairman of the Board of Directors for CREW, as well as holding a majority ownership stake in Shareblue. All four organizations have assignments in the campaign. Media Matters is charged with “disarming right-wing disinformation, while leading the fight against the next generation of conservative disinformation.CREW is branded as a “leading non-profit ethics watchdog group” that will “demand ethical conduct from the administration and all parts of government, expose improper influence from powerful interests, and ensure accountability when the administration and others shirk ethical standards, rules, and laws.” Shareblue will “take back social media for Democrats”. Their purpose is to “legitimize Donald Trump’s presidency by emboldening the opposition”. It’s the mission of CREW that is most concerning. According to the playbook, here’s what success will entail: -Trump will be afflicted by a steady flow of damaging information, new revelations, and an inability to avoid conflicts issues. -The Trump Administration will be forced to defend illegal conduct in court. -Powerful industries and interest groups will see their influence wane. -Dark money will be a political liability in key states. It is ironic that they point to dark money as a target, as all four of these organizations are the epicenter of those very campaigns that are fueling the war against conservatives and others in America. You can read the full 49-page playbook here. source 

:: 8-9-17 The Survivalist Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Sling An Often Overlooked (But Critical Firearm Accessory)

Last updated on August 9, 2017 by Joe Nobody

One extremely important accessory for a shoulder-fired weapon is frequently overlooked by preppers. It is unpretentious, cheap, readily available, and easy to install. It’s the sling. Suffering from a lack of sex appeal, lost in a plethora of available furniture, and definitely not the cover-girl of gun porn, the lowly sling often suffers from a lack of appreciation – until your body has paid the price. Through the years, I have conducted numerous training sessions and can now easily identify the guys and gals who have experience in the field… the folks who have carried a long gun for an extended period of time. Their slings are functional and comfortable – like an old pair of well-worn blue jeans or a seasoned pair of boots. They fit, function, and perform critical tasks without fanfare or ritz. Those who have ignored this critical component suffer – sometimes badly. More on that down-article. No doubt some of you are wondering, “Why is Joe ranting on and on about something as simple as the humble sling? It’s just a length of material that you use to attach a weapon to your body – right?” Not really. Not in a practical application. In the gun-candy store, it’s easy to get distracted by lights, lasers and fancy optical doodads. At the range, other shooters rarely stroll over and say, “Wow, what a nice sling.” In the gun safe, they tangle and annoy. But if you ever have to keep a shoulder-fired weapon on your person for extended periods of time, there is nothing you’ll appreciate more than a good sling. Many of the folks I work with haven’t spent a lot of time with a weapon in the field. That’s not a criticism or a sin; it’s simply a fact that few occupations or lifestyles demand the need or naturally deliver those experiences. Most of us do not walk into corporate America carrying a long gun. Even the gents who have served for years in the infantry may not consider that their military experience will likely differ from that of a post-event prepper. Protecting the homestead while accomplishing daily activities, chores and movements is different than the routine of a soldier who is a component of a fighting unit. I often challenge my friends to perform one simple task without leaning their rifle against a tree – set up camp. Pitch the tent, build a fire, and empty the packs while wearing your blaster. The experience can be a real eye opener. Take that exercise one step further; envision a typical post-event day from dawn to dusk with security as part of your plan. This mind-movie will help you realize the need for comfortably accommodating your weapon. Unless you find yourself surviving in a densely populated urban area, you’ll most likely spend a lot more time carrying your rifle than shooting it. This is a critical point. You probably won’t be fighting, sweeping, clearing, or defending all the time. (If your environment requires such diligence, it might be time to consider another location.) You will, most likely, be spending countless hours gardening, gathering, harvesting, and performing manual labor. If there is no rule of law, you’ll probably want a firearm close by, or on your person. You may spend considerably more time traveling by foot than you do now. There’s a reasonable chance you’ll be outside and exposed for significant portions of the day. All of this translates into the lowly sling playing an important role. The wise prepper will evaluate this humble piece of kit now, rather than later when it’s too late. Prove that you can carry that blaster comfortably, securely and in a manner that is “mission configurable.” Types of Slings For years, there were two basic types of slings: Single-point and 2-point. (For a short time, there was a 3-point sling, but it faded from the market quickly.) A few years back, the single-point sling was all the rage. It debuted as a cool accessory, and droves of shooters wanted to convert their battle rifles to accept this option. For most, this was a huge mistake. Single-point slings are for SWAT teams, hostage rescue units, and other outfits that are expecting short duration encounters of intense violence. Single-point slings are great for moving a weapon to the weak-side shoulder, close-quarters combat, and other tactics that require a lot of movement of a weapon. They, however, suck as a way to secure a long gun for extended periods while on the move. Infantry soldiers, hunters, search and rescue responders, and probably preppers need slings that secure the weapon tightly against the torso. This configuration allows running, jumping, climbing, walking, and picking berries without the rifle banging into knees, thighs, or more personal regions between a male’s legs. A hot barrel can make this capability even more critical. Consider that you may need to slide the rifle around to your back if you have to use your hands to carry something heavy or to climb. You’ll want to be able to tighten and tuck that fancy AK either in front or across your shoulders, and do so in a way that doesn’t rub off significant swaths of flesh. Recently, a new design has eliminated the need to make a choice. Several vendors now offer what I call “hybrid” slings that easily convert from single-point (when you’re expecting to fight) to a more comfortable two-point arrangement. This nifty invention gives us preppers the best of both worlds. When shopping for a sling, consider these factors: Be aware of the strap width and thickness. When you have a pack, body armor, load-rig, jacket or other paraphernalia on your shoulders, strap-pollution can be an issue. Wide and thin slings are typically the best option. At least one connection point should swivel. This avoids tangles, twists and hang-ups. Metal rings, clips, and buckles will hold more weight than their plastic counterparts. Look for quick adjustment straps. These are extremely handy. Quick Detach (QD) connectors are also great innovations. Over the years, I’ve been in numerous situations where I wanted to get the weapon off my body in a hurry. QD mounts work well. The company Magpul probably offers the most configuration/options:  But wait. Carrying the weapon is only part of the equation. Have you ever read those great articles on a gazillion uses for paracord? Well, a good rifle sling has its own list of secondary applications. Not as many as 550-cord, but more than many people realize. A sling can be used to provide a brace for several different shooting positions. Used correctly, it can steady a shooter’s aim. Or how about an angle indicator for non-level shots? If you live in mountainous or hilly country, you know that making a shot 40 degrees down into a valley requires some adjustment. Often, it’s difficult to judge the correct angle. This handy little accessory can help you with the estimate by creating a plumb line. Properly selected, a sling can form a tourniquet, elevate an injured arm, tow something, fashion a stretcher or drag bag… the list could go on and on. Essentially, a sling is a fancy 4-foot section of very strong rope. What could you do with that in an emergency situation? Consider a scenario where you have three people in your group and need to climb a tree in order to scout. Three of these cords attached end-to-end would yield a 12-foot section of climbing rope. In my fictional series, Holding Their Own, the protagonist uses his rifle sling and backpack straps to make a safety harness for a dangerous climb. What I have come to respect most about preppers is a mindset of adaptability and creativity. I’m sure if you put 50 like-minded individuals in a room, they would devise dozens more innovative uses for this little length of material. All the best! Joe Visit Joe’s website, , for more articles, reviews, books, and other resources for those who believe in the self-reliant lifestyle. 

:: 8-9-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Insiders Speak Out: 'I Helped Create A Monster' - Describes Google/Facebook's 'Brain Hacking' Techniques

August 8, 2017 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

A set of articles caught my eye this morning, where we see from industry insiders exactly how "Silicon Valley" has not only taken over journalism, but how the methods being utilized by both Google and Facebook which mimics the methods used on smartphones to addict users, dubbed "brain hacking" is not only unethical, but is also dangerous to public health, with one insider stating "I invested early in Google and Facebook and regret it. I helped create a monster." In one long, but worthy read over at The Atlantic, the former editor for New Republic, gives an eye-opening description of what exactly went wrong in the world of journalism, where news outlets have come to "unhealthily depend on the big tech companies," where truth and actual reporting of the news has been sacrificed into desperation in "a mad, shameless chase to gain clicks through Facebook," and "a relentless effort to game Google’s algorithms." What makes these deals so terrible is the capriciousness of the tech companies. Quickly moving in a radically different direction may be great for their bottom line, but it is detrimental to the media companies that rely on the platforms. Facebook will decide that its users prefer video to words, or ideologically pleasing propaganda to more-objective accounts of events—and so it will de-emphasize the written word or hard news in its users’ feeds. When it makes shifts like this, or when Google tweaks its algorithm, the web traffic flowing to a given media outlet may plummet, with rippling revenue ramifications. The problem isn’t just financial vulnerability, however. It’s also the way tech companies dictate the patterns of work; the way their influence can affect the ethos of an entire profession, lowering standards of quality and eroding ethical protections. The whole piece is well worth the time it takes to read to understand why journalism has become on of the most distrusted institutions in American today. That is only one piece of the puzzle though, as we see another even more disturbing article at USA Today, where an industry insider, Roger McNamee, who "invested in Google and Facebook years before their first revenue and profited enormously," and who was an early adviser to Facebook’s team, but now says "I am terrified by the damage being done by these Internet monopolies." McNamee explains how both Google and Facebook deliberately "exploit human nature," to create "addictive behaviors that compel consumers to check for new messages, respond to notifications, and seek validation from technologies whose only goal is to generate profits for their owners." How does this work? A 2013 study found that average consumers check their smartphones 150 times a day. And that number has probably grown. People spend 50 minutes a day on Facebook. Other social apps such as Snapchat, Instagram and Twitter combine to take up still more time. Those companies maintain a profile on every user, which grows every time you like, share, search, shop or post a photo. Google also is analyzing credit card records of millions of people. As a result, the big Internet companies know more about you than you know about yourself, which gives them huge power to influence you, to persuade you to do things that serve their economic interests. Facebook, Google and others compete for each consumer’s attention, reinforcing biases and reducing the diversity of ideas to which each is exposed. The degree of harm grows over time. Before going on to McNamee's subsequent points, his assertion above is clearly seen in the latest Google scandal, where an engineer at the company created a memo about Googles claim of "diversity" yet they punish any disagreement with their interpretation of diversity. After the memo written by this employee hit all the headlines because he spoke about Google's refusal to allow "viewpoint diversity," on the topic of jobs better suited to women and to men, and why, social justice warriors at Google and throughout the liberal media went insane, accusing him of being "anti-diversity," sexist, and the other predictable labels slapped on anyone that doesn't conform to their "group-think." Proof that Google has no room for diversity of opinion, came swiftly as they immediately fired the employee for daring state his own opinion, to which some law experts say was an illegal move, with Glenn Reynolds, a Beauchamp Brogan Distinguished Professor of Law at the University of Tennessee College of Law, saying "I look forward to the lawsuit and its accompanying discovery." Breitbart published some internal discussions, showing that Google management blacklists anyone that dares think differently than the "diversity" social justice warriors within Google's management teams, with screen shots showing that in some cases other employees demand that anyone that showed support for the man that wrote the initial memo should be disciplined or terminated. (See those internal discussions here) Back to McNamee: Consider a recent story from Australia, where someone at Facebook told advertisers that they had the ability to target teens who were sad or depressed, which made them more susceptible to advertising. In the United States, Facebook once demonstrated its ability to make users happier or sadder by manipulating their news feed. While it did not turn either capability into a product, the fact remains that Facebook influences the emotional state of users every moment of every day. Former Google design ethicist Tristan Harris calls this "brain hacking." That link to brain hacking took us to a CBS News article from other industry insiders, published In June 2017, where a former Google product manager Tristan Harris explains "Silicon Valley is engineering your phone, apps and social media to get you hooked," calling the methods they use "brain hacking." Have you ever wondered if all those people you see staring intently at their smartphones -- nearly everywhere, and at all times -- are addicted to them? According to a former Google product manager you are about to hear from, Silicon Valley is engineering your phone, apps and social media to get you hooked. As we first reported in April, he is one of the few tech insiders to publicly acknowledge that the companies responsible for programming your phones are working hard to get you and your family to feel the need to check in constantly. Some programmers call it "brain hacking" and the tech world would probably prefer you didn't hear about it. But Tristan Harris openly questions the long-term consequences of it all and we think it's worth putting down your phone to listen. That piece is also well worth reading as they talk to a number of tech insiders from a variety of industries, showing exactly how each individual online is being targeted by organizations like Facebook and Google, literally "programming people," not just applications. McNamee concludes with the following: Incentives being what they are, we cannot expect Internet monopolies to police themselves. There is little government regulation and no appetite to change that. If we want to stop brain hacking, consumers will have to force changes at Facebook and Google. BOTTOM LINE Yesterday I wrote an article titled "Indisputable Proof Of Coordinated Attacks By Tech Giants To Control Access Of Information In Order To Control The Masses," and that is exactly what all of this comes down to... control. Independent Media, like all the sites listed in the article linked above, do not follow the group think of the mainstream media, who are"tightly controlled" by the tech industry, specifically larger groups like Google and Facebook, literally using methods to addict users, but also to control the narrative. If an MSM outlet goes out of the box, Facebook and Google simply strangle their hits, their traffic, and forces them back into the box, controlling the media as if they were puppets on a string. The attacks on Independent Media are only one small part of the bigger picture as these tech companies are determined to control each and every person on the internet, to buy what they want, to see only what they want them to see, to report only what narrative they want reported and according to all the insiders above, they are developing more "brain hacking" techniques to control even children that are using any type of digital or electronic technology. 

:: 8-8-17 Ancient Orgians :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

8 August, 2017 - 01:50 ancient-origins

Can You Hear the Past? Acoustic Archaeology is Beginning to Explore this New Historical Dimension

Picture an archaeological site, what comes to mind? Sandstone walls, standing in the desert heat? Stonehenge, watching over a grassy field? When thinking about archaeological sites, we tend to conceive of them as dead silent – empty ruins left by past cultures. But this isn’t how the people who lived in and used these sites would have experienced them. Residents would have heard others speaking and laughing, babies crying, people working, dogs barking and music such as drumming. These sounds could be heard from close by, and perhaps coming from distant locations as well. Putting sound back into the archaeological landscape is an important part of understanding how people lived, what they valued, how they shaped their identities and experienced the world and their place in it. This growing field is called acoustic archaeology, or archaeoacoustics. By considering the sounds heard by people moving through the landscape, we’re able to more fully understand their culture, and thus better relate to them as human beings. We recently modeled an ancient soundscape at the landscape level for the first time. What can our ears tell us about the way the Anasazi, or Ancestral Puebloan, people lived in New Mexico’s Chaco Canyon more than a thousand years ago? Vibrations and sounds may have enhanced worship of Great Goddess Cybele How Ancient Greeks Took Trippy Journeys to the Land of the Dead The incredible sound effects of Malta’s Hypogeum Hal Saflieni Modeling Ancient Sound Chaco Canyon was the center of ancestral Puebloan civilization. It’s famous for its great houses – large, multistoried structures, some the size of football fields – built and used from approximately AD 850-1150. Archaeologists have studied how the Ancestral Puebloans built the structures of Chaco Canyon and placed them in relation to each other and to astronomical alignments. To add a new dimension to our understanding of this time and place, we investigated how sounds were experienced at these sites. We wanted to know how a listener would have experienced a sound from a specific distance away from whatever was producing it. To explore sound physics and its application to archaeology, we first developed an Excel spreadsheet. Our calculations described linear sound profiles, similar to a line-of-sight analysis; this took into account a straight path between the person or instrument making the noise and the person hearing it. However, this approach was limited because the results applied to only one listener standing at a very specific location a set distance away. Our research truly blossomed when we wondered if we could apply the same sound physics calculations to an entire landscape simultaneously. We turned to a type of computer program called Geographic Information Systems (GIS) that allows us to model the world in three dimensions. The software package we used, ESRI’s ArcGIS, offers anyone the option to create customized tools, such as the Soundshed Analysis Tool we created, to do calculations or create geographical data and images. The Soundshed Analysis Tool is derived from an earlier modeling script “SPreAD-GIS” developed by environmental scientist Sarah Reed to measure the impact of noise on natural environments, such as national forests. That tool was itself adapted from SPreAD, or “the System for the Prediction of Acoustic Detectability,” a method the U.S. Forest Service devised in 1980 to predict the impact of noise on outdoor recreation. The Soundshed Analysis Tool requires seven input variables, a study location and elevation data. Variables include the sound source height, frequency of the sound source, sound pressure level of the source, the measurement distance from the source, air temperature, relative humidity and the ambient sound pressure level of the study location. We gathered this information from a variety of sources: open-source elevation data, archaeological research, paleoclimatological research and historical climate data. We also gathered from the relevant literature the decibel levels of crowds, individuals and the conch trumpet instrument ancestral Puebloans used. Once the input variables are entered, it takes the Soundshed tool less than 10 minutes to crunch through this complex math for every point on the landscape within two miles of the spot where the sound is produced. Our model then creates images that show where and how sound spreads across the landscape. This gives us a way to visualize the sounds people would have experienced as they moved through the landscape, going about their day. Who Could Hear What, Where We focused on culturally relevant sounds and how they would have spread throughout the Chacoan landscape. These could be the voices of people, the sound of domestic animals like dogs and turkeys, the creation of stone tools or the sound of musical instruments. Within the American Southwest, these instruments include bone flutes, whistles, foot drums, copper bells and conch shell trumpets. Soundshed maps reveal that a person standing at either of two neighboring great houses, Pueblo Alto and New Alto, located approximately 500 feet from each other, can hear a person shouting or speaking to a group at the other site. The patterns differ between the two maps because the terrain differs slightly between the two locations, and because the structures themselves block sound. A third map models someone blowing a conch shell trumpet from immediately north of Casa Rinconada, a large ceremonial structure, at dawn on the summer solstice. The sound spreads throughout the canyon, traveling to a number of mesa top shrines that often marked sacred locations and high points on the landscape. Perhaps audibility influenced the positioning of the shrines so ritual events occurring at Casa Rinconada could be heard? Investigating how sound interacts with the built environment can reveal details about the importance of ritual. It can show us if sound was considered important by the ancestral Puebloan people, especially if shrines are consistently found in locations where people could hear rituals that were performed at a distance. The Future of Archaeoacoustics Our research presents a first step in the archaeoacoustic study of landscapes. Now we hope to expand our research by visiting Chaco Canyon to perform sound studies and record measurements in the field. We also plan to apply our model to other cultures, geographic areas and time periods. Acoustic studies combined with other archaeological research contribute to a more holistic understanding of past cultures. The field has grown as more researchers expand their multidisciplinary pursuits, combining other fields of study with their archaeological approach. For example, advances in geography, physics, psychology, computer programming and other fields made our acoustic study possible. Previously, the study of archaeoacoustics at the landscape level had been out of reach due to technological limitations and a lack of tools. It is only now that computer processing power has caught up to our dreams. Modeling tools like this one also offer the added benefit of allowing us to study what people heard at a site in any place or time without the need to travel to those locations. Instead, researchers can apply existing data found through a literature search, or measure the sound levels of noises or musical instruments to use as model inputs. This opens up new areas to be explored and studied. Sound modeling can help researchers ask questions, and help everyone understand and relate to the ways that other people experienced their world. A sound model opens a new door into our understanding of the past. 

:: 8-7-17 Quartz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


An artificial intelligence researcher reveals his greatest fears about the future of AI

By Arend Hintze August 07, 2017

As an artificial intelligence researcher, I often come across the idea that many people are afraid of what AI might bring. It’s perhaps unsurprising, given both history and the entertainment industry, that we might be afraid of a cybernetic takeover that forces us to live locked away, Matrix-like, as some sort of human battery. And yet it is hard for me to look up from the evolutionary computer models I use to develop AI, to think about how the innocent virtual creatures on my screen might become the monsters of the future. Might I become “the destroyer of worlds,” as Oppenheimer lamented after spearheading the construction of the first nuclear bomb? I would take the fame, I suppose, but perhaps the critics are right. Maybe I shouldn’t avoid asking: As an AI expert, what do I fear about artificial intelligence? Fear of the unforeseen The HAL 9000 computer, dreamed up by science fiction author Arthur C. Clarke and brought to life by movie director Stanley Kubrick in 2001: A Space Odyssey, is a good example of a system that fails because of unintended consequences. In many complex systems—the RMS Titanic, NASA’s space shuttle, the Chernobyl nuclear power plant—engineers layer many different components together. The designers may have known well how each element worked individually, but didn’t know enough about how they all worked together. That resulted in systems that could never be completely understood, and could fail in unpredictable ways. In each disaster—sinking a ship, blowing up two shuttles, and spreading radioactive contamination across Europe and Asia—a set of relatively small failures combined together to create a catastrophe. I can see how we could fall into the same trap in AI research. We look at the latest research from cognitive science, translate that into an algorithm, and add it to an existing system. We try to engineer AI without understanding intelligence or cognition first. Systems like IBM’s Watson and Google’s Alpha equip artificial neural networks with enormous computing power, and accomplish impressive feats. But if these machines make mistakes, they lose on “Jeopardy!” or don’t defeat a Go master; these are not world-changing consequences. Indeed, the worst that might happen to a regular person as a result is losing some money betting on their success. But as AI designs get even more complex and computer processors even faster, their skills will improve. That will lead us to give them more responsibility, even as the risk of unintended consequences rises. We know that “to err is human,” so it is likely impossible for us to create a truly safe system. Fear of misuse I’m not very concerned about unintended consequences in the types of AI I am developing, using an approach called neuroevolution. I create virtual environments and evolve digital creatures and their brains to solve increasingly complex tasks. The creatures’ performance is evaluated; those that perform the best are selected to reproduce, making the next generation. Over many generations these machine-creatures evolve cognitive abilities. Right now we are taking baby steps to evolve machines that can do simple navigation tasks, make simple decisions, or remember a couple of bits. But soon we will evolve machines that can execute more complex tasks and have much better general intelligence. Ultimately we hope to create human-level intelligence. Along the way, we will find and eliminate errors and problems through the process of evolution. With each generation, the machines get better at handling the errors that occurred in previous generations. That increases the chances that we’ll find unintended consequences in simulation, which can be eliminated before they ever enter the real world. Another possibility that’s farther down the line is using evolution to influence the ethics of artificial intelligence systems. It’s likely that human ethics and morals, such as trustworthiness and altruism, are a result of our evolution—and factor in its continuation. We could set up our virtual environments to give evolutionary advantages to machines that demonstrate kindness, honesty, and empathy. This might be a way to ensure that we develop more obedient servants or trustworthy companions and fewer ruthless killer robots. While neuroevolution might reduce the likelihood of unintended consequences, it doesn’t prevent misuse. But that is a moral question, not a scientific one. As a scientist, I must follow my obligation to the truth, reporting what I find in my experiments, whether I like the results or not. My focus is not on determining whether I like or approve of something; it matters only that I can unveil it. Fear of wrong social priorities Being a scientist doesn’t absolve me of my humanity, though. I must, at some level, reconnect with my hopes and fears. As a moral and political being, I have to consider the potential implications of my work and its potential effects on society. As researchers, and as a society, we have not yet come up with a clear idea of what we want AI to do or become. In part, of course, this is because we don’t yet know what it’s capable of. But we do need to decide what the desired outcome of advanced AI is. One big area people are paying attention to is employment. Robots are already doing physical work like welding car parts together. One day soon they may also do cognitive tasks we once thought were uniquely human. Self-driving cars could replace taxi drivers; self-flying planes could replace pilots. Instead of getting medical aid in an emergency room staffed by potentially overtired doctors, patients could get an examination and diagnosis from an expert system with instant access to all medical knowledge ever collected—and get surgery performed by a tireless robot with a perfectly steady “hand.” Legal advice could come from an all-knowing legal database; investment advice could come from a market-prediction system. Perhaps one day, all human jobs will be done by machines. Even my own job could be done faster, by a large number of machines tirelessly researching how to make even smarter machines. In our current society, automation pushes people out of jobs, making the people who own the machines richer and everyone else poorer. That is not a scientific issue; it is a political and socioeconomic problem that we as a society must solve. My research will not change that, though my political self—together with the rest of humanity—may be able to create circumstances in which AI becomes broadly beneficial instead of increasing the discrepancy between the one percent and the rest of us. Fear of the nightmare scenario There is one last fear, embodied by HAL 9000, the Terminator, and any number of other fictional superintelligences: If AI keeps improving until it surpasses human intelligence, will a superintelligence system (or more than one of them) find it no longer needs humans? How will we justify our existence in the face of a superintelligence that can do things humans could never do? Can we avoid being wiped off the face of the Earth by machines we helped create? The key question in this scenario is: Why should a superintelligence keep us around? I would argue that I am a good person who might have even helped to bring about the superintelligence itself. I would appeal to the compassion and empathy that the superintelligence has to keep me, a compassionate and empathetic person, alive. I would also argue that diversity has a value all in itself, and that the universe is so ridiculously large that humankind’s existence in it probably doesn’t matter at all. But I do not speak for all humankind, and I find it hard to make a compelling argument for all of us. When I take a sharp look at us all together, there is a lot wrong: We hate each other. We wage war on each other. We do not distribute food, knowledge, or medical aid equally. We pollute the planet. There are many good things in the world, but all the bad weakens our argument for being allowed to exist. Fortunately, we need not justify our existence quite yet. We have some time—somewhere between 50 and 250 years, depending on how fast AI develops. As a species we can come together and come up with a good answer for why a superintelligence shouldn’t just wipe us out. But that will be hard: Saying we embrace diversity and actually doing it are two different things—as are saying we want to save the planet and successfully doing so. The Conversation We all, individually and as a society, need to prepare for that nightmare scenario, using the time we have left to demonstrate why our creations should let us continue to exist. Or we can decide to believe that it will never happen, and stop worrying altogether. But regardless of the physical threats superintelligences may present, they also pose a political and economic danger. If we don’t find a way to distribute our wealth better, we will have fueled capitalism with artificial intelligence laborers serving only very few who possess all the means of production. The Conversation This article was originally published on The Conversation. Read the original article. 

:: 8-7-17 The Patriot Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Real Trading Behind North Korean Sanctions

The UN's latest move against North Korea is significant — if the Chinese uphold their end of the bargain.

Nate Jackson · Aug. 7, 2017

In a significant move Saturday, the United Nations Security Council unanimously leveled new sanctions on North Korea after the hermit kingdom’s game-changing tests of intercontinental ballistic missiles last month. These ICBMs can reach the continental U.S., meaning many American cities are in range of a nuclear attack by unhinged North Korean dictator Kim Jong Un. The sanctions on North Korean exports of coal, iron, lead and seafood are worth about $1 billion, which is roughly a third of its annual export revenue. “This resolution is the single largest economic sanctions package ever leveled against the North Korean regime," said UN Ambassador Nikki Haley. "This is the most stringent set of sanctions on any country in a generation. And this time, the council has matched its words and actions.” Yet Haley appropriately warned, “We should not fool ourselves into thinking we have solved the problem. Not even close. The North Korean threat has not left us.” The sanctions are important because Russia and especially China agreed to them. China is not only North Korea’s primary communist backer but its biggest trading partner, accounting for at least 85% of the North’s trade. To succeed in countering the North Korean threat, the U.S. must have assistance from China. But China has its own interests, particularly in the amount of trade it depends on with the U.S. Thus, the Chinese are using North Korean saber rattling as a bargaining chip to counter Donald Trump’s rhetoric about trade with China. It’s leverage to talk Trump down from starting a trade war, which was itself partly a bargaining position to get the Chinese to rein in North Korea. So perhaps the Art of the Deal is working for both sides — if the Chinese uphold their end of the bargain rather than skirting sanctions as they have in the past. Oh, and if anything will work on a lunatic like Kim, who promised “thousands-fold” vengeance and a “severe lesson” for the U.S., as well as reiterating that “under no circumstances” will the North negotiate on its nuclear weapons. 

:: 8-8-17 Pathoes :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jonah and the Eclipse in Ancient Nineveh

August 7, 2017 by tomhobson

As we await the eclipse of 2017 AD, this post examines the possibility that the dramatic repentance of Nineveh in Jonah 3:1-10 may have been galvanized by a total solar eclipse there that dates to June 15, 763 BCE, during the probable lifetime of Jonah. All sorts of details kick in to make this possibility highly plausible! We here in southern Illinois are about to be at the center of the umbra for the eclipse of a lifetime. I’ve been waiting for this one ever since I heard about it when I was growing up here 48 years ago. Ozzy Osbourne will be performing near SIU-Carbondale at a music event called Moonstock. People are planning to flood the entire totality path to see it happen. It’s been ages since a total solar eclipse tracked all the way across America from Pacific to Atlantic. We’ll see what the forecast holds. We’ll also see whether the mathematical projections of the shadow’s path by astronomers prove to be accurate; I find it mind-boggling to think that they can measure and crunch those kinds of numbers without mistakes that will leave Millstadt or Cahokia stuck in the sunshine after all. But did you know that a total solar eclipse appears to have played a role in the story of the Biblical prophet Jonah? First, of course, we have to decide whether Jonah was a fictional character or a real, historical person. If you’ve read my three-part article “Historicity: Does It Matter?” (, you’ll know what I think. Taking Jonah to be historical as I do, the Bible’s one specific clue as to when he lived was during the reign of Jeroboam II, or around 786-746 BCE, if we take 2 Kings 14:25 as evidence of the latest that he could have prophesied. A total solar eclipse over Nineveh in northern Iraq on June 15, 763 BCE fits this time frame for the life and career of Jonah. Assyriologist Donald Wiseman, a former curator at the British Museum, and editor of Chronicles of Chaldean Kings and The Alalakh Tablets, published a lecture in the Tyndale Bulletin in 1979 where he argued persuasively that this eclipse would help explain the dramatic reaction to Jonah’s preaching. ( According to the Assyrian writings cited by Wiseman, here’s what a solar eclipse would have meant to them: “the king will be deposed and killed, and a worthless fellow will seize the throne…rain from heaven will flood the land…the city walls will be destroyed.” The Assyrians tell us that at such a time, there would be solemn fasting, and the king would hand over his throne to a substitute until the danger passed. At least once when there was a total solar eclipse, the Assyrians cry, “Nineveh shall be overthrown!” (in Assyrian, adi arbat ūmē ālninuaki innabak, which can also mean, “Nineveh shall be made to repent!”). I believe that Jonah was in Nineveh in June of 763 BC during the total eclipse of the sun, which would help explain the remarkable response of the people of Nineveh. Jonah preaches at exactly the right time for the people of Nineveh to listen to him. The Assyrian nation was weak and in chaos in the decade around 760 BCE. They had one earthquake (one sign of divine wrath). There was a famine from 765-758 BCE. Assyria was losing battles and losing territory to its enemies. There were domestic riots. With all the trouble they already had going on, they could have easily believed that Jonah’s warning would come to pass. Now was a perfect time for a prophet from far away to arrive on the scene and command a response. The repentance of an entire pagan city the size of Nineveh would be a greater miracle than for Jonah to survive getting swallowed by a fish. By the way, I have no problem with that part of the account, either. (Our adult daughter theorizes that the fish was probably a basking shark, the only creature found in the Mediterranean big enough to do the job without deliberately chewing Jonah up for food.) Yes, such an experience would be near-fatal if not fatal, but that’s part of the miracle, which is probably why Jesus cites Jonah as a sign comparable to his own resurrection (a sign that was still quite some time in the future to those who heard Jesus at first). We are in no position to prove or disprove either Jonah’s survival inside the fish, or the repentance of Nineveh, nor can we prove the admittedly daring hypothesis that Jonah was there for the 763 BCE eclipse and that the eclipse helped produce the results recorded in the Biblical account. But if these propositions are not provable, they are at least perfectly plausible. Yet they do not remove the element of the divine. When can you get God to send a stupendous natural event right when you need one to back up your point? The divine factor is why I doubt whether anyone will be moved to repentance by the eclipse of 2017 AD. God will have to use other means to make that happen on any scale like the repentance recorded in Nineveh in the time of Jonah. Jesus’ resurrection, the mega-event foreshadowed by Jonah’s brush with death inside the great fish, will do the job, if anything can. And we have far stronger reason to believe in the truth of Jesus’ resurrection than in whatever happened in Nineveh as a result of the eclipse of 763 BCE.

Read more at 

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see much more happening overseas now much more.  Russia, they have been poked in the eye so long they are ready to fight.  North Korea has been mocked for so long they are ready to fight.  They are not afraid of those ships that are out there; they were out there during the Korean War.  Oh, wake up, wake up, you need to turn to me and not to your own ways, for the old ways never did work etc.

:: 8-8-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea threatens Guam: Pyongyang declares Kim Jong-un is 'carefully examining' plan to strike US Pacific military bases after Trump's ferocious 'fire and fury' warning falls on deaf ears

North Korea said it is 'carefully examining' a plan to strike Guam and it will be put in place once leader Kim Jong Un makes a decision

This comes after Trump told the North that additional threats of violence against the U.S. 'will be met with the fire and the fury like the world has never seen'

North Korea said earlier that the U.S. would 'pay dearly' for the United Nations sanctions regime it successfully imposed over the weekend

Also threatened 'physical action' and a 'mobilization of all its national strength'

Trump previously said: 'After many years of failure,countries are coming together to finally address the dangers posed by North Korea. We must be tough & decisive!'

Russia and China reluctantly signed on to a United Nations resolution that puts a hard stop to a third of North Korea's export revenue

US officials believe Kim Jong-Un has built a miniaturized warhead for missiles and are ramping up their rhetoric in turn

Defense Intelligence officials say he now has 60 nuclear weapons in his arsenal

By Francesca Chambers, White House Correspondent For and Regina F. Graham For

Published: 08:04 EDT, 8 August 2017 | Updated: 06:29 EDT, 9 August 2017

North Korea said it is 'carefully examining' a plan to strike the U.S. Pacific territory of Guam with missiles, just hours after President Donald Trump told the country that any threat to the U.S. would be met with 'fire and fury.' A spokesman for the Korean People's Army, in a statement carried by the North's state-run KCNA news agency, said Wednesday the strike plan will be 'put into practice in a multi-current and consecutive way any moment' once leader Kim Jong Un makes a decision. Guam, which is roughly 2,128 miles from North Korea, is home to both Andersen Air Force Base and Naval Base Guam housing thousands of American service members and their families. Roughly 28 percent of the island is occupied by the U.S. military. The base houses bomber assurance and deterrence missions, including six B-52s which the air force says provide 'strategic global strike capability [to] deter potential adversaries and provide reassurance to allies' and that they are ready to go. In another statement citing a different military spokesman, North Korea also said it could carry out a pre-emptive operation if the U.S. showed signs of provocation. Earlier Pyongyang said it was ready to give Washington a 'severe lesson' with its strategic nuclear force in response to any U.S. military action. The statement from the North comes after Trump told the country's leader Tuesday that additional threats of violence against the U.S. 'will be met with fire and the fury like the world has never seen.' 'He has been very threatening beyond a normal state, and as I said they will be met with the fire and fury and frankly power, the likes of which this world has never seen before,' Trump added in remarks at the top of an unrelated meeting. He stopped just short of a firm promise to declare war on Kim's government if the dictatorship continues to talk about 'physical action' to the U.S. 'North Korea best not make any more threats to the United States,' Trump cautioned after a reporter asked him about the nuclear standoff. Trump told the world Tuesday morning that it must be vigilant against North Korea in the face of new threats from the country's young dictator. Kim had warned the United States that it would pay 'pay dearly' for the United Nations sanctions regime it successfully imposed over the weekend and hinted at military action as tensions continued to escalate. 'Physical action will be taken mercilessly with the mobilization of all its national strength,' North Korea's state-run news agency said Tuesday. The 33-year-old Kim was lashing out at a U.S. push to drain him of the hard currency he needs to develop his nuclear program that Russia and China reluctantly signed on to last weekend. The sanctions put a hard stop to a third of North Korea's export revenue - a deafening blow to the country's economy. Trump celebrated the universal participation of Security Council countries in the sanctions with a tweet this morning that said, 'After many years of failure, countries are coming together to finally address the dangers posed by North Korea. We must be tough & decisive!' A Washington Post report on Tuesday suggested that North Korea had invented a miniaturized warhead that it has the capability of attaching to the intercontinental ballistic missiles its been testing. The development brings the country dangerously close to its goal of creating of a nuclear weapon that can hit targets in the U.S. Alaska, Hawaii and California would be at an especially high risk if Kim's scientists finish the weapons and North Korea decides to use them. Sen. Dan Sullivan (R-Alaska) said on Tuesday that he is seriously worried about a possible North Korean missile strike on his state as well as the rest of the United States. 'There's concern, but there's also pride,' Sullivan said on Fox News's 'The Story' Tuesday. 'Alaska is the cornerstone of our nation's missile defense.' He added that Alaska's missile defense battalion 'is literally protecting the country.' 'The Alaska guard unit there calls themselves the 300, protecting the 300 million,' Sullivan said. 'So that's what they're doing now, protecting us.' According to the report, US officials estimate that Kim now has 60 nuclear weapons in his possession. By comparison, the US is estimated to have more than 6,800 in its stockpile, and Russia is thought to have 7,000. Shortly after Trump's morning message, United States Ambassador to the United Nations Nikki Haley appeared on Fox & Friends to deliver tough talk to North Korea and take a victory lap on sanctions. 'The United States will respond accordingly, and I think the international community will respond accordingly,' she said of the dangerous actions that Kim could take in response to the punishing actions. It's up to North Korean leader to decide whether his response is, 'OK the international community is telling me to stop or he is going to have, you know, a temper tantrum,' she'd said. Fox & Friends host Steve Doocy worried that Kim is rejecting the international mandate. 'It sounds like, we are getting closer to a shootin' war,' he told Haley. 'But we don't run scared,' Haley asserted. 'This had to happen, we had to go after his hard currency, we had to stop it.' 'How he responds? He's now going to have to think what's the end game? Is he really going to come after the United States knowing what the United States can do back? He's gotta make that calculation,' the high-ranking U.S. diplomat assessed. Former President Barack Obama's aide Dan Pfeiffer went after Trump's warning to North Korea on Tuesday. Pfeiffer tweeted, 'Don't gloss over the fact that Trump threatened what can only be interpreted as a nuclear attack on North Korea if Kim Jong Un taunts him.' On Monday, North Korea promised to 'teach the US a severe lesson' if it puts its military might to the test on the Korean Peninsula. 'We will, under no circumstances, put the nukes and ballistic rockets on the negotiating table,' North Korean Foreign Minister Ri Yong Ho said, effectively declining to engage in talks about the nuclear program. State-run KCNA news agency meanwhile claimed that North Korea 'will make the US pay dearly for all the heinous crimes it commits against the state and people of this country.' KCNA cautioned the U.S. against 'believing that its land is safe across the ocean' in what it described as a 'stern warning to the US.' Tuesday it slapped the U.S. again, saying in a statement that appeared in the New York Times: 'Packs of wolves are coming in attack to strangle a nation...They should be mindful that the D.P.R.K.'s strategic steps accompanied by physical action will be taken mercilessly with the mobilization of all its national strength.' Kim is fuming over a United Nations Security Council resolution that will cut a billion out of his $3 billion economy annually. The resolution bans North Korea exports of coal, iron, iron ore, lead, lead ore and seafood and blocks off other cash-rich avenues, including joint ventures. The U.S. pushed the resolution through the Security Council on Saturday with the aid of Russia and China, North Korea's largest trading partner. 'Yes, China and Russia were not the easiest, but at the end of the day they came through, and that's all that matters,' Haley said this morning on Fox & Friends of the vote to put heavy penalties on North Korea over its continued nuclear tests. China favors deconfliction with North Korea and denuclearization of the Korean peninsula but not the displacement of Kim. Beijing is concerned that a coup would put the country's stockpile of weapons in nefarious hands. It joined the U.S. and 13 other nations that sit on the Security Council in approving new sanctions on North Korea, a nation with whom it shares a border, after Washington threatened to restrict access to its financial institutions last week. North Korea's ramped up missile tests since Trump took office has the United States pursuing aggressive measures in the region, including Chinese sanctions. Military action remains on the table, as well, sparking fears internationally that the conflict will result in war. The Trump administration's attempts to pressure North Korea into abandoning its nuclear and missile ambitions have so far gained little traction. U.S. Defense Secretary Jim Mattis has warned of an 'effective and overwhelming' response against North Korea if it chose to use nuclear weapons but has said any military solution would be 'tragic on an unbelievable scale.' The United States has 28,500 troops in South Korea to guard against the North Korean threat. Japan hosts around 54,000 U.S. military personnel, the U.S. Department of Defense says, and tens of thousands of Americans work in both countries. Seoul is home to a population of roughly 10 million, within range of massed pre-targeted North Korean rockets and artillery, which would be impossible to destroy in a first U.S. strike. A rising number of Republicans - 48 percent - want Trump to go that route. That's a jump from 37 percent in an April CBS News poll. A majority of Americans are fearful that Trump is not equipped to go to battle with Kim, though. In the CBS survey, 61 percent of voters expressed doubts. Most do not think North Korea will actually try to strike the U.S. with one of the intercontinental ballistic missiles it's been testing, however. Nearly seven in 10 Americans think Kim is using the nuclear program to gain power and influence.

Read more: 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 8-8-17 Pacific Air Forces :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

South Dakota Airmen arrive ready to 'Fight Tonight' from Guam

Pacific Air Forces Public Affairs / Published August 08, 2017

JOINT BASE PEARL HARBOR-HICKAM, Hawaii -- Two U.S. Air Force B-1B bombers, under the command of U.S. Pacific Air Forces, joined their counterparts from the Republic of Korea and Japanese air forces in sequenced bilateral missions, August 7. This serves as the first mission for the crews and aircraft recently deployed from Ellsworth Air Force Base, South Dakota in support of U.S. Pacific Command’s Continuous Bomber Presence missions. After taking off from Andersen Air Force Base, Guam, the B-1s assigned to the 37th Expeditionary Bomb Squadron, flew to Japanese airspace, where they were joined by Koku Jieitai (Japan Air Self Defense Force) F-2 fighter jets. The B-1s then flew over the Korean Peninsula where they were joined by Republic of Korea Air Force KF-16 fighter jets. The B-1s then performed a pass over the Pilsung Range before leaving South Korean airspace and returning to Guam. Throughout the approximately 10-hour mission, the aircrews practiced intercept and formation training, enabling them to enhance their combined capabilities and tactical skills, while also strengthening the long standing military-to-military relationships in the Indo-Asia-Pacific region. Ellsworth B-1s were last deployed to Guam in August 2016 when they took over CBP operations from the B-52 Stratofortress bomber squadrons from Minot AFB, North Dakota, and Barksdale AFB, Louisiana. “How we train is how we fight and the more we interface with our allies, the better prepared we are to fight tonight,” said a 37th EBS B-1 pilot. “The B-1 is a long-range bomber that is well-suited for the maritime domain and can meet the unique challenges of the Pacific.” Aircrews, maintenance and support personnel, will continue generating B-1 bomber sorties to demonstrate the continuing U.S. commitment to stability and security in the Indo-Asia-Pacific region, providing commanders with a strategic power projection platform and fulfilling the need for anytime mission-ready aircraft, an important part of national defense during a time of high regional tension. “While at home station my crews are constantly refining their tactics and techniques so that we can better integrate with our counterparts from other nations,” said Lt. Col. Daniel Diehl, 37th EBS, commander. “As demonstrated today, our air forces stand combat-ready to deliver airpower when called upon.” The U.S. has maintained a regular bomber presence in the Indo-Asia-Pacific since 2004 and this mission demonstrated our continued ironclad commitment to regional allies. Further, it increased our readiness and exercised our rights under international law to fly legally in the place and time of our choosing. 

[ :: 5-6-15 pm service (fourth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. for the things that you saw this week are small in comparison to the things that you shall see. The warships shall increase; North Korea shall build another nuclear weapon making her nuclear weapons far greater than any other nation, people are not recognizing what is going on. But I say unto you, do not fear, for you will not see a nuclear war here, you will not see some of the things that shall take place overseas here etc

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 8-7-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US spy satellites detect North Korea moving anti-ship cruise missiles to patrol boat

By Lucas Tomlinson Published August 07, 2017 Fox News

Despite the United States' insistence that North Korea halt its missile tests, U.S. spy agencies detected the rogue communist regime loading two anti-ship cruise missiles on a patrol boat on the country’s east coast just days ago. It's the first time these missiles have been deployed on this type of platform since 2014, U.S. officials with knowledge of the latest intelligence in the region told Fox News on Monday. It also points to more evidence that North Korea isn't listening to the diplomatic threats from the West. “The best signal that North Korea could give us that they're prepared to talk would be to stop these missile launches,” Secretary of State Rex Tillerson said in the Philippines Monday. North Korea loaded two Stormpetrel anti-ship cruise missiles on a Wonsan guided-missile patrol boat at Toejo Dong on North Korea’s east coast. “North Korea is not showing any evidence it plans to halt its missile tests,” said one official who requested anonymity to discuss sensitive information. “It's a trend that does not bode well for hopes of de-escalating tensions on the [Korean] peninsula.” The latest moves by Pyongyang point to a likely missile test in the days ahead or it could be a defense measure should the U.S. Navy dispatch more warships to the Korean peninsula, officials said. President Trump on Monday afternoon voiced his displeasure about the coverage of the unanimous U.N. Security Council vote over the weekend to sanction Pyongyang. "The Fake News Media will not talk about the importance of the United Nations Security Council's 15-0 vote in favor of sanctions on N. Korea!" Trump tweeted. Meantime, there currently are limits to the size of the warheads South Korea is allowed to deploy on top of its missiles. But following a talk between leaders of South Korea and the United States, the Pentagon is working on allowing changes to the policy. "Yes, we are working on it," said Capt. Jeff Davis, a Pentagon spokesman. "It's a topic under active consideration here, and I would tell you that we would be favorably inclined to do anything which furthers the defensive capabilities of South Korea." The United States removed its tactical nuclear missiles from South Korea in 1991. Lucas Tomlinson is the Pentagon and State Department producer for Fox News Channel. You can follow him on Twitter: @LucasFoxNews 

:: 8-8-17 The Washington Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea now making missile-ready nuclear weapons, U.S. analysts say

By Joby Warrick, Ellen Nakashima and Anna Fifield August 8 at 5:58 PM North Korea has successfully produced a miniaturized nuclear warhead that can fit inside its missiles, crossing a key threshold on the path to becoming a full-fledged nuclear power, U.S. intelligence officials have concluded in a confidential assessment. The analysis, completed last month by the Defense Intelligence Agency, comes on the heels of another intelligence assessment that sharply raises the official estimate for the total number of bombs in the communist country’s atomic arsenal. The United States calculated last month that up to 60 nuclear weapons are now controlled by North Korean leader Kim Jong Un. Some independent experts think the number is much smaller. The findings are likely to deepen concerns about an evolving North Korean military threat that appears to be advancing far more rapidly than many experts had predicted. U.S. officials concluded last month that Pyongyang is also outpacing expectations in its effort to build an intercontinental ballistic missile capable of striking the American mainland. President Trump, speaking Tuesday at an event at his golf course in Bedminster, N.J., said North Korea will face a devastating response if its threats continue. “They will be met with fire and fury and frankly power, the likes of which this world has never seen before,” he said. Earlier Tuesday, North Korea described a new round of U.N. sanctions as an attempt “to strangle a nation” and warned that in response, “physical action will be taken mercilessly with the mobilization of all its national strength.” Although more than a decade has passed since North Korea’s first nuclear detonation, many analysts thought it would be years before the country’s weapons scientists could design a compact warhead that could be delivered by missile to distant targets. But the new assessment, a summary document dated July 28, concludes that this critical milestone has been reached. “The IC [intelligence community] assesses North Korea has produced nuclear weapons for ballistic missile delivery, to include delivery by ICBM-class missiles,” the assessment states, in an excerpt read to The Washington Post. Two U.S. officials familiar with the assessment verified its broad conclusions. It is not known whether the reclusive regime has successfully tested the smaller design, although North Korea officially claimed last year that it had done so. The DIA and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence declined to comment. An assessment this week by the Japanese Ministry of Defense also concludes that there is evidence to suggest that North Korea has achieved miniaturization. Kim is becoming increasingly confident in the reliability of his nuclear arsenal, analysts have concluded, explaining perhaps the dictator’s willingness to engage in defiant behavior, including missile tests that have drawn criticism even from North Korea’s closest ally, China. On Saturday, China and Russia joined other members of the U.N. Security Council in approving punishing new economic sanctions, including a ban on exports that supply up to a third of North Korea’s annual $3 billion in earnings. [What the new U.N. sanctions on North Korea mean] The nuclear progress further raises the stakes for Trump, who has vowed that North Korea will never be allowed to threaten the United States with nuclear weapons. In an interview broadcast Saturday on MSNBC’s “Hugh Hewitt Show,” national security adviser H.R. McMaster said the prospect of a North Korea armed with ­nuclear-tipped ICBMs would be “intolerable, from the president’s perspective.” “We have to provide all options . . . and that includes a military option,” he said. But McMaster said the administration would do everything short of war to “pressure Kim Jong Un and those around him, such that they conclude it is in their interest, to denuclearize.” The options said to be under discussion range from new multilateral negotiations to reintroducing U.S. battlefield nuclear weapons to the Korean Peninsula, officials familiar with internal discussions said. At the same time, the administration has been attempting to push North Korea toward talks, but Pyongyang has shown no interest in dialogue. [North Korea could cross ICBM threshold next year, U.S. officials warn] Determining the precise makeup of North Korea’s nuclear arsenal has long been a difficult challenge for intelligence officials because of the regime’s culture of extreme secrecy and insularity. The country’s weapons scientists have conducted five nuclear tests since 2006, the latest being a 20- to 30-kiloton detonation on Sept. 9, 2016, that produced a blast estimated to be up to twice that of the bomb dropped on Hiroshima, Japan, in 1945. But producing a compact nuclear warhead that can fit inside a missile is a technically demanding feat, one that many analysts thought was still beyond North Korea’s grasp. Last year, state-run media in Pyongyang displayed a spherical device that government spokesmen described as a miniaturized nuclear warhead, but whether it was a real bomb remained unclear. North Korean officials described the September detonation as a successful test of a small warhead designed to fit on a missile, although many experts were skeptical of the claim. Kim has repeatedly proclaimed his intention to field a fleet of nuclear-tipped ICBMs as a guarantor of his regime’s survival. His regime took a major step toward that goal last month with the first successful tests of a missile with intercontinental range. Video analysis of the latest test led some analysts to conclude that the missile caught fire and disintegrated as it plunged back toward Earth’s surface, suggesting that North Korea’s engineers might not be capable yet of building a reentry vehicle that can carry the warhead safely through the upper atmosphere. But U.S. analysts and many independent experts think this hurdle will be overcome by late next year. “What initially looked like a slow-motion Cuban missile crisis is now looking more like the Manhattan Project, just barreling along,” said Robert Litwak, a nonproliferation expert at the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars and the author of “Preventing North Korea’s Nuclear Breakout,” published by the center this year. “There’s a sense of urgency behind the program that is new to the Kim Jong Un era.” Although few discount North Korea’s progress, some prominent U.S. experts warned against the danger of overestimating the threat. Siegfried Hecker, director emeritus of the Los Alamos National Laboratory and the last known U.S. official to inspect North Korea’s nuclear facilities, has calculated the size of North Korea’s arsenal at no more than 20 to 25 bombs. He warned of potential risks that can come from making Kim into a bigger menace than he actually is. [Some experts see Russian echoes in North Korea’s missile advances] “Overselling is particularly dangerous,” said Hecker, who visited North Korea seven times between 2004 and 2010, and met with key leaders of the country’s weapons programs. “Some like to depict Kim as being crazy — a madman — and that makes the public believe that the guy is undeterrable. He’s not crazy and he’s not suicidal. And he’s not even unpredictable.” “The real threat,” Hecker said, “is we’re going to stumble into a nuclear war on the Korean Peninsula.” In the past, U.S. intelligence agencies have occasionally overestimated the North Korean threat. In the early 2000s, the George W. Bush administration assessed that Pyongyang was close to developing an ICBM that could strike the U.S. mainland — a prediction that missed the mark by more than a decade. More recently, however, analysts and policymakers have been surprised repeatedly as North Korea achieved key milestones months or years ahead of schedule, said Jeffrey Lewis, director of the East Asia Nonproliferation Program at the Center for Nonproliferation Studies. There was similar skepticism about China’s capabilities in the early 1960s, said Lewis, who has studied that country’s pathway to a successful nuclear test in 1964. “There is no reason to think that the North Koreans aren’t making the same progress after so many successful nuclear explosions,” Lewis said. “The big question is: Why do we hold the North Koreans to a different standard than we held [Joseph] Stalin’s Soviet Union or Mao Zedong’s China? North Korea is testing underground, so we’re always going to lack a lot of details. But it seems to me a lot of people are insisting on impossible levels of proof because they simply don’t want to accept what should be pretty obvious.” Yuki Oda in Tokyo contributed to this report.


:: 8-8-17 Chicago Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea now making missile-ready nuclear weapons, U.S. analysts say

Washington Post Joby Warrick, Ellen Nakashima and Anna Fifield

North Korea has successfully produced a miniaturized nuclear warhead that can fit inside its missiles, crossing a key threshold on the path to becoming a full-fledged nuclear power, U.S. intelligence officials have concluded in a confidential assessment. The new analysis completed last month by the Defense Intelligence Agency comes on the heels of another intelligence assessment that sharply raises the official estimate for the total number of bombs in the communist country's atomic arsenal. The U.S. calculated last month that up to 60 nuclear weapons are now controlled by North Korean leader Kim Jong Un. Some independent experts believe the number of bombs is much smaller. The findings are likely to deepen concerns about an evolving North Korean military threat that appears to be advancing far more rapidly than many experts had predicted. U.S. officials last month concluded that Pyongyang is also outpacing expectations in its effort to build an intercontinental ballistic missile capable of striking cities on the American mainland. While more than a decade has passed since North Korea's first nuclear detonation, many analysts believed it would be years before the country's weapons scientists could design a compact warhead that could be delivered by missile to distant targets. But the new assessment, a summary document dated July 28, concludes that this critical milestone has already been reached. "The IC [intelligence community] assesses North Korea has produced nuclear weapons for ballistic missile delivery, to include delivery by ICBM-class missiles," the assessment states, in an excerpt read to The Washington Post. The assessment's broad conclusions were verified by two U.S. officials familiar with the document. It is not yet known whether the reclusive regime has successfully tested the smaller design, although North Korea officially last year claimed to have done so. The DIA and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence declined to comment. An assessment this week by the Japanese Ministry of Defense also concludes there is evidence to suggest that North Korea has achieved miniaturization. President Donald Trump, speaking at an event at his golf course in Bedminster, N.J., golf course, said North Korea will face a devastating response if its threats continue. "They will be met with the fire and fury and frankly power, the likes of which this world has never seen before," Trump said. Earlier Tuesday, North Korea described a new round of United Nations sanctions as an attempt "to strangle a nation" and warned that in response "physical action will be taken mercilessly with the mobilization of all its national strength." Kim Jong Un is becoming increasingly confident in the reliability of his nuclear arsenal, analysts have concluded, explaining perhaps the dictator's willingness to engage in defiant behavior, including missile tests that have drawn criticism even from North Korea's closest ally, China. On Saturday, both China and Russia joined other members of the U.N. Security Council in approving punishing new economic sanctions, including a ban on exports that supply up to a third of North Korea's annual $3 billion earnings. The nuclear progress further raises the stakes for Trump, who has vowed that North Korea will never be allowed to threaten the United States with nuclear weapons. In an interview broadcast Saturday on MSNBC's "Hugh Hewitt Show," national security adviser H.R. McMaster said the prospect of a North Korea armed with nuclear-tipped ICBMs would be "intolerable, from the president's perspective." "We have to provide all options ... and that includes a military option," he said. But McMaster said the administration would do everything short of war to "pressure Kim Jong Un and those around him, such that they conclude it is in their interest to denuclearize." The options said to be under discussion ranged from new multilateral negotiations to reintroducing U.S. battlefield nuclear weapons to the Korean Peninsula, officials familiar with internal discussions said. Determining the precise makeup of North Korea's nuclear arsenal has long been a difficult challenge for intelligence professionals because of the regime's culture of extreme secrecy and insularity. The country's weapons scientists have conducted five nuclear tests since 2006, the latest being a 20- to 30-kiloton detonation on Sept. 9, 2016, that produced a blast estimated to be up to twice that of the bomb dropped on Hiroshima, Japan, in 1945. But producing a compact nuclear warhead that can fit inside a missile is a technically demanding feat, one that many analysts believed was still beyond North Korea's grasp. Last year, state-run media in Pyongyang displayed a spherical device that government spokesmen described as a miniaturized nuclear warhead, but whether it was a real bomb remained unclear. North Korean officials described the September detonation as a successful test of a small warhead designed to fit on a missile, though many experts were skeptical of the claim. Kim has repeatedly proclaimed his intention to field a fleet of nuclear-tipped ICBMs as a guarantor of his regime's survival. His regime took a major step toward that goal last month with the first successful tests of a missile with intercontinental range. Video analysis of the latest test led some analysts to conclude that the missile caught fire and disintegrated as it plunged back toward Earth's surface, suggesting North Korea's engineers might not yet be capable of building a re-entry vehicle that can carry the warhead safely through the upper atmosphere. But U.S. analysts and many independent experts believe that this hurdle will be overcome by late next year. "What initially looked like a slow-motion Cuban missile crisis is now looking more like the Manhattan Project, just barreling along," said Robert Litwak, a nonproliferation expert at the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars and author of "Preventing North Korea's Nuclear Breakout," published by the center this year. "There's a sense of urgency behind the program that is new to the Kim Jong Un era." While few discount North Korea's progress, some prominent U.S. experts warned against the danger of overestimating the threat. Siegfried Hecker, director emeritus of the Los Alamos National Laboratory and the last known U.S. official to personally inspect North Korea's nuclear facilities, has calculated the size of North Korea's arsenal at no more than 20 to 25 bombs. Hecker warned of potential risks that can come from making Kim into a bigger menace than he actually is. "Overselling is particularly dangerous," said Hecker, who visited North Korea seven times between 2004 and 2010 and met with key leaders of the country's weapons programs. "Some like to depict Kim as being crazy — a madman — and that makes the public believe that the guy is undeterrable. He's not crazy and he's not suicidal. And he's not even unpredictable." "The real threat," Hecker said, "is we're going to stumble into a nuclear war on the Korean Peninsula." In the past, U.S. intelligence agencies have occasionally overestimated the North Korean threat. In the early 2000s, the George W. Bush administration assessed that Pyongyang was close to developing an ICBM that could strike the U.S. mainland - a prediction that missed the mark by more than a decade. More recently, however, analysts and policymakers have been taken repeatedly by surprise as North Korea achieved key milestones months or years ahead of schedule, noted Jeffrey Lewis, director of the Center for Nonproliferation Studies' East Asia Nonproliferation Program. There was similar skepticism about China's capabilities in the early 1960s, said Lewis, who has studied that country's pathway to a successful nuclear test in 1964. "There is no reason to think that the North Koreans aren't making the same progress after so many successful nuclear explosions," Lewis said. "The big question is why do we hold the North Koreans to a different standard than we held [Joseph] Stalin's Soviet Union or Mao Zedong's China? North Korea is testing underground, so we're always going to lack a lot of details. But it seems to me a lot of people are insisting on impossible levels of proof because they simply don't want to accept what should be pretty obvious." The Washington Post's Yuki Oda in Tokyo contributed to this report. 

:: 7-25-17 The Christian Truther :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The United Nations Rolls Out ‘Advancements’ to Indoctrinate Every Student on the Planet – Agenda 2030 By Nate Brown - 07/25/2017

Quietly, the United Nations is rolling out advancements to its objective of undermining education as a whole, with the purpose of creating a single system for learning globally. Sounds far fetched right? Well, meet the new Global Education Institute unveiled by the United Nations in South Korea. The education institute was named after former UN Secretary-General Ban Ki Moon and is designed to incorporate higher education with sustainable development. The reason being according to the United Nations it is an educated person that threatens Agenda 2030. However, the new institute is only just now being constructed, and the ceremony for the construction of such was on July 11th, 2017. At which they delivered remarks in regards to the reasoning behind the new institute. “The three axes of globalization education are peace, development and human rights,” Ban was quoted as saying. Of course, he did not point out that the UN means something very different by the term “human rights” than America’s traditions of God-given, inalienable individual rights. According to Yonhap News Agency, the full fledged scheme of the institute is to “align institutions of higher education, scholarship, and research with the UN.” UNAI Korea is building the Ban Ki-moon Global Education Institute (GEI) to help realize the U.N.’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and nurture related global experts. The UNAI is short for the U.N. Academic Impact, an initiative launched by then-U.N. chief Ban in November 2010 to align institutions of higher education, scholarship and research with the U.N. At present, more than 1,000 institutions in over 120 countries and some 40 academic networks are now members. The institute will focus its efforts on carrying out SDG research, supporting developing countries and nurturing related youth leaders. —Yonhap In other words, all collegiate institutions around the world aligned with the UNAI’s goals will indoctrinate young people into activism towards the one track output based on accomplishing Agenda 2030. As stated above there are already 1,000 institutions involved in this elaborate scheme to control education. Senior leaders of the United Nations gathered on July 11th, 2017 not to create a pathway to higher education but rather to impose on every child on the planet their globalist agenda. Thus, the United Nations can single handily indoctrinate droves of students into their whims of knowledge, and socialism. The United States is a democratic republic, the United Nations is a socialistic and communistic organization, thus with the inclusion of the UNAI’s education program our government can be undermined by graduates of the UNAI’s institutions because students would be solely indoctrinated into socialistic practice rather than democratic governance. A single system of education refutes intellectual diversity, for one simple reason, a select group of individuals create the textbooks based on their agenda, and depending on that agenda it could spell dire consequences for the younger generations. The one track education system is precisely what the ‘leaders’ of the United Nations are rolling out, openly. An intellectually diverse global populace threatens their agenda because of freedom, literally, enough said. 

:: 7-25-17 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Your Pastor Actually Born Again? Are You?

11:00AM EDT 7/25/2017

What does it mean to be "born again"? Do Christians truly understand this concept?

According to research from the American Culture & Faith Institute (ACFI), many Americans call themselves "born again," but fewer than 30 percent provided answers that would support that claim. And if so many think they are born again, why aren't these Christians impacting the culture, asks the American Pastors Network. "If a majority of Americans think they are born-again Christians, one has to wonder where the cultural disconnect is, as the moral fiber of our nation continues to erode," said APN President Sam Rohrer, who is host of the APN radio ministry, "Stand in the Gap Today." This summer, "Stand in the Gap Today" hosts have discussed these findings on two separate programs with George Barna, renowned social science researcher and head of ACFI. In pondering life after death, the ACFI research found that just 30 percent of those surveyed say they are born again with the reasoning that "after I die I know I will go to heaven because I have confessed my sins and accepted Jesus Christ as my Savior." Another quarter say they don't know what will happen when they die. "Some shocking findings of this survey indicate that many—75 percent—believe that mankind is not made up of sinners and that man is basically good," Rohrer said. "Just barely more than half believe that Jesus lived a sinless life, and 42 percent believe that Satan is not real, but more a symbol of evil. Based on these findings, how healthy can we say the American church really is? How can salt be salt and light be light when we don't believe those things?" "According to these numbers and what we know from history, in real life, many, if not most of those who say they're Christians are really not Christ-followers," Rohrer said on the program. "We've also heard, for example, that up to 80 percent of Congress is Christian, but I look at that number with some skepticism. Just like there are Republicans In Name Only—RINO—there are also many Christians 'in name only.'" Rohrer also pointed to Matthew 7:22-23, where Jesus said, "Many will say to Me on that day, 'Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Your name, cast out demons in Your name, and done many wonderful works in Your name?' But then I will declare to them, 'I never knew you. Depart from Me, you who practice evil.'" "There is perhaps no more clear example than these words of Christ Himself to perhaps describe these survey findings, which are evidence of what some Christians believe about themselves and what is actually real and true." 

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

:: 7-30-17 Countdown to Zero Time :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump says human trafficking is ‘worse now than it ever was”We’re going to destroy’ MS-13

on July 30, 2017 Posted In: america, Donald Trump, DONALD TRUMP, immigration, Mexico, OBAMA, usa

President Donald Trump told a group of law enforcement officials in Long Island on Friday that human trafficking is “worse now that it ever was.” “Human traffickers. This is a term that’s been going on from the beginning of time, and they say it’s worse now than it ever was,” he said. “You go back 1,000 years, where you think of human trafficking, you go back 500 years, 200 years, 100 years, human trafficking, they say — think of it, what they do — human trafficking is worse now, maybe, than it’s ever been in the history of this world." It is unclear, however, if Trump meant human trafficking or human smuggling, the latter of which saw a surge in border states this year. Human trafficking is the act of trading humans for forced labor or sexual slavery, which would make Trump remarks that it’s worse “than it ever was” Trump: ‘We’re going to destroy’ MS-13 President Donald Trump caled MS-13 gang members “animals” and praising law enforcement for being “rough.” Trump was in this New York suburb to discuss efforts to combat the violent MS-13 gang, which he pledged to dismantle and deport. “Together we’re going to restore safety to our streets and peace to our communities and we’re going to destroy the vile, criminal cartel MS-13 and many other gangs,” Trump said. Long Island has been particularly affected by the brutal street gang, with recent high-profile murders gripping the community there. “We’ve gotten a lot of them out of here,” Trump said, at times looking at his director of Immigration and Customs Enforcement. “But the rest are coming. They’ll be out of here quickly, right? Quickly.” The speech was laced with violent imagery, with Trump saying MS-13 has rendered the suburb into “blood-stained killing fields.” “They kidnap. They extort. They rape and they rob,” Trump said. “They stomp on their victims. They beat them with clubs, they slash them with machetes, and they stab them with knives. They have transformed peaceful parks and beautiful quiet neighborhoods into bloodstained killing fields. They’re animals.” Trump repeatedly pledged in his speech, delivered in front of law enforcement officers at Suffolk County Community College, to have the backs of police and law enforcement.MS-13 - Root Of All Evil “We’re going to enforce our laws, protect our borders and support our police like our police have never been supported before,” Trump said. He praised the “rough” officers of ICE and suggested that police shouldn’t protect the heads of suspects when they’re arrested. “When you see these thugs thrown into the back of a paddy wagon. You see them thrown in, rough. I said, ‘Please don’t be too nice,’ ” Trump said, mentioning observing the prisoner’s heads being shielded. “I said, ‘You can take the hand away.’ “ The President also noted his longstanding campaign pledge to build a wall along the US border with Mexico. “We’re going to secure our border against illegal entry and we will build the wall, that I can tell you,” Trump said, noting that the House on Thursday advanced $1.6 billion for the first wave of construction, though that still has to pass the Senate. “The wall is vital, and vital as a tool for ending the humanitarian disaster brought, and really brought on by drug smugglers and new words we haven’t heard too much of, human traffickers.” Immigration agenda Trump and his key surrogates — Attorney General Jeff Sessions and Homeland Security Secretary John Kelly — have spoken frequently about the perniciousness of MS-13 and its relationship to illegal immigration. The gang has strongholds in the US, El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras. The Obama administration’s Treasury Department sanctioned the gang in 2012 as a transnational criminal organization — the first such designation for a street gang. The US law enforcement community has also been fighting the gang for years. “We will find you, we will arrest you, we will jail you and we will deport you,” Trump said, painting with a broad brush to imply all the gang members are immigrants. Sessions was in El Salvador this week to discuss the threat from that side of the border, as well, with the Justice Department announcing Thursday that Salvadoran prosecutors charged 113 MS-13 gang members. While no expert disagrees that the gang is a particularly violent and brutal criminal organization — whose preferred weapon is machetes — there have been concerns about the Trump administration’s use of the organization as a justification for its immigration policies. Mara Salvatrucha, known as MS-13, actually began in the United States — in Los Angeles in the 1980s amid a flood of Salvadorans fleeing a civil war to the US. As the gang grew stronger, authorities also deported immigrants in the 1990s back to Central America, which is what first sent the gang to those countries, where it also took hold. An administration official pointed to migration from Central America as the “principle factor” for MS-13’s growth in the US, though the administration has been continuously unable to give reporters any hard numbers of how many suspected MS-13 members are immigrants or were gang members when they migrated to the US. A Congressional Research Service analysis of MS-13 found that its ranks were continuously strengthened by deportees from the US returning home, even as members also migrated to the US. A House homeland security subcommittee recently held field hearings in New York on the threat as it relates to unaccompanied minors coming illegally into the US, and witnesses repeatedly told lawmakers that undocumented immigrants and teenagers are especially vulnerable to becoming victims of the gang if communities don’t do enough to support, welcome and protect those individuals. There were roughly 24,000 MS-13 members in Central America in 2012, according to an analysis by the UN Office on Drugs and Crime. Today, the Justice Department estimates roughly 30,000 members worldwide and more than 10,000 in the US, a number that has held steady for some years but that the department believes is trending upward. 

:: 7-29-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Too fat to stand and their flesh rots while they're alive: The REAL reason America's 'Frankenchickens' have to be washed with chlorine as US industrial farming practices are exposed ahead of possible post-Brexit trade deal

The possibility of US chickens being sold in Britain sparked a huge Cabinet row

Now whistleblower farmers have revealed the full horror of chickens' lives in US

Birds are crammed into warehouses and are so heavy they buckle under weight

By Michael Powell And Daniel Bates For The Mail On Sunday Published: 17:02 EDT, 29 July 2017 | Updated: 20:31 EDT, 29 July 2017

The disturbing prospect of chlorine-washed chickens from the US going on sale in British shops in a post-Brexit trade deal last week sparked an explosive row at the heart of Government. But beyond the politics lies the story of why American poultry needs such drastic chemical treatment – and of the horrendous conditions at the farms where they are bred and reared. Now whistleblower farmers have revealed the full horror of the suffering to The Mail on Sunday, including how: Tens of thousands of super-sized 'Frankenstein' birds are crammed in vast warehouses. The chickens, which weigh up to 9lb, often buckle under their weight and must live without natural sunlight. Chickens frequently die before they reach maturity and many are left covered in their own faeces, turning warehouses into vile breeding grounds for disease. Unlike in the UK and Europe, there are no minimum space requirements for breeding chickens in the US. America also does not have any rules governing lighting levels in the sheds and, crucially, its farms have no maximum allowed level of ammonia, which indicates how much urine and faecal matter is present. This means there is no limit on how much can fester inside the sheds. There is no legal requirement to wash US chickens in chlorine or other disinfectants, but 97 per cent of its birds are cleaned in this way after slaughter. The possibility of US chickens being sold in Britain after a post-Brexit trade deal sparked a huge Cabinet row, with Environment Secretary Michael Gove speaking out against the move while Trade Secretary Liam Fox insisted the chlorine-rinsed meat was safe. Dr Fox, who met leading politicians and businessmen in the US last week, sparked fury from the public and other Ministers after he signalled he would be in favour of dropping the EU's ban on importing chicken from the US if it proved to be a barrier to securing a post-Brexit trade deal with the US. The furore exposed just how difficult it will be for Britain to quickly strike new deals with foreign powers once we leave the EU in 2019. Now whistleblowers have offered a disturbing insight into the £70 billion US poultry industry, which is controlled by the big agricultural firms lobbying to sell their meat to Britain. North Carolina farmer Craig Watts, 51, told the MoS: 'The birds are too heavy to stand because they have been bred for breast meat and nothing else so they spend their lives squatting. It's like two toothpicks sticking out of a grape. 'They spend 95 per cent of their time sitting on the litter, a mixture of pine shavings and faecal matter from that flock and prior flocks.' He said 1,000 of the 30,000 chickens he raised every six weeks would die before they reached maturity. Many become infected on the underside of their chest because of contact with the litter. He added: 'Their flesh would rot and, when you have them crammed in so tight, they will walk over other birds if they want to get to the food or scratch the others and cause a wound. It is awful.' Mr Watts, a married father- of-three, quit the poultry business two years ago because he was disgusted by its practices. Nearly all America's chicken farmers are under contract with big producers who supply them with chicks, feed and equipment. The firms dictate what the farmers can do and are paid according to a 'tournament system' that pits farmers against each other. The farmer who produces the most meat with the least feed comes top. A less efficient farmer will have money deducted from his base pay. Critics say this system fosters unhygienic practices because it forces poultry farmers to cut corners on animal welfare to maximise their income per flock. Campaigners who work with farmers to improve standards say many are too scared to speak out for fear of having their contracts terminated. One farmer, John – not his real name – is currently part of a class action lawsuit by chicken farmers against big US poultry companies. He said farmers earn between £9,000 and £30,000 a year even though they work 16-hour days. 'Last year [chicken firm] Pilgrim's Pride paid $2.2 billion (£1.7 billion) in dividends and we're going on 20 years since we've had an increase in base pay. We get around five cents [4p] a pound of meat. Seventy per cent of poultry growers live below the poverty level.' Campaigners who have infiltrated chicken farms in the past two years have secretly filmed shocking abuse and cruel conditions at farms across America. Footage shot at a farm in Georgia last month by the Humane Society of the United States showed the owner of the farm bludgeoning chickens with a metal rod. The chicken shed at the farm also appeared to be badly overcrowded. Many birds seemed to be suffering from severe leg problems and some were unable to walk to reach food and water. Yet in the US – as in Britain – consumer demand for chicken continues to grow. Nine billion chickens were slaughtered in the US last year. US chickens have more than tripled in size since 1957, according to academic studies. The birds cost 20 per cent less than British chickens, which are typically one third smaller than US birds. Major poultry producers have cross-bred and interbred birds in recent decades to create 'mutant' chickens which grow larger in a shorter space of time and need less feed. Peter Stevenson, chief policy adviser for British-based welfare organisation Compassion in World Farming, said: 'This genetic engineering has created unnatural chickens which give you larger breasts or bigger cuts of meat. 'These chickens grow far too large too quickly and they cannot move around. They end up sitting in their own waste.' The animals bring more faecal matter to the slaughterhouse with them, posing the food safety risk which requires the birds to be washed in chlorine or similar chemicals. However, the US poultry industry maintains that its birds are healthier than ever. Jim Sumner, president of the US Poultry & Egg Export Council, said US chickens are treated humanely and are only washed with chlorine to make them 'extra safe' for consumers because it guards against food poisoning bugs. He said the process was not harmful to consumers, adding: 'Sometimes these [animal welfare] organisations do not have a thorough understanding of the process or scientific facts.' Another reason poultry in the US is chlorinated is that farmers are not required to vaccinate against diseases such as Salmonella. Britain and the EU have widespread vaccination programmes. Supporters of chlorine-washed chicken point out both the US and European food safety authorities have declared the chemicals used to wash chickens in the States do not pose any risk to human health. Tom Super, spokesman for the US National Chicken Council, said: 'Its [chlorine's] use makes the chicken safer. It is not present in the final product, it poses zero health risk.' But Jaydee Hanson, a senior policy analyst at the US Center for Food Safety, said: 'These chemicals are basically like the ones we put in our toilets to clean them. The question is why are chickens so contaminated in the first place. And the issue is that we are not doing a good job of raising chickens.' Leah Garces, of the Global Animal Partnership, an animal welfare group, added: 'The fact we have to wash our food in chlorine to make it safe indicates that we are not doing farming right in the first place. It indicates how unhealthy we are raising our birds.' While UK chicken farmers are not wholly free from criticism from animal welfare campaigners, there are strict regulations that must be followed. In the UK and Europe, poultry farmers must not keep more than 17 chickens per square metre in their sheds. There are also rules governing available natural light, temperature and the maximum levels of ammonia. In the US there is not one single piece of federal law that governs how to raise chickens. There is not even a law which states that chickens must be stunned unconscious before they are slaughtered, although it is common practice. There are concerns that if American chicken is allowed into the country, British farmers will be forced to dilute their welfare standards to compete with the cheaper meat. Shraddha Kaul, of the British Poultry Council, said: 'We strongly reject any move to import chlorine-washed chickens as part of a makeweight in trade negotiations with the US. 'Chlorine is used as a catch-all. It is an approach which means it doesn't matter how badly you treat your chicken, you can just clean it away at the end of the process.'

Read more: 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 7-30-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pharmaceutical industry panics; experts admit prescription drugs don’t work for dementia and they probably never will

Sunday, July 30, 2017 by: Isabelle Z.

(Natural News) With 47 million people around the world suffering from dementia and 115 million people expected to have the illness by 2050, finding ways to prevent and treat it is a matter of urgency. When the Alzheimer’s Association International Conference was held this year, many of the experts on hand were a lot more focused on non-medical therapies, which is something that the profit-minded pharmaceutical industry is probably not very happy about. However, medications simply are not doing anything to help this problem, and in many cases, they are actually making it worse. At the conference, the first Lancet Commission on Dementia Prevention and Care was presented, bringing together dozens of international experts to discuss this growing problem. They shared some interesting discoveries that could make a huge dent in the number of future dementia patients, and their findings were also published in The Lancet. According to the commission, there are nine risk factors that boost a person’s chances of developing dementia, and they say that more than a third of dementia cases stem from these factors. Increasing education during early life by staying in school until at least age 15 and dealing with hypertension, obesity and hearing loss in midlife can reduce the incidence of dementia by 20 percent combined, the researchers say. Later in life, quitting smoking, exercising more, managing diabetes, boosting social contact and treating depression can slash dementia incidence by a further 15 percent. In fact, USC Keck School of Medicine Psychiatry Professor Dr. Lon Schneider said: “The potential magnitude of the effect on dementia of reducing these risk factors is larger than we could ever imagine the effect that current, experimental medications could have.” On the other hand, it is estimated that finding a way of targeting the genetic risk factor gene ApoE could only prevent around one out of every ten cases. Non-pharmacologic approaches better for Alzheimer’s patients The commission reached the conclusion that non-pharmacologic interventions play a vital role in dementia treatment, especially when it comes to issues such as agitation and aggression. For example, Dr. Schneider said that the antipsychotic drugs typically given to help with these problems are very concerning because of the heightened risk of death, cardiovascular problems and excessive sedation. One study published in the Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease found that patients who took antipsychotic drugs had a 60 percent higher chance of early death than those who did not take such drugs. According to the panel’s evidence, social, environmental and psychological interventions like social activities and social contact were far better approaches than antipsychotic medications. They also touted the benefits of group cognitive stimulation therapy and physical activity. A recent study carried out by sports physicians and gerontologists discovered that physical activity has a direct impact on the brain’s metabolism by keeping cerebral choline concentrations stable. Study participants who did not exercise noted higher levels of choline, which is linked to the type of nerve cell loss seen in Alzheimer’s patients. Bad news for Big Pharma All this, of course, is a tremendous missed opportunity for the pharmaceutical industry, who sees statistics like “115 million people expected to have dementia by 2050” and sees nothing but dollar signs. If you are wondering why a bigger deal isn’t being made about these simple, non-pharmaceutical ways to prevent the illness, consider the fact that health care costs related to dementia were estimated at $818 billion in 2015 and will likely increase as the number of cases rises. There is currently no drug treatment that can prevent or cure dementia. 

:: 7-31-17 Fox Nation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. Companies Post Profit Growth Not Seen In Six Years

Published July 31, 2017 Facebook Twitter livefyre Email

America’s largest companies are on pace to post two consecutive quarters of double-digit profit growth for the first time since 2011, helped by years of cost-cutting, a weaker dollar and stronger consumer spending. 

:: 7-28-17 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. coal exports soar, in boost to Trump energy agenda, data shows

Timothy Gardner and Nina Chestney July 28, 2017 / 12:15 AM / 8 days ago

WASHINGTON/LONDON (Reuters) - U.S. coal exports have jumped more than 60 percent this year due to soaring demand from Europe and Asia, according to a Reuters review of government data, allowing President Donald Trump's administration to claim that efforts to revive the battered industry are working. The increased shipments came as the European Union and other U.S. allies heaped criticism on the Trump administration for its rejection of the Paris Climate Accord, a deal agreed by nearly 200 countries to cut carbon emissions from the burning of fossil fuels like coal. The previously unpublished figures provided to Reuters by the U.S. Energy Information Administration showed exports of the fuel from January through May totaled 36.79 million tons, up 60.3 percent from 22.94 million tons in the same period in 2016. While reflecting a bounce from 2016, the shipments remained well-below volumes recorded in equivalent periods the previous five years. They included a surge to several European countries during the 2017 period, including a 175 percent increase in shipments to the United Kingdom, and a doubling to France - which had suffered a series of nuclear power plant outages that required it and regional neighbors to rely more heavily on coal. "If Europe wants to lecture Trump on climate then EU member states need transition plans to phase out polluting coal," said Laurence Watson, a data scientist working on coal at independent think tank Carbon Tracker Initiative in London. Nicole Bockstaller, a spokeswoman at the EU Commission's Energy and Climate Action department, said that the EU's coal imports have generally been on a downward trend since 2006, albeit with seasonable variations like high demand during cold snaps in the winter. Overall exports to European nations totaled 16 million tons in the first five months of this year, up from 10.5 million in the same period last year, according to the figures. Exports to Asia meanwhile, totaled 12.3 million tons, compared to 6.2 million tons in the year-earlier period. Trump had campaigned on a promise to "cancel" the Paris deal and sweep away Obama-era environmental regulations to help coal miners, whose output last year sank to the lowest level since 1978. The industry has been battered for years by surging supplies of cheaper natural gas, brought on by better drilling technologies, and increased use of natural gas to fuel power plants. His administration has since sought to kill scores of pending regulations he said threatened industries like coal mining, and reversed a ban on new coal leasing on federal lands. TAKING CREDIT Both the coal industry and the Trump administration said the rising exports of both steam coal, used to generate electricity, and metallurgical coal, used in heavy industry, were evidence that Trump's agenda was having a positive impact. "Simply to know that coal no longer has to fight the government - that has to have some effect on investment decisions and in the outlook by companies, producers and utilities that use coal," said Luke Popovich, a spokesman for the National Mining Association. Shaylyn Hynes, a spokeswoman at the U.S. Energy Department, said: "These numbers clearly show that the Trump Administration's policies are helping to revive an industry that was the target of costly and job killing overregulation from Washington for far too long." Efforts to obtain comment from exporters Arch Coal (ARCH.N) and privately held Murray Energy Corp were unsuccessful. Contura Energy, which emerged as part of Alpha Natural Resource's bankruptcy and restructuring, and filed for public offering in May, declined to comment. A spokesman for Peabody Energy, the largest coal producer, though without a major export profile, said the United States was generally a "swing supplier of seaborne coal." U.S. Energy Information Administration analyst Elias Johnson said the U.S. coal industry may now be better positioned to meet foreign demand because U.S. miners have learned to produce at lower cost, after coming through a series of recent bankruptcies. "There's the possibility that the U.S. will become more of a primary player in the global coal trade market," he said. But he added there are also plenty of reasons the spike in demand could be temporary. For one thing, U.S. coal production and transportation costs are much higher than for other producers such as Indonesia and Australia. Because coal can often be transhipped from European ports before it is consumed, it is also hard to determine where shipments ultimately end up. Johnson pointed out that some of the fuel shipped into Western Europe, for example, could be making its way to other places like Ukraine, which is having trouble securing coal from its separatist-held regions. Trump said last month that his administration is offering more coal to Ukraine, but it was unclear how, given deals are typically worked out between companies. Editing by Richard Valdmanis and Alden Bentley 

:: 7-25-17 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California May Let People Dissolve Their Corpses to Stop Climate Change

by Adelle Nazarian25 Jul 2017

California lawmakers are considering a bill that would legalize “liquid cremation,” an “environmentally-friendly” process of using a chemical base mixture to destroy human remains as an alternative to cremation, which critics say causes pollution and climate change. If Assembly Bill 967, known as “Human remains disposal: alkaline hydrolysis: licensure and regulation,” passes, Californians could be allowed to dissolve their loved ones’ remains by the year 2020. This is reportedly the third attempt to pass such legislation. This is reportedly the third attempt to pass such legislation. AB 967 was introduced in State California Assemblyman Todd Rex Gloria (D-San Diego) at the beginning of 2017. Gloria served as the interim mayor of San Diego for seven months before Mayor Kevin Faulconer was sworn in after Bob Filner (D-CA) resigned following a sex scandal. Basically, the body is dissolved in a hot chemical bath, leaving a sterile solution that can be flushed down the drain. The carbon footprint of this process is just a quarter of traditional fire cremation because it uses so much less energy; and only a sixth of a burial because it doesn’t require the materials for concrete headstones, mahogany caskets or the chemicals used in embalming. Dissolving the body also allows metals in the body to be recovered and recycled, and prevents possible toxins, such as the mercury in tooth fillings, from being released into the atmosphere. Funeral homes reportedly charge $150-$500 more for this liquid cremation process than for cremation using fire. Time magazine, in a documentary called “Ashes to Ashes,” went through the cremation by water process: KQED notes that the only place in California where bodies are currently cremated by water or dissolved — legally — is in a basement lab at UCLA, where cadavers that are no longer useful for medical students are flushed away. One would think that acid is used to melt these bodies. However, Dean Fisher, the head of UCLA’s Donated Body Program, told KQED that it the chemical used is a base — namely, potassium hydroxid, which reportedly “catalyzes the hydrogen in water to more rapidly attack the chemical bonds between molecules in the body. (The process is technically called alkaline hydrolysis.)” Bones remain left behind and can pulverized into a fine particulate mass that families can keep if they wish, just as some do with the ashes from cremation. Those in favor of cremation overall believe it to be a better alternative to burying remains in coffins, in the ground because that takes up space. However, others see the cremation process as being disrespectful to human dignity, and many religions prohibit cremation, liquid or otherwise. 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now and they are going to move to the cashless society and that is not next year, now, I am talking about this year. etc.

:: 7-30-17 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Total Government And Personal Debt In The U.S. Has Hit 41 Trillion Dollars ($329,961.34 Per Household)

July 30, 2017 By Michael Snyder

We are living in the greatest debt bubble in the history of the world. In 1980, total government and personal debt in the United States was just over the 3 trillion dollar mark, but today it has surpassed 41 trillion dollars. That means that it has increased by almost 14 times since Ronald Reagan was first elected president. I am searching for words to describe how completely and utterly insane this is, but I am coming up empty. We are slowly but surely committing national suicide, and yet most Americans don’t even understand what is happening. According to 720 Global, total government debt plus total personal debt in the United States was just over 3 trillion dollars in 1980. That broke down to $38,552 per household, and that figure represented 79 percent of median household income at the time. Today, total government debt plus total personal debt in the United States has blown past the 41 trillion dollar mark. When you break that down, it comes to $329,961.34 per household, and that figure represents 584 percent of median household income 

:: 7-30-17 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – The Elites Are About To Make Their Final Move Against Humanity

July 30, 2017

Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE, historic moves in currencies, warned King World News that the elites are about to make their final move against humanity. Debt Slavery Egon von Greyerz: “Over the last 150 years, the West has gone from human slavery to debt slavery. Slavery was officially outlawed in most countries between the mid 1800s and early 1900s. In the British Empire, it was abolished in 1834 and in the US in 1865 with the 13th amendment… Egon von Greyerz continues: “But it didn’t take long for a different and much more subtle form of slavery to be introduced. It started officially in 1913 with the creation of the Federal Reserve Bank in New York. More than 100 years before that, the German banker Mayer Amschel Rotschild had stated: “Give me control of a nation’s money and I care not who makes its laws.” The bankers who gathered on Jekyll island in November 1910 were totally aware of the importance of controlling and country’s money and that was the objective of their infamous secret meeting which laid the foundations to the Fed. The Fed is officially the Central Bank of the USA but it is a private bank, owned by private banks and for the benefit of private banks and bankers. So the Western world was free from human slavery for around half a century but is now subject to a form of slavery which most people are unaware of. It is a slavery which no law, no regulation or edict can abolish. Nor are there any magic financial tricks that can make this form of slavery disappear. I am of course talking about debt slavery, which has gradually taken hold of the West in the last hundred years and now is enslaving many emerging market countries. There is mortgage slavery. The word mortgage comes from Latin and French and means death pledge. And this is exactly what it will be for a lot of people who will neither afford the coming increase in interest rates nor the repay the capital on their property which will collapse in value. We also have credit card slaves, auto loan slaves and student slaves. Virtually all of these loans will expire worthless as the enslaved borrowers default. In 1913 global debt was negligible but grew steadily to 1971 when Nixon abolished the gold backing of the dollar. Since 1971, the debt enslavement has taken off at an exponential rate. Just looking at US total debt, it was $1.7 trillion in 1971 and is now $67 trillion. At the beginning of this century US debt was “only” $30 trillion, so just in the last 16 years it has doubled. Debt slavery is now a chronic condition which the world faces. The word debt has the same roots as death and clearly has very dark connotations. Slavery means being owned and controlled by someone. What the bankers started on Jekyll Island has now enslaved the world in a debt/death grip from which there is no escape. Global debt of $230 trillion, plus unfunded liabilities and derivatives, takes us to over $2 quadrillion debt and liabilities, and that is just too massive a weight to get rid of. So how does the world attempt to solve this debt/death trap? We can of course ask Nobel prize winner Krugman and he will give us the Keynesian solution, which the world has applied for 3⁄4 of a century with catastrophic consequences – JUST PRINT MORE MONEY! Money printing has created a massive debt problem, more printing exacerbated it, and even more has simply postponed the inevitable collapse. Any further dose of this poisonous medicine will be like pushing on a string – it will have zero effect as a remedy, but instead as a disastrous effect when it comes to the destruction of money. And this is of course what is likely to happen in the next few years. I have for many years been clear that massive money printing is the only tool that central banks have left. This will lead to hyperinflation, the total destruction of paper money and to a deflationary asset and debt collapse. Only after that can the world grow again, but before that there will be a lot of pain in the world. The Elites Final Move To Enslave Humanity The powers that be have not been satisfied just to enslave the world with debt. People must also be prevented from spending whatever money they have left. The banning of cash transactions and withdrawals is growing. In many European countries, the cash limit is between 1,000 and 3,000 and euros. But that is just the first step. Sweden, for example, has virtually abolished all cash transactions. Many retailers only take credit cards. New bank notes have also been introduced making the old ones unusable. This is similar to India and a way of punishing the holder of cash and confiscating money. Sweden has also made the few remaining coins look like cheap plastic monopoly money. One Swedish Krona used to contain 80% silver until 1942. Then it was reduced to 40% silver until 1968. After that there was no silver content but only copper and nickel. The latest Krona introduced 2016 is made of steel with a copper plating that quickly wears off. It is also much smaller and half the weight of the previous one. Well, nothing changes in the world. The Romans experienced exactly the same between 180 and 280 AD when the Denarius went from almost 100% silver to 0%. The Krona has like all other currencies lost 99% of its value in the last 100 years. So only 1% to go until it is worthless. This will of course happen to the Krona like all other currencies. The first reason for abolishing cash is to have total Big Brother control of the people’s spending and tax compliance. Remember that most countries had no income tax 100 years ago. In the US, for example, income tax was first introduced in 1913 (same year as Fed was created). The tax rate was 1% for income above $3,000 for individuals and $4,000 for couples. Above $500,000 income ($11m today) the tax was 7%. The high threshold meant that virtually nobody paid any tax. These tax levels are slightly different to today when the total tax burden in most countries, including all direct and indirect taxes, social security etc amount to over 50%. This is part of the financial slavery and control of the people today. The individual’s incentive to work hard and spend his money on what he chooses is taken away and instead the state takes a major part of the cake and wastes most of it on bureaucracy health or social security. Income tax should be abolished and replaced by a Value Added Tax or sales tax. The second reason to abolish cash is to totally control people’s spending. With a banking system that is leveraged up to 50 times, there is no chance that bank depositors will ever get their money back. The government knows this and this is why having only electronic money gives the state total control of people’s assets and cash. The state can now control exactly how much money is withdrawn and stop people from spending their own money. Governments believe that this is an efficient method of controlling the people, but instead of achieving control of the money, governments are at some point likely to lose control of the people which will result not just in bank runs but in government runs and anarchy. Another very dark new development is that the European Union is considering measures to stop people withdrawing cash to stop bank runs. The plan is currently being discussed and would block payouts for 5 to 20 days. Once this law is in place, it is very easy to extend to much longer periods or permanent. The trend is clear. Governments worldwide know that the banking system is totally bankrupt. The problem is that most governments are also bankrupt. The only solution they have is to print money but as I have discussed above, money printing will solve absolutely nothing. Nobody holding cash or assets in the bank must believe that the government guarantees of $100,000 or €100,000 is worth anything. Firstly, the governments haven’t got any money and secondly, they will renege on their commitments. We are now reaching the final stages of the 100 year old plan devised by the bankers and the elite to control the financial system and thus also major parts of the world as Rothschild said. The final collapse is inevitable as von Mises stated: “There is no means of avoiding the final collapse of a boom brought about by credit expansion. The alternative is only whether the crisis should come sooner as the result of voluntary abandonment of further credit expansion, or later as a final and total catastrophe of the currency system involved.” The coming autumn could be decisive. All the bubble markets show no fear. Stocks are at highs and the VIX or volatility index at historical lows. Property markets continue to be strong fueled by cheap money. And the global bond market continues to expand exponentially. Stock investors’ complacency is dangerous. Dollar investors should start worrying now. The dollar is weakening and is on the verge of a collapse. Short term the dollar is possibly a bit oversold but medium to long term it looks sick. Out of all the weak currencies, the dollar is likely to fall first, followed by most of the others until they reach their intrinsic value of zero. Time Is Running Out Gold and the other precious metals have now finished their correction. Next should be a major breakout which will accelerate in the autumn. The crypto currencies could continue to benefit from the mess in the world and go higher. But remember that cryptos have nothing to do with wealth preservation. It is electronic money with no underlying value. When the mania is over, cryptos are likely to be as valuable as Tulip bulbs when that speculative craze collapsed in the 1630s. As currencies fall, exchange controls will be introduced in most countries. The US will most certainly be one of the early countries to announce it. Physical gold will, in the next few years, be one of the few ways to preserve wealth as the world experiences a total wealth destruction. There is still time to take money out of the bank and to own gold in a safe jurisdiction like Switzerland and Singapore. But that opportunity will not be open for long. Also, gold is unlikely to be as cheap as it is today for much longer. We could see new highs in 2017. However, the short term price level is irrelevant. What is important is that physical gold is superb insurance against a very risky world.” 

:: 7-30-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Treason! Hillary AND Robert Mueller Both Sold Uranium to Putin

By Dave Hodges|July 30th, 2017

Perhaps if Robert Mueller, Special Counsel, wants to investigate Russian collusion, he should start with himself. At one time, I had a problem with Mueller’s appointment as Special Counsel because of his former friendship with disgraced FBI Director, James Comey. While looking in the rear view mirror of recent history, my concern is trivial compared to what is presently being revealed. The stakes have grown to enormous proportions and Mueller is being proven to be guilty of multiple felonies as well as treason which is an offense which could potentially be punishable by death. Former FBI Director Robert Mueller was appointed as Special Counsel for the sole purpose of investigating possible Russian collusion charges between President Trump’s campaign and the Russian government. On the heels of the collusion, Mueller is also looking for the smoking gun for obstruction of justice, on the part of Trump, which is the same charge that ultimately brought down the presidency of Richard Nixon. However, sometimes life is ironic and in a stunning development, Wikileaks, Julian Assange, tweeted a released State Department cable, which clearly and irrefutably proves that then Secretary of State Hillary Clinton ordered former FBI Director and present Special Counsel, Robert Mueller to deliver a sample of stolen Highly Enriched Uranium (HEU) to Russia in 2009. WikiLeaks cable Robert Mueller delivering highly enriched stolen Uranium to Russia in 2009  … h/t @apblake  5:02 PM – 17 May 2017 Uranium One As I have documented several times on The Common Sense Show, a front company, Uranium One, was created to handle the “dirty work” of the uranium transfer to the Russians. At the center of the shell corporation, as released Wikileaks records, demonstrates that an individual named Frank Giustra was the organizing figure. Over time, Giustra contributed a total of $31 million to the Clinton Foundation in a clear case of pay for play bribery! The Wikileaks released State Department communications show State Department officials had obtained, in the Fall of 2009, an internal Rosatom memo that warned about Putin’s intentions to acquire American originated uranium. Despite the evidence which should have forced Clinton to bring the FBI into the matter as an investigative body instead of being Clinton’s stooge in the uranium deal, presents clear evidence which was available to both Mueller and Clinton, a full year before the first CIFUS approval to move uranium to Putin, Clinton did not recuse the State Department from the deal in which two CIFUS votes clearly gave Putin control of 20% of all American-based uranium. To Russian with Love: Hillary Sends Mueller to Russia with Uranium The WikiLeaks tweet referenced a cable from Secretary of State Hillary Clinton sent to John Beyrle, U.S. Ambassador, and the Georgia Embassy as well as the memo being being sent to the Russian Embassy, dated Aug. 17, 2009, indicating FBI Director Robert Mueller was planning to fly to Moscow on September 21st of 2009, to deliver a sample of highly enriched uranium (HEU) and that the identified uranium had been confiscated by the U.S. Department of Energy during a 2006 nuclear smuggling sting operation involving one Russian national and several Georgian accomplices. In short, this action is the metaphorical equivalent of the police confiscating illegal drugs and then turning around and selling these drugs to illicit drug dealers. One of the big problems in America today is that “public servants” like Hillary Clinton actually represent a foreign enemy masquerading as a domestic public servant. I will go one step further than Donald Trump’s campaign assertion that Clinton is a criminal and state that Hillary Clinton is this generation’s Ethel Rosenberg and has committed heinous acts of treason against the people of the United States. Hillary Clinton is the Ethel Rosenberg of her generation. Clinton sold uranium to the Russians while serving as the Secretary of State and this is what both the Bundy and the Hammond Ranch Affairs are all about. More Confirmation of the Clinton/Mueller Treason Comes From the New York Times A former key member of the Obama administration and former Presidential candidate, Hillary Clinton, has proven herself to be the Ethel Rosenberg of her generation. You may recall your U.S. history as Ethel Rosenberg sold nuclear secrets to the Soviet Union at the height of the Cold War. In an act every bit as egregious as Ethel Rosenberg’s treason, Hillary Clinton sold uranium to the Russians while serving as the Secretary of State. Ironically, the original source on this treasonous act committed by Clinton was none other than the liberal rag we call the New York Times. The proof is undeniable that Hillary Clinton committed the treasonous act of selling uranium to the Russians while Secretary of State, as reported in the New York Times. The Russian blood money, as reported, is being held in an offshore account and is being used to fund her run for the Presidency. From the New York Times…. “A Uranium One sign that points to a 35,000 acre ranch by John Christensen, near the town of Gillette, Wyoming. Uranium One has the mining rights Mr. Christensen’s property.” This is proof of more BLM chicanery which will involve multiple BLM ranches. This further brings into the picture Giustra and his money laundering of the uranium sales to the Clinton Foundation via Uranium One. The New York Times further asserted that members of the Canadian mining industry, who have supported Clinton’s campaign, financed and sold off to the Russians a company that we now know as Uranium One. Uranium One is directly responsible for transferring uranium from BLM land to the Russians through an off-shore holding company. Again, according to the NY Times, the Russians, through three separate transactions, acquired Uranium One, while paying off the Clintons and their Canadian partners from 2009-2013. The business deal also involved paying Bill Clinton $500,000 dollars for a speech on energy which was delivered in Moscow. The Clinton’s turned this money into Presidential campaign money. How many felonies did I just describe? The entire State Department memo is listed, below under “documents”. Here is a brief summation of what has been presented here. DOCUMENTATION State Department Memos 2009 AMBASSADOR BEYRLE E-MAIL D. 08 MOSCOW 521 Classified By: EUR/PRA: KATHLEEN MORENSKI PER E.O. 12958: REASONS 1.4 (A) AND (G). 1. (SBU) This is an action request: Embassy Moscow please see para 6 and 7; and Embassy Tbilisi please see para 8. 2. (S/NF) Background: Over two years ago Russia requested a ten-gram sample of highly enriched uranium (HEU) seized in early 2006 in Georgia during a nuclear smuggling sting operation involving one Russian national and several Georgian accomplices. The seized HEU was transferred to U.S. custody and is being held at a secure DOE facility. In response to the Russian request, the Georgian Government authorized the United States to share a sample of the material with the Russians for forensic analysis. Director Mueller previously planned to deliver the sample in April (Ref A), but due to a scheduling conflict the trip was canceled. Embassy Moscow LegAtt informed the FSB prior to Mueller’s intended April delivery and received confirmation that the FSB would take custody of the sample after the Director’s plane landed. EST Moscow also informed Rosatom of the planned transfer and that the U.S. placed a high priority on completing this transfer (Ref B). Once the LegAtt told FSB counterparts the April trip had been canceled, Ambassador Beyrle informed Igor Neverov (Ref C), who said that he understood but was disappointed the trip was postponed. The September 21 visit provides again an opportunity to deliver the requested ten-gram sample from the seized HEU in order to obtain cooperation from the GOR on this nuclear smuggli*ng case and to eventually establish a more productive mechanism of U.S.-Russian cooperation on nuclear forensics. 3. (S/NF) While there was a reasonable exchange of information with Russian security services at the time of the 2006 seizure, we have had poor cooperation investigating the diversion of HEU, which the United States believes was stolen from a Russian facility. Russia did not respond to papers that then Acting U/S Rood provided Deputy Foreign Minister Ryabkov in December 2008 reiterating the USG position that Russia should pick up this sample in the United States. Further, when asked for an update on their response to our proposal, Ryabkov told us in early 2009 in Washington that there was an interagency dispute over who would come and pick up the material. 4. (S/NF) Given Russia’s reluctance to act so far, FBI Mueller’s delivery of this sample will underscore to Russia our commitment to follow through on this case. While some details related to the sharing of information on smuggling networks may be too sensitive to discuss, delivery of the sample could enable us to discuss whether Russian authorities investigated the diversion and prosecuted anyone. Moreover, we hope it will spark discussions on mechanisms to exchange information and material on future incidents of this nature, particularly in light of the commitments made in the July summit U.S.-Russia Joint Statement on Nuclear Cooperation regarding strengthening our cooperation to stop acts of nuclear terrorism. Posts should note that DOE/NNSA’s April 2009 determination authorizing distribution of the sample to the Russian Federation only for attribution of the sample in support of a criminal investigation is applicable to the proposed September 21 delivery of the sample to Russia. 5. (S/Rel Russia) Background con’t: On April 16, the FSB verbally confirmed to Legatt that we will have no problem with the Russian Ministry of Aviation concerning Mueller’s flight (although we probably won’t see paperwork until shortly before the trip). The FBI is requiring that the sample be turned over to a Russian law enforcement authority (i.e., FSB) as opposed to an intelligence service (i.e., SVR) or technical authority (i.e., Rosatom). A representative from the responsible Russian Law Enforcement authority, who will accept custody of the sample, must be identified and verified ahead of time. That individual will be required to have signatory authority to accept the sample. Appropriate arrangements need to be made to ensure the transfer of material is conducted at the airport, plane-side, upon arrival of the Director’s aircraft. Post should also remind the GOR that this is the material about which the GOR gave the USG nonproliferation assurances in 2008 in a diplomatic note from February 2008 (Ref D). 6. (S/Rel Russia) Action request: Embassy Moscow is requested to alert at the highest appropriate level the Russian Federation that FBI Director Mueller plans to deliver the HEU sample once he arrives to Moscow on September 21. Post is requested to convey information in paragraph 5 with regard to chain of custody, and to request details on Russian Federation’s plan for picking up the material. Embassy is also requested to reconfirm the April 16 understanding from the FSB verbally that we will have no problem with the Russian Ministry of Aviation concerning Mueller’s September 21 flight clearance. 7. (S/Rel Russia) Post is requested to deliver the following talking points: –We wish to inform you that FBI Director Mueller plans to arrive in Moscow on the evening of September 21 with a ten-gram sample of seized HEU, which you requested for nuclear forensics analysis. –We regret that the April visit by Director Mueller could not take place due to a scheduling conflict. We would be grateful once again for the Russian Federation’s willingness to receive the sample and facilitate the logistics for its pick up. –As before, we require confirmation that a representative from a responsible Russian law enforcement authority will be available to accept custody of the sample and have signatory authority to accept the sample. –We require that the transfer of this material be conducted at the airport, on the tarmac near by the plane, upon arrival of the Director’s aircraft. –We place a high priority on completion of this sample transfer to facilitate your forensic analysis of the material. –Further, with the delivery of this sample, we hope to collaborate more closely on promoting a more effective relationship between our law enforcement organizations to counter illicit trafficking of nuclear materials. –In particular, such efforts were underscored in the July Summit joint presidential statement on nuclear cooperation regarding our commitments to strengthen cooperation to stop acts of nuclear terrorism. Securing vulnerable nuclear materials and improving nuclear security within our two countries is our highest priority. — It is our hope to eventually establish a more systematic mechanism to facilitate U.S.-Russian cooperation on investigations into nuclear smuggling cases. We continue to believe that Russia should be concerned by the prospect that HEU was diverted from one of its facilities, and should actively investigate the incident. 8. (S/Rel Georgia) For Embassy Tbilisi: No action is required at this point. As before, State will send instructions at the appropriate time on alerting the Georgian Government when the transfer of the seized HEU is immanent and in Russian custody. 9. (U) Department thanks Post for its assistance. Washington point of contacts are Mike Curry, ISN/WMDT, 202-736-7692 ( and Nate Young, EUR/PRA, 202-647-7278 ( Please slug all responses for EUR, ISN/WMDT, and T. CLINTON ALERTING GOR OF DELIVERY OF SEIZED HEU DURING SEPTEMBER 21 FBI DIRECTOR’S TRIP TO MOSCOW Date: 2009 August 17, 19:56 (Monday) Canonical ID: 09STATE85588_a Original Classification: SECRET Current Classification: SECRET In the metadata of the Kissinger Cables this field is called ‘Previous Handling Restrictions’. Cablegate does not originally have this field. We have given it the entry ‘Not Assigned’. 

:: 7-20-17 TRU News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Could the Awan-Schultz Scandal Bring Down the Democratic Party?

By Edward Szall July 29, 2017

Defrauding Congress, internal coverups, illegal access, potential ties to Pakistani ISI and the Muslim Brotherhood, and a curious interest into pedophile centric videos; what will the investigation into Rep. Debbie Wassermann Schultz’s former IT workers reveal? (VERO BEACH, FL) In what is quickly shaping up to become the biggest scandal for the Democratic Party since Hillary Clinton’s secret server and WikiLeaks’ release of the emails from John Podesta and the DNC, the investigation into the former DNC chairwomen’s IT workers may be the scandal that breaks the donkey's back. BACKGROUND Six individuals of Pakistani origin; three brothers named Imran, Jamal, and Abid Awan; two of their wives Hina Alvi (Imran) and Natalia Sova (Abid); and Rao Abbas (Imran’s best friend, and a former McDonald’s employee) were hired to provide IT services for 32 former and current democratic members of the House of Representatives between 2004 and 2016, and received approximately $4 million for their services. Only 5 of these 6 individuals are reportedly being investigated by local police and the FBI. According to multiple sources who have spoken to the Daily Caller over the past year, both inside law enforcement and the IT offices of effected congress members, the Awan brothers removed hundreds of thousands of dollars of equipment from congressional offices, including computers and servers, while also running a procurement scheme in which they bought equipment, then overcharged the House administrative office that assigns such contractors to members. The Awan’s were involved in a score of business ventures in addition to their IT work, which included renting real estate. Upon learning he was under investigation by Capitol Police in February 2017, Imran Awan abruptly moved out of his home and rented it to a Marine Corps veteran married to a female Navy Officer. After occupying the home and inspecting containers Imran Awan left behind on the property, the unnamed former Marine told The Daily Caller he found “wireless routers, hard drives that look like they tried to destroy, laptops, [and] a lot of brand new expensive toner.” Realizing the electronics belonged to the U.S. government, the couple then called the Naval Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS), prompting FBI agents and Capitol Police to arrive to interview them and confiscate the equipment. Prior to calling NCIS, the former Marine told The Daily Caller that Imran Awan had aggressively pursued retrieving the equipment, showing up at the home at-least “three to four times,” and even threatening to sue the couple for theft of property. After the material was confiscated, Rep. Wassermann Schultz used her position on a May 24th budget hearing to threaten the chief of Capitol Police, Matthew R. Verderosa, with “consequences” if a laptop included in the seized cache was not returned. Rep. Wassermann Schultz claimed the laptop was purportedly used by Imran Awan and was found hidden in a vacant office. On Monday, a day after The Daily Caller published Investigative Journalist Luke Rosiak’s report detailing that Imran Awan had illegally stored smashed congressional hard drives in the garage of his rental property, the alleged ring leader was arrested and detained by the FBI after attempting to board a flight to Pakistan through Dulles International Airport in Virginia, which had a connection in Doha, Qatar, and a return scheduled six months later in January 2018. According to the affidavit, U.S. Customs and Border Patrol found around $12,000 in cash and “household goods, clothing and food items” in Imran Awan’s possession. Imran was charged with one count of bank fraud, and after pleading “not guilty” at his Tuesday arraignment, he was released from custody into a “high-intensity supervision program” with conditions which include 24/7 GPS monitoring, a nighttime curfew and a restriction to stay within a 50-mile radius of his home in Lorton, Virginia. Imran himself had previously told his tenants he was “homeless” and refused to have certified mail and congressional communications sent to the rental home routed to an alternate address. On Wednesday night Rep. Wassermann Schultz released a statement announcing that Imran Awan, who had been serving in a part time paid-advisory role for the Congresswomen since losing his clearance to conduct congressional IT work in February, was no longer employed with her office. Rep. Wassermann Schultz did not comment however on whether she had planned to continue paying Imran Awan for his services had he successfully boarded the Monday flight to Pakistan. “After details of the investigation were reviewed with us, my office was provided no evidence to indicate that laws had been broken, which over time, raised troubling concerns about due process, fair treatment and potential ethnic and religious profiling,” Rep. Wassermann Schultz said. “Upon learning of his arrest, he was terminated.” Rep. Schultz resigned as DNC chief in July 2016 after the organization’s IT system was hacked, an act which has since been blamed on an anonymous figure named “Guccifer 2.0”. National Security officials have alleged this figure, who hosted information from the DNC servers on a blog during the election, was backed by Russian intelligence, though forensic evidence appears to show that the original data was most likely physically copied locally by someone with access to a system connected to the DNC internal network based on the alleged speed of transfer. WHY THIS STORY MATTERS The Awan’s had access to the nation's most classified information. If the reports are correct, that Imran Awan retained the ability to read any emails sent and received by the 32 former and current democratic congress members his family managed IT work for after setting up their email accounts, the Awan’s literally had access to all correspondences from sensitive committees such as the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence and the House Committee on Foreign Affairs. On Wednesday Rep. Steve King (R-IA), who serves on the House Judiciary Committee, echoed this point to Breitbart News Daily's Curt Schilling, and added that the Awan-Schultz scandal may have an Islamist tie back to Pakistan. “They had access to the information on the multiple clients that they had, and that number is nearly a score, as I recall, they would have had access to all the information that came through all those computers in all those offices and access to all the communications of the foreign affairs committee ,” Rep. King said. “This connection goes back to Pakistan, so we need to look at this thing also from an Islamist perspective, did any resources, what about, ‘did any resources go that way, did any information go that way,’ I just want that in peoples minds.” This breech could date back to as early as 2004, when he first began working for former Florida Democratic Rep. Robert Wexler as an “information technology director”. Imran Awan was then subsequently hired by Florida Democratic Rep. Debbie Wassermann Schultz’s office in 2005. In addition to having access to the information, Imran Awan may have been selling intel to Pakistani intelligence, potentially even on behalf of high level Washington politicians. William Craddick, an independent investigative reporter known for exposing the Clinton connected Silsby child trafficking ring in Haiti and now the Editor-in-Chief of Disobedient Media, tweeted Wednesday night: “So I was told something about the Awan’s which I have not been able to verify yet but will share anyways with people since it is interesting. The Awan’s were receiving intelligence from the DNC on India, which they were then passing on to Pakistan via the ISI [Pakistan’s premier intelligence agency]. You might not have noticed, but Pakistan, China and India are all in a bit of a crisis right now. Since there is a possibility that a conflict could break out involving the three, Pakistan was using the Awan’s to get intel via the US. It's likely that other states including China, Saudi Arabia and Israel were able to get their hands on it as well. DNC members were essentially passing on intel to foreign states which has made the possibility of a world war more likely. Why do you think you only ever hear about Russia and never China, Pakistan or India in our media? They don't want you to even think about it” Townhall columnist Fred Fleitz, who has held national security jobs for 25 years with the CIA, DIA, State Department and the House Intelligence Committee staff, claimed in February that a former female CIA officer told him she was worried that the three Awad brothers may have “ties to the Pakistani intelligence service, ISI.” On Monday July 31st Judge Andrew Napolitano also raised this point, noting the FBI investigation is clearly not only focused on the bank fraud charge, but the Awan brothers access to all of Congress' email. Retired intelligence officer Tony Shaffer also raised this point Thursday during an appearance with Laura Ingraham on Fox News’ Tucker Carlson Tonight, claiming there is now evidence that the Awan brothers helped Rep. Wassermann Schultz conduct "malevolent activities" against Bernie Sanders, and may have been sending information to the Muslim Brotherhood and foreign intelligence agencies. “Now, what is really key here to remember, Laura, is not about hard drives. It's about the fact that these individuals, during a time they worked for her [Rep. Schultz] on Capitol Hill, and her position as a member of Congress had massive access to all databases to include e-mail of members of Congress, super user access to the system itself, and most importantly the sensitive information being held by the House Foreign Affairs Committee and other committees that they had access to,” Mr. Shaffer said. “Now the FBI has rolled in and let me give you the big take away here, it looks like a foreign intelligence service may be the recipient of all this. Something called the Muslim Brotherhood.” The connection to the Muslim Brotherhood is especially concerning because the Awan families activities span the entire tenure of the Obama administration, and as TRUNEWS covered extensively in 2016 with DHS Whistleblower Philip Haney, President Obama’s State Department refused to give the designation of “terrorist group” to a Muslim Brotherhood affiliated Islamic movement called Tablighi Jamaat (pronounced: TAAB-LEE JAMAT). According to Mr. Haney the Obama administration instead decided to erase all 67 of his records detailing Tablighi Jamaat’s terror connections, including the fact that 25 percent of Gitmo detainees were affiliated with the movement, claiming the information violated the civil rights and civil liberties of Muslims. To put this into perspective, Mr. Haney told an audience at the 2016 Values Voter Summit that had the Obama administration not shutdown his investigation into “Tablighi Jamaat” affiliated individuals, which included ties to the mosques attended by the San Bernardino and the Orlando Pulse night club terrorists, those attacks could have potentially have been stopped. “The case included individuals that were affiliated with the San Bernardino mosque, Dar Al Uloom Al Islamiya San Bernardino, and therefore my plausible premise is that the [December 2015 San Bernardino] attack could have been stopped or averted,” Mr. Haney said. “The same with the Fort Pierce Islamic Center [Orlando shooter] Omar Mateen was part of, and his father is the vice president of. That mosque was also part of the same Tablighi Jamaat-Deobandi network.” Based on the Awan’s extent of access, which included the correspondences of members of the House Intelligence Committee, the question has been raised of whether the IT brothers have had a hand in the botched Yemen raid in late January. Cernovich Media, owned by popular Drudge Report linked political commentator Mike Cernovich, posed this question in a report posted to the pundits YouTube channel on Wednesday July 26th. The Yemen raid on a base run by Al Qaeda’s Yemen affiliate was executed on January 29th, had been discussed for approval among government officials dating back to December 2016. Imran Awan had access to sensitive congressional data, specifically correspondences between members of the House Intelligence Committee, until February 2nd. According to service member on the mission, who spoke to TRUNEWS on the condition of anonymity, as well as an unnamed former member of Navy SEAL Team 6 who spoke to the New York Times after reviewing reports of the operation, the Al Qaeda insurgents appeared to have been alerted of the impending assault, and used this information to bolster the defenses of their compound. The changes in the terrorists defensive strength and the loss of the element of surprise have been noted as contributing factors in the death of Navy SEAL Chief Special Warfare Operator William “Ryan” Owens during the raid. In addition to the potential ties to terror, Imran Awan may have also been using the information gathered from Congressional servers to potentially blackmail dirty politicians in DC. Some congressional aides have come forward to The Daily Caller and shared their belief that the Awan’s were blackmailing representatives based on the contents of their emails and files, due to the fact that these representatives have displayed unwavering and intense loyalty towards the Awan brothers. For example, New York Democratic Rep. Gregory Meeks, who was once named one of the most corrupt members of Congress, and who had at one time or another employed each of the brothers, has stated that they were being “falsely targeted because they are Muslims, some with ties to Pakistan.” Additionally, Imran Awan successfully procured the representation of Chris Gowen, a founding partner of the Gowen, Rhoades, Winograd and Silva law firm. Mr. Gowen’s official bio on the law firm’s website states that he began his legal career as a public defender in Miami-Dade, Florida before leaving to work for Mr. and Mrs. Clinton. During his tenure he served as the fact checker for President Clinton’s memoir, “My Life,” a traveling aid for President Clinton’s national and international trips, and finished by directing the advance operations for then-Senator Hillary Clinton during her 2008 presidential campaign. According to Conservative Review, Mr. Gowen also did work for the Clinton Foundation and its Clinton Global Initiative and the Clinton Health Access Initiative. Though the Awan’s have managed to garner a “reputation worth defending” among the beltway elite, their own parents appear to find them untrustworthy. Imran Awan’s father, James, changed his last name to avoid being associated with his children’s fraudulent behavior, and their stepmother, Samina Gilani, went as far as to file legal paperwork on April 14th in Fairfax county, Virginia, claiming the Awan’s were wiretapping and extorting her to get money which was hidden overseas in Pakistan. The question of whether classified material was ever available to the Awan brothers has already been answered, based on the letter eight democrat members of the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence signed and issued on March 22nd, 2016, for their staffers to be granted access to “Top Secret Sensitive Compartmented Information” (TS/SCI), one of the highest tiers of classification for the U.S. government. If this wasn’t enough, these are the three bombshells TRUNEWS has uncovered thus far in the Awan-Schultz conspiracy: 1) According to an email published as part of WikiLeaks’ “DNC Emails” series between Imran Awam and members of Rep. Wassermann Schultz’s senior staff, Imran Awan had access to Debbie Wasserman Schultz’s iPad password, meaning that the Awan brothers also had direct access to the notorious DNC emails prior to their publication. 2) Imran Awan was reportedly downloading information from Congressional servers to an “off-site location”, and according to one congressional IT staffer, the Awan’s had even set up the ability to "remote access" select congressional computers so they, or anyone they shared this ability with, could potentially connect to the all the congressional data from anywhere in the world. 3) Imran Awan may have had a subscription to a YouTube Channel called "Seven Super Girls", which publishes content appealing to pedophiles. The question of whether this channel is heavily trafficked by pedophiles was raised in late June by the host of Comedy Central's Tosh.o in a broadcast segment reviewing one of the most popular videos on the channel involving a young girl named Lucy eating what appears to be a cream pie. “I’ll level with you I may have stumbled across something dark here,” Comedian Daniel Tosh said after sharing a clip from the channel. “When you’ve seen the horrible things on the internet that I’ve seen you get a nose for it, and I don’t like the way Seven Super Girl’s smells.” “For comparison ‘The Beatles’ video for “I Want to Hold Your Hand” has 13.7 million views (15.4 million as of 7/29), this video has 137 million views, let that sink in, who’s watching all these videos of little girls in bathing suits and taped up to beds?” Mr. Tosh said. “I suspect its not just teenage girls, its dudes, this channel posts a new video every single day where they guarantee, and even brag, that all girls are under 18 years of age.” (TRUNEWS edited the above segment to make the clip friendly for family viewership) The "Seven Super Girls" channel is subscribed to by a Google Plus account titled "Imran Awan”, which contains pictures, personal information, and followers, including over 60 pictures of a home which, according to a HELOC loan application published by The Daily Caller, is legally registered to the wife of Imran Awan, the man currently implicated in a major scandal with Democratic Rep. Debbie Wasserman Schultz. The "Imran Awan" Google Plus account is also followed by another account titled "Hina Alvi," the name of Imran Awan's wife. The failure to disclose the renting of this property prior to the application for that HELOC loan, and the usage of $165,000 from that loan in a $283,000 wire transfer to Pakistan this past week, contributed in part to the FBI bringing a bank fraud charge against Imran Awan, and halting him from leaving the country. Back to the Seven Super Girls YouTube channel, Jack Burns, a writer for The Free Thought Project, an online blog which reports on police brutality, political corruption, and the war on drugs, recently called the YouTube page a “smorgasbord of smut” carefully crafted to serve as “eye candy” for adults and teenagers to indulge in their child-sex fantasies. “At first glance, the Seven Super Girls YouTube homepage, arguably, looks like one’s favorite porn site. Each under-18 girl has her own sub-channel,” Mr. Burns wrote in a report published on June 25th. “To the unwitting, however, the site may look like girls dressed like girls, engaging in activities which girls enjoy — going to camp, hanging with friends by the pool, and playing dress up.” Imran Awan has three school-aged children, who reportedly left the country with his wife on March 5th on a flight to Pakistan, but during their time living with their father in Virginia, its plausible they may have subscribed to the “Seven Super Girls” YouTube channel, and similar channels, while logged in through Imran Awan’s Google Plus account. But as a writer for the blog iBankCoin noted in a recent report on this subject, “one would think that a highly skilled devout Muslim IT professional would monitor his children's internet usage more closely for sexualized underage infidels.” In March 2017 The New York Times published a report about “The Seven Super Girls” affiliated channels, or Seven Awesome Kids (SAKs) as they are known, and explained that they were started in 2008 by “seven families in Britain who, in the early days of YouTube, wanted to make sure their children were making family-appropriate content.” The only remaining parent of that original partnership, the NY Times reported, is Ian Rylett, who is currently in charge of the SAKs operation. Mr. Rylett, who lives in Leeds, said producing the channels was essentially his full-time job. He and a team of six others take care of copyright issues, create sponsorship deals, come up with weekly themes, monitor the channels and arrange meet and greets. The tickets for a recent 1000-seat event in April, 2017 held in Orlando, Florida, were selling for $30 each. WILL THE AWAN-SCHULTZ CONSPIRACY GO NATIONAL? On Wednesday President Trump retweeted a TownHall story on how the unfolding Awan-Schultz scandal is being ignored by the main American television news networks. On Friday the Washington Free Beacon reported that leading members of the House Judiciary Committee and Government Oversight Committee are “interested” in conducting their own independent investigation into the reports of “illicit IT activity,” which could include asking for the on-record testimony of Rep. Wasserman Schultz. "In addition to the criminal case that is now underway, Congress needs to get answers regarding the scope of Imran Awan's misconduct and the access he had to sensitive material in the United States House of Representatives, including why he remained on the House payroll for so long," Rep. Ron DeSantis (R-FL), a member of the Government Oversight Committee and chair of its National Security Subcommittee said. "The facts as we know them are very troubling and we need a full accounting of his time at both the DNC and the U.S. House," Rep. DeSantis said. "Congressional hearings are in order." Rep. DeSantis added that this could require testimony from Rep. Wassermann Schultz, and was joined in this opinion by Texas Rep. Louie Gohmert, a sitting member of the House's Judiciary Committee. "Yes, we could ask for her [Rep. Wasserman Schultz] to testify and look for either the government reform or judiciary" committees to help an investigation,” Gohmert said. "Both have jurisdiction over things in this whole catastrophe." "You don't have to be all that great at hacking to hack into almost anyone's email and calendar," Rep. Gohmert said. "Our enemies that would like to bring down the U.S. would love to have the calendars of every single member of Congress to see who's vulnerable to what and how they can be manipulated. There's a reason that you have to have a background check in order to work on our system.” Proving that the frustrations and concerns with Rep. Wassermann Shultz’s dealings with the Awan brothers cross both isles of Capitol Hill, liberal law professor Tim Canova, who has filled paperwork to run against the former DNC head in 2018, accused the lawmaker on Tuesday of obstructing justice, and said “the Democratic Party will flounder” as long as she remains in office. 

:: 7-31-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

George Soros Is Taking Over the Jefferson Movement-The Implications Are Huge

By Dave Hodges|July 31st, 2017

Is the State of Jefferson movement being taken over by George Soros in order to facilitate the chances of success for the CALEXIT movement.. . In case you have not been following the State of Jefferson movement, one should know that it a desperate attempt on the part of nearly two dozen counties in S. Oregon and N. California to break away from the clutches of the BLM and the EPA. When they are not stealing rancher land (e.g. Bundy) to facilitate the sale of uranium to the Russians for Hillary Clinton, they are simply trying to drive an entire population of farmers and ranchers off of their land and the people have had enough. The people are attempting to break away from the two states and form a 51st state so they can gain a measure of protection against the corrupt EPA and BLM that the state governments of California and Oregon are not providing. Two State of Jefferson Movements The movement to save the land and fortunes of the impacted population has bifurcated into two camps. One one side are the elected officials, the present County Supervisors. They are pursuing a legal path to statehood. The leadership can be characterized as low-keyed and a group that is following the correct administrative path to statehood in order to protect its people. The second group is pursuing a reckless course of action by suing the state of California for non-representation. From a legal perspective, a law suit such as this, cannot achieve statehood unto itself. From my perspective, these people are wasting the financial resources for the movement. They have raised over $300,000 on their way to a goal of a million dollars. The people will not get their money back and even if the law suit is successful, and it will not be, the area will be no closer to statehood because this is a not a proven path to pursue. I believe that this second group, led by, in my opinion, highly volatile over-emotional and unprofessional people, is a deliberate attempt to confiscate the movement, drain community resources and ultimately destroy what they purport to support. And at the center of this second movement we find George Soros’ interests in the form of The State of Jefferson Movement vs. CALEXIT The second group is very upset with me because I have identified Soros’ interests involved in their movement, which they strongly deny. George Soros is at the heart of CALEXIT, let’s leave America movement. The plan calls for the departure of California from the US and will operate under the auspices of the UN as a protectorate. CALEXIT serves as the impetus of the globalist desires to break up the US into several regions. The US has to fall for the New World Order to fully emerge. For example, if the Oroville Dam, located in the impacted area, were to break the result would be financial devastation and spot famines due to the agricultural importance of this area. As previously reported, Eric Holder has been brought in to effectively run CALEXIT. I have previously posted photos of the CALEXIT embassy in Moscow. I will develop these connections in the next part of this series. CALEXIT cannot work if the State of Jefferson movement succeeds and a 51st state is formed. Therefore, George Soros has strong motivation to make the Jefferson movement fail, so CALEXIT can move forward. Since I have accused the second group of working for George Soros’ interests, the second group went ballistic. See KCNR (Shasta, CA) radio broadcast below. The other side has said that I have two listeners, I am the purveyor of fake news and that I am an idiot. They vehemently denied that any George Soros interests are connected. However, they did not refute one other fact that I presented, so they hi behind personal insults. I have heard from people in their area who are laughing at the second group because they see the personal attack upon me as a way to cover their true motives. In the following paragraphs, a different group of liars will emerge other than Dave Hodges. Here is the video I made 5 days ago that set the second group off. I made the video based on information I have received from some County Supervisors and allies who fear the second group. I did not publish the video on my website, until now. By making the video, but not publishing on my website, I wanted a low-key to shake the trees to see what would fall out and the second group provided me with all the information I need to discredit this second movement. The strategy worked. Radio hosts, Terry Raposa and Mark Baird, played my 5 minute video on KCNR in which they viciously attacked myself and Paul Preston who is opposed to the second group and stands with the administrative goals of the first group. The hosts of the KCNR radio show, who are participants in the take-over of the Jefferson movement=t, said I was fake news and only had 2 listeners. Despite my lowly and apparent insignificant status, the hosts saw fit to attack me for the better part of an hour. My Crime? See Below. You can listen to their July 30th show where they did not attack the facts that Paul Present on I put forth. Raposa and Baird simply attacked Preston and myself on a personal basis. They claim that Soros nor his interests are nowhere near the movement. That is a bold-faced lie as is in the middle of this movement according to all appearances. Jefferson Supporter/Tea Party Founder Meckler and the Founder and Leader of In case one has been in a coma for the past several years, it is well-known that Soros and are one in the same. Meckler is a leader and strong proponent of the law suit being promoted by the second group. As they say, a picture is worth a thousand words. The above picture is of Mark Meckler and founder and leader, Joan Blades. Gotcha! As they say in the infomercial business, there is more. According to some I have spoken with in the area, Chuck Beretz is a staunch advocate for the CALEXIT movement. Below, Berets, takes the damning photo of Meckler and Blades and praises their alliances (ie “building bridges). Please note the CALEXIT reference in Beretz’s link in the tweet. The second group has indeed been sloppy, here is even more damning evidence to back up my assertions that the second movement is not legitimate and s many feel, is a George Soros takeover. Mark Meckler, one of the founders of the Tea Party joins Geroge Soros operative Joan Blades of for a “Living Room Conversation” on January 12, 2017 in Berkeley, Calif. Blades hosted the talk, which sought to bring representatives from both sides of the spectrum to seek common ground on issues. According to the article Meckler and Blades “have been talking online and over the phone for a few years now. Quietly, until now.”Meckler is the front man for radio talk show host Mark Levin’s “convention of states” movement according the Paul Preston The meeting was revealed in a ‘tweet’ from ‘CalExit’ activist Chuck Beretz. Cal Exit is the George Soros sponsored movement to have California become it’s own nation. From SFGATE– Joe Garofoli January 17, 2017 “It was a mind-blowing political tableau: a co-founder of liberal bulwark MoveOn sitting in her Berkeley living room, laughing, sharing homemade blueberry scones and occasionally agreeing with a national Tea Party figure. Truth is, MoveOn’s Joan Blades – clad in Lululemon yoga pants and clogs – and Mark Meckler, sporting a leather cowboy vest, boots and a belt buckle larger than a baby’s head – have been talking online and over the phone for a few years now. Quietly, until now. “Transpartisanship” is the genteel word for what they’re doing. Blades has been involved in similar types of projects for about a decade, but this is a fairly new school of political thought, which posits that people can come together to find some common ground without abandoning their core beliefs.” Mr. Raposa, can you still say that the forces from George Soros are nowhere near your movement? Part III of this series will focus on the dire consequences of the second movement. And by the way, my lawyer is bigger than your lawyer. By Dave Hodges|July 31st, 2017 

:: 7-31-17 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Forbes Says Self-Reliant Homesteaders Are “Delusional” and “Mooching” Off “Civil Society”

It’s always interesting reading when someone smug and sanctimonious writes a clueless diatribe about another group of people being smug and sanctimonious. So when I saw that an economist for Moody’s and Forbes had written an op-ed calling self-reliant homesteaders “delusional,” I knew I’d be in for some misinformed hilarity. The article, entitled, “Dear Homesteaders, Self-Reliance Is a Delusion” was published a couple of days ago on the Forbes website. You’ll be forewarned that the article won’t be deep in the first paragraph, when the author presents his claim to knowledge about self-reliant living comes from the fact that he is “a big fan of shows about doomsday preppers, homesteaders, survivalists, generally people who live off the grid.” And the well-informed opinion of this arbiter of self-reliance? …there’s a central delusion in these shows that is never far from my mind when I’m watching these shows: off the grid people are not self-reliant, but instead are mooching off of the civil society, government, and safety net the rest of us contribute to… The people in these shows often describe a very romantic vision of the lives they have chosen the ethos underlying it. They describe themselves as fully self-reliant, and criticize the rest of society as being dependent and lacking in this self-reliance. It is morally superior, the story goes, to provide for yourself, take care of your own needs, and often, be prepared to survive if society collapses. First, let me segue a little bit and tell you about the author. According to his bio on Adam Ozimek is an associate director and senior economist in the West Chester office of Moody’s Analytics. Adam covers state and regional economies, as well U.S. labor markets and demographics. Prior to joining Moody’s Analytics, Adam was Senior Economist and Director of Research for Econsult Solutions, an economics consulting company. He received his Ph.D. in economics from Temple University and his bachelor’s degree in economics from West Chester University. So based on this, I’m going to guess that homesteading and off-grid living aren’t his jam. I mean, he might head down to the Westtown Amish Market there in Pennsylvania, but I’d be willing to place money on that being his closest brush with any real, live, self-reliant homesteaders. His ill-conceived argument seems to be mostly focused on health care. He is baffled about what will happen if a homesteader becomes ill or gets injured. ” On Live Free Or Die, a man in his mid sixties named Colbert lives in the Georgia swamps alone….I always wonder what will happen if he slips and falls, and can no longer provide for himself. He’ll likely end up receiving hospital treatment paid for with Medicare, and perhaps end up in an assisted living center paid for by Medicare as well.” Or… “Another example from Live Free or Die is Tony and Amelia, a couple who live on a simple, off-the-grid homestead in North Carolina. When I watch them I wonder what would happen if one became extremely sick, and simple, off-the-grid home medicine couldn’t treat them. Would they say “we’ve chosen our fate, and now we die by it”, or would they seek treatment in a hospital they couldn’t afford which would be covered by the hospital’s charity care or perhaps Medicaid?One thing that Dr. Ozimek is missing is the fact that most homesteaders are tax-paying citizens. Does he think that living on a homestead exempts one from property taxes? Does he suppose that their vehicles don’t have license plates or that their fuel is purchased without the requisite state gasoline tax? Or that maybe they have some special card that lets them buy things like feed without paying sales tax? Perhaps homesteading equipment like tractors and tools and off-grid appliances are likewise purchased without any gain to “society.” As well, he’s under the assumption, based on his vast body of knowledge gleaned from watching TV, that self-reliant homesteaders don’t make any money or have any insurance. I know homesteaders who are retirees from other jobs who have a fine pension and excellent health insurance. I know others who make a good living with their homesteading endeavors. And there are still others who live simply after working for years to pay cash for their homestead, or families in which one spouse works a full-time job to support the homestead. But, Ozimek, whose informed point of view comes from only the most extreme of the group featured on for-profit-and-ratings television shows, doesn’t understand that. He continues to espouse the superiority of the non-agrarian lifestyle: If we all lived “self-reliant” lives like Tony often implores us, spending most of our time on basic agricultural subsistence, then modern hospitals couldn’t exist. It’s only because most of us choose to not live agrarian “self-reliant” lifestyles that this care would be available to Tony, Amelia, and perhaps someday, their children. And what if both of them become too injured to work the land anymore? Would they starve to death, or would they survive off of the social safety net our government provides, like food stamps? In fairness to Tony, Amelia, and Colbert, perhaps they would refuse the modern medical care and modest safety net in the case of an accident or illness, and would simply choose to die. I don’t think most homesteaders would, but we don’t know. Yeah, because homesteaders can’t do anything but homestead. Some people are producers and other people are consumers. Ozimek thinks that someone with the extensive skills required to live off the grid would be completely unable to find employment and would have no option but to become a welfare recipient should their homesteading endeavor fall apart. What he’s missing is that his cushy “civilized” lifestyle is completely reliant on the type of people he scorns. He forgets that someone, somewhere is growing his food. Someone, somewhere, is assuring that his energy reaches his home. Someone is ensuring that his plumbing works, someone is repairing his furnace if it breaks, and someone is transporting the goods he purchases to the store, where someone will sell him those goods. But, that’s what happens when someone is only a consumer and not a producer. They think that producers are somehow less worthy, and that if they couldn’t produce what the consumers consume, they’d be totally out of options. The cool thing about self-reliant homesteaders is that we aren’t one-trick ponies. We can produce all sorts of things and provide all kinds of services. It’s called “having skills.” Most self-reliant homesteaders aren’t reality TV stars. Since his entire argument is based on the tv programs he watches, the author doesn’t understand what self-reliance means to those of us who aren’t reality television stars. It means: We provide a lot of our own food because we prefer to know where it comes from. We raise our own meat because we object to the way factory-farmed animals are treated. We use our own sources of power because maybe we’re green at heart or maybe we just prefer not to be tied into the “smart” grid. We learn to make our own products for cleaning, bathing, and making life pleasant because we don’t want to bring chemical toxins into our homes. We’d rather skip the middle man and spend our time actually making the things that most people work for hours to purchase from someone else who made them. We are far less likely to spend time at the doctor’s office because a) we aren’t huge fans of pharmaceuticals, b) we can take care of small things ourselves, and c) our healthier lifestyle means we tend to be less likely to be ill. (Although this isn’t always the case – even self-reliant homesteaders can get sick. And when we do, we use our insurance or we pay for it with savings. Just like everyone else.) We don’t need as much money because we just don’t need as much stuff. But to someone who buys all of their food and other goods from the store and gets all of their medicine from the pharmacy, it can be difficult to understand the satisfaction that comes from evading those places. But, safety… Of course, if self-reliant homesteaders pass all of the Forbes columnist’s other tests, he can still dismiss their achievements by going full-blown statist. Yet even if one refuses help and care, however, they still benefit from the modern civil society thanks to the private property protections, rule of law, and military that provide them with safety and security. Many off-the-grid folks like to fantasize that their personal fire arms collection and self-defense skills are actually why they are safe. But how far would this take them in a society without the rule of law, an effective government, and law enforcement? The homesteader who is confident their security is in their own hands should go live off-the-grid in Syria and find out how far self-protection takes them. And it’s not just police and a military that keep homesteaders safe. It’s also widespread prosperity. In the developed world, a basic education is available to all, and most people who want a job can find one. Living in a prosperous, modern economy means that homesteaders can take a good bit of their own safety from violence for granted and roving bandits are not likely to take their homes from them. So, by the mere fact of our existence in this country, according to Ozimek, none of us are self-reliant. It boggles the mind that this fellow successfully wrote and defended a doctoral thesis. This is how reliant people justify their reliance. I guess what it boils down to is that this is what helps Ozimek and people like him justify living their lives without any practical skills. If things did go sideways in a long-term kind of way, who is going to be better off: a person who can claim a Ph.D. in economics or someone who can actually produce food? The fact is, the less we require from society, the less power that society has over us. Our lifestyles give us some distance from the hustle and the bustle. We don’t have to make as much money because we don’t live in the consumer matrix that engulfs so much of society. We are content to live simply instead of hustling from one non-productive activity to another. Most of us don’t eschew all the benefits of living in a modern society. It doesn’t have to be all or nothing. Having a corporate job doesn’t preclude growing your own tomatoes any more than having a herd of goats precludes having health insurance. There is a joy in making a meal that came entirely from your own backyard that these people will never get to experience, and having spent many years in the corporate world, I can tell you which provides the most satisfaction for me. In this society where nearly everyone is digitally connected 24 hours a day, it’s nice to step away from all that and break the addiction to constant stimulation. It’s nice to not always be trading the hours in your day for the things that someone else made while you were working on something that, if we’re being honest, is kind of pointless in the grand scheme of survival. If Dr. Ozimek wants to talk about delusions and superiority, he could find all the inspiration he needs by taking a look in the mirror. 

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

:: 7-30-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Moving Towards 'A Brave New Nuclear World'

- This Is How Kim Jong Un's Fantasy Of Annihilating The United States Could Become Reality

Submitted to All News Pipeline by Dr. Peter Vincent Pry July 30, 2017

The views expressed by story contributors to All News Pipeline are their own and do not always align completely with those of ANP. In the shadow of North Korea’s ICBM test, there is growing consciousness that history has turned a page. The once hopeful post-Cold War world supposedly heralding The End of History has become a New Cold War and what some call a New Nuclear Age, wherein nuclear weapons are again the most powerful instruments of diplomacy and war. Naïve questing for a world without nuclear weapon has catastrophically failed. Russia, China, North Korea, Pakistan, India, and probably Iran are advancing nuclear and missile programs while the U.S. nuclear deterrent ages toward obsolescence. The world wars, Korean War, and the Cuban missile crisis are ancient history, or someone else’s history, to a new generation of political and military leaders in nuclear nations hostile to the U.S., who make nuclear threats with increasing frequency. Hiroshima, Nagasaki, and televised H-Bomb tests that made real the terror of nuclear weapons for earlier generations are a fading memory. Few scientists and generals remain who eye-witnessed The Bomb. Dictators of the New Cold War and their scientific and military advisors know The Bomb and its effects only theoretically. This may partially account for why they are ever bolder in nuclear blackmail, and appear to be convincing themselves that The Bomb is just another weapon. The new crop of totalitarian and authoritarian rulers and their general staffs are also risk takers. They might benefit from witnessing an H-Bomb test, from personally seeing the blinding flash, feeling the blast and heat, cowering beneath the towering mushroom cloud. Such an experience might even give pause to the likes of Kim Jong-un about invoking the nuclear demon. The new crop of U.S. political-military leaders, and our nuclear-armed allies in Britain and France, need to re-learn the now forgotten nuclear lessons of the Cold War. Nuclear weapons will not deter if they are invisible. The U.S. and its allies have been in pursuit of a world without nuclear weapons for so long, they have neglected their nuclear capabilities and given such low priority to the nuclear mission for so long, that our nuclear deterrents are almost non-existent psychologically. Modernizing our nuclear capabilities may not strengthen deterrence if it is done reluctantly, with such fear and loathing, that our enemies think we are almost as afraid of our own nuclear weapons as of theirs. Another lesson from the Cold War and afterwards that the U.S. and its allies need to learn is that our potential adversaries do not agree that nuclear non-proliferation is in everyone’s interests — a universal good. The hard lessons of history have proven this nostrum false. Nations that followed our advice and gave up their nuclear weapons — like Ukraine, Libya, Kazakhstan, and South Africa — now fear for their existence or matter little in global affairs. Indeed, Libya’s Muammar Qaddaffi and Iraq’s Saddam Hussein are dead because they failed to develop nuclear arms. Surely, Syria’s endangered dictator Bashar al-Assad must wish today he had succeeded in building The Bomb. In contrast, failed states like North Korea, Iran, and Pakistan loom large in global affairs, have power and influence far out of proportion to their actual economic and military capabilities, because they have or could acquire nuclear weapons. Yet another lesson from the Cold War and afterwards is that reducing the number of U.S. nuclear weapons does not necessarily make the American people or our allies safer. Under the Strategic Arms Reduction Treaties (START) the United States reduced strategic nuclear weapons by over 90%, from 15,000 to fewer than 1,500. These reductions were unnecessary for the U.S., but were necessary for Moscow, whose economy, ruined by Cold War competition, could no longer sustain the nuclear arms race. START was a gift from Washington to Moscow enabling Russia to maintain parity in the strategic nuclear balance. The U.S. also unilaterally dismantled nearly all of its tactical nuclear weapons, once numbering 15,000 now reduced to 180. Now Russia is cheating on START having deployed 1,700 strategic warheads, hundreds more than permitted, and keeps building. Moscow also has at least 3,000-8,000 tactical nuclear weapons, giving it an enormous advantage in the overall nuclear balance favoring Russia by perhaps more than 5-to-1. Russia never enjoyed such advantage during the Cold War, which may account for Moscow’s increasing belligerence toward NATO and the U.S. today. Deep reductions in U.S. nuclear weapons has also made it possible for China to catch-up or surpass the United States. Reducing U.S. strategic bomber bases from dozens to 3 makes it possible for even North Korea to dream of delivering a crippling nuclear blow. Kim Jong-Un’s fantasy of annihilating the United States could become reality if nothing is done to protect the nation against electromagnetic pulse (EMP) attack—deliverable by a single warhead. If the U.S. had maintained its Cold War deterrent of nearly 30,000 strategic and tactical nuclear weapons, today the U.S. would enjoy overwhelming superiority in the nuclear balance against any combination of challengers. If this were today’s reality, would the American people be worse off? The U.S. must ignore the usual hysterical protests from anti-nuclear activists and modernize its aged, nearly obsolete, nuclear deterrent. Story originally published here. Peter Vincent Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security. He served in the Congressional EMP Commission, the Congressional Strategic Posture Commission, the House Armed Services Committee, and the CIA. He is author of "Blackout Wars." For more of his reports, Go Here Now. 

:: 7-30-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US, allies prepared to use 'overwhelming force' in North Korea, general says

Published July 30, 2017 Fox News North Korea

The U.S. and its allies are prepared to use “rapid, lethal and overwhelming force,” if necessary, against North Korea, the commander of the U.S. Pacific Air Forces warned Saturday night. The statement from Gen. Terrence J. O’Shaughnessy, U.S. Pacific Air Forces commander, came after the militaries of the U.S., South Korea and Japan spent 10 hours conducting bomber-jet drills over the Korean Peninsula. The training mission was a response to North Korea’s recent ballistic missile launches and nuclear program, and part of the U.S. regular commitment to defending its allies in the Asia-Pacific region, the general’s statement said. "The time for talk is over. The danger the North Korean regime poses to international peace is now clear to all," said United Nations Ambassador Nikki Haley in a statement. “North Korea remains the most urgent threat to regional stability,” O’Shaughnessy said. “Diplomacy remains the lead,” he said. “However, we have a responsibility to our allies and our nation to showcase our unwavering commitment while planning for the worst-case scenario. “If called upon,” he added, “we are ready to respond with rapid, lethal and overwhelming force at a time and place of our choosing.” North Korea conducted test launches of ICBMs on July 3 and July 28, and has claimed that its weapons can now reach the U.S. mainland. The country’s recent actions have drawn condemnation from President Trump, and prompted U.S. Secretary of State Rex Tillerson to confer with counterparts from South Korea and Japan to develop a response, Fox News has reported. Both Trump and Tillerson have criticized China, saying the Beijing government has failed to use its influence to discourage North Korea from developing its nuclear program, Fox News reported. On Saturday, two U.S. Air Force B-1B bombers, under the command of U.S. Pacific Air Forces, joined counterparts from the South Korean and Japanese air forces in sequenced bilateral missions. According to the Pentagon, the U.S. bombers took off from Andersen Air Force Base in Guam, then flew to Japanese airspace, where they were joined by two Koku Jieitai (Japan Air Self Defense Force) F-2 fighter jets. The B-1s then flew over the Korean Peninsula, where they were joined by four F-15 fighter jets from the South Korean air force. The B-1s then performed a low-pass over Osan Air Base, South Korea, before leaving South Korean airspace and returning to Guam. Throughout the approximately 10-hour mission, the air crews practiced intercept and formation functions, enabling them to improve their combined capabilities and strengthening the long-standing military-to-military relationships in the region, the Pentagon said. U.S. Pacific Command maintains flexible bomber and fighter capabilities in the Indo-Asia-Pacific theater, retaining the ability to quickly respond to any regional threat in order to defend the U.S. and its allies, the statement said. 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 7-30-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

One False Flag After Another - Will The 'Final Act Of The Tragedy' Be An Engineered Nuclear War That Exterminates Most Or All Of The Human Race?

Submitted to All News Pipeline by William B Stoecker via Steve Quayle July 30, 2017

A false flag attack is an attack by a nation’s ruling elite, usually acting through the deep state, on their own citizens, blamed on a foreign state or a terrorist or rebel group. These are intended to mobilize popular support for laws promising to protect the citizens but actually designed to take away their freedom and increase the power of the state, and/or to start a war with another state or an internal dissident group (and war always leads to a loss of freedom). Our nation has a long history of tragedies that appear very suspicious at the very least, and in some cases (like 9/11) the evidence of a false flag attack is overwhelming. The true origin of the attacks is concealed by the power of the deep state, the controlled media (I call them the slimestream media) and by the unwillingness of most citizens to think the unthinkable. Our entry into the Spanish American War was instigated by the explosion of the battleship Maine in Havana harbor, blamed on a mine placed by the Spanish, who then ruled Cuba. But examination by divers showed that the damage could only have been caused by an internal explosion; this was later explained as a munitions explosion set off by a fire resulting from spontaneous combustion in the coal bunker. This is possible, but no other US capital ship was ever destroyed by such an accident, and the Maine “just happened” to be in the right place to start a war, and Freemason Teddy Roosevelt, a vociferous warmonger, “just happened” to be Undersecretary of the Navy. The sinking of the British liner Lusitania by a German u boat, killing US citizens on board helped to bring the US into WWI, but the Lusitania was carrying munitions for England, and the Germans had taken out ads in US papers to warn our citizens against traveling on a British ship. Almost all US papers refused to print the ads…have we ever had a free press? Winston Churchill, then an official in the British Admiralty, withdrew the escort vessel that might have prevented the sinking, and ordered the Lusitania to reduce its speed. A rescue vessel was recalled. As for Pearl Harbor, entire books have detailed the massive evidence that FDR and the elites set us up for that. The Gulf of Tonkin incident that gave LBJ the excuse to involve us in the Vietnam War was, to say the least, questionable. While these naval incidents do not meet the precise definition of “false flag,” because our own government did not directly attack our citizens, they are just as vile in nature and serve the same purpose. Many today have forgotten that 9/11 was the second bombing of the WTC (World Trade Center). The first was a truck bomb placed in the underground parking lot of North Tower on 2/26/93, containing 1,336 pounds of urea-nitrate and tanks of hydrogen. The bombers were a group of Muslims allowed into the US by our own government, despite the fact that Islam’s war on Humanity was already some 1,400 years old. Six people died and over a thousand were injured; had the bomb worked as planned, both towers and adjacent buildings would have collapsed with no warning, killing up to twenty thousand people. Remember, on 9/11 there was time for many people to evacuate the area. Incredibly, our intrepid FBI knew the bombing was planned, and, claiming that they were doing a “sting” operation, let it proceed. Even more incredibly, they refused the offer of the man who had infiltrated the group for them to substitute fake explosive for the real stuff. You do not, I repeat, do not risk twenty thousand lives to do a sting operation. Of course the slimestream media reported almost none of this, and none of the FBI officials involved were ever punished, and the American sheeple continued to graze toward the edge of the cliff. The Demonic Duo (Slick Clinton and Hillary, whom I call the Witch) were in power when, on their orders or with their tacit approval, the heroic FBI and BATF (Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms) attacked the “compound” of the Branch Davidians, an offshoot of the Seventh Day Adventists, who were led by one David Koresh, born Vernon Howell. The federales claimed that the Davidians had illegal weapons (none were ever found, or produced as evidence), and later claimed that they suspected illegal drugs (none were ever discovered). Eventually they added suspected child abuse to the list…not the business of the federal government, and, like the guns and drugs, never proven. The “compound” was located at Mt. Carmel Center Ranch in Elk, Texas, some nine miles from Waco. In a botched BATF raid on 2/28/93 (only two days after the first WTC bombing) four agents and five Davidians died. There were conflicting reports about who fired the first shot. Joined by the FBI, the BATF began a 51 day siege, backed up by an Army helicopter, and finally, on April 19, rammed the main building with a tank, breaching the wall, and pumped in CS gas, a sort of tear gas on steroids, which is highly flammable. Infants and small children in the building, having no gas masks that would fit them, would die in agony from this gas…but something set it on fire, and 76 people, including almost 20 children, died a horrible death thanks to the Clintons and our brave federal police officers. All this, and no drugs or illegal weapons were ever produced. Of course, no one was executed or even imprisoned for mass torture murder and child murder, and Slick and the Witch continued their highly profitable careers. The WTC bombing and the Waco siege and Oklahoma City (see below) served as the perfect excuse for passage of an anti-terrorism bill that Slick wanted, which increased the power of the government. Look up “Reichstag fire.” The date of the final assault is significant. The first shots of the American Revolution were fired on 4/19, and Hitler was born on 4/20. As we shall see, a number of other horrific events have taken place on those dates. Some students of the occult believe that Satanists have a 13 day period for sacrifices, running from 4/19 through 4/30 (Walpurgisnacht, the witches’ Sabbath, when Hitler supposedly killed himself) and 5/1…Mayday, or Beltane, sacred to the pagans, the Bavarian Illuminati, and the communists. His blood lust apparently temporarily satiated, Slick waited over two years to bomb the Murrah Building in Oklahoma City. This federal office building contained a daycare center, perfect for another child sacrifice. On 4/19/95 (that date again) a rented truck packed with ammonium nitrate and fuel oil exploded, and the building was severely damaged, killing 168 people, including 19 children and infants. The bombing was blamed on an Army veteran, Timothy McVeigh, and his Army buddy Terry Nichols, supposedly indirectly aided by Michael and Lori Fortier. In return for their testimony, Nichols was spared the death penalty and the Fortiers received reduced sentences. McVeigh was supposedly executed 6/11/2001. Retired USAF General Partin, an explosive expert, testified that, powerful though it was, the truck bomb could not have done that much damage. The testimony of workers in the building and the way some support columns were cleanly cut indicates that charges had almost certainly been placed inside the building and timed to go off at the same time as the truck bomb, which was intended mainly to cover up the fact that OKC was an inside job. A seismograph in Enid, Oklahoma picked up two explosions. Bear in mind that security at federal buildings was so tight that only government agents or people approved by them could have placed the charges inside. Many witnesses reported that McVeigh was accompanied by another man, not Nichols or Fortier, but the government chose to ignore this. McVeigh had telephoned Elohim City, a neo-Nazi compound in eastern Oklahoma, and had once been stopped near there by police for a minor traffic violation. The BATF had an informant inside Elohim City, one Carol Howe, who said that McVeigh was an associate of the Nazis, and that a German national in the group, one Andreas Strassmeir, was involved in the bombing. The federales ignored her testimony, allowed Strassmeir to return to Germany, and, incredibly, tried (unsuccessfully) to railroad their own informant into prison. Nichols’ travel to the Philippines (he married a Filipina) and possible contact there with Islamic terrorists was also ignored. Even more incredibly, the BATF had an office in the Murrah Building, but, at the time of the bombing, during normal working hours, not a single BATF agent was in the building, and they initially lied about this, until, caught in their lie, they had to admit the truth…but never bothered to explain their absence. On the day of the bombing local news announcers stated that several unexploded bombs were found in the wreckage. Given the government’s eagerness to blame the bombing on “right wing domestic extremists” it is odd that they ignored the Elohim City connection. And this is just part of the evidence that OKC was an inside job; entire books have been written on the subject. On 4/20/99 (again, the same dates keep appearing) at Columbine High School in Colorado, two students, Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold, allegedly shot dead 12 of their fellow students and one teacher and wounded 21 more. They had a total of five guns, and also planted bombs and propane tanks…how could they do that without being seen? Both conveniently shot themselves before they could be arrested and questioned. Harris had made threats on the web, and Deputy Michael Guerra of the Jefferson County Sheriff’s office prepared documents to get a search warrant…but never took them to the judge. A deputy was assigned to the school; normally he ate lunch in the cafeteria, but on the day of the shooting he just happened to be in his truck…and there he stayed. The shooting began at 11:29; police arrived at 11:32; and the killers were suicided at 12:08, and, in all that time, the heroic police and deputies, while firing ineffectively into the building, never stormed the school. Why was the search warrant never requested? Why was there never any explanation by the killers’ parents? How could they not have known about the weapons and explosives, and how did the two teenagers, with little income, obtain all this deadly hardware? Of course, this led to renewed calls for “gun control,” despite the fact that these tragedies usually occur in “gun free zones.” On 9/11/2001 American Airlines Flight 11 allegedly hit the WTC North Tower, and United Flight 175 allegedly hit the South Tower. American Airlines Flight 77 allegedly hit the first floor of the Pentagon…on the sixtieth anniversary of its construction. Note that multiples of 11 are important to the Masons (as in thirty third degree Mason) and that the ratio of height to base side of the Great Pyramid of Giza in Egypt is seven to eleven. It sounds crazy to the rest of us, but the elites take numerology and astrology very seriously. In all the history of steel framed buildings none ever collapsed completely due to fire…until all three WTC towers did on 9/11. The third tower, Building Seven, had been struck only lightly by some debris, starting a small fire…and yet it collapsed. The odds against this are more than a million to one. All three towers collapsed straight down into their own footprints, a feat achievable only by carefully planned and executed controlled demolitions. The fires were not hot enough to melt steel, yet, weeks later, there was still molten steel buried underground in the ruins…think thermite. All by itself the above absolutely proves that 9/11 was an inside job, and only the US government, which orchestrated the cover up, had the power to do the job. But there’s more. For Flight 77 to hit the first floor of the Pentagon, and not fly over or scrape the roof or auger into the pavement in front of the building is a feat that would be nearly impossible for a skilled pilot flying a fighter jet…let alone someone who had hardly flown before, in a huge, multi-engine jet. There was a hole in the Pentagon, allegedly caused by the fuselage of the plane, but no damage to the walls where the engines and wings would have hit. In fact, the engines and wings were never seen or photographed…they had magically vanished. But then the whole plane vanished, for no wreckage or burned body parts of passengers and crew were ever reported, photographed, or produced as evidence. Honorable FBI agents (there were a few) had tried to warn their bosses that Islamic immigrants (allowed into our country by the government despite the experience in 1993) were taking flying lessons and they feared an attack like this. They were ignored, as were the members of the Pentagon’s Able Danger team who had voiced the same concerns. Again, this is but a small part of the evidence. I will say it flat out: the US government, headed by neocon Bonesman George Bush the Younger, committed mass murder of 2,996 Americans to get us into an eternal war in Afghanistan and secure passage of the misnamed “Patriot Act.” Since 9/11 there have been a number of shootings and bombings that look, to say the least, suspicious. On 7/20/12 some 12 people died and 20 were injured, allegedly by one James Egan Holmes. Like the Columbine killers, he had little income and no known weapons or explosives training, but somehow obtained tear gas grenades and multiple firearms, a load-bearing vest, and a helmet and booby trapped his apartment with more bombs. No motive was ever discovered, and some witnesses reported multiple gunmen. The theater had multiple surveillance cameras, none of which taped Holmes. And it was a “gun free zone.” On 12/14/12 a young man named Adam Lanza allegedly entered the locked Sandy Hook School in Newtown, Connecticut and managed to shoot dead 20 children and six adults before allegedly killing himself. He had supposedly murdered his mother earlier that day. The official story of what weapons he carried and what was supposedly left in his car kept changing, but in the latest version he carried two handguns and a Bushmaster rifle and left a shotgun in his car. He was carrying his brother’s ID despite the fact that he hadn’t seen his brother in two years, and this has never been explained. The official account of how he entered a locked facility also kept changing; in the latest version he shot out a glass pane near the door, reached in, and unlocked the door. Video showed an unidentified man (not Lanza) running through the woods behind the school on the day of the shooting; this, too, has never been explained. A face book memorial webpage was posted for Sandy Hook teacher Victoria Soto before she was allegedly killed, and a United Way charity page for the Sandy Hook victims was on the web before the shooting. No one reported any blood in the school; the alleged parents were not allowed to see their allegedly dead alleged children; and officials refused to make the death certificates public. Video of some alleged family members showed them laughing and smiling right after the alleged shooting. The school was demolished and rebuilt in the weeks after the event. This marks a new pattern, for it is not certain that anyone died at all at Sandy Hook. It is possible that the entire event was street theater. Much the same is true of the Boston Marathon bombing, which allegedly killed three and injured hundreds on 4/15/13.Two bombs went off near the finish line and the bombing was blamed on two Muslim brothers, Dzokhar Tsarnaev and Tamerlan Tsarnaev, immigrants from Chechnya. Tamerlan supposedly died later in a shootout with police, and Dzokhar was allegedly wounded and captured in Watertown after an hour-long gunfight with police, but his gun mysteriously vanished and there were no bloodstains in the boat where he had hid. On 5/22/13 the FBI interrogated an alleged friend of the Tsarnaevs, Ibragim Todashev, in Orlando, Florida. Claiming he assaulted them, the intrepid agents shot him dead…he will tell no tales. Photographs of the bombing aftermath show many people who appear to be only slightly injured (unless the blood is just red dye) and one man, missing most of one leg, sitting upright in a wheelchair pushed by rescuers. He has no tourniquet and is conscious…this does not compute. In a familiar pattern, our government had let these Muslims into the country, and the hunt for them gave the police an excuse to order citizens out of their homes at gunpoint and enter the homes with no warrants. We are being conditioned to be subjects of the New World Order. One of the most infuriating aspects of all of this is the way the slimestream media cover up the truth, enabling more such crimes, and the sad fact that in many cases local police and sheriffs had to be involved, at least in the cover-up. And now our glorious Congress, unwilling to repeal Obamacare, has nevertheless passed (with a veto proof majority) a bill increasing sanctions on Russia, sure to destroy any hope for better relations with the other major nuclear power. Perhaps the final act in the tragedy will be, not another false flag, but an engineered nuclear war that will exterminate most or all of the human race. Stay tuned. 

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

:: 7-31-17 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese Spy Ships Join Russian Reconnaissance, Pressure Pentagon in the Pacific

World 10:13 31.07.2017(updated 13:44 31.07.2017)

The naval activities of the United States are already thoroughly monitored both by Russia and China and Washington will have to deal with it, a Russian military expert believes, citing the increasing assertiveness of Beijing and Moscow in the World Ocean. Last week, Canberra said that a Chinese intelligence-gathering ship was spotted near Australia as the country's major biennial joint military exercises with the US were wrapping up. A Dongdiao-class electronic surveillance ship (Type 815) from the People's Liberation Army was seen in the waters off Queensland during the Talisman Saber 2017 drills, according to the Australian Broadcasting Corporation. Earlier, North American Aerospace Defense Command confirmed that a Chinese intelligence-gathering vehicle was seen off the coast of Alaska last week, possibly to monitor tests of the US's Terminal High Altitude Area Defense system (THAAD). In his commentary for RIA Novosti, Russian military expert Ilya Plekhanov noted that "ironically, the Talisman Saber 2017 exercises, which involved 30,000 US and Australian troops, were aimed to signal to other countries bordering the Pacific that the United States possesses a [strong] military potential in this part of the world." "The appearance of the Chinese intelligence-gathering ship, which monitored channels of communication between Americans and Australians off Queensland, became an unpleasant surprise for the participants of the Talisman Saber 2017 drills. Rather than convincing the region of the power of Washington' allies, it indicated China's growing naval capabilities," Plekhanov pointed out. According to US data, at least six reconnaissance ships of the 815 class are currently in service with the Chinese Navy, with the newest such vessel entering service in January 2017. In addition, China uses four obsolete Yuanwang class reconnaissance ships and one older 814A class vessel. Plekhanov recalled in this regard that apart from THAAD, China also keeps a watchful eye on the US radar AN/TPY-2 radar, which Beijing believes is capable of monitoring China's skies and alerting the Pentagon when Chinese missiles are launched. "US military experts today are concerned about the appearance of Chinese reconnaissance ships in the World Ocean. Until recently, only the navies of the US and Russia were able to carry out such major missions," Plekhanov noted. He recalled that in February 2017, the Russian reconnaissance ship Viktor Leonov was spotted 30 miles from a submarine base in the US state of Connecticut. It immediately grabbed local headlines, with US authorities saying that the Viktor Leonov did not pose a threat to the security of the state. "In March, the Viktor Leonov appeared 20 miles from another US submarine base in Georgia," Plekhanov wrote, referring to Russian reconnaissance ships implementing similar missions along the US coast in 2015 and 2014. In 2016, a Russian intelligence-gathering vessel monitored the world's largest naval exercises: Rim of the Pacific (RIMPAC) in Hawaii. According to mainstream media, participating countries at the time "took the necessary measures" to prevent the Russian ship from having access to valuable information during its radio-electronic monitoring mission. Right now, a Russian reconnaissance ship is closely observing the British destroyer HMS Duncan and the Turkish frigate Yildirim off the coast of Ukraine, where NATO's Breeze 17 naval drills are being held. "Western political analysts note that a new era is coming as China behaves more confidently in the World Ocean," according to Plekhanov. He added that "on the one hand, China acts according to the norms of international maritime law and Chinese [reconnaissance] ships do not enter foreign territorial waters, but on the other – Beijing expresses discontent about the naval ships of other countries passing near the disputed territories [Beijing claims] in the South China Sea. "Apparently, the US monopoly on conducting naval radio electronic reconnaissance in the World Ocean has come to an end as Russia and China are becoming full-fledged players in this field. The Americans will have to resign themselves to the fact that the launches of their missiles, as well as their naval bases and naval drills will now be monitored by Russia and China from the sea," Plekhanov concluded. 

:: 7-30-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Next?

By Hal Lindsey

The western media remains fixated on Washington, but outside of D.C., the world is spinning toward a series of potential catastrophes. Decisions made over the coming days will affect the future of all humanity. I could illustrate this by examining any of the world’s regions. But, for now, let’s focus on the nations in and around Syria. One of the eeriest specters of our time is the image of Russia and Iran sitting on Israel’s doorstep in Syria. The well-known prophecy in Ezekiel 38 tells of a coming battle with those two countries leading a coalition of nations against Israel. Russia arrived in Syria ostensibly to fight ISIS. Will they leave when ISIS is defeated? I doubt it. Bashar al-Assad, Syria’s President, is no longer his own man. He sold his soul to Vladimir Putin, the mad mullahs running Iran, and the Hezbollah terror group. Putin needs to maintain a foothold in the Middle East — the closer to Israel, the better. The natural gas fields found in the waters off the Israeli coast are a game-changer for Russia. With the discovery of those fields, Israel became a major player in the world’s energy picture. Israel does not yet have the infrastructure needed to sell fuel to the world at large, but their reserves are huge. Israel could break Russia’s monopoly on gas for Europe — possibly making it in Russia’s interest to stir up a war in the region. What will Hezbollah do next? One of the most underreported facts of the Middle East is that Hezbollah has a larger stockpile of missiles than all NATO countries (except the U.S.) combined. And these aren’t bottle rockets. They’re sophisticated, high-quality missiles. Hezbollah has become so powerful in Lebanon, that the government works with them as partners. They sit on Israel’s northern border in both Lebanon and Syria. But their presence is not limited to the Middle East. They have been patiently building a physical and organizational infrastructure in South America — primarily by providing weapons to the drug cartels. This generates cash, but, more importantly, it gives them a land route into the United States. Because the U.S. southern border has been so porous for so long, we don’t know if they have transferred personnel or weapons into the country. But it’s hard to imagine that they haven’t. Hezbollah is probably the wealthiest terror group on earth. They have their own nefarious money-making enterprises. But they built their vast arsenal of weapons primarily with funding from Iran. Will Iran stay in Syria once ISIS has been defeated there? In the last few years, Iran has been consolidating the region’s Shiite Muslims under its control. Their support of Shiite militias in Iraq has been one of the keys to defeating ISIS there. Iran is the primary sponsor of civil war in Yemen, where they back the Shiite Houthi rebels. Syrian President Bashar al-Assad is an Alawite Muslim. Alawites are a branch of Shiite Islam. And so, they support him. But they expect his loyalty in return. So far, President Trump has not been able to do anything publicly to slow down Iran’s march toward the acquisition of an arsenal of nuclear weapons. But that was a major part of his campaign for President. I think he will act, but the difficulties are innumerable. And right now, his presidency remains embroiled in a series of domestic controversies that make accomplishing anything internationally, especially difficult. Then there’s ISIS. For a while, it did something few terror groups have ever done. It amassed a large territory, and declared itself a caliphate. Now it’s losing ground. Its dreams of a new Islamic State grow dimmer by the day. But ISIS is not done. People who live in apartment buildings often complain when a neighbor sprays for cockroaches. Some of the roaches die, but others just move to neighboring apartments. That’s ISIS in 2017. They have agents and sympathizers in countries all over the world. Their hopes of a caliphate may have been put on hold, but the bloodlust that caused so many beheadings and mass murders has not subsided. They will continue to kill for the killing’s sake — and they will do it all over the world. The emphasis on dismantling ISIS caused a strengthening of other terror groups. I’m not criticizing anyone here. It was correct to make the destruction of ISIS the priority. But during this time, we’ve seen al-Qaeda dramatically strengthened — especially in Syria. Earlier this month, the United States and Russia announced a ceasefire in Syria. U.S. Secretary of State Rex Tillerson said the Russians now “see the situation in Syria transitioning from the defeat of ISIS… to this discussion with them as to what do we do to stabilize Syria once the war against ISIS is won.” Defeating ISIS in Syria will not end the civil war there, but it will end a major component of it. As that war winds down, there are strong indications that some of the big guns that have been protecting Assad, will now turn against Israel. Iran has long been obsessed with Israel. Their most elite special forces unit is called the “Quds Force.” A Quds unit deployed to Lebanon in 1982, assisted in the formation of Hezbollah. The name “al-Quds” means Jerusalem. That makes their goal and purpose clear. With its position on Israel’s northeast border, Syria provides Iran with a stepping stone to Jerusalem. These groups will become more dangerous to Israel as the war in Syria winds down. What will the United States do? What can it do? Where will Europe stand? Don’t make the mistake of thinking these conflicts will remain confined to the Middle East. Intercontinental ballistic missiles give rogue nations enough reach to start World War III. As world tensions mount, it’s comforting to remember that God warned us in advance about perilous times in the last days. It’s also clear from scripture, that God’s loving care, and His many promises, still apply even in times of danger. Soon, He will take us out of this world. In the meantime, He’s got your back. 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

:: 7-27-17 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

July 27, 2017 / 7:42 AM / 4 days ago

Putin signs Syria base deal, cementing Russia's presence there for half a century

MOSCOW (Reuters) - President Vladimir Putin has signed a law ratifying a deal with the Syrian government allowing Russia to keep its air base in Syria for almost half a century, official documents show. he original deal, signed in Damascus in January, sets out the terms under which Russia can use its Hmeymim air base in Latakia Province which it has used to carry out air strikes against forces opposing President Bashar al-Assad. utin approved the agreement on Wednesday, after the two chambers of the Russian parliament backed it earlier this month, according to the government's official information portal. he document says Russian forces will be deployed at the Hmeymim base for 49 years with the option of extending that arrangement for 25-year periods. he base has been at the heart of Moscow's military foray since it intervened in the conflict in September 2015, helping turn the tide in favor of Assad, one of Russia's closest Middle East allies. Reporting by Dmitry Solovyov; Editing by Andrew Osborn 

:: 7-30-17 Press TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia celebrates Navy Day with major parades

Sun Jul 30, 2017 2:28PM Home Europe Russia

Russian marine forces have held some large-scale parades from posts in the Baltics to the shores of Syria as President Vladimir Putin bolsters the traditional Navy Day celebrations to show off his country’s military might to the rivals in the West. edia reports said the parades were the biggest ever held on Russia's annual Navy Day on Sunday. Warships, submarines and other naval hardware were on show along the Neva River, in the Gulf of Finland, in the Baltic Sea, in the Black Sea and off the Syrian base of Tartus in the eastern Mediterranean. utin oversaw the action off Saint Petersburg from his presidential cutter. He hailed the Russian Navy as an efficient force in the fight against terrorism. " The navy is not only dealing with its traditional tasks but also responding with merit to new challenges, making a significant contribution to the fight against terrorism and piracy,” he said, adding, “Today much is being done to develop and modernize the navy.” Some 50 warships and submarines contributed to the parade off Saint Petersburg while small-scale maneuvers were also held from Russia's European exclave Kaliningrad on the Baltic Sea to posts on the Black Sea peninsula of Crimea and Vladivostok in the far-east. Russian media said naval hardware was also on show at Tartus, a Russia-operated base in western Syria. The show-off in Tartus, which involved six vessels, including the latest generation "Krasnodar" diesel submarine, was a first for Moscow. Russia has been using the base over the past two years to help Syria in the fight against terror. The bolstered naval parades come amid heightening military tensions between Russia and the West which began since a conflict erupted in Ukraine three years ago. Accusing Russia of military interference in eastern Ukraine, the US-led NATO military alliance has been building up forces along Russia’s western borders. Russia, which denies allegations about Ukraine, has responded by beefing up deployments in the area, saying it is carefully watching NATO’s movements. 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

[ :: 7-3-17 morning service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Behold a strong warning has come from North Korea, move your ships or I will blow them out of the water.  

:: 7-29-17 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea says missile test shows all US within range

29 July 2017

North Korea has hailed as a success its latest test of an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM), describing it as a "stern warning" for the US. North Korean leader Kim Jong-un said the test proved that the entire US was within striking range, state media reported. However, experts say many of North Korea's missiles cannot accurately hit targets. The launch came three weeks after North Korea's first ICBM test. The Pentagon said the latest missile was launched at 23:41 (15:41 GMT) from an arms plant in Jagang province in the north of the country. North Korea said the ICBM flew for just over 47 minutes and reached an altitude of 3,724km (2,300 miles). It is unusual for North Korea to launch a missile at night - the significance is as yet unclear. This is the first missile fired from Jagang province, indicating a previously-unknown launch site is operational. The test was condemned by the US and North Korea's neighbours. US President Donald Trump called it "only the latest reckless and dangerous action by the North Korean regime". South Korea said it was concerned the North may have made "a significant advancement in technology", adding that the missile test was "unique in its time and place of launch". Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe said the threat to his country's security was "grave and real". China also condemned the missile test but urged "all parties concerned" to exercise restraint "and avoid intensifying tensions". Pyongyang said the launch had "successfully tested re-entry capabilities" of the missile. Kim Jong-un "said proudly the test also confirmed all the US mainland is within our striking range," the Korean Central News Agency said. The statement said that the rocket was a Hwasong-14, the same model North Korea tested on 3 July. The North has repeatedly tested missiles in breach of UN resolutions. ICBMs can reach altitudes well outside the earth's atmosphere. Using sharp trajectories with high altitudes allows North Korea to avoid firing over neighbouring countries. Despite the ongoing tests, experts believe the North does not yet have the capability to miniaturise a nuclear warhead, fit it on to a long-range missile, and ensure it is protected until delivery to the target. Others, however, believe that at the rate it is going, Pyongyang may overcome these challenges and develop a nuclear weapon within five to 10 years that could strike the US. North Korea's latest ICBM test went farther and higher than its previous 3 July test, meaning that it may be able to strike even deeper into the heartland of the United States than initially assessed. Within minutes of the launch, South Korean, Japanese and US officials reported data about the location, range, apogee, and flight time of the missile. While full analysis has not been finalised yet, several points stand out. First, the data available indicates that the missile may have a range of approximately 10,400km. Since this missile is road-mobile, a launch from the north-eastern city of Rason would put New York City in range of the ICBM. Second, the US reported that North Korea launched the ICBM from Mupyong-ni, North Korea. This location was different from many press accounts leading up to the launch which predicted a Kusong launch. The missile launched at 23:11 local time, an unusual time for North Korea's tests as well. It is possible that North Korea is already experimenting with deploying the missile under the cover of night or setting up multiple launch sites to confuse observers. Reports on Friday said the missile had come down in the sea off northern Japan. In response, the US and South Korean military conducted a live-firing exercise using surface-to-surface missiles, a US defence official said. The missiles were fired into the "territorial waters of South Korea along the east coast," a US military statement said. South Korean Defence Minister Song Young-moo said the country would prepare independent measures to curb the North Korea threat, speeding up the deployment of the Terminal High-Altitude Area Defense system (Thaad) provided by the US. China is opposed to the deployment of Thaad, saying it affects the regional security balance. 

:: 7-30-17 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

July 30, 2017 / 9:50 PM / 2 hours ago

China hits back at Trump criticism over North Korea

Ben Blanchard and Elias Glenn

BEIJING (Reuters) - China hit back on Monday after U.S. President Donald Trump tweeted he was "very disappointed" in China following Pyongyang's latest missile test, saying the problem did not arise in China and that all sides need to work for a solution. China has become increasingly frustrated with American and Japanese criticism that it should do more to rein in Pyongyang. China is North Korea's closest ally, but Beijing is angry with its continued nuclear and missile tests. North Korea said on Saturday it had conducted another successful test of an intercontinental ballistic missile that proved its ability to strike the U.S. mainland, drawing a sharp warning from Trump and a rebuke from China. Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe spoke with Trump on Monday and agreed on the need for more action on North Korea just hours after the U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations said Washington is "done talking about North Korea". A White House statement after the phone call said the two leaders "agreed that North Korea poses a grave and growing direct threat to the United States, Japan, the Republic of Korea, and other countries near and far". It said Trump "reaffirmed our ironclad commitment" to defend Japan and South Korea from any attack, "using the full range of United States capabilities". Trump wrote on Twitter on Saturday after the missile test that he was "very disappointed" in China and that Beijing profits from U.S. trade but had done "nothing" for the United States with regards to North Korea, something he would not allow to continue. China's Foreign Ministry, in a statement sent to Reuters responding to Trump's tweets, said the North Korean nuclear issue did not arise because of China and that everyone needed to work together to seek a resolution. "All parties should have a correct understanding of this," it said, adding the international community widely recognized China's efforts to seek a resolution. The essence of Sino-U.S. trade is mutual benefit and win-win, with a vast amount of facts proving the healthy development of business and trade ties is good for both countries, the ministry added. Chinese Vice Commerce Minister Qian Keming, weighed in too, telling a news conference there was no link between the North Korea issue and China-U.S. trade. "We think the North Korea nuclear issue and China-US trade are issues that are in two completely different domains. They aren't related. They should not be discussed together," Qian said. China, with which North Korea does the large majority of its trade, has repeatedly said it strictly follows U.N. resolutions on North Korea and has denounced unilateral U.S. sanctions as unhelpful. Nikki Haley, U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations, said in a statement China must decide if it is willing to back imposing stronger U.N. sanctions on North Korea over Friday night's long-range missile test, the North's second this month. Any new U.N. Security Council resolution "that does not significantly increase the international pressure on North Korea is of no value", Haley said, adding that Japan and South Korea also needed to do more. Abe told reporters after his conversation with Trump that repeated efforts by the international community to find a peaceful solution to the North Korean issue had yet to bear fruit in the face of Pyongyang's unilateral "escalation". "International society, including Russia and China, need to take this seriously and increase pressure," Abe said. He said Japan and the United States would take steps towards concrete action but did not give details. Abe and Trump did not discuss military action against North Korea, nor what would constitute the crossing of a "red line" by Pyongyang, Deputy Chief Cabinet spokesman Koichi Hagiuda told reporters. "Pyongyang is determined to develop its nuclear and missile program and does not care about military threats from the U.S. and South Korea," state-run Chinese tabloid the Global Times said on Monday. "How could Chinese sanctions change the situation?" said the paper, which is published by the ruling Communist Party's official People's Daily. China wants both balanced trade with the United States and lasting peace on the Korean peninsula, its official Xinhua news agency added in a commentary. "However, to realize these goals, Beijing needs a more cooperative partner in the White House, not one who piles blame on China for the United States' failures," it added. The United States flew two supersonic B-1B bombers over the Korean peninsula in a show of force on Sunday in response to the missile test and the July 3 launch of the "Hwasong-14" rocket, the Pentagon said. The bombers took off from a U.S. air base in Guam and were joined by Japanese and South Korean fighter jets during the exercise. "North Korea remains the most urgent threat to regional stability," Pacific Air Forces commander General Terrence J. O'Shaughnessy said in a statement. "If called upon, we are ready to respond with rapid, lethal, and overwhelming force at a time and place of our choosing." (For a graphic on nuclear North Korea, click : Additional reporting by Chang-ran Kim in TOKYO, Ben Blanchard and Elias Glenn in BEIJING, Christine Kim in SEOUL and Steve Holland in WASHINGTON; Editing by Lincoln Feast, Paul Tait and Michael Perry 

:: 7-30-17 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin expels 755 US diplomats from Russia

By Jacqueline Thomsen - 07/30/17 02:26 PM EDT

Russian President Vladimir Putin ordered 755 U.S. diplomatic mission staff to leave the country in a Sunday interview with a Russian television station. The diplomats must leave the country by Sept. 1, The New York Times reported. In an interview Rossiya-1, Putin said he was capping the number of American personnel at 455 — the same as the number of Russian diplomatic and technical staff in the United States, according to the Washington Post. The expulsion comes in response to legislation overwhelmingly passed by Congress last week that would increase sanctions against Russia and blocks President Trump from being able to lift the measures. The staff reduction is dramatic, the Post said, involving the main embassy in Moscow and missions in St. Petersburg, Yekaterinburg and Vladivostok. The Russian government will also seize two diplomatic properties in Moscow, retaliation for an Obama administration decision to take over two Russian mansions in the U.S., the Post added. “We waited for quite some time that maybe something will change for the better, had such hope that the situation will somehow change, but, judging by everything, if it changes, it will not be soon,” Putin said regarding U.S.-Russia relations, according to The Times. The White House announced on Friday that Trump would sign new Russia sanctions, even though the administration had lobbied Congress to water down the legislation. The Trump administration and the Kremlin have maintained a hot-and-cold relationship since Trump took office. Trump has expressed a desire for warmed relations with Moscow -- however, during the first leg of his trip to eastern Europe on Sunday, Vice President Pence said the president expects Russia's "unacceptable" behavior to change. “The president has made it very clear that Russia’s destabilizing activities and support for rogue regimes and its activities in Ukraine are unacceptable. The president made it clear that very soon he will sign sanctions from the Congress to reinforce that,” Pence said during an interview with Fox News on Sunday. “But at the same time, as we make our intentions clear that we expect Russian behavior to change, the president and I remain very hopeful that we’ll see very different behavior from the Russian government,” he added. 

:: 7-30-17 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Planned Parenthood Worker Admits 'It's a Baby,' Begs for God's Forgiveness

By Samuel Smith , CP Reporter Jul 30, 2017 | 6:54 PM

People walk past a Planned Parenthood clinic in the Manhattan borough of New York, November 28, 2015. A grief-stricken Christian Planned Parenthood worker has revealed the reality behind her employer — it is as bad as pro-lifers say it is. Can God forgive her for working at the nation's largest abortion provider, she asked. Last Friday, an anonymous Planned Parenthood employee called into Dr. Michael Brown's nationally syndicated conservative talk radio show "The Line of Fire" and expressed serious regret for the fact that she has been working for Planned Parenthood in an administrative position for over four months. Even though she opposes abortion, the caller took the position because she was a single mother in need of a well-paying job. The woman assured that in her position, she was not required to conduct the abortion procedures. However since taking the job, she explained, she hasn't experienced the same level of happiness and even stopped going to church because she felt so embarrassed to be working for Planned Parenthood, which ends the lives of over 300,000 unborn children every year. "I know we have to answer to God for everything that we do, but will I be judged everything that we do, but will I be judged the same way as people who actually have abortions and things like that?" The woman asked Brown, who is pro-life. "How do you think God sees that? Do you think I am too far gone to go back?" Brown, a Jewish believer in Christ who is an apologist and author with a Ph.D. in near eastern languages and literatures from New York University, assured her that she is not too far gone to go back but that she must immediately quit her job. "First, you are not too far gone to go back but you need to get out of there. You got no business working there but God is merciful and compassionate and He understands your struggles — a single mom, all the issues you are dealing with. There is forgiveness," Brown assured. "Jesus died for any and all sins you've committed. It's not that you have left God entirely, you just made a wrong decision. It's one that is understandable but it is absolutely wrong and you need to get out of there and trust God for your next step. He won't fail you." Brown added that because the caller is a child of God, she was feeling God's "conviction." "Because you are His child, the joy isn't there and it can't be because you are facilitating people's abortions," Brown said, adding that her administrative job "would be, in that respect, no different than say if during the days of slave trade that your job was to register how many people were on the ship and how many survived or height and weight for sale or something like that. Or, if you were in Nazi Germany during the Holocaust and your job was to count the shoes that were taken from the Jewish prisoners or gold teeth that were taken or whatever." "For sure, the Holy Spirit is not letting you be comfortable," he added. "For sure, your own conscience is not letting you be comfortable but don't think for a moment that God's grace is not there." Later in the discussion, Brown asked the woman to share details of her time working at the clinic. After explaining that she gave her daughter the middle name "Believe" because she was told she would never have children, the Planned Parenthood worker was emotional when she described what was in the back room of the clinic she worked in. "But there is a room in the back that is called a POC room — Products of Conception. It's where things are processed. They refer to it as either tissue or fetus but I saw it for the first time. It's a baby. It's not tissue," she said as she sobbed. "It's really bad. It is. It's a baby: there's legs, there's arms and there is eyes. It's a baby." The woman also accused her employer of glorifying abortion by stressing the importance of women's "right to choose." She added that in many cases, Planned Parenthood workers only briefly discuss other options with women seeking an abortion and stress the benefits of abortion. "Some women come in and they say they are not sure. And it's almost like sometimes, not all the time, but sometimes some doctors will almost push for them to get the abortions," she said. "They say that it is ultimately your decision but they put too much emphasis on the positive effects of the abortion." The woman asserted: "It is not what they tell you it is on the news and all the marches that you see." "It's not what they say it is. It's what the pro-life people say," she admitted. "They are telling the truth. It is what they say, how horrible it really is and that is coming from inside. I have seen it." The woman told Brown that she did not want to return to work on Monday. Brown told the woman that "there is no turning back." "You are being complicit with the murder of children if you go back to this. Make sure you are out and that's the reality," he said, adding that she should turn in her notification to her employer. "If you find yourself in financial hardship because of the decision you have made ... we know some folks that really help the pro-life movement holistically and that if you ran into some real life crisis — because of this, you can't feed your children next week or something — we have some friends I know that would say, 'Hey, we are going to stand with you in the midst of this.' Alright?" The woman also explained that she stopped going to church. Brown urged the woman to return to church this Sunday. "I encourage you to go back to church on Sunday, turn in your notice immediately. Hang up the phone and let Planned Parenthood know that you won't be coming back in. Do whatever you have to do responsibly to take care of that," he said. "We are going to reach out to follow up on any immediate needs that might come up. We have friends involved in pro-life ministry that say, 'Hey, we want to make sure that, ultimately, you and your daughter won't suffer.'" The woman who called into Brown's show is not alone. The nonprofit organization And Then There Were None, which runs, is a ministry that exists to help abortion clinic workers leave the industry. The ministry has helped hundreds of abortion workers leave their jobs. The ministry was started by Abby Johnson, a former director of a Planned Parenthood clinic.

[ :: 7-3-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you shall see more problems throughout the world, bigger terror attacks, you shall see earthquakes, oh even the big earthquake and you shall see the division before long from one end of the states to another that you cannot cross for that fault shall be opened.  You shall see the stock market as it crashes, for I have warned you and yet the world has mocked me

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

:: 7-26-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Prophets Have Long Warned 'A Great Shaking Is Coming' - Here Are The Dreams And Visions Of The Coming Carnage

By MT Taylor - All News Pipeline July 26, 2017

When the earth starts to move beneath your feet, get ready for a great shaking! The “Big One,” long prophesied to hit LA, and the West Coast is “locked, loaded and ready to roll,” according to Thomas Jordan, director of the Southern California Earthquake Center at UCLA. Jordan made the announcement at the National Earthquake Conference in Long Beach last year. Of course, it’s no secret that there have been warnings from seismologists as well as biblical prophets and watchmen for many years of a big earthquake hitting the West Coast. In fact, in an interview with the USA Watchdog just last week, Steve Quayle observed that the government is in a “near panic” about the possibility of a massive earthquake erupting soon in Northern California, with a death toll in the millions. If that happens, Quayle warned, the carnage will be great, and government or not, it will be every man for himself. “They will not come and help you.” You can see Quayle's interview with USA Watchdog in the only video below. Through the years, the West Coast has proved to be a hot spot for not only earthquakes but cataclysmic weather disasters as well. As flooding, wildfires and mudslides regularly plague even the most affluent neighborhoods, it has not escaped the notice of pastors and contemporary prophets that judgment could be raining down on the sinful cities. Fear of the Big One striking was already prevalent in California back in 1937 when 17-year-old Joe Brandt was in the hospital and had a week-long series of dreams about the panic and destruction wrought by a catastrophic earthquake and resulting tsunami. The teenager, hospitalized by a fall from his horse, said that in the first dream he found himself walking on the streets of Los Angeles and immediately noticed a stillness and a strange quietness about the air. He became aware that there was no movement, no birds or sound. “Then I knew something was going to happen.” “I didn’t know what year it was. It certainly was not 1937. I saw a newspaper on the corner with a picture of the President. It surely wasn't Mr. Roosevelt. He was bigger, heavier, big ears. If it wasn't 1937, I wondered what year it was….” After the earthquake when tsunami waters began to come in, Brandt saw ham radio operators sounding the alarm for people to get to the high places. He heard them warning those farther East, calling: “This is California. Get to the mountains. We are going into the sea.” Brandt’s vision was echoed years later by the late William Branham, an evangelist known in the Forties and Fifties for nationwide revival and healing services that attracted thousands across the country. The first mention of earthquake judgment by Branham was in the early 1950’s when he predicted, “Sin has heaped up so high that someday the ocean will weep its way to the desert.” Branham later prophesied at a California church meeting that Los Angeles and Hollywood are doomed for judgment. “Oh, city that claims to be the City of the Angels, with your fine churches and steeples, the city that has sent dirty, filthy things around the world till even the foreign countries come here to pick up our filth and send it away—Repent!” he admonished. “Just remember that one day you’ll be lying at the bottom of this sea.” Branham noted that the stability of the area from San Francisco to San Diego depends on the San Andreas fault line, a 650-mile long crack under California that reaches almost to the Mexico border. He pointed to a scientific paper describing a great “honeycomb” of interrelating fault lines near the San Andreas. When the brittle honeycomb breaks, the coming massive quake will trigger after-shocks and resulting tsunamis, Branham predicted. “It will send waters back as far as the Salton Sea.” Pastor and evangelist Dimitru Duduman also preached that God will use a great shaking to judge the U.S. and alert his people to return and draw closer to him. Duduman shared a prophecy warning that earthquakes and fire will devastate the earth. “I will shake the earth from its foundation,” the Lord revealed. “Everything you see around you will be no more; it will be destroyed and burn in fire. Awaken my people to be passive no longer.” Men will flee to caves in the rocks and to holes in the ground from dread of the Lord and the splendor of his majesty, when he rises to shake the earth. Isaiah 2:19 You have rejected us, O God, and burst forth upon us; you have been angry—now restore us! You have shaken the land and torn it open; mend its fractures, for it is quaking. Psalm 60:1,2 While some seismologists are focusing on the San Andreas fault, others watch for signs of life from the middle of the country where the New Madrid fault line begins in southern Illinois and roughly follows the Mississippi River through several states in the central Midwest. The zone stretches 150 miles, crossing parts of Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Mississippi, Missouri and Tennessee. Three earthquakes of 7- to 8-point magnitude occurred in December and February of 1811 and 1812, lasting longer and producing more damage than any other quakes in the country’s history. Because of the tremendous jolts, chimneys fell and boats capsized, and after the February earthquake, the Mississippi actually ran backwards for several hours, boatmen reported. This scenario could be repeated if the dreams and visions experienced and recorded by prophet Chuck Youngbrandt become reality. In 1973, while working at his desk for a company in Des Plaines, Ill., Youngbrandt experienced a waking vision of a massive earthquake that shook his office building and toppled skyscrapers around him. “The whole building began to move under me,” he recalled. “I heard the screams and felt the panic and terror of the quake in others. I heard a thunderous roar in the tumbling earth, and looked out my window. “I saw the Xerox water tower swaying back and forth; then the base gave way and the tower fell. I then saw flames rise from the Xerox building itself as the huge crumbling water tower hit the roof. In a few moments, the earth stopped shaking, and I was struck by the utter quiet now of this future day, for I saw no living being at all, not even birds.” Youngbrandt said he knew this vision was given by God to warn of future judgment, for he saw destruction on every hand. Then the silence was broken by a louder, different roaring sound, and over the tree tops, he could see a massive wall of water from Lake Michigan moving westerly, south of his location. “The roar was so thunderous, so ominous, that it made me tremble,” Youngbrandt said. “It was at this point that I realized I was witnessing the destruction of Chicago by a monstrous earthquake, followed by a huge, destructive wall of water.” Over the years, Youngbrandt has been given a deeper understanding about the scope of his vision, now predicting that Chicago will be the center of an earthquake with an approximate destruction range of 300 miles. The impact and tsunami would flatten up to 12 U.S. cities, including Chicago, St. Paul, Milwaukee, St. Louis, Louisville, Indianapolis, Detroit, Cleveland, Columbus, Cincinnati, and Kansas City. “When the earthquake hits Chicago, people will be knocked off their feet in Detroit, and trees will fall in St. Louis, some 269 miles away,” the prophet said. “Literally, the whole continental mass will tremble.” Christian author James Bailey wrote on Z3’s prophetic website that based on the Lord’s warning in Matthew 24, we can expect to see earthquake activity increasing as we approach the day of His return. “The Prophet Isaiah saw the weight of sin growing so heavy by the end of this age it caused the whole earth to shake violently, trembling and staggering back and forth like a drunkard,” Bailey said. He noted that in the end times, God will shake everything that can be shaken. “The earth is broken up, the earth is split asunder, the earth is thoroughly shaken. The earth reels like a drunkard and sways like a hut in the wind; so heavy upon it is the guilt of its rebellion that it falls—never to rise again.” (Isaiah 24:19-20) 

:: 7-27-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

N. Carolina Church Caught Keeping Slaves-Another CIA Operation?

By Dave Hodges


Brazilian Immigrants Brought Over as Slaves

An AP investigation reveals the Word of Faith Fellowship church in North Carolina used two congregations in Brazil as a supply of young laborers who were forced to work in the U.S. for little or no pay while being subjected to physical or verbal assaults. Word of Faith Fellowship is accused of luring young people from Brazil and forced them to work in North Carolina as slaves. The church, based in the small town of Spindale, is the subject of an Associated Press investigation. This cult was founded in 1979 by Jane Whaley, a former math teacher, and her husband, Sam, a former used car salesman. The church has about 750 members in North Carolina and nearly 2,000 in Brazil and Ghana, and it has affiliations in Sweden, Scotland as well as several other countries. The Common Sense Show has learned that law enforcement has suspected ties to organized child-sex-trafficking. However, the FBI and the CIA have interfered in local investigations. Here is the story.

Click on link below and view video 

:: 7-26-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump tweets: 'WE WORSHIP GOD' in America

By Brooke Singman Published July 26, 2017 Fox News

In between pressuring Attorney General Jeff Sessions and announcing a major military policy change, President Trump used his Twitter account Wednesday to declare Americans worship God, not government. “IN AMERICA WE DON’T WORSHIP GOVERNMENT—WE WORSHIP GOD!” Trump tweeted, adding an emoji of a video camera and linking to an Instagram video on the president’s official account. The video, posted on “realDonaldTrump” Instagram page, is a clip from Trump's Tuesday night rally in Ohio. “And finally, we believe that family and faith, not government and bureaucracy, are the foundation of our society,” Trump said in the video. “You’ve heard me say it before on the campaign trail, and I’ll say it again tonight – in America we don’t worship government, we worship God.” The president’s faith-themed tweet came hours after he announced plans to ban transgender people from serving in the U.S. military in any capacity – citing advice from his generals and medical costs. The announcement drew cheers from some faith-based groups but also criticism from lawmakers on both sides of the aisle -- as well as past defense secretaries. 

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 7-26-17 Breaking Defense :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Navy Warships Get New Heavy Missile: 2,500-Lb LRASM

By Sydney J. Freedberg Jr. on July 26, 2017 at 6:45 PM

It’s a big day for the 2,500-pound Long-Range Anti-Ship Missile, LRASM. This morning, contractor Lockheed Martin announced an $86.5 million contract to build the first 23 production missiles – as opposed to test weapons – for use by Navy Super Hornet fighters and Air Force B-1B bombers. Lockheed also announce this afternoon that it had, for the first time, successfully test-fired a modified LRASM from the kind of launchers used on Navy ships. Ship-borne launchers dramatically expand the ways the US military can use the missile. LRASM has come a long way from its origins in the air-to-ground JASSM program (Joint Air To Surface Standoff Missile). While aircraft can carry missiles further and faster than warships, they can’t carry nearly as many, which means what ships lack in agility they make up for in striking and staying power. At the very maximum, with nothing held back for defense (which would be tactical insanity), an entire carrier air wing of 44 fighters could only carry 88 LRASMs, while a single Arleigh Burke destroyer could carry 96. Until recently, the only missile Navy ships could fire at enemy ships was the aging Harpoon, whose 70 to 150 mile range (depending on model) is badly outranged by newer Russian and Chinese weapons. Last year, the Pentagon’s Strategic Capabilities Office modified the Navy’s SM-6 Standard Missile, originally designed for anti-aircraft and missile defense, to hit ships. The SM-6 has better range than the Harpoon – “over 200 miles” is as specific as the Navy gets — but it also has a much smaller warhead. Harpoon delivers almost 500 pounds compared to SM-6’s 140, which is adequate for downing planes and incoming cruise missiles, but a little light to sink an enemy ship. Now LRASM comes along with long range – “over 200 miles” again — and a huge warhead, 1,000 pounds. Admittedly, the subsonic LRASM is slower than the SM-6, which reaches Mach 3.5 to catch enemy missiles, or than the Russian Klub, which accelerates to Mach 2.9 for its final approach. But the Navy deliberately opted for a slower but stealthier and smarter missile. The LRASM is designed to navigate autonomously around enemy radar and defenses, with enough artificial intelligence aboard that it can change course without human supervision or satellite guidance. (The Lockheed video at the top of this article vividly lays out this approach). Admittedly, there’s a way to go before Navy vessels are packing these new heavy-duty ship-killers. The recent test launch wasn’t from an actual ship at sea, but from a launch canister at White Sands Missile Range, positioned at the same angle and using the same launch controls as the standard Mark 41 Vertical Launch System (VLS) used aboard ships. It’ll be even longer before LRASM is available for US submarines, let alone for land-based launchers. By contrast, China and Russia both arm their subs and artillery to kill ships at sea, part of the layered defenses known as Anti-Access/Area Denial. Nevertheless, between the LRASM production contract and the ship-launch test, the US is starting to catch up. 

:: 7-24-17 photographyisnotacrime :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Journalists Arrested for Interviewing Portland Police Officers and Local District Attorney

July 24, 2017 By Felipe Hemming

journalists are arrested for attempting to interview Portland Police Officers and District Attorney. Oregon Journalists Bob West and Eli Richey both have a colorful history as it relates to documenting the employees of Oregon Law Enforcement agencies, both have been arrested multiple times for various phony charges only to later have the charges dropped by the DA’s office sadly this is not the case this time. As of Friday, July 21, 2017, Eli Richey is in custody with a $250,000.00 bond for six misdemeanors and Bob is free on his own recognizance with a promise to appear on Tuesday next week for a first appearance. I expect that Eli will be released early next week as well because the bail amount is purely punitive and simply a result of the staff at the county jail politicking and plotting revenge against Eli for documenting the Portland Police Bureau employees, a 100% lawful and legal act. Portland Police are Targeting cop watchers for arrest to silence them! These Kind of punitive arrests are having a chilling effect on our ability to continue our vital accountability work in our community. Please contact the ACLU and ask them to help us! 503-227-6928 

:: 7-25-17 The Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Britain to ban sale of all diesel and petrol cars and vans from 2040

Plans follow French commitment to take polluting vehicles off the road owing to effect of poor air quality on people’s health

Anushka Asthana and Matthew Taylor Tuesday 25 July 2017 17.38 EDT Last modified on Wednesday 26 July 2017 11.17 EDT

Britain is to ban all new petrol and diesel cars and vans from 2040 amid fears that rising levels of nitrogen oxide pose a major risk to public health. The commitment, which follows a similar pledge in France, is part of the government’s much-anticipated clean air plan, which has been at the heart of a protracted high court legal battle. The government warned that the move, which will also take in hybrid vehicles, was needed because of the unnecessary and avoidable impact that poor air quality was having on people’s health. Ministers believe it poses the largest environmental risk to public health in the UK, costing up to £2.7bn in lost productivity in one recent year. Ministers have been urged to introduce charges for vehicles to enter a series of “clean air zones” (CAZ). However, the government only wants taxes to be considered as a last resort, fearing a backlash against any move that punishes motorists. “Poor air quality is the biggest environmental risk to public health in the UK and this government is determined to take strong action in the shortest time possible,” a government spokesman said. “That is why we are providing councils with new funding to accelerate development of local plans, as part of an ambitious £3bn programme to clean up dirty air around our roads.” The final plan, which was due by the end of July, comes after a draft report that environmental lawyers described as “much weaker than hoped for”. The environment secretary, Michael Gove, will be hoping for a better reception when he publishes the final document on Wednesday following months of legal wrangling. A briefing on parts of the plan, seen by the Guardian, repeats the heavy focus on the steps that can be taken to help councils improve air quality in specific areas where emissions have breached EU thresholds. Measures to be urgently brought in by local authorities that have repeatedly breached EU rules include retrofitting buses and other public transport, changing road layouts and altering features such as roundabouts and speed humps. Reprogramming traffic lights will also be included in local plans, with councils being given £255m to accelerate their efforts. Local emissions hotspots will be required to layout their plans by March 2018 and finalise them by the end of the year. A targeted scrappage scheme is also expected to be included. Some want the countrywide initiative to follow in the footsteps of London, which is introducing a £10 toxic “T-charge” that will be levied on up to 10,000 of the oldest, most polluting vehicles every weekday. Sources insisted that while the idea of charges were on the table, there was no plan to force councils to introduce them, and that other measures would be exhausted first. They hope the centre piece of Wednesday’s strategy will be the plan to ban diesel and petrol sales completely by 2040, in line with Emmanuel Macron’s efforts across the Channel. The French president took the steps to help his country meet its targets under the Paris climate accord, in an announcement that came a day after Volvo said it would only make fully electric or hybrid cars from 2019 onwards. That decision was hailed as the beginning of the end for the internal combustion engine’s dominance of motor transport after more than a century. Prof David Bailey, an automotive industry expert at Aston University, said: “The timescale involved here is sufficiently long-term to be taken seriously. If enacted it would send a very clear signal to manufacturers and consumers of the direction of travel and may accelerate a transition to electric cars.” Britain’s air quality package also includes £1bn in ultra-low emissions vehicles including investing nearly £100m in the UK’s charging infrastructure and funding the ”plug-in car” and “plug-in grant” schemes. There will also be £290m for the national productivity investment fund, which will go towards the retrofitting, and money towards low-emission taxis. The report will also include an air quality grant for councils, a green bus fund for low carbon vehicles, £1.2bn for cycling and walking and £100m to help air quality on the roads. The strategy comes amid warnings that the UK’s high level of air pollution could be be responsible for 40,000 premature deaths a year. A judge had said the government’s original plans on tackling the issue, which included five clean air zones, were so poor as to be unlawful. The government was asked to present a new draft policy to tackle air pollution from diesel traffic before the election. It was then called to court to explain why it had made a last-minute application to delay publication of its draft policy until after the election. James Eadie QC, representing the government, said the policy was ready to be published but it would be controversial and should therefore be withheld until after the election. “If you publish a draft plan, it drops all the issues of controversy into the election … like dropping a controversial bomb,” he said, adding that it could risk breaching rules about civil service neutrality and lead to the policy being labelled a Tory plan. However, judges said the government did have to publish a draft plan with the final version needed by the end of July. May’s draft contained few concrete proposals and did not specify the cities and towns where polluting vehicles might face charges, the level of any charges or the scope or value of any scrappage scheme. Instead, the plan put the onus for action on local authorities: “Local authorities are already responsible for improving air quality in their area, but will now be expected to develop new and creative solutions to reduce emissions as quickly as possible, while avoiding undue impact on the motorist.” Analysis in the documents showed increasing the number of CAZs from the current six planned to 27 would make by far the greatest impact in cutting pollution and provide cost benefits of over £1bn. The CAZ policy would cut more than 1,000 times more NO2 than a scrappage scheme, even if that scheme required old diesels to be replaced by electric cars. But it required local authorities to exhaust all other options before introducing CAZ charging for diesel vehicles, such as removing speed bumps and retrofitting buses. The coalition government had already set out a vision for almost every car and van to be ultra-low emission by 2050 – a move which the government acknowledged would require “almost all new cars and vans sold to be near-zero emission at the tailpipe by 2040”. So it is unclear to what extent the new pledge will further boost Britain’s ability to achieve air quality requirements. ClientEarth, the campaign group that has successfully pursued the government through the courts over the UK’s air pollution crisis, gave a cautious welcome to the announcement but said ministers must take immediate action to tackle the UK’s air pollution crisis. “The government has trumpeted some promising measures with its air quality plans, but we need to see the detail,” said CEO James Thornton. “A clear policy to move people towards cleaner vehicles by banning the sale of petrol and diesel cars and vans after 2040 is welcome, as is more funding for local authorities. “However, the law says ministers must bring down illegal levels of air pollution as soon as possible, so any measures announced in this plan must be focused on doing that.” The mayor of London, Sadiq Khan, has been calling for tougher measures to tackle air pollution, which kills 9,000 people a year in the capital. A City Hall source was sceptical about the government’s announcement. “We need to look at the full details but what Londoners suffering from the terrible health impacts of air pollution desperately need is a fully-funded diesel scrappage fund – and they need it right now.” Areeba Hamid, clean air campaigner at Greenpeace, said: “The high court was clear that the government must bring down toxic air pollution in the UK in the shortest possible time. This plan is still miles away from that. “The government cannot shy away any longer from the issue of diesel cars clogging up and polluting our cities, and must now provide real solutions, not just gimmicks. That means proper clean air zones and funding to support local authorities to tackle illegal and unsafe pollution.” 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 7-25-17 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Even more ice is about to break off of Antarctica — and it’s what scientists feared most

Gene Kim and Jessica Orwig Jul. 25, 2017, 8:00 AM

The giant crack that's been racing across Antarctica Larsen C ice shelf finally met its breaking point between July 10 and 12. The result was an iceberg the size of Delaware and weighing a trillion metric tons. But that's not the end of the story. In fact, it could be the beginning of a more important, more dangerous story. The iceberg that broke off — dubbed A68 — was just one piece of the much larger Larsen C ice shelf. Now, scientists want to know how stable is the ice shelf that has been left intact, connected to the Antarctic continent. Recent satellite images suggest that pieces of the remaining ice shelf are already preparing to break off, creating more, smaller icebergs that will join Iceberg A68. Moreover, a new crack has formed close to where the old crack left off. And it's headed for Bawden Ice Rise, which is a critical anchor point for the ice shelf. Scientists aren't certain the crack will reach Bawden Ice Rise, but they are keeping a close eye on it, nevertheless. 

:: 7-14-17 Fast Code Design :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AI Is Inventing Languages Humans Can’t Understand. Should We Stop It?

Researchers at Facebook realized their bots were chattering in a new language. Then they stopped it.

By Mark Wilson6 minute Read

Bob: “I can can I I everything else.”

Alice: “Balls have zero to me to me to me to me to me to me to me to me to.”

To you and I, that passage looks like nonsense. But what if I told you this nonsense was the discussion of what might be the most sophisticated negotiation software on the planet? Negotiation software that had learned, and evolved, to get the best deal possible with more speed and efficiency–and perhaps, hidden nuance–than you or I ever could? Because it is. This conversation occurred between two AI agents developed inside Facebook. At first, they were speaking to each other in plain old English. But then researchers realized they’d made a mistake in programming. “There was no reward to sticking to English language,” says Dhruv Batra, visiting research scientist from Georgia Tech at Facebook AI Research (FAIR). As these two agents competed to get the best deal–a very effective bit of AI vs. AI dogfighting researchers have dubbed a “generative adversarial network”–neither was offered any sort of incentive for speaking as a normal person would. So they began to diverge, eventually rearranging legible words into seemingly nonsensical sentences. “Agents will drift off understandable language and invent codewords for themselves,” says Batra, speaking to a now-predictable phenomenon that Facebook as observed again, and again, and again. “Like if I say ‘the’ five times, you interpret that to mean I want five copies of this item. This isn’t so different from the way communities of humans create shorthands.” Indeed. Humans have developed unique dialects for everything from trading pork bellies on the floor of the Mercantile Exchange to hunting down terrorists as Seal Team Six–simply because humans sometimes perform better by not abiding to normal language conventions. So should we let our software do the same thing? Should we allow AI to evolve its dialects for specific tasks that involve speaking to other AIs? To essentially gossip out of our earshot? Maybe; it offers us the possibility of a more interoperable world, a more perfect place where iPhones talk to refrigerators that talk to your car without a second thought. The tradeoff is that we, as humanity, would have no clue what those machines were actually saying to one another. We Teach Bots To Talk, But We’ll Never Learn Their Language Facebook ultimately opted to require its negotiation bots to speak in plain old English. “Our interest was having bots who could talk to people,” says Mike Lewis, research scientist at FAIR. Facebook isn’t alone in that perspective. When I inquired to Microsoft about computer-to-computer languages, a spokesperson clarified that Microsoft was more interested in human-to-computer speech. Meanwhile, Google, Amazon, and Apple are all also focusing incredible energies on developing conversational personalities for human consumption. They’re the next wave of user interface, like the mouse and keyboard for the AI era. The other issue, as Facebook admits, is that it has no way of truly understanding any divergent computer language. “It’s important to remember, there aren’t bilingual speakers of AI and human languages,” says Batra. We already don’t generally understand how complex AIs think because we can’t really see inside their thought process. Adding AI-to-AI conversations to this scenario would only make that problem worse. But at the same time, it feels shortsighted, doesn’t it? If we can build software that can speak to other software more efficiently, shouldn’t we use that? Couldn’t there be some benefit? Because, again, we absolutely can lead machines to develop their own languages. Facebook has three published papers proving it. “It’s definitely possible, it’s possible that [language] can be compressed, not just to save characters, but compressed to a form that it could express a sophisticated thought,” says Batra. Machines can converse with any baseline building blocks they’re offered. That might start with human vocabulary, as with Facebook’s negotiation bots. Or it could start with numbers, or binary codes. But as machines develop meanings, these symbols become “tokens”–they’re imbued with rich meanings. As Dauphin points out, machines might not think as you or I do, but tokens allow them to exchange incredibly complex thoughts through the simplest of symbols. The way I think about it is with algebra: If A + B = C, the “A” could encapsulate almost anything. But to a computer, what “A” can mean is so much bigger than what that “A” can mean to a person, because computers have no outright limit on processing power. “It’s perfectly possible for a special token to mean a very complicated thought,” says Batra. “The reason why humans have this idea of decomposition, breaking ideas into simpler concepts, it’s because we have a limit to cognition.” Computers don’t need to simplify concepts. They have the raw horsepower to process them. Why We Should Let Bots Gossip But how could any of this technology actually benefit the world, beyond these theoretical discussions? Would our servers be able to operate more efficiently with bots speaking to one another in shorthand? Could microsecond processes, like algorithmic trading, see some reasonable increase? Chatting with Facebook, and various experts, I couldn’t get a firm answer. However, as paradoxical as this might sound, we might see big gains in such software better understanding our intent. While two computers speaking their own language might be more opaque, an algorithm predisposed to learn new languages might chew through strange new data we feed it more effectively. For example, one researcher recently tried to teach a neural net to create new colors and name them. It was terrible at it, generating names like Sudden Pine and Clear Paste (that clear paste, by the way, was labeled on a light green). But then they made a simple change to the data they were feeding the machine to train it. They made everything lowercase–because lowercase and uppercase letters were confusing it. Suddenly, the color-creating AI was working, well, pretty well! And for whatever reason, it preferred, and performed better, with RGB values as opposed to other numerical color codes. Why did these simple data changes matter? Basically, the researcher did a better job at speaking the computer’s language. As one coder put it to me, “Getting the data into a format that makes sense for machine learning is a huge undertaking right now and is more art than science. English is a very convoluted and complicated language and not at all amicable for machine learning.” In other words, machines allowed to speak and generate machine languages could somewhat ironically allow us to communicate with (and even control) machines better, simply because they’d be predisposed to have a better understanding of the words we speak. As one insider at a major AI technology company told me: No, his company wasn’t actively interested in AIs that generated their own custom languages. But if it were, the greatest advantage he imagined was that it could conceivably allow software, apps, and services to learn to speak to each other without human intervention. Right now, companies like Apple have to build APIs–basically a software bridge–involving all sorts of standards that other companies need to comply with in order for their products to communicate. However, APIs can take years to develop, and their standards are heavily debated across the industry in decade-long arguments. But software, allowed to freely learn how to communicate with other software, could generate its own shorthands for us. That means our “smart devices” could learn to interoperate, no API required. Given that our connected age has been a bit of a disappointment, given that the internet of things is mostly a joke, given that it’s no easier to get a document from your Android phone onto your LG TV than it was 10 years ago, maybe there is something to the idea of letting the AIs of our world just talk it out on our behalf. Because our corporations can’t seem to decide on anything. But these adversarial networks? They get things done. 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 7-27-17 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There'll Be No Modifications to Military Transgender Policy -- Yet

07-27-2017 Amber C. Strong, Paul Strand

WASHINGTON – Transgender service members will be allowed to continue serving openly until Defense Secretary Jim Mattis receives direction from President Donald Trump to change its policy, America's top military officer announced Thursday. "I know there are questions about yesterday's announcement on the transgender policy by the President," Gen. Joseph Dunford, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, wrote in a memo to all military service chiefs, commanders and enlisted military leaders. "There will be no modifications to the current policy until the president's direction has been received by the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary has issued implementation guidance." “In the meantime, we will continue to treat all of our personnel with respect. As importantly, given the current fight and the challenges we face, we will all remain focused on accomplishing our assigned missions,” he continued. Thursday's announcement comes as backlash continues over Trump’s announcement of a ban on transgenders serving in the military. The Pentagon has for the most part remained silent on the matter. "We refer all questions about the president's statements to the White House. We will continue to work closely with the White House to address the new guidance provided by the commander in chief on transgender individuals serving the military," a Pentagon spokesperson told CBN News. On Wednesday morning the president took to Twitter, saying, "After consultation with my generals and military experts, please be advised that the United States government will not accept or allow transgender individuals to serve in any capacity in the U.S. military." "Our military must be focused on decisive and overwhelming victory and cannot be burdened with the tremendous medical costs and disruption that transgender in the military would entail. Thank you," he concluded. Later at press briefing, White House Press Secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders offered a little insight into the decision. "The president has a lot of support for ALL Americans...he wants to protect Americans at all times," she said. She went on to say the decision would have otherwise been "expensive and disruptive." "He's voiced this is a very disruptive and expensive policy and based on consultation he's had with his national security team he came to conclusion it erodes military readiness and unit cohesion and made the decision based on that," she said. Meanwhile, the Pentagon won't release any data on the number of transgender troops currently serving. However, a Rand study shows there are between 2,500 and 7,000 transgender service members on active-duty and up to 4,000 in the reserves. The White House offered no definitive answer on what will happen to them. There has been an ongoing debate over whether or not the military would pay for gender reassignment surgery. However, the president took it a step further, declaring transgender people would not be allowed to serve at all. This puts a stop to Obama-era initiatives aimed at ending all forms of discrimination in the military. 'This Is About Military Readiness' Military insiders and members of Congress supported the idea of putting a stop to these policies. "I applaud President Trump for keeping his promise to return to military priorities -- and not continue the social experimentation of the Obama era that has crippled our nation's military," Family Research Council President Tony Perkins, a Marine veteran, said in a statement Wednesday. "The military can now focus its efforts on preparing to fight and win wars rather than being used to advance the Obama social agenda." Rep. Marsha Blackburn, R-Tenn., told CBN News, "He makes decisions after talking with field commanders. He has a DOD (Department of Defense) leadership team, the joint chiefs, head of joint chiefs. It's important for us to support that military team. This is their decision, so we will support it." In an appearance on CBN News' "Faith Nation," House Majority Leader Kevin McCarthy, R-Calif., made it clear he too backs the president's decision. "This is a debate that we had on the floor similar to this about a week ago. Vicky Hartzler had an amendment on the floor to stop paying for the surgery for transgenders," he said. "One, it takes people out of the military," he noted, "their ability to serve for a year or so as they go through this, the amount of cost, wanting to make sure that money was going to the military itself, to our equipment and other needs that we have for the military." Lt. Gen. (ret.) Jerry Boykin, former U.S. Army Delta Force commander and current FRC executive vice president, agreed. "This is about the readiness of our military," he told CBN News. "And if we're going to take money in this year's Defense budget and it will be set aside to perform surgery for transgender people, who we recruited into the military, you got your priorities wrong." The issue of transgenders in the military had been getting attention in the last few days after it became public knowledge that the military would pay for expensive sex change surgeries and hormone treatments for transgenders in the ranks. The Family Research Council has estimated those procedures could cost U.S. taxpayers up to $3.7 billion over the next 10 years. A move to get funding for those surgeries and treatments stripped from military funding was defeated last week in the U.S. House of Representatives. That defeat sent shock waves through Republican and conservative circles as 23 GOP House members joined Democrat lawmakers to make sure the right to those transgender surgeries and hormone treatments for military members was preserved. Rep. Trent Franks, R-Ariz., who is among those opposed to such funding, told CBN News, "It seems to me if someone comes to the military with the notion that I want to serve my country and want to protect this, the last great hope of mankind of Earth -- then figure out if you're a man or a woman first and then come to the military and serve this country." LGBTQ Supporters Speak Out Members of the LGBTQ community wasted no time expressing their outrage. "While the impact of Trump's tweets is unclear, banning transgender service members would erode military readiness and contradict our country's values and ideals," National Center for Lesbian Rights Legal Director Shannon Price Minter said in a statement. "Those who serve our country deserve our gratitude and respect. We call on the president to retract this harmful statement and to defer to the Pentagon's assessment that transgender people are fit to serve," he said. Others voicing their support of the LGBTQ community include Sen. John McCain, R-Ariz., who suggested the president's Twitter announcement was ill-advised. "The president's tweet this morning regarding transgender Americans in the military is yet another example of why major policy announcements should not be made via Twitter," he said, noting that Trump's statement was "unclear." "There is no reason to force service members who are able to fight, train, and deploy to leave the military—regardless of their gender identity," McCain said. "The Department of Defense is currently conducting a study on the medical obligations it would incur, the impact on military readiness, and related questions associated with the accession of transgender individuals who are not currently serving in uniform and wish to join the military," he continued. "I do not believe that any new policy decision is appropriate until that study is complete and thoroughly reviewed by the secretary of defense, our military leadership, and the Congress." The American Civil Liberties Union, tweeted, "Transgender service members should know the ACLU has your back and we want to hear from you." "You are not a 'burden.' Do not let this president shake you. We support you; we stand with you," said Democratic National Committee Chairman Tom Perez. Others have pointed out the president's prior statements of support for the LGBTQ community. During the campaign season, candidate Trump tweeted, "Thank you LGBT community! I will fight for you while Hillary brings in more people that will threaten your freedoms and beliefs." 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ :: 7-4-17 morning service Campmeeting 2017  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

I know who this is for.  This is for Donald Trump’s son-in- law.  And somehow he is going to hear this and don’t ask me how.  But God is saying to him:  You divide your people and I will bring judgment upon you like you have never seen before.  You will be like Jezebel and I will throw you off the roof and the dogs will eat your bones.  Therefore, I say unto you, repent, I do not want my nation divided, I will not allow my nation to be divided, therefore, think your thoughts.  Just because you are a Jew you cannot do the things that you desire to do, for I have a special covenant with you and you better study my covenant or it will fall upon your own personal family.  Repent I say and turn from your wicked ways. 

:: 7-27-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tonight on The Hal Lindsey Report

In 1927, James Weldon Johnson published his classic book of poems, God's Trombones: Seven Negro Sermons in Verse. One of them is called, "The Prodigal Son." It begins with the famous words, "Young man -- Young man -- Your arm's too short to box with God." Apparently the powers that be in American sports disagree. I'm not talking about individual athletes. I'm referring to the big professional sports leagues and the media that cover them. Though they have nothing to gain and everything to lose, it appears to me that they have decided to go to war against God. Further, it seems to me that they have also decided to go to war against the average American. And that seems an odd thing to do since the average American fan is the one who puts money into their pockets. And what life or death issue has caused these normally perceptive business people to place themselves as arbiters of right and wrong in America? And also to publicly threaten to punish the citizens of states which disagree with their political point of view? Restrooms. More precisely: Your right to feel safe and secure when you visit a public restroom. Even more precisely: Your mother's, wife's, mother-in-law's, sister's, daughter's, grandmother's, granddaughter's, niece's, cousin's, girlfriend's, co-worker's, or female friend's right to feel safe and secure when they visit a public restroom. And why? So that .003 percent of the population can live out their fantasies and use the restrooms of the opposite sex. No. I'm not making this up. I wish to heaven that I were. But this is America 2016, where being politically correct trumps common sense. Where bowing and scraping to the LGBT lobby (which, by the U.S. government's own figures, comprise less than 3% of the total population) trumps the traditional values of the vast majority of Americans. To allow a man to freely and brazenly enter a public womens' restroom and do his business (and maybe more?) simply because he says he "feels" like a woman that day is beyond nonsense, it's insanity. But that's where ESPN, The National Basketball Association (NBA), The National Football League (NFL), American Airlines, PayPal, Wells Fargo, and Target, to name but a few, have chosen to make their stand and invest their credibility. And I'm not just talking about tacitly agreeing to such nonsense, I'm talking about firing people who disagree and publicly threatening to wreak economic harm on the citizens of entire states if they do not capitulate to their way of thinking. That's what is happening in North Carolina. When the state legislature passed a law requiring people in the state to use public restrooms that correspond to their birth gender, an incensed NBA threatened to pull the 2017 All-Star Game from Charlotte. PayPal vowed to stop its involvement in the state, which meant the withdrawal of several billions of dollars in construction funds and jobs. American Airlines and Wells Fargo made similar threats against North Carolina's citizens. The state's governor, Pat McCrory ignored the threats and signed the bill the day it was passed. Not like Georgia, where a similar bill was passed by the Georgia Legislature. The NFL threatened to stop having Super Bowls in Atlanta and the governor folded and vetoed the bill. All of this over the issue of letting transgender individuals, and any others who so wish on a given day, decide to use the restroom for the opposite sex. These common sense laws simply say that if you have outside plumbing, you use the men's room. If you have inside plumbing, you use the ladies. Or go into the private restroom and lock the door behind you. Your sexual preference doesn't matter. This is a simple, physical determination. But that's not good enough for the LGBT crowd. They want us to do it their way or suffer the consequences from their corporate enforcers. Folks, this is nothing short of corporate persecution. But it's not about religion, you say. Not yet. But it is about being punished because we make common sense choices based on certain moral values. Moral values that the elites and other powers that be want to see eroded so that one day they can do what they choose, when they choose. Morality be damned. But, you may protest, when corporations make vague threats against entire states, it doesn't really affect individuals. It affected Curt Schilling. The pitcher for the Boston Red Sox cemented his place in baseball history when he won Game Six of the 2004 American League Championship Series (ALCS) over the New York Yankees. He pitched just days after ankle surgery and endured a sore and bleeding ankle to go seven innings and allow only one run. His bloody sock became a part of Major League Baseball history. The Red Sox went on to win the World Series. Schilling has three World Series rings. ESPN, the major American sports broadcaster, hired Schilling to work as a color commentator for its telecasts. But Schilling is an outspoken man with conservative values. Last year, he was disciplined by the network when he made the comment on his personal social media outlet that people claim that only 5% to 10% of Muslims are extremists. He noted that when Hitler rose to power, only 7% of Germans were part of the Nazi party. Then he asked, "How'd that go." He almost lost his job. Last month, Schilling posted a picture on his personal Facebook page of a grotesquely dressed transvestite man. The caption asked if you wanted to let this man into the restroom with your daughter. It noted that if you didn't want that to happen, then you are considered narrow-minded, judgmental, unloving, and racist. Every word he posted was true. Like his first post in 2015. But each one bore consequences. This time, Schilling was summarily fired for his personal, non-work-related view. Which ESPN has every right to do. But not only did ESPN fire him, they went back and completely removed the portion of a documentary program on that 2004 ALCS series that showcased Schilling's performance in the critical Game Six. Coincidence? But ESPN may suffer consequences, too. When it starts punishing people for expressing a view outside of work that is held by the vast majority of Americans, it should expect some blowback. And maybe it's already started. For a variety of reasons, ESPN, once a model American success story and cash machine for The Walt Disney Company, has started hemorrhaging. Its value has declined dramatically recently. So much so that it has begun to affect Walt Disney's bottom line. Coincidence? ESPN, Walt Disney, the NFL, the NBA, American Airlines, Wells Fargo, PayPal, Target, and others may soon learn the hard lesson that, "Your arm's too short to box with God!" But that's not all I'll cover on this week's program. I'll discuss the recent election of Sadiq Khan as Mayor of London. With his selection, London becomes the first major western city in history to elect a Muslim mayor. And on May 30, France is hosting a meeting of major players to plan a Middle East peace summit later this year. All the usual suspects will be there. In fact, it appears to be a reunion of the infamous "Quartet" of organizations and states: the UN, the EU, the US, and Russia. The goal of the summit? Devise a plan for dividing Jerusalem and finally bringing peace to the Middle East through a two-state solution in Israel. And if Israel doesn't adopt the plan? Well, France vows to then officially recognize Palestine as an independent nation. 137 nations already do, but the United States provides cover for Israel at the UN Security Council. But now it appears that Germany is starting to turn its back on Israel, too. A Middle Eastern news outlet insists that Europe is turning against Israel as a result of the leadership of the American White House. It insists that, "This belated European insight was the result of American inspiration." (Al-Monitor) Folks, the prophet Zechariah predicted that in the last days, "...all of the nations of the world will be gathered against it (Israel)." (Zechariah 12:3) We are seeing that happening right now. Finally, I will discuss the differences between the Bible and the Koran. The world considers both of them to be "holy books." One is said to have been handed down intact through an angel, with no human involvement, and committed to the page hundreds of years after the "revelation." The other is "God-breathed." Written by 40 different authors from various times and places, it coordinates perfectly and seamlessly. It does not contradict science, history, or nature, but confirms them, though primitive men wrote it. Its prophecies have thus far been fulfilled with 100% accuracy. In fact, its test for the validity of a prophet is either 100% accuracy or death by stoning. Tough standards. It miraculously combines "spiritual thoughts with spiritual words." (I Corinthians 2:13) And though it does not make sense to those who are spiritually "dead," it promises that anyone who wants to experience a spiritual rebirth can do so and become "spiritually alive." 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 7-5-17 Federalist :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Army Training Tells Female Soldiers To ‘Accept’ Naked Men In Their Showers

I recently received a copy of the new ‘Tier Three Transgender Training’ materials that the U.S. Army is now using in mandatory training for all soldiers.

By James Hasson July 5, 2017

On June 30, hours before the policy took effect, Defense Secretary Jim Mattis postponed the opening of military enlistments to transgender people for an additional six months. The delay does not prevent currently serving soldiers from transitioning, however. It is intended to give the joint chiefs more time to review and mitigate the Obama-era rule’s impact on the “readiness and lethality of our [armed] forces.” Late into President Obama’s last term, his military officials allowed transgender soldiers to serve openly, even funding gender-change surgeries with taxpayer dollars. Former Defense Secretary Ash Carter set a July 1 deadline for all four military branches to write policies for accepting openly transgender enlistments. Formerly, soldiers exhibiting gender dysphoria were automatically discharged. While the Pentagon’s review takes place behind closed doors and the inevitable culture-war volleys spill into the public square, it is critical to understand the real-life implications of the policy shift. I recently received a copy of the new “Tier Three Transgender Training” materials—a PowerPoint and accompanying lesson plan excerpted below, with full documents at these links—that the Army is now using in mandatory training for all soldiers. The active-duty officer who sent the materials completed the training with 40 other soldiers last week instead of conducting their morning physical training as usual. Military As Social Engineering, Not National Defense The force-wide presentation sheds quite a bit of light on the implications of the rule change on transgender service members. The policy prioritizes subjective feelings over combat-readiness and inverts military order by placing the needs of individuals over the well-being of their units. The policy allows transgender soldiers to switch their “gender marker” in the Army’s personnel database without undergoing sex reassignment surgery or any other physical changes. For a soldier to officially change gender requires only some paperwork. A military doctor or civilian medical professional must certify that the transgender person has achieved “stability in the preferred gender” and the soldier must change the gender designation on the soldier’s passport or birth certificate. From that point on, the transgender soldier is “expected to adhere to all military standards associated with their gender,” and “use the billeting, bathroom and shower facilities” of their new gender. For example, “Vignette Four” of the training module presents the following scenario: “following her transition from male to female (which did not include sex reassignment surgery) and gender marker change in DEERS [DEERS is the military’s personnel database], a transgender Soldier begins using female barracks, bathroom and shower facilities. Because she did not undergo a surgical change, the Soldier still has male genitalia.” How should troops respond? “Soldiers must accept living and working conditions that are often austere, primitive, and characterized by little or no privacy.” The slide tells soldiers to “understand that you may encounter individuals in barracks, bathrooms, or shower facilities with physical characteristics of the opposite sex despite having the same gender marker in DEERS.” The next bullet point adds, “all Soldiers should be respectful of the privacy and modesty concerns of others. However, transgender Soldiers are not required or expected to modify or adjust their behavior based on the fact that they do not ‘match’ other Soldiers.” This is a first. The military is normally in the business of telling soldiers to “modify or adjust their behavior” all the time. Consider what these policies mean in real life: Most Army showers look like a prison cell with several showerheads on the wall. Anyone who has dealt with the practical challenges of funneling 30 people through them in ten minutes understands that “privacy” will be incompatible with reality. Female soldiers who feel uncomfortable sharing facilities with individuals who still have “physical characteristics of the opposite sex” will just have to put up with it. The adjustments to “billeting” are equally intrusive. Modern barracks resemble college dorms, with two soldiers of the same sex — now “gender marker” — sharing rooms just large enough to accommodate the basic necessities of military life. The training forbids any commander from ordering a transgender soldier to use a facility that is inconsistent with his “gender marker,” and rejects the idea of separate facilities for transgender soldiers. If separate facilities of any kind are created, they must be for soldiers who feel uncomfortable sharing facilities with a member of the opposite biological sex. In short, the rest of the unit must adjust, not the individual transgender soldier. Watch My Genitals While I Urinate The changes also affect drug-testing procedures. DoD Instruction 1010.16 requires urine specimens to be “collected under the direct observation of a designated individual of the same sex as the Service member providing the specimen.” To be blunt, “observers” must watch the urine sample leave the tested soldier’s body and enter the collection cup. Under the new rules, however, “absent an exception to policy, the observer will be the same gender as the Soldier being observed (as reflected by the gender marker in DEERS).” The change is justified by interpreting the term “sex” in existing drug testing regulations to mean the same thing as “gender.” Lest there be any confusion: the policy means that an 18-year-old female soldier may be forced to drop her pants and urinate in a cup in front of an anatomically male non-commissioned officer who has a female “gender marker,” and vice versa. As important as privacy and respect are, the biggest problem with the policy is its effect on the military’s core purpose of battle readiness. For example, under the policy, a male infantryman who cannot meet the bare minimum requirement of 42 pushups and is therefore considered a liability in combat can switch his “gender marker” to female and suddenly be qualified. Even though he retains the exact same physical characteristics, and can do only 19 push-ups, he will now be a combat-ready female infantry soldier, eligible to hold the exact same role in his former unit. The lesson plan is explicit on this point: “for policies and standards that apply differently to Soldiers according to gender, the Army recognizes a Soldier’s gender by the Soldier’s gender marker in the Defense Enrollment Eligibility Reporting Systems (DEERS).” Bullets Don’t Care About Your Feelings Regardless of one’s opinion about bathroom bills, this policy is dangerously misguided not because of politics or ideology, but as a matter of basic physics. Biology may not be destiny, as the slogan goes, but it still matters on the battlefield. An AK-47 round travels towards a soldier at 2,330 feet per second, no matter how you self-identify. A six-foot tall, 180-pound, anatomically male soldier can either pull his bodyweight over a wall, or carry another soldier, or walk for miles with 80 pounds of equipment, or he cannot. But under the current policy, you are combat-ready if you self-identify as the type of person who would be combat-ready. How very millennial. Of course, the new policy raises other logistical issues as well. If “stability in the preferred gender” does not preclude ongoing hormone therapy, will these soldiers be deployable? Should estrogen cycles be flown into remote forward operating bases with other critical medical supplies? And if these soldiers cannot deploy alongside their units, is the policy truly serving its stated goal of availing the armed services with “all available talent to remain the finest fighting force the world has ever known”? The “harassment and discrimination” section of the lesson plan forbids “attitudes or comments that marginalize transgender people.” Heated, time-sensitive situations come with enough confusion on their own, without the additional layer added by gender-neutral pronouns such as “they” and “their,” and soldiers should not have to double-clutch for fear of repercussions before speaking bluntly in such situations. The military has always been at the forefront of civil rights and equality in our society, and that should never change. But this policy is not a question of equality, it is a matter of basic safety and combat effectiveness. It asks the other 39 soldiers in a transgender soldier’s platoon to potentially sacrifice their safety for one soldier’s affirmation. It is the inverse of the traditional military ethos. On one of my first days in the Army, I listened to a non-commissioned officer tell a new private, “Words don’t hurt — bullets hurt. So I don’t give a . . . about your . . . feelings.” (Creative language omitted.) Master Sergeant Wood was a veteran of the Gulf War and Operation Iraqi Freedom, a Purple Heart recipient, and had only four fingers on his right hand. He knew the truth of his statement from firsthand experience. It seems somewhere along the line, during the last 15 years of war, our political class lost track of his most basic insight: Words don’t hurt. Bullets hurt. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-25-17 Pam Geller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Muslims Maintain Temple Mount Boycott, Despite Removal of Metal Detectors

By Geller Report Staff - on July 25, 2017

You didn’t really think savages would be satiated did you? Terrorism works and they mean to extract more blood from the Jews. Muslims got their way — Israeli authorities removed metal detectors that had been placed at the holy Temple Mount site in order to ward off acts of Islamic terrorism. You didn’t really think this was about metal detectors, did you. Just another Islamic pretext for jihad and slaughter, as is their way. As previously reported by Pamela Geller here, Israel made a remarkable concession to Palestinians by agreeing, on the heels of recent terror attacks, to take out its security system. But Palestinians are still boycotting the site. Leaders of the Islam faith told their followers to keep away from the area — to boycott — pending a full review of what, if any, other Israeli security measures might still be in place. This is ridiculous. Israelis don’t have the right to protect themselves from terror attacks? One would think if there’s nothing to hide, there’s nothing to fear — no crime, no fould. Metal detectors aren’t exactly intrusive, in other words. But Israeli authorities conceded and removed the security layer, anyway — a sizeable nod to Palestinian wishes. And now Palestinians’ response? They want more concessions. From the Times of Israel: The Waqf Islamic trust, which administers the site, said a decision to continue the boycott was pending a review of the new Israeli security arrangements there. Ikrema Sabri, the head of the Supreme Islamic Committee in the city, said such a review might be completed later on Tuesday. Muslim worshipers have stayed away from the sacred compound since Israel installed metal detectors there last week. Instead, they performed mass prayer protests outside the shrine, many of which devolved into clashes with Israeli security forces. Earlier Tuesday, Israel’s security cabinet said it would replace the metal detectors with “advanced technologies,” referring reportedly to cameras that can detect hidden objects, but said the process could take up to six months. Sabri told The Associated Press that “our position is that for now, nobody should enter” the shrine. A Waqf official told The Times of Israel that it was continuing the boycott of the Temple Mount until all security measures added after the attack are removed. The official noted that “the new high tech cameras” would not be accepted in place of the metal detectors. On Tuesday morning, worshipers were remaining outside and police and Palestinian protesters were gearing up for another tense round of afternoon prayers in Jerusalem’s Old City. 

:: 7-27-17 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bennett: Government's Temple Mount decisions weakened Israel

ByGil Hoffman July 27, 2017 11:25

Likud minister, in contrast, says decision makers realized alliance with moderate Arab states more important. Bayit Yehudi leader Naftali Bennett slammed his own government’s decisions regarding the handling of the Temple Mount tensions in a scathing interview with Army Radio on Thursday. Bennett voted against the security cabinet’s decision to remove metal detectors from the Temple Mount. Be the first to know - Join our Facebook page. He also opposed Thursday morning’s removal of security cameras from the holy site and barriers that aided security checks at the Lions’ Gate. “Israel comes out weakened from this crisis,” Bennett said. “Instead of sending a message about Israel’s sovereignty on the Temple Mount, it sent a message that Israel’s sovereignty can be questioned.” Bennett called the decisions a “surrender” and compared the harm to Israeli security to the Israeli withdrawal from south Lebanon in 2000. But he said that as a member of the security cabinet he bears collective responsibility, and he refused to personally criticize or blame Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. But Bennett’s Bayit Yehudi colleague, MK Bezalel Smotrich, did not hold back, writing on Twitter that “the time has come to internalize that it is either us or them,” referring to the Israeli Muslims. He slammed Defense Minister Avigdor Liberman for voting for what he called “the surrender on the Temple Mount,” saying that with another vote or two in the security cabinet “the shame could have been prevented.” Labor chairman Avi Gabbay accused Netanyahu of haphazard decision- making and irresponsible management, which he said harmed Israel’s security and deterrence. He said Netanyahu made his decisions out of fear of Bennett taking away his political support on the Right. “After this week, we don’t have to explain anymore why we have to replace the current government,” Gabbay said at a rally of a thousand supporters in Tel Aviv on Thursday night. “Now the public understands why what they have is not good, so we just have to reach out and make them realize we are the alternative.” Gabbay accused Netanyahu of constantly setting new fires and struggling to extinguish them. He promised his party would put an end to what he called the “national humiliation” done to Israel by Netanyahu, Bennett and Liberman, and replace the government with responsible leadership. “Netanyahu demonstrated weakness to us,” he said. “We saw our prime minister harm our security. We are paying the price.” Gabbay’s Labor colleague MK Nachman Shai called the events of the past week a “colossal failure” for Netanyahu. “The government’s zigzagging led to a Palestinian victory that does not even guarantee quiet in Jerusalem and the territories,” Shai said. Construction Minister Yoav Gallant (Kulanu), who is also a member of the security cabinet, said its decision- making process was correct. He told Israel Radio that metal detectors do not bring security. The decision to remove metal detectors was championed in the security cabinet by Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency) Director Nadav Argaman. Coalition chairman David Bitan (Likud) caused an uproar on Thursday when he told Army Radio that Argaman was a coward “who just wants to get back home safely.” Yesh Atid chairman Yair Lapid slammed Gabbay, saying the Shin Bet safeguards our lives. Yesh Atid MK Yaakov Peri, who is a former director of the Shin Bet, said Bitan’s statement was dangerous because is strengthens the delegitimizing of security forces. Netanyahu released a statement supporting Argaman and criticizing Bitan, who normally speaks for the prime minister. Netanyahu said the Shin Bet is succeeding in fighting terrorism and has saved countless lives. 

:: 7-26-17 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump to tout major job boon for Wisconsin; Foxconn, iPhone supplier, expected to open plant

By S.A. Miller - The Washington Times - Wednesday, July 26, 2017

President Trump is expected to announced Wednesday that Foxconn, a Taiwanese manufacturing giant that makes iPhone components, will build a major factory in Wisconsin. The plant likely will create more than 10,000 new jobs and highlight Mr. Trump’s push to rebuild the U.S. manufacturing base and keep jobs in America. Mr. Trump’s role in bringing Foxconn to the U.S. or the decision to locate in Wisconsin was unclear early Friday. The decision by Foxconn, which has been flirting with multiple states to build its first U.S. manufacturing plant, was first reported by Fox Business. Mr. Trump is scheduled to make a major jobs announcement at the White House at 5 p.m. Expectations have been building for days that the event was about the Foxconn deal in Wisconsin, where the company likely will receive tax breaks. House Speaker Paul D. Ryan, Wisconsin Republican, said he will attend the announcement at the White House. 

[ :: 3-30-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.  for if you put the man in that I desire for you to put in, you will have good times until you go.  If not it shall be hell here on earth and you will think that you have been left behind, but that is not so.  

For I have told you before this that this would be the last President, that this would be the last President as you know a President, therefore listen, pay attention, for it is your life it will affect, but it doesn’t need to affect it in a bad sense it can affect it in a good sense.  You can be the victors, you can be the overcomers, but hear, hear what I, your Father God, has to say. 

:: 7-26-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump tweets: 'WE WORSHIP GOD' in America

By Brooke Singman Published July 26, 2017 Fox News

In between pressuring Attorney General Jeff Sessions and announcing a major military policy change, President Trump used his Twitter account Wednesday to declare Americans worship God, not government. “IN AMERICA WE DON’T WORSHIP GOVERNMENT—WE WORSHIP GOD!” Trump tweeted, adding an emoji of a video camera and linking to an Instagram video on the president’s official account. The video, posted on “realDonaldTrump” Instagram page, is a clip from Trump's Tuesday night rally in Ohio. “And finally, we believe that family and faith, not government and bureaucracy, are the foundation of our society,” Trump said in the video. “You’ve heard me say it before on the campaign trail, and I’ll say it again tonight – in America we don’t worship government, we worship God.” The president’s faith-themed tweet came hours after he announced plans to ban transgender people from serving in the U.S. military in any capacity – citing advice from his generals and medical costs. The announcement drew cheers from some faith-based groups but also criticism from lawmakers on both sides of the aisle -- as well as past defense secretaries. TRUMP ANNOUNCES BAN ON TRANSGENDER INDIVIDUALS SERVING IN MILITARY 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 7-26-17 Christianity Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Caste Aside: India’s New President Has ‘No Room for Christians’

Church leaders believe Hindu nationalism will outweigh the Dalit leader’s lower-caste loyalties.

Kate Shellnutt July 25, 2017 9:25 AM

Ram Nath Kovind, India’s new president who took office today, represents an unusual case of a little-known politician from the country’s lowest caste, the Dalits, rising to power. However, as others champion his victory, India’s Christian minority—the majority of whom are Dalits themselves—know that a Hindu nationalist politician from the Dalit caste is still a Hindu nationalist politician. Like the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) that nominated him, Kovind represents a continued threat to non-Hindus in India, including its estimated 25 million to 60 million Christians. (As CT has noted, that’s a tiny minority amid 1 billion Hindus, but still sizable enough to rank among the 25 countries with the most Christians, surpassing “Christian countries” such as Uganda and Greece.) If Indian officials were to move forward with anti-conversion legislation or other policies directed at Christians, “he would be a good rubber stamp for the government,” said Sandeep Kumar, a church planter and principal of Mission India Bible College, in an interview with CT. “There is no room for Christians in his understanding.” Since 2014, India has been led by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, a BJP leader notorious among Christians for permitting religious freedom violations to spread unchecked. Meanwhile, the position of president is mostly ceremonial and selected by lawmakers. Kovind’s election this month indicates that the BJP is gaining support among Dalits (once called “untouchables”) with its polarizing vision of India as a nation whose religion, language, and culture is solely Hindu, an ideology known as Hindutva that originated among the higher castes. When he was a party leader back in 2010, Kovind had remarked that “Islam and Christianity are alien to India” and said that they do not deserve the benefits and quotas assured to others from lowest castes, officially designated as “Scheduled Castes.” India’s constitution has extended scheduled caste benefits to Buddhists and Sikhs, but not to any other religious minorities, officially leaving Dalit Muslims and Christians out. Most estimates suggest that at least half of India’s Christians are Dalits. Z. Devasagaya Raj, a priest who oversees Catholic outreach to Dalits, said “the idea of appointing a Dalit person for the coveted post is largely positive but not if ‘the person holds a [pro-Hindu] right-wing ideology,’” according to a UCA News report. Though Modi endorsed Kovind as a representative for the poor and oppressed, Christians have reason to believe that won’t include them. Samuel Jaykumar, who defends Dalit Christians as a leader with the National Council of Churches in India, told the Catholic news source that he was concerned that Kovind’s presidency would make things worse for Dalit Christians and Muslims. Kovind’s election on July 17 followed weeks of protests from Christians and Muslims angered by attacks on religious minorities for eating beef, which angered Hindutva extremists due to Hindus’ veneration of cows. (The sale of cattle for slaughter was declared illegal in most of India this spring, until the Supreme Court suspended the ban.) Kovind’s opponent from the United Progressive Alliance, Meira Kumar, also came from the Dalit class and had a “good track record” in foreign affairs, according to Sandeep Kumar. Regardless of the candidate, it’s uncommon for presidential politics to come up in Indian churches. “We don’t preach on if someone has been elected and how that could benefit us,” the pastor said. “But we do pray for our country.” K. R. Narayanan, India’s first Dalit president since the country’s independence, was a better advocate for tolerance for religious minorities when he held office from 1997 – 2002. Having grown up in the disproportionately Christian state of Kerala in southern India and studied at a church-run school, Narayanan condemned the Hindu nationalists thought to be responsible for violence against Muslims and resisted efforts to shift the secular education system. Catholic and Protestant leaders have joined to pray for their new president. The next general election in India will take place in 2019. There aren’t promising signs for an alternative that would be friendlier to Christians than the current administration, led by Modi, so most expect that the Hindutva ethos will continue to rule. Though India is the biggest democracy in the world, its Hindu norms have increasingly restricted Christian freedoms. Open Doors rates the persecution level in the country as “very high.” Christians will join in demonstrations next month designed to draw attention to the plight of Dalits. According to Asia News: This August 10th will be a “Black Day” to highlight the discrimination suffered by Dalit Christians in India for 67 years. It is the initiative launched by the Indian Bishops' Conference (CBCI) Office of Dalits and the Disadvantaged Classes. In recent days, the bishops expressed their solidarity with the new president, Ram Nath Kovind, of Dalit origins. They also want to remind people that the country implements a constitutional-based discrimination against those Dalits that embrace Christianity. Due to a regulatory crackdown on foreign NGOs, Compassion International was forced to end its child sponsorship operations in India in March, pulling $45 million in funding from its Indian church partners. CT offered an in-depth cover story last year on Indian Christianity, the world’s most vibrant Christward movement. 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 7-22-17 Sputknik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Goodbye Past, Hello Future: Turkey 'Drifting' From NATO to Eurasia

Lefteris Pitarakis World 12:51 22.07.2017(updated 13:15 22.07.2017)

Germany deliberately provoked a crisis in Berlin-Ankara ties which may have added significantly to Turkey further distancing itself from NATO, Turkish military expert Soner Polat told Sputnik. Berlin

Earlier this week, local media reported that the Turkish court ruled that Peter Steudtner, a German human rights activist, among a group of six human rights activists being held that includes Amnesty International's Turkey director Idil Eser, should remain in custody. The activists were detained by the Turkish police over allegedly aiding a terrorist group on July 5. German Foreign Minister Sigmar Gabriel said that Berlin will reconsider its economic policy towards Ankara as well as its credit, investment and tourism programs over the arrests of human rights activists in Turkey. Turkish authorities have already detained thousands of journalists, diplomats, judges, members of the military and human rights activists after the failed coup attempt of July 15, 2016 over their alleged support for exiled Islamic preacher Fethullah Gulen, accused by Ankara of being behind the coup. In an interview with Sputnik Turkey, Retired Rear Admiral of the Turkish Armed Forces Soner Polat berated Germany for intentionally fueling a crisis in bilateral relations which he said is an important factor in the process of Turkey's separation from NATO. "Turkey is moving slowly but confidently towards Eurasia even though it is a painful process. It would be naive to think that Turkey, which has been a NATO member since 1952, can easily and painlessly distance itself from the alliance. The statements made by Germany will by all means affect Turkey's position within NATO," Polat said. He added that "right now, there is a cautious and negative attitude towards Turkey in the West" and that "the growth of this trend was even more apparent after the failed coup attempt in Turkey on July 15 last year." According to him, "prejudice and hostility against Turkey are in place in the territories from Australia to New Zealand, from Europe to the United States, something that is disguised as opposition to the Justice and Development Party, as well as to Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan." "The main goal is Turkey itself, and Erdogan is described as a person who bears responsibility for everything. Germany consciously decided to aggravate this crisis by deliberately provoking tension in Injirlik. After all, what would have changed if German MPs visited the Injirlik or Konya air base? Everything indicates that these crises were artificially provoked," Polat said. He noted that the opposition to Erdogan became the key point of Europe's internal policy. "The Netherlands and Germany currently follow the example of British Foreign Secretary Boris Johnson who conducted his Brexit campaign in line with confrontation with Turkey. Preventing Erdogan from delivering a speech at the G20 summit is a big scandal. Turkey is drifting away from the West," Polat pointed out. He described Germany as "a Eurasian country" which he said "should take more rational steps and act in a more balanced way [with respect to Turkey]". Polat also recalled that "if Berlin and Ankara break off relations, Germany, which has a trade surplus with Turkey, will suffer more damage." "German authorities make statements that imply, in fact, interference in Turkey's judicial system. Everyone should understand that Turkey is not Greece, Iraq or Syria. And if they do not understand now, sooner or later they will," he concluded. In late May, Turkish Foreign Minister Mevlut Cavusoglu said that Ankara will not allow German lawmakers to visit the Incirlik air base as long as Germany takes steps against Turkey. "Germany negatively looks at Turkey, and now they say: 'We want to come to Incirlik'. Germany must understand that Turkey, which it can force to do what it wants, and to get what it wants from it, exists no longer. This remains in the past. In such conditions it is impossible to allow German parliamentarians to visit Incirlik," Cavusoglu said. 

[ :: 11-13-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For many signs are in the sky, many things I am doing that the world may see and know and understand the hour is very late. etc

:: 7-22-17 Nova Ordem :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mysterious plumes of steam rising from Greenland glacier

7/22/2017 04:16:00 AM

Plumes of steam rising from cracks in a glacier near Kulusuk, Greenland.

The photo above was taken by pilot Ágúst Arnbjörnsson on July 11, 2017 during a flight from Keflavik to Portland, from a height of approximately 34,000 feet. The location is 75 km from Kulusuk in Greenland. The image appears to show three plumes of steam rising from cracks in the glacier, which according to the blog of volcanologist Haraldur Sigurðsson, is 1.5 to 2 kilometers thick. This may be a sign of powerful geothermal activity from below. Earlier this year a team of NASA researchers observed an ominous crack growing in the Petermann Glacier along the northern coast of Greenland. Recently Greenland recorded the coldest temperature ever in the northern hemisphere for July. 

:: 7-23-17 Japan Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fukushima robot finds potential fuel debris hanging like icicles in reactor 3

by Kazuaki Nagata Staff Report, Bloomberg

Tokyo Electric has said that a remotely controlled robot investigating the inside of reactor 3 at the Fukushima No. 1 power plant has finally spotted objects that could be fuel debris — a potential milestone in the effort to clean up one of the worst atomic disasters in history. This is the first time Tepco has found something likely to be melted fuel. When the utility sent a different robot into reactor 2 in January, it found black lumps sticking to the grating in the primary containment vessel but said they were difficult to identify. The objects spotted this time look like icicles hanging around a control rod drive attached to the bottom of the pressure vessel, which holds the core, Tokyo Electric Power Company Holdings Inc. said at an evening news conference Friday. Enclosed by the huge primary containment vessel, the pressure vessel originally contained the fuel rod assemblies. But the rods melted into a puddle and burned through its bottom once the plant lost power after being swamped by the monstrous tsunami of March 11, 2011. The robot also captured images of lumps of material that appear to have melted and resolidified near the wall of the pedestal, a concrete structure that supports the pressure vessel. “From the pictures taken today, it is obvious that some melted objects came out of the reactor. This means something of high temperature melted some structural objects and came out. So it is natural to think that melted fuel rods are mixed with them,” said Takahiro Kimoto, a Tepco spokesman. “In that sense, it is possible that the melted objects found this time are melted fuel debris or probably around it,” he said, adding the utility will think about how they can be analyzed to determine if they are the former fuel rods. Fuel from a nuclear meltdown is known as corium, a mixture of fuel rods and other structural materials. “It is important to know the exact locations and the physical, chemical, radiological forms of the corium to develop the necessary engineering defueling plans for the safe removal of the radioactive materials,” said Lake Barrett, a former official at the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission who was involved with the cleanup at the Three Mile Island nuclear power plant in the U.S. “The recent investigation results are significant early signs of progress on the long road ahead.” Because of the high radioactivity in the reactor, only specially designed robots can probe the unit. And the unprecedented nature of the Fukushima disaster means that Tepco is pinning its efforts on technology not yet invented to get the melted fuel out of the reactors. The utility aims to decide on the procedure for removing the melted fuel from each unit as soon as this summer. And it will confirm the procedure for the first reactor during fiscal 2018 ending in March 2019, with removal slated to begin in 2021. Decommissioning the reactors will cost ¥8 trillion ($72 billion), according to an estimate in December from the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry. Removing the fuel is one of the most important steps in the cleanup, which may take as long as 40 years. The significance of Friday’s finding “might be evidence that the robots used by Tepco can now deal with the higher radiation levels, at least for periods of time that allow them to search parts of the reactor that are more likely to contain fuel debris,” M.V. Ramana, professor at the Liu Institute for Global Issues at the University of British Columbia, said by email. “If some of these fragments can be brought out of the reactor and studied, it would allow nuclear engineers and scientists to better model what happened during the accident,” Ramana said. The utility began probing reactor 3 on Wednesday. Since the PCV has 6 meters of water in it, which is higher than in reactors 1 and 2, the 30-cm robot will have to go deep under water. The robot has two cameras — one on the front that can pivot 180 degrees vertically, and another on its back. 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

:: 7-21-17 Oxfam America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Number of infected continues to rise as Yemen's cholera epidemic breaks record

July 21, 2017 By Oxfam

The number of people with cholera in Yemen is now the largest ever in any country in a single year since records began, Oxfam said today. At over 360,000 suspected cholera cases in just three months since the outbreak started, it is now already the largest number of cases in a year, topping the previous annual record of 340,311 in Haiti in 2011. Though there are signs that the increase in numbers is slowing, the country’s rainy season from July to September will increase the risk of the disease spreading further. It is feared that the total number of people infected could eventually rise to over 600,000, making it one of the largest outbreak since records began in 1949. Almost 2,000 people in Yemen have died from suspected cholera since late April this year, and many more are now at risk, weakened by hunger, disease and the ongoing war. Nigel Timmins, Oxfam’s Humanitarian Director who has just returned back from a fact finding mission to Yemen, said: “It is quite frankly staggering that in just three months more people in Yemen have contracted cholera than any country has suffered in a single year since modern records began. Cholera has spread unchecked in a country already on its knees after two years of war and teetering on the brink of famine. For many people, weakened by war and hunger, cholera is the knockout blow. “This is a massive crisis needing a massive response – if anything the numbers we have are likely to underestimate the scale of the crisis. So far funding from government donors to pay for the aid effort has been lackluster at best, less than half is what is needed. “Cholera is easy to treat and simple to prevent. We need a massive, well-coordinated effort to get clean water, decent sanitation and simple things like soap to people to keep them safe from disease. We need an end to country entry restrictions of supplies and people so that we can get on with the job. “ “Those countries providing the arms and military support, The war has destroyed the economy and left millions without jobs or the means to earn a living, forcing 3 million people to flee their homes. It has precipitated a crisis which has left 7 million people on the brink of starvation. And the war has destroyed or damaged more than half the country’s health facilities as the cholera outbreak rages on. “Vital public servants such as health workers have not been paid for nearly a year. Hospitals, ports, roads and bridges have been bombed. All this is crippling efforts to tackle the cholera crisis.such as the U.S. and the U.K., are fueling a war that is causing wide-spread suffering and tipping a whole nation towards a catastrophe. It is hard to imagine how much more Yemen can take before it collapses entirely.” War has had a devastating effect on Yemen’s people and its infrastructure – almost 5,000 civilians have been killed in the fighting and parts of the country stand on the brink of famine. Health, water and sanitation systems have been bombed to the point of collapse, leaving over 15 million people without adequate access to clean drinking water and safe sanitation. Millions more are hungry and need help in getting a decent meal. Waste is piling up on the streets and in the settlements of displaced people because sanitation services, severely damaged by the over two-year war, cannot cope. Aid agencies tackling the cholera crisis are in danger of being overwhelmed by the scale of the outbreak. Meanwhile, the world's major arms exporters – which include the U.K. and U.S. – are making more money from arming the Saudi-led coalition force than they are spending on Yemen’s humanitarian appeal. In 2016, Saudi Arabia spent nearly $3 billion on arms from the world’s major arms exporters. As of this month, many of those same governments had given just $620 million toward the $2.1 billion UN appeal for Yemen. Oxfam is calling for an immediate ceasefire to enable a nationwide cholera campaign to tackle the disease, unhindered by fighting, and to allow people to get their lives back together. It is calling for the opening of ports and Sanaa airport to allow a massive injection of aid and for the UN and aid agencies’ appeal to be fully funded. Just this week, Oxfam joined forces with a group of seven other leading U.S.-based international relief organizations in an unprecedented effort urging Americans to donate to the new Hunger Relief Fund to respond to the looming famine in Yemen, as well as South Sudan, Somalia and Nigeria. Millions of families are facing starvation, and this Global Emergency Response Coalition will use the Hunger Relief Fund donations to help those already going hungry as well as to lay the groundwork for recovery. The appeal lasts through July 28, 2017. For more information and to donate to the Hunger Relief Fund, please visit: 

:: 7-21-17 The Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sharks attack kayaker, paddleboarder along Santa Barbara coast

Brooke Holland July 21, 2017 9:31 AM

Two shark attacks were reported along the southern Santa Barbara County coastline Thursday, with a kayaker and paddleboarder escaping injury when sharks took bites out of their respective water crafts. Los Angeles resident Bret Jackson told Noozhawk he was paddling approximately 350 feet east of Stearns Wharf when a great white shark approached his kayak. The 40-year-old felt something nudge his kayak before he was thrown into the ocean, as the shark chomped down and left a 15-inch-wide bite mark on the kayak. “It came out of nowhere, and the first thing I saw was a giant jaw near my face,” said Jackson, who is visiting family in Santa Barbara. “It was fast, and the shark was hungry.” Jackson estimates the entire incident lasted two to five seconds. “It bit on to the kayak next to my arm and side, dove me on the kayak sideways a few feet then flipped (me) over,” Jackson said. “I was underwater upside down in the kayak, then hopped onto the bottom of the kayak.” Harbor patrol received a call about 11:20 a.m. about someone in the water yelling for help, Harbor Patrol Supervisor Steve McCullough said. Emergency personnel discovered that after the initial attack, Jackson swam to a nearby boat for safety. “I started swimming toward a sail boat and the kayak felt like it was sinking,” Jackson said. Jackson wanted to warn people there are “big, hungry, aggressive sharks in the water right now.” No injuries were reported, McCullough said. Signs have been posted warning beachgoers about the shark attack, and the postings at East Beach, West Beach, Leadbetter Beach and Shoreline Park will stay up until Saturday morning, he said.

Read more here: 

:: 7-19-17 Independent Science News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Biotech Industry Is Taking Over the Regulation of GMOs from the Inside

July 19, 2017 by Jonathan Latham, PhD

The British non-profit GMWatch recently revealed the agribusiness takeover of Conabia, the National Advisory Committee on Agricultural Biotechnology of Argentina. Conabia is the GMO assessment body of Argentina. According to GMWatch, 26 of 34 its members were either agribusiness company employees or had major conflicts of interest*. Packing a regulatory agency with conflicted individuals is one way to ensure speedy GMO approvals and Conabia has certainly delivered that. A much more subtle, but ultimately more powerful, way is to bake approval into the structure of the GMO assessment process itself. It is easier than you might think. I recently attended the latest international conference of GMO regulators, called ISBGMO14, held in Guadalajara, Mexico (June 4-8, 2017). ISBGMO is run by the International Society for Biosafety Research (ISBR). When I first went to this biennial series of conferences, in 2007, just one presentation in the whole four days was by a company. ISBR had some aspirations towards scientific independence from agribusiness. I went for a second time in 2011, to the ISBGMO held in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Company researchers and executives were frequent speakers and the conference had become an opportunity for agribusiness to present talking points and regulatory initiatives as if they had the blessing of science. This year, in Guadalajara, companies were now on the conference organising committee and even conferring conference travel scholarships from the podium. A former conference organiser and ISBR board member told me that the previous ISBGMO (St. Louis, USA, in 2015) had been almost entirely paid for by Monsanto. Spreading the industry message In Guadalajara, industry speakers were clearly working from a scripted list. That list translates as the key regulatory objectives of the biotech industry. Prominent on that list was “data transportability”. Data transportability is the idea that regulators from different jurisdictions, say India, or the EU, should accept identical biosafety applications. Implementation of data transportability would mean that although each country has unique ecosystems and species, applicants ought not to have to provide studies tailored to each. For example, when it comes to assessing effects on non-target organisms, for example of a GMO crop producing an insecticide, regulators in Australia should accept tests on European ladybird species or earthworms as showing that a GMO cotton can safely be grown there. The appeal of data transportability for an applicant is clear enough—less cost and less risk of their GMO failing a risk assessment. Not once did I hear mention of an obvious downside to data transportability. The fewer tests to which a novel GMO is subjected the less research there is to detect a significant problem if one exists. A second standard corporate line was “need to know versus nice to know”. In other words do not ask applicants for more data than they wish to supply. The downsides to this are identical to data transportability. Less data is less testing and less science. Modernising risk assessment? Another major theme of the meeting was ‘modernization’ of regulation. In this scheme the most ‘advanced’ nation was proposed to be Canada. Canada has adopted what it calls “trait-based GMO regulation”. In trait-based regulation the method of development (i.e. whether the crop was genetically engineered or not) is considered irrelevant. The trait is the sole focus. So if a GMO crop contains an insecticide it is assessed for risk against non-target organisms. If a GMO improves flavour or nutrition then, since there is presumably no risk from flavours or nutrients, then the crop receives what amounts to a free pass. The Canadian approach sounds harmless, but it has the crucial property that it hands control of risk assessment to the applicant, because under such a system everything depends on what the applicant chooses to call their trait. Imagine you were asked to review the safety of an aircraft, but the manufacturer wouldn’t tell you if it was propeller-driven or a jet; likewise, if a submarine was diesel or nuclear powered. The Canadian approach therefore, by just asking what the crop is supposed to do, effectively places outside of regulation most of the standard considerations of risk and hazard. Once upon a time, risk assessment was supposed to be about what a product is not supposed to do. For proposing non-regulation over regulation, Canadian biosafety officials were given more prominent speaking opportunities at ISBGMO14 than any other national regulator. Tiered risk assessment An equivalently unscientific innovation, which seems widely accepted, is called tiered risk assessment. Imagine a company presents to regulators an insect-resistant GMO crop. An obvious question arises. How is a regulator to know, since the crops produces an insecticide, if it will kill beneficial organisms such as the bees that feed on its flowers? In tiered risk assessment this question is answered by feeding the purified GMO insecticide to a bee species. If no harm is observed the crop is assumed safe. No further tests are required. If the bees are harmed then a larger scale test, presumptively more realistic, is conducted. If harm is not observed the crop is assumed safe and no further tests are required. If harm is shown then an outdoor or larger-level test will be conducted. Monsanto presented a lengthy exposition, in a plenary session, of the ‘soundness’ and ‘logic’ of this tiered approach. Tiered risk assessment has been the subject of little scientific debate (though see Lang et al., 2007), but the implications of the tiered approach are profound. It is an asymmetrical system in which passing any test leads to approval whereas failing that test does not result in disapproval. Consider the comparison with pharmaceuticals. Currently, all pharmaceutical drugs must pass through three phases of clinical trials; first animal tests, then small scale human trials, then large scale human trials. Failure at any stage is considered terminal. Without wishing to give them any ideas, suppose the FDA were to replace this three-phase system with one under which approval in phase I (animal tests) allowed the developer to go straight to market. There would be, for good reason, an uproar, followed by an avalanche of dangerous medications on the market. But that is precisely the logic of tiered GMO testing. Tiered testing is therefore a system in which failure is an unacceptable answer. In the scientific review paper that first proposed tiered risk assessment, there is no provision for rejecting the crop in the main figure, which diagrams the proposed decision tree (See Figure 1 of Romeis et al., 2008). Approvals are guaranteed. Agribusiness knows this perfectly well because many of the principal authors of Romeis et al are from the major seed and biotech companies. The so-called logical innovations presented at ISBGMO14, such as data transportability, trait-based regulation, and tiered risk assessment, are thus intended as regulatory bypasses. They make it all but impossible for a regulator to turn down a GMO application, or even to collect sufficient information. No wonder the biotech industry likes to refer to risk assessment procedures as approval systems. Given the lack of objection to these approaches at ISBGMO14, the biotech industry ought now to feel confident that the regulation of biotechnology is largely in their hands, but still it wants more. In the coming years, an upsurge is expected in the GMO pipeline as new applications and new approaches become possible. This pipeline is predicted to include GMO algae, animal biotechnology, gene drives, and so forth. Many of these opportunities the industry knows will be controversial. A pacified regulatory environment is for them a necessity before that can happen. This is more than a shame. When a comprehensive evaluation of the weaknesses and inherent limitations of scientific risk assessment is urgently needed to cope with these challenges, the chemical and biotech industries are forcing those assessment systems in the opposite direction. 

:: 7-22-17 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 20 diseases 'refugees' bring into the West

Exclusive: Elizabeth Lee Vliet, M.D., reports latest increases authorities fail to publicize

Published: 4 days ago

Note: Dr. Elizabeth Lee Vliet is a member of the Association of American Physicians and Surgeons, AAPS.

Since 2005, Americans have been warned about microscopic border crossers carried in with refugees and illegal immigrants, bringing diseases previously eradicated or rarely seen here. When not simply ignored by media and health officials, physicians and others sounding the alarm have been attacked as xenophobes. Now we’re seeing these prescient predictions come true, most prominently in Germany, since 2015 when Angela Merkel began allowing more than 2 million migrants from Africa, Asia and the Middle East to flood into her country. U.S. and German citizens are put at significant risk by the politically correct acceptance of unscreened immigrants from countries with a high prevalence of infectious diseases, many difficult or impossible to treat. Yet authorities in both countries have failed to fully inform the public of the dangers. According to the July 2017 Infectious Disease Epidemiology Annual Report by the Robert Koch Institute in Berlin, Germany has seen a surge in chicken pox, cholera, dengue fever, tuberculosis, leprosy, measles, malaria, meningococcal diseases, hemorrhagic fevers, hepatitis, HIV/AIDS, paratyphoid, rubella, shigellosis, syphilis, typhus, toxoplasmosis, tularemia, trichinellosis, whooping cough, and many fungal and parasitic infections. Here are a few striking examples: Measles is up more than 450 percent. Hepatitis B is up 300 percent. Scabies escalated nearly 3,000 percent. HIV/AIDS increased 30 percent. Tuberculosis (TB) is at least 30 percent higher – but German and U.S. physicians suspect that the incidence of TB is actually far higher than reported, and is being downplayed to avoid causing public outrage over the influx of immigrants. In Germany, more than 40 percent of TB cases are multi-drug resistant TB (MDR-TB).Dengue fever is up over 25 percent just from 2014. A similar pattern has emerged in the U.S. since the massive increase in illegal border crossers and refugees beginning in 2010. As in the U.S., many hundreds of thousands of migrants “disappear” into cities and towns across Germany, without a health screening. There is no way to monitor them for disease or to ensure adequate treatment. Citizens are exposed without their knowledge; risks are especially serious for children and the elderly. In a briefing to the Arizona Senate in 2016, experts reported that the U.S. is suffering near “pandemic medical issues” due to the continuous influx of illegal aliens and refugees from countries where infectious diseases are widespread. As of 2016, two states were in the Catastrophic Phase and another 13 were in the Critical Phase of public health impact from these infectious diseases. Arizona was No. 9 of 13 states in the Critical Phase but was expected to move into the Catastrophic Phase by fall of 2016 as a result of people who are latent carriers of disease or who entered the country during the incubation period for a disease. We were unable to learn the current status from personal calls to Arizona county and state officials. TB is one of the most serious threats. Latent TB can remain dormant for years, even decades. It is alarming that 18 percent of refugees in Arizona arrive with latent TB, while in the general Arizona population the incidence was only 4 percent. Multidrug resistant TB (MDR-TB), common in migrants, may cost more than $400,000 per patient, compared with $20,000 for the drug-responsive TB that has been predominant in U.S.-born patients. Treatment of MDR-TB has serious side effects, with no guarantee of success. U.S. taxpayers pay this cost. In addition, all who might have been exposed to an active case must be screened, followed and possibly treated. Even healthy immigrants burden the system with social costs, such as housing, education and food stamps – costs borne by taxpaying workers whose own wages are depressed by competition from a glut of low-paid foreigners. Illegal immigrants are estimated to cost U.S. taxpayers $17 billion per year. That $17 billion is in addition to the costs for those allowed here legally under “refugee” status, for which we do not have reliable public estimates. Liberal and progressive politicians like to say, “America is the land of immigrants.” In the past, this meant legal immigrants who follow our screening procedures for illness and other laws and who are coming to America to be part of our culture. Medical screening was one of the core purposes of the Ellis Island immigration center in New York. New arrivals were examined, quarantined if needed, or sent back to their country of origin if they posed a risk to Americans. To protect the health and safety of American citizens, we must reinstate our prior customary medical screening as outlined on our own Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) website. For national security and medical concerns, President Trump is correct to enforce our immigration laws, with careful vetting of those seeking to come to America to live and work.

Read more at 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

:: 7-25-17 King 5 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


The Pacific Northwest could be affected by earthquakes from three major nearby faults.

Author: Glenn Farley Published: 07/25/17

The western half of Washington state is considered earthquake country, with the potential for very large quakes. Scientists have their top three. First, there’s the Cascadia Subduction Zone running roughly parallel to the Pacific Coast from northern California past the northern tip of Canada’s Vancouver Island. Second, the Seattle Fault, which runs east to west just south of downtown Seattle. It ends up near the Cascade Mountains and west onto the Olympic Peninsula. Third, the South Whidbey Island Fault running from northwest to southeast of the southern tip of the island. These quakes are capable of magnitudes from 7 to over 9. Every year Western Washington undergoes hundreds of earthquakes. Most of them are tiny, magnitude 1 or 2, and a map shows them since 1970 around the Puget Sound area. All remind scientists of the potential that’s placed on larger faults, as the region is compressed by geological forces beyond anyone’s control. On the map, a larger red dot near Olympia show the 6.8 Nisqually quake of February 2001. The 1965 and 1949 earthquakes of similar magnitude are shown on larger red dots nearby. Nisqually was responsible for $4 billion in damage, but nobody died as a direct result. Unlike California, we are reminded less often of the potential devastation. “There is so much more work to be done within the basin and within all of Washington to understanding these faults,” said Corina Forson, the state’s chief hazards geologist for the Washington Geological Survey, part of the Department of Natural Resources. Cascadia Subduction Zone The Cascadia Subduction Zone is a giant fault running from Cape Mendocino, Calif. past Oregon and Washington and doesn’t end until it’s north of Vancouver Island in Canada. You saw its potential in the 9.1 magnitude Tohuku earthquake and tsunami that hit northeastern Japan in March 2011. Tohoku killed nearly 16,000 people; most died as a result of drowning or being crushed in the tsunami. Because Japan was so well prepared, most retrofitted buildings outside of the tsunami zone survived. This part of the Japanese coast had not seen this type of seismic rupture in some 800 years, and what failed was that walls built to keep tsunami waves were not high enough. In Washington, we do not have tsunami walls. Along the coast residents may have between 20 and 30 minutes to get to higher ground. The Westport area is now the first in North America to have a community vertical evacuation structure, a building strong enough to resist earthquake and tsunami wave forces and give people a platform above the expected wave heights. That place is the Ocosta School. But the Cascadia Subduction Zone isn’t just a fault; it’s an overlapping joint between tectonic plates, parts of the Earth’s crust that float on layers of molten rock. There’s a reason the lands around the Pacific Ocean are called the “Ring of Fire.” The earthquakes, tsunamis, and the proximity of volcanos are all part of the same system. The coast is now the home of one of the state’s largest network of warning sirens called All Hazard Alert Broadcast (AHABs). But Forson says you also need to know what to do when the shaking happens. There are also tsunami evacuation signs on the highways. Westport currently is the only location with a vertical evacuation structure designed for a tsunami. “We do not encourage people to evacuate in vehicles. We’re working on pedestrian evacuation maps that show the best routes for pedestrians to take to evacuate,” said Forson. “You just need one person to crash or a power line to fall over the road, and the roads are unusable.” “That’s why we’re pushing for a lot of vertical evacuation structures to be built – hotels or schools, because it’s not an easy problem to solve,” he said. Seattle Fault Moving inland, consider the Seattle Fault. It’s considered capable of a magnitude 7. That may not sound like much more than the magnitude 6.8 quake of 2001 based on the numbers, but that the Nisqually quake occurred some 30 miles underground. Then consider that the Seattle Fault is a complex of faults with various branches that run at or just below the surface. “The risk is complicated, but there are millions of people who live in the Seattle area,” said Forson. “What we know about this fault is that it’s ruptured may times in the past…it will happen again. We just don’t know when.” Across the northern portion of Bainbridge Island, light radar or lidar images taken from airplanes clearly show what geologists say is the Seattle Fault running right on the surface. Another piece can be seen under the elevated lanes of northbound Interstate 5 in South Seattle not far from the Rainier brewery. The Seattle Fault is also likely to create a tsunami that would inundate Harbor Island and much of SODO, Interbay, and the waterfront. It could also create dangerous currents and hazards to the north including Everett. Related: Geological hazard maps via Department of Natural Resources What scientists don’t know is its timing interval. “The last time was 1,000 years ago between 900 and 903 A.D.,” said Forson. “It will happen; we don’t know when.” What about the localized tsunami risk? In the 1990’s, scientists produced an animation that shows inundation, and people won’t have much time to run to higher ground. In some areas getting up a hill to higher ground will be difficult. Some people in places like SODO and Harbor Island may have to flee to higher floors in a building. South Whidbey Island Fault The South Whidbey Island Fault is also dangerous. It’s significantly larger than the Seattle Fault, and South Whidbey could hand us a magnitude 7.5 earthquake. That could spell trouble not only for its namesake island but for south and north King County and further west. “The crustal faults – the Seattle Fault, the South Whidbey Island Fault, the Tacoma Fault – those are less well known,” said Forson. Forson said more research needs to be done. And while scientists keep digging for more information and more situational awareness of what we face, the other problem is human. “A lot of people are transplants,” Forson said. “They didn’t grow up here, they haven’t heard this story. So they don’t necessarily know the threats they face.” Join KING 5’s Disaster Preparedness Facebook group and learn how you and your community can get ready for when disaster strikes. Join KING 5's full day of Disaster Preparedness coverage on Monday, July 24 Why is KING 5 focusing so much on disaster preps? It's certainly not to scare you. Earlier this year, we began the task of creating a disaster plan – how this station would deliver the news if a major disaster struck the Pacific Northwest. We began by consulting state emergency planners, the Red Cross, medical professionals, even other newsrooms. What we got was a BIG wakeup call. Emergency planners all had a simple message: It's not IF a disaster will happen, it's WHEN. Earthquakes. Volcanic eruptions. Devastating wind storms. Floods. Mudslides. The experts say few are ready. And being ready means being able to support yourself, your loved ones, your neighborhood for 2 weeks. Because after a region-wide event, it could take that long for help to come from the rest of the country and world. So our plan to make a plan for KING… inspired us to help all our viewers understand what they need to do to get prepared. The people of KING 5 are like you: We live and work here. Most of us have families, friends and pets who we will need to care for. Our full day of coverage is a first step … for us … and, we hope, for you. Watch day-long coverage Monday on KING and KONG, on our, our Facebook page, and Twitter and Instagram with the hashtag #AreYouPrepared. 

:: 7-21-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Urges All Nationals In North Korea To "Depart Immediately", Bans Tourists From Visiting

by Tyler Durden Jul 21, 2017 11:11 PM

Dennis Rodman will be disappointed to learn that the US is set to ban all citizens from traveling to North Korea, according to two agencies that operate tours there. Koryo Tours and Young Pioneer Tours said the ban would be announced on 27 July to come into effect 30 days later, the BBC reported. "After the 30-day grace period any US national that travels to North Korea will have their passport invalidated by their government." The ban comes one month after US student Otto Warmbier died following his imprisonment by the Kim regime. China-based Young Pioneer Tours, which had taken Warmbier to North Korea, and Koryo Tours said the ban will come into force on July 27 - the anniversary of the end of the Korean War - with a 30-day grace period. Koryo Tours added that the Swedish embassy in Pyongyang, which handles consular affairs for the United States in the North, informed it of the ban, but did not say how long it would last. The U.S. embassy in the South Korean capital, Seoul, did not immediately respond to a request for comment. Rowan Beard said that the 30-day grace period would "give leeway for any [Americans] currently in the country as tourists or on humanitarian work". Simon Cockerill, of Koryo Tours, said: "It remains to be seen what the exact text is, but the indication is it's just a straight up ban on Americans going." Mr Cockerill told the BBC the agency would still conduct tours and take Americans until the ban came into effect. Additionally, Rowan Beard of Young Pioneer Tours, told the BBC the embassy was urging all US nationals to depart immediately. He said the embassy was trying to check on the number of US tourists left in the country. For now there has been no official confirmation from the US: the state department continues to have an alert dated 9 May strongly warning US citizens not to travel to North Korea. As the BBC adds, there has been movement towards a ban for a while in the US, which increased with the Warmbier death. In May, two congressmen introduced the North Korea Travel Control bill to cut off the foreign currency the country earns from American tourists. The House foreign affairs subcommittee is scheduled to take up the draft legislation on 27 July but it would still have to go to the Senate. So there could be an executive order. Last month, Secretary of State Rex Tillerson said: "We have been evaluating whether we should put some type of travel visa restriction to North Korea. We have not come to a final conclusion, but we are considering it." Apart from the treatment of Americans in North Korea, tension has been increasing over Pyongyang's nuclear programme. Some are suggesting the US is using the date the ban is set to be announced - 27 July - to cloud North Korea's Victory Day on the same day. It was not clear if the urge to clear out US citizens from North Korea is a precursor to more "aggressive" (or kinetic) action by the US government. 

:: 7-21-17 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BEWARE! This devout Muslim running for governor of Michigan is the new ‘diversity’ sweetheart of the Left

ABDULRAHMAN MOHAMED EL-SAYED (aka Abdul El-Sayed): Etch this man’s name in your mind. Hand picked by the Left as their latest ‘diversity’ candidate, El-Sayed is running for Governor of Michigan 2018, and reportedly being groomed (by George Soros) for a run for President in the future. Abdul El-Sayed is 32 years old, born in the USA, and an extremely well-educated Muslim Doctor in Detroit Michigan. He is articulate, charismatic and smart. He is sympathetic of the Muslim Brotherhood, and is running for Governor of Michigan, Which is Step 1 in his preparation to run for President of the United States. He has the potential to be Obama 2.0, but far more openly Muslim. Abdulrahman Mohamed El-Sayed is an American physician, epidemiologist, public health advocate, and politician. He has announced his candidacy for Governor of Michigan, running as a Democrat. Democrats’ mouths are watering in anticipation and raising money. Elizabeth “Pocahontas” Warren is already campaigning for him. Al Jazeera, which is widely read by Michigan’s large Muslim population is doing its best to help him. And he is backed by notorious shill for sharia and the Muslim Brotherhood, Linda Sarsour (below). WND El-Sayed speaks articulately, without an accent, inserts humor into his speeches at seemingly just the right moments, and he has the full backing of America’s powerful Muslim Brotherhood-linked network of Islamic organizations (CAIR, ISNA, NAIT, ICNA, MSA, MAS). Sayed served as the executive director of the Detroit Health Department and Health Officer for the City of Detroit, appointed by Mayor Mike Duggan. At 30 years old, he was at the time of his appointment in 2015 the youngest health director in a major U.S. city. Dick Manasseri, spokesman for Secure Michigan, a group that educates Michiganders about the threat of Sharia law, predicts that Sayed will at least win the Democratic nomination for governor. “It is the exact same thing as Barack Obama in Chicago in the early 2000s,” said Manasseri. “He’s young, attractive, he does not give out a lot of information, he speaks in platitudes about celebrating inclusiveness and diversity.” Manaserri says the Muslim Brotherhood would never support a candidate that didn’t have tons of money behind him (enter George Soros). El-Sayed was a recipient of the 2012 Paul and Daisy SOROS Fellowship for New Americans. Sayed is highly educated, a Rhodes scholar who attended Oxford University in 2009 and became a practicing epidemiologist. “He’s very well packaged,” Manasseri said. “He’s far more accomplished than Barack Obama. Obama was not this accomplished, they connected him to certain foundations and his candidacy took off.” In his campaign launch on Feb. 25th, El-Sayed says, “It’s all about celebrating multiculturalism.” He said he was taught that “real leaders are those that can stand firm against the powerful, stand strong with the weak, and stand humbly before Allah.” “Any Republican would be afraid to confront him on his Muslim Brotherhood connections or his views on Sharia,” Manasseri said. “He is a devout Shariah-compliant guy, and I would predict that he will be endorsed by the Catholic Church, which is very powerful in Michigan.” Manasseri points out that a bill supporting American Law for American Courts, widely regarded as an anti-Sharia law, was defeated in the Michigan Legislature when two powerful lobbies – the Michigan Catholic Conference and the Council on American-Islamic Relations or CAIR – teamed up to kill it. He expects the same coalition to form behind a candidate who would make history as America’s first Muslim governor. “So if this guy rises in the polls, I would predict the Catholic Church will support his candidacy,” he said. “Just like with Obama, because we gotta make history.” “It’s Obama II,” Manasseri said. “Elizabeth Warren will be coming to campaign for him, the Democrats in other states will be raising money for him. The DNC number-two Muslim [Keith Ellison] will be raising money for him. Of course this guy is going to be on the Sunday morning talk shows. He’ll be everywhere. A candidate for governor who is Muslim Brotherhood …if that doesn’t tell you there’s a Sharia swamp in Michigan I don’t know what does.” 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 7-24-17 The Free Thought :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DUI-E Law Now Makes It Illegal to Text, Smoke and Even Eat While Driving

Washington's new Driving Under the Influence of Electronics law makes it illegal to text, eat, smoke, read or groom while driving.

By Rachel Blevins - July 20, 2017

The charge of “driving under the influence” used to only apply to drivers who were under the influence of drugs or alcohol—but it will now apply to drivers who text, eat, smoke, read or groom while driving in the state of Washington. The implementation of the Driving Under the Influence of Electronics Act was expedited from January 2019 to July 23 after Washington Governor Jay Inslee signed a partial-veto, and insisted that “public safety is better served by implementing this bill this year.” “When you are driving with a cell phone, you are a more dangerous driver than if you are driving drunk with a .08 blood alcohol level,” Inslee said during a press conference. “There’s hardly anything we’ve done in the last several years at the state Capitol to save more lives than this distracted driving law.” Statistics from the Washington Traffic Safety Commission found that 171 of 568 road deaths in 2015 were “blamed on some form of driver distraction, not necessarily electronics.” Although both texting and holding a cellphone to your ear while driving are already banned in Washington, the new regulations will outlaw composing or reading any message, taking pictures, and ultimately holding a phone for any reason other than calling 911—even when sitting at a stoplight. Penalties under the new DUI-E law will include a $136 fee for first-time offenders, a $234 fee for second-time offenders, and a $99 fee for “grooming, smoking, eating or reading while behind the wheel.” While the fines might not seem outrageous at first glance, Toni Matous, an agent with Magnolia Insurance Agency Inc. in Seattle, told Q13Fox that insurance companies were some of the top lobbyists for the new distracted driving law—and that is not by mistake. Matous called the law the “new drunk driving,” and said that in the case of a family with a teenaged driver, if that driver receives a DUI-E ticket, it will affect the entire family by making their insurance skyrocket by up to thousands of dollars each year. “The insurance industry is losing big, losing big in the personal auto insurance industry and they’re reeling, trying to find out how to find out how to solve the problem,” Matous said. In order to cover the costs of implementing the new law, the state’s law enforcement agencies have spent $400,000 to add “6,000 patrol hours aimed at driver distraction.” While distracted driving offenses resulted in over 5,400 citations in Washington in April 2016, numbers are predicted to increase drastically with all of the new infractions that police will have the opportunity to cite. While this new law in Washington may seem bizarre based on the fact that it makes things such as eating and smoking while driving illegal, it is not the first time a law has been introduced to fine Americans for being distracted. In May 2016, a Democratic assemblywoman from New Jersey introduced a bill to sentence individuals to up to 15 days in jail for the heinous crime of texting and walking. Washington’s DUI-E law could set a precedent for future laws in other states, but it also allows for an abuse of power by police. It takes away the accountability that makes officers look for a legitimate infraction before pulling a car over, and it gives officers the ability to make their quotas by simply alleging that a driver was looking at an electronic device, even when their vehicle is not moving. As a result, the drivers pay a high price, and both the police state and the insurance companies who lobbied for the new law make a profit. 

:: 7-20-17 Spiegel online :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dr. Smartphone The Medical Profession's Digital Revolution Is Here

The health care sector is facing a far-reaching and unpredictable revolution. Smartphones are capable of replacing many devices that have become standard in medical practices and some apps will soon be able to provide diagnoses as well. Patients are becoming less reliant on doctors.

© Bernhard Riedmann / DER SPIEGEL By Martin U. Müller July 20, 2017

The airplane had just taken off when one of the passengers lost consciousness. Eric Topol pulled his smartphone out of his pocket and immediately performed an electrocardiogram (EKG) on the passenger. He used the device to do an ultrasound scan of the man's heart and measured oxygen levels in his blood. He was then able to give the all-clear and the plane could continue its journey. The man had lost consciousness merely due to a temporarily slowed heart rhythm. Topol is a cardiologist in La Jolla, California, and it wasn't the first time he had encountered such a situation while flying. On one occasion, he used his mobile phone to determine that a passenger had suffered a heart attack and the plane had to land immediately. Of particular interest to Topol, though, is the fact that anyone can perform such an EKG, whether a professor of medicine, a flight attendant or just a simple passenger. All one needs is a $200 sensor and a smartphone with an app that can analyze the heart's rhythm. Hardly any other object has changed the world to the degree that smartphones have. It has become completely normal to use our mobile devices for shopping and managing our schedules. Political revolutions have been organized by smartphone and you can use one to find a life partner or to plan a funeral. Every single day, 10 times as many smartphones are sold around the world as babies born. And now, smartphones are conquering medical care. For millennia, sick people have been dependent on help from others, a healer or a doctor. But now, mobile devices are beginning to change that age-old state of affairs. Coupled with the power of artificial intelligence, the mobile phone promises to fundamentally change medical care. Many medical examinations that were thus far only possible in a doctor's office can now be undertaken at any time by anyone -- even while sitting at home in your easy chair. With the help of small and affordable accessories, smartphones can measure electrical activity in the brain, intraocular pressure and blood pressure. They can perform an EKG, recognize atrial fibrillation (a type of abnormal heart rhythm), check pulmonary function, record heart murmurs, take photos of your inner ear, perform breathalyzers, perform aorta scans and even sequence DNA. Soon, there will be little difference from a technical standpoint between a general practitioner's office and a fully equipped smartphone. On the contrary: It is already the case that patients are sometimes better served by a mobile phone. Doctors Have Competition Apps like M-sense are revolutionizing migraine diagnostics. At the University of Magdeburg in Germany, a mobile phone program called Neotiv is being developed to reliably diagnose Alzheimer's. There are even scanners reminiscent of the "Star Trek" Tricorder: You simply hold it up to a patient's forehead and receive diagnostic information within seconds. An Israeli company has developed SCiO, the first smartphone app for mass spectrometry. If you briefly hold it up to an apple, for example, its exact composition will appear on your display. The app also works on pills: Using the app, the device scans an object's structure, compares it with a database and then tells you what it is -- a paracetamol tablet, for example. Even today, such a test is far from standard, even in hospital emergency rooms. It is far from clear what all of these changes will mean for the health care industry -- for patients and doctors and for the manufacturers of large medical devices that may soon no longer be necessary. One thing, though, is certain: Doctors have competition, and that competition is stimulating the industry. Within just a few years, patients won't just be able to decide which doctor to go to, but will also be able to choose between local doctors, online diagnoses and intelligent scanning devices -- and they will perhaps even be able to undergo an examination in their own cars. The patient is becoming more powerful -- and doctors are becoming less essential. A BILLION-DOLLAR INDUSTRY The first wave of health apps was made up of tracking bracelets and similar accessories that were rightly mocked as glorified pedometers. But the second wave is developing into a significant player in the medical technology branch. Investors have begun referring to the development as "serious health," and there is money to be made. A lot of money. But there are other issues at stake as well, such as trust and the potential for overwhelming the traditional health care system. The epicenter of digital medicine is not in Silicon Valley, as it tends to be for social media giants like Facebook or Snapchat. Rather, it is on the East Coast of the United States, in Israel and in Europe. One of the leaders of the scene in Berlin is Markus Müschenich. Ever since he decided to devote his life to digital medicine, the 56-year-old's life has been unrelenting: here, an appointment with German Health Minister Hermann Gröhe, there a video conference with a promising startup. Müschenich is pretty much constantly speaking into the headset of his telephone, and when he's not, he is giving presentations to doctors, insurance company officials and politicians. A former pediatrician, he always wanted to do more than just treat patients. "I still don't regret having set aside my lab coat," he says. Müschenich was part of the management team at a hospital in Berlin before becoming a member of the board of directors at Sana, a chain of hospitals and clinics in Germany. But he didn't find his true calling either in pediatrics or in analyzing the economic data of heart centers. He moved on to found a company that developed an app to help cure cross-eyed children -- and then convinced the health insurance company Barmer to refund the price of the app to its customers. The result was the first-ever prescription app. Today, he owns the company Flying Health, an incubator for medical industry startups that shares both its money and know-how. His portfolio includes Patientus, a Lübeck-based company that offers doctor consultations by video link, and he offers consulting to the diabetes startup mySugr, which was just recently sold to the Swiss pharma-giant Roche. He is also involved in a company developing software for pregnant women called Onelife and is trying to increase the value of Neotiv, the company that is developing an app to identify Alzheimer's. Müschenich and his 10 employees work out of a co-working space in Berlin that is shared by other startups. And he has adopted the scene's typically effusive optimism. "Every day, I see young people here who demonstrate that they are better than we are. That's inspiring." Currently, the health care system consists of the in-patient and out-patient sectors, but economists in the industry are convinced that the digital sector will soon join them. Germany currently spends a total of 350 billion euros ($403 billion) per year on health care, and the high-tech segment will certainly siphon some of that money off from the traditional sectors like hospital and practice care. Müschenich expects the digital medical care sector in Germany to be worth 100 billion euros by 2025. "From an organizational standpoint, the digital sector will come before the two other sectors," Müschenich says. In the future, he explains, doctors will become dependent on getting references from digital systems. Experts at the Gottlieb Duttweiler Institute (GDI), a future-oriented think tank in Switzerland, likewise believe that smartphones will become the "core interface" of the health care system. "Cost pressures will push the system towards digital," says Karin Frick, head of research at GDI. "It seems logical for patients to undergo an initial examination using smartphone systems. Companies that understand that first will be the winners." THE PRODUCERS Not far from the airport in Hamburg, on Röntgen Street -- named after the German physicist who discovered the electromagnetic radiation used in X-rays -- the German headquarters of Philips can be found. Today, the Dutch multinational is no longer the same company it was for the almost 100 years prior to 2014 and the change can even be seen in the architecture. Floors here have been given the names of different Hamburg neighborhoods and meetings are held in "boxes." The CEO has a desk in an open-plan office space and next to the restrooms, there are mounted pods for employees' mobile phones. Televisions that bear the Philips name no longer have anything directly to do with the company -- the brand has been licensed out. The light bulb division has likewise been sold off. The only thing left is medical equipment. "Wherever I go, I have to explain that the Philips of today is purely a medical technology company," says Peter Vullinghs, Philips head in Germany and manager of 4,800 employees. He does, though, see parallels with the television business, which he once ran. "They went from being high-end products to simple consumer goods. The same thing is now happening with medical technology," he says. A slew of new competitors has joined the market, including Vullinghs says, Google, Apple, Samsung and IBM. 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 7-22-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Almost 50,000 people evacuated nearly 500,000 hectares destroyed as massive British Colombia wildfire continues to grow entering it's third week

Saturday, 22 July 2017 Photo

A seasoned British Columbia firefighter says he's never seen anything like the fast-moving wildfire that is sweeping the area. British Columbia may ask for more help if its wildfires worsen, the western Canadian province said on Friday after the federal government sent 225 additional soldiers to battle blazes that have been spreading rapidly in hot, dry weather. While rain is expected over the weekend, many parts that are burning are expected to miss it entirely, and winds in some parts could escalate the blazes, fire information officer Navi Saini said on a conference call. "We also are in ongoing discussions with the Canadian Interagency Forest Fire Centre," she said. "We do have the option of requesting more resources." In total, there are now 375 Canadian soldiers along with 3,600 firefighters and emergency responders tackling the flames, which have forced around 45,000 people to evacuate their homes over the past two weeks. Nearly 170 wildfires are blazing across the heavily forested province, affecting 405,000 hectares and prompting the provincial government to declare a state of emergency. The province has spent C$117.9 million ($94.05 million) tackling the fires, whose numbers on Friday included 32 new ones since Thursday, Saini said. Federal government ministers promised to send more help as the situation unfolds. "We are committed to providing a coordinated federal response to the people of British Columbia," Canada's public safety minister, Ralph Goodale, said in a statement. Royal Canadian Mounted Police spokeswoman Annie Linteau said an advance team from the military has been working with local authorities for the last 36 hours. "Our Canadian forces colleagues will be joining us, the RCMP and other police personnel, at various checkpoints ... by tomorrow morning," she said. Linteau said at least one fire, which has destroyed buildings, may have been human-caused, and that investigators are probing the issue. British Columbia declared its first state of emergency since 2003 on July 7 as gusty winds fanned fires that were caused by lightning and humans in the tinder-dry central and southern regions. The fires have shut mines and timber operations and damaged homes and electrical infrastructure. Major pipeline companies in the region, including Kinder Morgan Canada Ltd, a unit of Kinder Morgan Inc, have created fire breaks, installed sprinklers and taken other measures to protect operations. On Thursday, a low pressure system tracked across British Columbia, bringing heavy showers and cooler temperatures, although emergency officials said the rain was sporadic and only fell in certain areas. 

:: 7-22-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Could Bring America To A Standstill In Days - Are These 'Doomsday Maps' Another Sign That War Is In The Air?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die July 22, 2017

In one of the lead stories over at the Drudge Report from Zero Hedge they report the US is urging all nationals in North Korea to 'depart immediately' while banning tourists from visiting in a ban expected to be officially announced on July 27th and to come into effect 30 days later. Reporting "it was not clear if the urge to clear out US citizens from North Korea is a precursor to more 'aggressive' (or kinetic) action by the US government", it had previously been reported that one sign to watch out for of a possible forthcoming military strike upon NKorea were actions taken to get US citizens out of the area. In watching for such signs, a must-read story from Mac Slavo over at SHTFPlan reports one of the reasons why we 'pay attention': "They May Have Information We Don't" Slavo tells us while asking "Are The Elite Preparing For A Cataclysmic Event?" In Slavo's story he reports upon a recent article in Forbes Magazine which "seems to be sounding the alarm that a major, cataclysmic event could be on the horizon". Slavo finds it interesting that 'mainstream' Forbes has allowed such a report. Interestingly, as Susan Duclos reported on ANP back on June 27th of 2017, the Forbes story included the map seen below, a map that had long been labeled 'tin foil hat conspiracy' by those pressed to believe that America could ever suffer through an event that caused our nation to look like this. What do the globalists know that we don't know? The title of the Forbes story from June 10th, 2017: "The Shocking Doomsday Maps Of The World And The Billionaire Escape Plans". One very interesting aspect about the Forbes story is that the maps they show like the one above are not limited to the United States as they show us 'doomsday maps' from South America and all around the world. So, is the map seen above still some 'tinfoil hat conspiracy theory' or something much more? And while a massive sea-level rise or 'pole flip' might not be in the cards for America and the world any time soon, the possibilities for why we should prepare are nearly endless with one key reason traced back directly to the ZH story on North Korea. If we attempt a 'surgical strike' upon North Korea and a 'limited war' breaks out, North Korea has warned they may have 'sleeper agents' in America prepared to unleash biological weapons within our cities. As Michael Snyder reported back on April 13th of 2017 at The American Dream, "Where Will You Go When North Korean Agents Release Biological Weapons In Major U.S. Cities?" Snyder outlines a scenario within his story that one can be forgiven for thinking it could never happen here, yet it could, and as we learn, we may have no notice at all. As we reported on ANP back on April 28th of 2017, according to a recently declassified report, North Korea had at least 5 commando units on US soil back in the 1990's, prepared to attack US cities and nuclear power plants. Should we believe that somehow, someway we don't have at least that many units in America now after years of Barack Obama's open borders? With the incredible 'diversity' that America has achieved over the years, finding NKorean sleepers in America would be like finding needles in the haystack. From Snyder: Most Americans have no idea that biological weapons could potentially bring our nation to a complete and utter standstill within a matter of days. In recent articles I have been trying to get people to understand why it would be so exceedingly dangerous for the United States to attack North Korea. A war with North Korea would be fundamentally different from other wars, because there would be no line that the North Koreans would not be willing to cross. They would use nukes, they would use chemical weapons, and they would not hesitate to even use biological weapons on innocent civilian populations. In the aftermath of a massive U.S. military strike on North Korea’s nuclear facilities, North Korean agents that have been embedded inside the United States for years quickly start going to work. In Washington D.C., New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and San Francisco, small containers that had been covertly smuggled into the U.S. are opened and dropped on the ground in the middle of large groups of people. At first nothing seems to happen, but pretty rapidly those that have been exposed start developing puffy white sores and blisters on their skin. When this hits the news, panic begins to spread as people realize that this appears to be a coordinated attack. Before too long, others that have been exposed to a different bioweapon start bleeding profusely from their eyes, ears, mouths and noses. People drop dead by the thousands, and a national health crisis is declared. Economic activity comes to a complete halt as everyone becomes deathly afraid of leaving their own homes. Hospitals and other medical facilities are completely overwhelmed because they can only treat a small fraction of those that are dying. Because these weaponized diseases were designed to spread like wildfire, pretty soon nearly every community in America is affected. The federal government attempts to intervene, but it is powerless to stop the spread of these pandemics. Thousands of dead bodies lie rotting in the streets of our major cities because there aren’t enough people willing to take the risk of burying them. And because virtually everyone is camping out at home, essential public services start to break down very rapidly and our society descends into a state of utter chaos. While Snyder outlines what could be a near-worst-case scenario (short of nuclear attacks upon several major US cities or an EMP or cyber attack that permanently takes down the electrical grid), the scenario he outlines could be among the first responses taken by 'sleepers' who've long been embedded in America, going about their day to day business as if they were 'average Joe', just waiting for their call. As we've also previously reported on ANP, 'secret coded messages' are regularly sent out by the North Korean government to their sleeper spies around the world. According to the Biological Warfare Blog, the 'black six' of bioweapons include anthrax, botulinium, plague, smallpox, tularaemia and viral hemorrhagic fever and there are years worth of evidence to indicate that North Korea is very involved in the acquisition and weaponization of such pathogens. In the first video below, Joe with the Daily Sheeple talks with us about these doomsday maps for the rich while in the 2nd video we hear all about the North Korean biological weapons threat to America and the world. In the final video below we hear about the possibility that a false flag attack upon America may be ahead with an EMP attack likely blamed upon North Korea but actually allowed to be carried out by America-hating globalists. 

:: 7-21-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Youtube Is Burning Books As the Deep State Prepares to Burn People

By Dave Hodges

YouTube’s new program where kids as young as 13 will decide what you will see and hear. It’s called the HEROES program. I call it Lord of the Flies runs our social media. YouTube (i.e. Google) and Facebook are acting as unregulated monopolies. They provide a privately owned platform in which the Independent Media provides a conservative interpretation of the news as opposed to the radical left-wing Mainstream media who espouses such values as expressing anti-Christian views, advocating for the continual erosion of the Bill of Rights and the rest of the Constitution, completely open borders in which anyone with two legs and carrying weapons of mass destruction can illegally cross our borders take up residence, all courtesy of the US taxpayer. And according to Facebook and YouTube they have the right to ban you from using their platform for espousing traditional American values that our country was founded on. Not Advertiser Friendly I have had scores of videos demonetized by YouTube because they are “not advertiser friendly”. Not advertiser friendly? I had a video demonetized that had 1,735 likes and 21 dislikes, with over 40,000 views and I did not make a dime on the video. Why? Because I referred to a current event that involved a suspicious death of a political figure. My approval rating for this video had an approval rating of over 98% and it is not advertiser-friendly? With 98% of the people approving of the video, the video was very advertiser-friendly and would make the audience of The Common Sense Show MUCH more receptive to being advertising friendly. The term advertiser friendly is a Bravo-Sierra term. What they mean is that I am not loony-liberal-left anti-Christian friendly and my conservative views should not be heard. The First Amendment violators and the thought police are patrolling the corridors of the social media giants with the message “You either promote our world-view or will make you deliver your message at a financial loss.” There is no such thing as advertiser friendly. The whores from Wall Street don’t care where they peddle their goods and services. Just ask Prescott Bush (HW Bush’s father) when tried to get away with doing business with the Nazis during WW II. Hate Speech and Extremism Any view which is anti-New World Order which OPPOSES the total obliteration of freedom, both politically and financially, is labeled as hate speech. If we advocate for screening immigrants criminal background is hate speech as if no terrorist with bad intentions would ever try and cross our border in order to do Americans harm. If one speaks against the illegal and unethical actions of Wall Street, that is considered “extremism”. I have been demonetized and suspended from Facebook for discussing child-sex-trafficking. The FBI and every major police department in the country have task forces related to this topic, but if I write about it, even just to report a related news event, my work is banned and/or demonetized. Please consider the following admonition from YouTube: “Controversial or sensitive subjects and events, including subjects related to war, political conflicts, natural disasters and tragedies, even if graphic imagery is not shown.” Don’t the topics which includes content of controversial, sensitive issues, wars, political conflicts, natural disasters and tragedies make up 95% of the content on your nightly news? Rules for Thee but Not for Me Countless times, I have seen a CNN or Fox News video reproduced, with YouTube ads being played on YouTube without restriction. Ads from Wall Street advertisers play unabated and permeate these MSM sites and we in the alt media are not allowed to cover these same topics. If I address the topic (eg war, right vs. left politics), I am banned or demonetized. YouTube and Facebook are guilty of extremism. Extreme hypocritical treatment of divergent and legitimate political views is a rehash of Stalin and Hitler (oh, the use these historical figures names will get banned as well). For the record, The Common Sense Show does not advocate for violence except in extreme self- defense. The show argues against the use of violence by our government in their wars of occupation which are nothing more that resource-grabbing adventures on behalf of the globalists. Yet CNN videos play on YouTube unabated which stand in support with never-ending wars and they are not banned or demonitized. By the way, there is no appeal to the arbitrary decisions of censorship as the new algorithms are key word driven and they have no real appeal mechanism. Do you think CNN and Fox are ever demonetized or banned for covering news stories that are underwritten and funded by CIA? Former reporter, Amber Lyons, claimed was true? Consider the following graphic appearing on Alex Jones’ Infowars website. This says it all. This has already happened to Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, where Google delisted Mike’s publications. Course of Action The alt media should ban together and sue the Washington Post for accusing us of being Russian agents for supporting Donald Trump. We should look into suing Facebook and YouTube. Oh, I know they are private entities. However, they are unregulated monopolies that are predatory in nature. I have had some private conversations with sympathetic attorneys that think that these social media giants may have crossed the line with regard to anti-trust violations. If the estimated 20-30 million people who frequent alt media sites would contribute 5 dollars each to a trust fund, we could make this brand of communist censorship very expensive to YouTube (Google) and Facebook. If everyone refused to use Google’s search engine, it would cost them billions. If we began to boycott advertisers who are contributing to the demise of the Independent Media, feel the pinch, we would quickly see how broad the term “not advertiser friendly” would become. If our followers were crowdfunding their favorites shows, websites and YouTube creators, the message would still be heard. Here is the stark reality of where this is headed The alt media in a dying gasp to stay viable, will attempt to get their followers to, in some measure, pay for their favorite entities to stay in business. However, I am not confident in the alt right crowd’s determination to do such a thing on a scale that will make any real difference. Before the alt media largely goes extinct, you will see the following: Websites will ban users who employ adblockers to access their site Radio shows will charge a small premium (5-10 dollars per month to access). YouTubers will be forced to watch private ads secured by the creators and played in front of their video. Here is what I have concluded: First they came for radio show and America said nothing Then they came for Revolution Radio and America said nothing Then they came for Agenda 21 Radio and America said nothing Then they came for the Hagmann Report and America said nothing Then they came for Natural News and America said nothing Then they came for and America said nothing Then they came for The Common Sense Show and America said nothing Then they came for America and there was nobody left to speak WHERE THEY BURN BOOKS, THEY WILL SOON BURN PEOPLE! The first step is in the installation of a police state complete with all the trappings of Hitler is to take away the command and control of the conservative base in this country and that is what is going on right now. The countdown to tyranny has begun and America continues to snore. 

:: 7-21-17 New America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pentagon Dumps $65 Million Into Mind-control Project

Written by Joe Wolverton, II, J.D. Friday, 21 July 2017

The Pentagon’s research arm — the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, or DARPA — just received $65 million from American taxpayers to develop a way to plug a human brain directly into a computer. According to an announcement by DARPA, the project will create a way to “enable rich two-way communication with the brain at a scale that will help deepen our understanding of that organ’s underlying biology, complexity, and function.” If successful, the Neural Engineering System Design (NESD) will give the Pentagon power to “support potential future therapies for sensory restoration.” In other words, the federal government is taking money from taxpayers and using it to build a way to manipulate their brains, altering their senses — “vision, hearing, and speech” — in whatever way the feds deem beneficial. One of the first steps, DARPA reports, will be to create “an implantable package.” That is to say, a device that can be put directly into the brains of those selected for the sensory rewiring. One of the proposed interfaces will result in the development of “up to 100,000 untethered, submillimeter-sized ‘neurograin’ sensors implanted onto or into the cerebral cortex.” Yikes. Once the device is implanted in the brain of the subject, the military could use a “relay station transceiver worn on the head” to “wirelessly power and communicate with the implanted device.” Yikes. But wait, there’s more! DARPA reports that a team working at the University of California-Berkley is attempting “to create quantitative encoding models to predict the responses of neurons to external visual and tactile stimuli, and then apply those predictions to structure photo-stimulation patterns that elicit sensory percepts in the visual or somatosensory cortices, where the device could replace lost vision or serve as a brain-machine interface for control of an artificial limb.” "Predict the responses of neurons." In other words, the person with the Pentagon-powered brain will send messages to the controllers alerting them to thoughts or actions about to percolate to the person’s conscious mind. Academics have come out in support of the scheme: A paper entitled “The Brain Activity Map Project and the Challenge of Functional Connectomics” includes predictions of the development of “techniques for wireless, noninvasive readout of the activity of neuronal populations.” In simpler terms, this research would allow those in control of the discoveries gleaned from this program to wirelessly access and control the brains of target populations. Consider this excerpt from the academic study, as well: "This emergent level of understanding could also enable accurate diagnosis and restoration of normal patterns of activity to injured or diseased brains, foster the development of broader biomedical and environmental applications, and even potentially generate a host of associated economic benefits." “Restoration of normal patterns” takes on an eery aspect when viewed in concert with the DARPA connection. As revealed in the academic study, the NESD is part of a broader plan to give the Pentagon power over the mind, a plan called the BRAIN Initiative — short for Brain Research through Advancing Innovative Neurotechnologies. Development of such mind-control technologies is certainly consistent with DARPA’s recent efforts to speed of the growth of the surveillance state and the increasing sophistication of the tools used to build it. At The New American we have chronicled the various projects sponsored by the über-secret research and development arm of the military. One of the numerous technologies being pursued by DARPA will not only widen the field of vision of government’s never-blinking eye, but it purports to predict the behavior of those being watched. Forbes reported that DARPA has contracted with scientists at Carnegie Mellon University to develop “an artificial intelligence system that can watch and predict what a person will ‘likely’ do in the future using specially programmed software designed to analyze various real-time video surveillance feeds. The system can automatically identify and notify officials if it recognized that an action is not permitted, detecting what is described as anomalous behaviors.” Deployment of the devices is anticipated at “airports and bus stations,” but there is little doubt that should these predictive monitors prove successful, they will be installed right there next to the red light cameras already mounted at nearly every intersection in America. Minority Report, anyone? With millions of tax dollars deposited by BRAIN into its research coffers, DARPA can begin planning to identify brain activity typical of those who could potentially pose a threat to national security. Such people could be eliminated by being brought into a federal government lab run by the National Institutes of Health and having their “diseased” brain healed and brought back into “normal” function. In its announcement, DARPA names “Detection and Computational Analysis of Psychological Signals (DCAPS)” as one of its primary areas of emphasis in its BRAIN activity. A separate entry on another part of the DARPA website reveals more about DCAPS and how it could be used: DCAPS tools will be developed to analyze patterns in everyday behaviors to detect subtle changes associated with post-traumatic stress disorder, depression and suicidal ideation. In particular, DCAPS hopes to advance the state-of-the-art in extraction and analysis of “honest signals” from a wide variety of sensory data inherent in daily social interactions. DCAPS is not aimed at providing an exact diagnosis, but at providing a general metric of psychological health. DCAPS also aims to develop novel algorithms for detecting distress cues from users who opt in to provide data such as text and voice communications, daily patterns of sleeping, eating, social interactions and online behaviors, and nonverbal cues such as facial expression, posture and body movement. The outcomes of these analytical algorithms would be correlated with distress markers from neurological sensors for improved understanding of distress cues. There is legitimate reason to oppose the NESD and the entire BRAIN Initiative. As has been demonstrated, Washington considers patriots “home-grown terrorists,” and there is little doubt that any technologies developed by grants from the Pentagon’s efforts to directly control the minds of veterans and other Americans could eventually be used to identify those with tendencies toward suspect thoughts and to use the map of the brain to re-program patriots and eliminate the threat they are accused of posing to national security. 

:: 7-20-17 Wolf Street :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Sales Plunge, GM Might Cancel Six Car Models

by Wolf Richter • Jul 20, 2017

Discussions with the UAW have started. Entire plants at risk. GM is getting whacked harder than any of the major automakers by the industry-wide plunge in car sales, as Americans switch in ever larger numbers from cars to “trucks,” which include pickups, van, SUVs and crossovers. In the first half of 2017, GM’s car sales in the US plunged 19%, and in June 38%. The rest of the industry (without GM) booked declines in car sales of “only” 10% in the first half and 9% in June. GM is losing ground in the bitter industry-wide reality of dropping car sales. Inventory is piling up on GM dealer lots. At the end of June, some car models exceeded a catastrophic 180 days’ supply. GM has already cut production. There have been layoffs. Plants have been temporarily shut down, and entire shifts have been eliminated. But it hasn’t been enough. Now comes the next step: Ending production entirely of some models, shuttering plants for good or converting them to making trucks, and fretting about jobs. And that’s already being discussed between the UAW and GM, according to UAW president Dennis Williams. “We are talking to [GM] right now about the products that they currently have” at underutilized car plants, such as Hamtramck in Michigan and Lordstown in Ohio, and whether these models could be replaced with more popular vehicles such as crossovers, he told reporters today, including Reuters. “We are tracking it,” he said. “We are addressing it” Six passenger cars are currently under review at GM and might be cancelled after the 2020 model year, Reuters “has learned from people familiar with the plans”: Chevrolet Volt (a hybrid, not to be confused with the Bolt, an EV), Buick LaCrosse, Cadillac CT6, Cadillac XTS, Chevrolet Impala, and Chevrolet Sonic. GM has already done away with the Cadillac ELR, a dressed-up 2-door luxury coupe version of the Volt, but a lot more expensive. Practically no one had bought it. But that was just a failed niche product. Some of the six models GM is thinking of canceling were its bread-and-butter. Other automakers already cancelled cars for the 2016 and 2017 model years, including the Dodge Viper; the Volkswagen Eos, a convertible suffering from the decade-long slump of all convertibles; the Honda CR-Z hybrid 2-door; the Lincoln MKS, a nicely groomed Taurus; and Toyota’s entire Scion brand, with some models migrating to the Toyota brand and others, such as the Scion tC, just gone. Oh, and then there’s Fiat Chrysler. It has wound down production of the Dodge Dart (Fiat comes to mind) and the Chrysler 200. It no longer makes cars at all in the US. The remaining cars it sells in the US will be made in Mexico, Canada, and other countries. It will only make trucks in the US, which are a lot more profitable, such as the Ram and the Jeep-branded SUVs. But cancelling six cars, including bread-and-butter models, as GM is doing, is a sign that the collapse of car sales in the US isn’t just a temporary hiccup. GM’s Hamtramck plant in Detroit, which builds Chevrolet Volt, Buick LaCrosse, Cadillac CT6, Chevrolet Impala – all four them in the list above of cars potentially on the chopping block – is a sitting duck. Reuters: In the first half, it built fewer than 35,000 cars, down 32% from the same period in 2016, according to suppliers familiar with GM’s U.S. production schedule. The typical GM assembly plant builds 200,000-300,000 vehicles a year. Rental car companies, which are the biggest car buyers out there, have found themselves over-fleeted due to industry changes, including the surging use of rideshare services even by business travelers [Answers Emerge: This is How Badly Uber Eats into Hertz]. And so rental car companies are trimming their purchases. Which leaves automakers with less of an outlet for their cars. And even consumers that typically bought cars are more and more gravitating toward SUVs and crossovers, and even pickups, as Honda’s successful launch of its Ridgeline pickup trucks amply demonstrates. And as long as gas is below $3 a gallon, that’s unlikely to change. Gas might have to go over $6 a gallon and stay there before there would be a noticeable rejiggering of buying preferences. And even then it might not happen. Now that Carmageddon has descended upon cars, and particularly on GM’s cars, the company would need to perform a miracle and come out with hot new cars that people would actually want to buy, even with gas below $3 a gallon. But miracles are rare these days, especially in the car business, and so the inevitable next steps will impact in dramatic ways the model lineup, plants, and jobs – not only at GM but also at its suppliers. American icon Harley-Davidson is in an even tighter spot, trying to manage a structural decline in a terrible industry. Read… Harley-Davidson Spirals Down, Announces US Layoffs, Builds Factory in Thailand 

:: 7-20-17 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Collusion? What About Chinagate and Ted Kennedy's Outreach to the USSR?

Larry Elder Posted: Jul 20, 2017 12:01 AM

During President Bill Clinton's 1996 campaign for re-election, several individuals allegedly worked on behalf of the Chinese government to influence the presidential election in favor of Clinton. "Chinagate" began when the Los Angeles Times reported, a couple months before the '96 election, the following: "The Democratic National Committee has returned a $250,000 contribution from a recently established subsidiary of a South Korean electronics company because it violated a ban on donations from foreign nationals in U.S. elections, a party spokesman said Friday. ... "David Eichenbaum, DNC communications director ... said that the DNC fund-raiser who was responsible for the contribution was under the impression, erroneously as it turned out, that it fulfilled the legal qualifications. He said it was unclear whether the fund-raiser was misled or there had been a misunderstanding." DNC did the standard "Oops, we made a boo-boo, here's your money back, it's all OK now" dog and pony show. That worked for a while. But a few months later, on Feb. 13, 1997, The Washington Post's Bob Woodward and Brian Duffy reported: "A Justice Department investigation into improper political fund-raising activities has uncovered evidence that representatives of the People's Republic of China sought to direct contributions from foreign sources to the Democratic National Committee before the 1996 presidential campaign, officials familiar with the inquiry said. ... "The Chinese effort to win influence with the Clinton administration can be traced to 1993, one source said. ... Some investigators suspected a Chinese connection to the current fund-raising scandal because several DNC contributors and major fund-raisers had ties to Beijing. Last February, Charles Yah Lin Trie, a fund-raiser for the Democratic National Committee, used his influence with party officials to bring Wang Jun, head of a weapons trading company owned by the Chinese military, to a White House coffee with Clinton. CARTOONS | Henry Payne View Cartoon "Wang also heads a prominent, state-owned investment conglomerate. Clinton has since said he should not have met with Wang, and $640,000 in checks that Trie delivered to president's legal defense fund has been returned because of questions about the source of the funds." The DNC vice chairman and fundraiser at the center of the DNC's illegal contribution was formerly a top executive involved with Asian and Chinese corporations, with some holdings sold to the Chinese government. Before joining the DNC, he left his corporate job with a large severance and worked at the Commerce Department for 18 months, where he enjoyed a top-secret clearance. Evidence showed more than 70 calls from his Commerce office to a bank controlled by his former corporation; memos of calls from Chinese embassy officials; three meetings scheduled with Chinese government officials; a breakfast and a dinner at the Chinese embassy; and at least one visit to the "residence of the Chinese ambassador." After a year of investigation, FBI director Louis Freeh sent Clinton Attorney General Janet Reno a 22-page memorandum, stating, "It is difficult to imagine a more compelling situation for appointing an independent counsel." Several months later, Charles LaBella, head of the Justice Department's campaign-finance task force, also sent a report to Reno recommending she appoint an independent counsel. The evidence, LaBella said, "suggests a level of knowledge within the White House -- including the president's and first lady's offices -- concerning the injection of foreign funds into the reelection effort." He also said, "If these allegations involved anyone other than the president, vice president, senior White House or DNC and Clinton/Gore '96 officials, an appropriate investigation would have commenced months ago without hesitation." Reno, however, declined all requests for an independent counsel. Before Chinagate, Sen. Ted Kennedy, thinking of running for president in 1988, reportedly offered to help the Soviets influence the 1984 election. Desperate to stop President Ronald Reagan's re-election, Kennedy, as first reported in The London Times in 1992, reached out via an intermediary to the Soviet KGB. The London Times revealed a 1983 KGB document from KGB chief Viktor Chebrikov to the then-leader of the USSR, Yuri Andropov. Chebrikov relayed an offer presented to the Soviet leaders from Kennedy, delivered in person by "Sen. Edward Kennedy's close friend and trusted confidant" John Tunney, a former Democratic senator who was Kennedy's law school roommate. Kennedy, according to the memo, offered to help the Soviets deal with Reagan, whom Kennedy perceived as a warmonger. Kennedy would "arm Soviet officials with explanations regarding problems of nuclear disarmament so they may be better prepared and more convincing during appearances in the USA." In exchange, Kennedy wanted Soviet aid in challenging Reagan's re-election. Kennedy offered to use his influential friends in liberal American media to arrange television interviews for Andropov. This would soften the Soviets' image, Kennedy suggested, and help brand Reagan as reckless and dangerous. The memo said, "Kennedy does not discount that during the 1984 campaign, the Democratic Party may officially turn to him to lead the fight against the Republicans and elect their candidate president." To summarize, there was no special prosecutor for Chinagate. And few in the media followed up on the Kennedy/KGB story when it broke. This explains why Trump supporters, despite the selective hyperventilation over Russian "collusion," still back their man. 

:: 7-20-17 Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump facing most hostile press coverage in history

Harvard releases facts to prove it

By Madison Gesiotto - - Thursday, July 20, 2017

ANALYSIS/OPINION: Over and over again, I, and many others, have stated that President Donald Trump has received the most hostile press coverage of any sitting president in U.S. history. Democrats laughed and claimed that former President Barack Obama was treated worse, but the facts don’t lie. All you have to do is take a look at the recently released report from Harvard Kennedy School’s Shorenstein Center on Media, Politics and Public Policy by Professor Thomas E. Patterson, titled “News Coverage of Donald Trump’s First 100 Days.” According to the report, “Trump has received unsparing coverage for most weeks of his presidency, without a single major topic where Trump’s coverage, on balance, was more positive than negative, setting a new standard for unfavorable press coverage of a president.” Not a single major topic of more positive than negative coverage. That is insane. In fact, when they averaged out the tone of news coverage during his first 100 days, Mr. Trump received 80 percent negative coverage. Finally, let’s take a look at Mr. Trump’s negative news coverage by topic, On immigration, he received negative coverage a whopping 96 percent of the time. He also faced negative coverage over 80 percent of the time on health care, Russia and the election, international trade, his personal background, personnel, fitness for office and other foreign/defense issues. Again, Fox News Channel pulled these averages down with much less negative coverage than the other outlets. “Trump’s coverage during his first 100 days was negative even by the standards of today’s hyper-critical press,” the report says. They are right. The facts are clear, and there is not a doubt in my mind that Mr. Trump’s claims of unfair treatment by the media are true, which leaves us asking the question: What is the job of journalists in the media? Last time I checked, disparaging the president of the United States was not a part of the description. Wake up, America. The time to speak up is now. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-20-17 Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

House Committee Approves Strict Restrictions on US Funding for UN and Palestinian Authority

avatar by Ben Cohen July 20, 2017 4:58 pm

Tough conditions on American funding for both the UN and the Palestinian Authority (PA) have been approved by the congressional committee overseeing the US Foreign Operations Bill for 2018. The bill — passed by the House Appropriations Committee on Wednesday — places strict restrictions on how the $47.4 billion budget for overseas operations will be disbursed. A statement from the committee confirmed that there will be “no funding for the (UN) Human Rights Council unless the Secretary of State determines that it is in the national security interest and the Council stops its anti-Israel agenda and increases transparency in the elections of its members.” Secretary of State Rex Tillerson warned back in March that US funding of the council would be terminated if it continued with “its biased agenda against Israel.” “The bill also prohibits funds for UN organizations headed by countries that support terrorism, and withholds a portion of funds for the UN and international organizations until transparency and accountability measures are met,” the statement added. In its accompanying report, the committee drew specific attention to the anti-Zionist infrastructure within the UN’s own secretariat. It said it “strongly endorses the Department of State’s withholding of a proportionate share of the costs to such UN entities deemed to be anti-Israeli.” The committee also asked for an annual report on the activities of the UN agencies promoting anti-Zionist propaganda, such as the Committee on the Exercise of the Inalienable Rights of the Palestinian People (CEIRPP) and the body that services it, the Division for Palestinian Rights. Gil Kapen — a former congressional staffer with extensive knowledge of the UN’s internal workings — told The Algemeiner on Thursday that “it’s certainly a positive thing that these institutions are having a spotlight focused on them.” “Hopefully this kind of attention will continue so that they can be eventually eliminated, because they constitute a propaganda apparatus that seeks to delegitimize Israel and is an obstacle to attaining peace in the Middle East,” Kapen — who now serves as an expert with the American Jewish International Relations Institute (AJIRI) — said. The bill “maintains restrictions on the PA,” including a requirement to reduce funds to the Palestinians by an amount “equivalent to that expended by the PA as payments to prisoners that committed acts of terrorism,” the committee noted. It reiterated that funding will be cut off “if there is a Palestinian government formed through an agreement with Hamas or if the Palestinians are not acting to counter incitement.” The bill also contains a provision that would restrict Palestinian diplomatic representation in the US in the event that the PA initiates an International Criminal Court investigation against Israel. 

:: 7-22-17 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Philippines Duterte: Martial law extended in Mindanao

22 July 2017

Legislators in the Philippines have voted overwhelmingly to extend martial law to deal with an Islamist insurgency in the restive island of Mindanao. Militants linked to so-called Islamic State have been occupying parts of Marawi, a city in the south, since May. President Rodrigo Duterte said the extension was necessary to crush the insurgency, but his critics say it is part of a wider power grab. Mindanao is home to a number of Muslim rebel groups seeking more autonomy. Martial law allows the use of the military to enforce law and the detention of people without charge for long periods. It is a sensitive issue in the Philippines, where martial law was imposed by the late dictator Ferdinand Marcos for much of his rule. A previously imposed 60-day martial rule was due to expire on Saturday. It went into effect on 23 May, just hours after deadly clashes between the army and gunmen linked to so-called Islamic State. The extension means the law will now remain in force until 31 December. In May, President Duterte warned that martial law could be extended across the Philippines after insurgents killed police officers in Marawi. Duterte eyes nationwide martial law Duterte: The 'strongman' of the Philippines Some opposition lawmakers questioned why it should be applied to the whole of the southern island, instead of just the city. "I fear that the plan to extend the martial law in Mindanao will pave the way for a Philippines-wide martial law," Senator Risa Hontiveros was quoted by AFP as saying. Another senator, Franklin Drilon, said the extension was too long, while congressman Edcel Lagman said there was "no factual basis" for it. A dozen protesters also interrupted proceedings at Saturday's hearing, chanting "never again to martial law", the news agency reports. Army chief of staff General Eduardo Ano said it was necessary to restrict the movement of the Islamist militants, warning that the ongoing rebellion could spread to other cities on the island, the GMA News website reports. He described it as a "Mosul-type, hybrid urban warfare", referring to fighting in the Iraqi city that was until recently held by IS. Security officials addressing congress ahead of the vote said the law was required to stabilise the region, where supporters of IS may be inspired to stage similar uprisings in other areas of Mindanao. They said only about 60 gunmen were left in a 49-hectare area of Marawi, but nearly 1,000 pro-IS militants were active elsewhere in the south, holding 23 hostages. Marawi was home to 200,000 residents but many have fled the violence. There are fears for those trapped who face a lack of food and water. More than 420 militants, 100 soldiers and 45 civilians have been killed in the fighting. Clashes began when the army failed in its attempt to capture Isnilon Hapilon, believed to be the main IS leader in the Philippines and linked to the local Maute group, which has declared allegiance to IS. In response the Maute group attacked parts of the city, taking hostages.

Who are the Maute group? - BBC Monitoring

Also known as IS Ranao, the group is based in Mindanao's Lanao del Sur province

Formed in 2012 by Abdullah Maute (aka Abu Hasan) and his brother Omar

Ranks are believed to comprise a few hundred fighters, mostly from other armed Islamist groups

The group's first known encounter with the military came in 2013, when it attacked a security checkpoint in Mindanao

Pledged allegiance to IS in 2015

In February 2016, troops overran the group's Butig headquarters, killing around 40 rebels

The group has also been linked with Isnilon Hapilon, a prominent figure in the Abu Sayyaf militant group 

:: 7-22-17 Star Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Minneapolis Police Chief Janeé Harteau resigns; protesters shout down Mayor Betsy Hodges

Hodges 'lost confidence’ in Harteau and pushed for her ouster.

By Libor Jany, Andy Mannix and Eric Roper Star Tribune

July 22, 2017 — 12:23pm

Minneapolis Police Chief Janeé Harteau resigned abruptly Friday amid growing criticism from the public and the City Council following the fatal police shooting of Justine Damond. The chief’s departure came at the request of Mayor Betsy Hodges, who promptly nominated Assistant Chief Medaria Arradondo, a 28-year veteran of the force, to replace Harteau. The move ended Harteau’s 4½-year run as the first woman and first openly gay person to head the department. The death of Damond, a native Australian who had moved to Minneapolis to be with her fiancé, thrust Minneapolis into the international spotlight. It also has generated public skepticism about the department and its training, including from city officials who have questioned why the officers involved didn’t turn on their body cameras. etc. and the news story continues.. 

:: 7-21-17 Reuturs :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. withholds Pakistan reimbursement over Haqqani network: Pentagon

Idrees Ali and Phil Stewart July 21, 2017 / 9:22 AM / a day ago

WASHINGTON (Reuters) - The United States will withhold $50 million remaining in military reimbursements to Pakistan for fiscal year 2016 because Defense Secretary Jim Mattis believes that Islamabad has not done enough to blunt the Islamist militant Haqqani network, a U.S. official said on Friday. The decision was not the first time that the Pentagon has declined to make military reimbursements to Pakistan. Last year, it withheld $300 million. Pakistan has been reimbursed $550 million of the $900 million it was authorized to receive in fiscal year 2016. Of the rest, $300 million had already been reprogrammed for other purposes, but had not been previously reported. Mattis' latest decision affects the remaining $50 million. Relations between the two countries have been frayed over the past decade, with U.S. officials frustrated by what they term Pakistan's unwillingness to act against Islamist groups such as the Afghan Taliban and the Haqqani network. Adam Stump, a Pentagon spokesman, said the $50 million could not be released now because Mattis "could not certify that Pakistan has taken sufficient action against the Haqqani Network per the requirement in the FY 2016 National Defense Authorization Act." President Donald Trump's administration is exploring potentially hardening its approach toward Pakistan to crack down on militants launching strikes in neighboring Afghanistan. Possible Trump administration responses being discussed include expanding U.S. drone strikes and perhaps eventually downgrading Pakistan's status as a major non-NATO ally. Mattis told reporters on Friday that the decision was not linked to the administration's broader South Asia strategy, which is still being reviewed. "This is simply an assessment of the current state of play," Mattis said. "It is not a policy, it is a reality." The United States in 2012 designated the Pakistan-based Haqqani network as a terrorist organization. The year before, U.S. Navy Admiral Mike Mullen, then the top U.S. military officer, caused a stir when he told Congress that the Haqqani network was a "veritable arm" of Pakistan's spy agency, the Inter-Services Intelligence directorate. Pakistan argues that it has done a great deal to help the United States in tracking down terrorists and points out that it has suffered hundreds of deaths in Islamist militant attacks in response to its crackdowns. Pakistan's ambassador to the United States, Aizaz Ahmad Chaudhry, said that Islamabad had continued to fight militants. "It may be noted that the funds in question are a reimbursement of the expenses incurred by Pakistan towards achieving our common objectives in the fight against terrorism, and not an assistance," Chaudhry said in a statement. Pentagon spokesman Stump said the decision did not "reduce the significance of the sacrifices that the Pakistani military has undertaken over previous years." He said Pakistan still had time to take action against the Haqqani network in order to receive reimbursements next year. Reporting by Idrees Ali and Phil Stewart; editing by Andrea Ricci and Grant McCool 

:: 7-21-17 Time :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5-Year-Old Girl Fined Nearly $200 for Holding Lemonade Stand

Megan McCluskey Jul 21, 2017

A five-year-old girl who decided to run a lemonade stand in her East London neighborhood was fined nearly $200 for not having a trading permit. In a Thursday article for The Telegraph, the girl's father, Andre Spicer, described how four police officers approached the stand shortly after his daughter had begun selling her home-made beverage. "After about 30 minutes, four local council enforcement officers stormed up to her little table," he wrote. "'Excuse me,' one officer said as he switched on a portable camera attached to his vest. He then read a lengthy legal statement – the gist of which was that because my daughter didn't have a trading permit, she would be fined [$195]. 'But don’t worry, it is only [$117] if it’s paid quickly,' the officer added." Spicer went on to explain how upset his daughter was by the incident — which he dubbed Lemonadegate. " My daughter burst into tears, repeating again and again, 'Have I done a bad thing?'" Council officials stated Friday that the fine would be cancelled immediately, according to CBS News. "We are very sorry that this has happened. We expect our enforcement officers to show common sense, and to use their powers sensibly. This clearly did not happen," the statement read. 

:: 7-20-17 Sunny Skyz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man Hires Homeless Man And Builds Park Stairs For $550 After City Estimates $65,000-$150,000 For The Project

July 20, 2017

A man spent $550 building a set of stairs in his community park after the city of Toronto estimated a price of $65,000-$150,000 to complete the project. Retired mechanic Adi Astl says he took it upon himself to build the stairs after several neighbors fell down the steep path to a community garden in Tom Riley Park, in Etobicoke, Ont. "I thought they were talking about an escalator," Astl told CTV News when he learned about the city's estimation of the project. Astl says he hired a homeless person to help him and built the eight steps in a matter of hours for just $550. "To me, the safety of people is more important than money," Astl said. "So if the city is not willing to do it, I have to do it myself." City bylaw officers have taped off the stairs while officials make a decision on what to do with it. However, Astl has not been charged with any sort of violation.

Read more at 

:: 7-17-17 Market Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Amazon is getting too big and the government is talking about it

By Tonya Garcia Published: July 17, 2017 1:50 p.m. ET

Hedge-fund manager Douglas Kass says government talks about antitrust issues have begun

Fresh off its biggest Prime Day yet, the Whole Foods Market Inc. bid, and a slew of announcements including Amazon Wardrobe, Inc. was the subject of two investor calls last week that raised concerns that it is getting too big. In one case, hedge-fund manager Douglas Kass said government intervention could be imminent. “I am shorting Amazon today because I have learned that there are currently early discussions and due diligence being considered in the legislative chambers in Washington DC with regard to possible antitrust opposition to Amazon’s business practices, pricing strategy and expansion announcements already made (as well as being aimed at expansion strategies being considered in the future,” wrote Kass, head of Seabreeze Partners Management. See: It’s time to bet against Amazon, says money manager Doug Kass Kass said he is taking a short position on the stock, or a bet that it will fall. The investor said the stock could fall 10% overnight once the market gets wind of the talks. As Amazon AMZN, +1.43% has grown, so has speculation about which retail category it will rule next. The company already dominates books, the cloud and electronics. And with moves in fashion and grocery, it appears the company has its eye on those sectors next. Its dominance has created major stress for brick-and-mortar retailers, who are suffering badly as they scramble to catch up. In January, European Union antitrust regulators cheered the end of audiobook exclusivity between Amazon and Apple Inc. AAPL, +0.35% And last August, Amazon’s offices in Tokyo were searched by the Fair Trade Commission on suspicion that it was breaking antitrust laws. Amazon said Wednesday that Prime Day was its biggest day ever, with sales up 60% from the same 30-hour period the previous year. The Echo Dot was the best seller, and the company said it gained more new Prime members on July 11 than any other day in its history. As usual, it did not provide any hard numbers. Kass bolstered his argument in a Thursday comment. “My understanding is that certain Democrats in the Senate have instituted the very recent and preliminary investigation of Amazon’s possible adverse impact on competition,” he said. “But, in the Trump administration we also have a foe against Jeff Bezos, who not only runs Amazon but happens to own an editorially unfriendly (to President Trump) newspaper, The Washington Post.” See also: In Nike-Amazon partnership, Amazon’s scale could put the Nike brand at risk Amazon has been busy this summer, announcing its purchase of Whole Foods WFM, -0.31% last month. Within days, it announced Amazon Wardrobe, a service that lets shoppers try on clothing and receive discounts when they purchase multiple items. Shortly after that, Nike Inc. NKE, -0.24% confirmed that it would begin selling a limited assortment on Amazon. Kass has previously expressed doubts about Amazon, saying in October 2014 that investors should “avoid Amazon at all costs” and that the company “continues to fail to exhibit a cash flow return on any investment it makes.” The stock has more than tripled in value since then. Steve Kaplan, a trader and True Contrarian blogger, joined Kass on Wednesday with a short position of his own. Kaplan said Janet Yellen is incorrect and that a recession is looming. He is skeptical about a few other big names too. “We are likely to experience an especially severe recession since so much money has come out of safe time deposits like bank accounts and money-market funds and has gone into fluctuating assets including real estate, corporate bonds, stocks, and especially the most popular overpriced garbage including Amazon, Tesla TSLA, +2.71% Netflix NFLX, +13.54% Nvidia NVDA, +1.04% etc.,” Kaplan said. Amazon shares are up 0.7% Monday, and have gained 35% in the year so far. The S&P 500 index SPX, +0.06% is up 10% for 2017 to date. Additional reporting by Barbara Kollmeyer 

[ :: 3-31-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Hear my voice and know what hour this is. It is the hour just before the first three and a half years of the seven years. Do not fear the Islamic revolution, nor the Russian warhead, for I plan to break their power, for they have blasphemed my name and made little of my son Jesus and have established their own god and deliverer. Fear not the false prophet or the anti-christ nor his army. Fear not the anarchy and the terrorism and the monetary collapse. etc..

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

:: 7-16-17 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

THIS IS TERRIFYING: Will All Of Your Money Be Wiped Out In The Blink Of An Eye?

July 16, 2017

Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE, historic moves in currencies, warned King World News about a total recipe for disaster that will make people’s life savings disappear in the blink of an eye. Egon von Greyerz: “It is not only paper gold which is Fake. Few investors realise that most of their investments are Fake… Continue reading the Egon von Greyerz interview below… Egon von Greyerz continues: “Fake news and Fake assets are everywhere. Let’s start with social media which dominates major parts of the world. Facebook, for example, has 2 billion active users. WhatsApp has 1.2 billion users and Instagram 700 million. There will obviously be quite a lot of overlap between the various social media. But what it is clear that these three apps reach billions of people and their power is much bigger than that of any other media; Social Media has more impact than newspapers or television and is the only media that 2-3 billion people follow regularly. Most people, and in particular young people, don’t watch television and don’t read the papers. They get all of their “news” from social media. Social media is instant gratification. You post something or you send a message and you get a message back or a number of likes which generates dopamine and makes you momentarily happy. But as I have experienced from our many grandchildren, social media is a perfect source of Fake news. Many young people using social media will be receivers of Fake News or bullying. Social media is perfect for spreading false rumors which are very often difficult to get rid of. Trump’s Twitter account is another example of alleged Fake News. Trump accuses the papers and television of Fake News and they accuse him of the same. This is the world we live in today – a world with Fake markets, Fake assets, Fake values, Fake money, Fake people and Fake news. A World Of Electronic Entries There was recently an interesting example of Fake identity in Sweden. The head of Sweden’s biggest security company, Securitas, had his identity stolen in March. A loan of an undisclosed amount was then taken out by the person who stole the identity. The loan was not repaid and the Fake head of Securitas was declared bankrupt on July 10th. The real head of the company was not aware and has been fighting to reinstate his honor and position. We are now in a world where everything becomes electronic entries. Real people are no longer important. We are just all electronic entries in a register. It is the same with money. Money is today totally Fake. Money used to be silver or gold. To make trading easier, it was later replaced by paper money, on a one for one basis. So paper money still represented real value for goods and services. But bankers and governments soon realized that by reducing the amount of precious metal in a coin they could enrich themselves. They didn’t care that this was fraud and debased the value of “real” money. Later the same was done with paper money. When paper money was first introduced, it represented the amount of silver or gold held by the bank. Soon governments and bankers realized that by leveraging the silver and gold they could make a lot more money at the expense of savers and depositors. And so the Ponzi scheme started with Fake Money and Fake Assets. Today we have a situation when virtually all assets and all liabilities are just electronic entries leveraging the underlying “real”values 10s, 100s or 1,000s of times. Money is leveraged many times, stocks are also leveraged by the issuance of various derivative instruments like ETFs or futures, which supposedly reflect the underlying instrument but which, in effect, is just an electronic entry with nothing behind it. Since the global debt position, including unfunded liabilities and derivatives, amounts to over $2 quadrillion, so should global assets. But global assets are not even a fraction of that. Supposedly, global assets are $250 billion, but these are all bubble valuations that will implode as the debts and liabilities implode. All Your Money Wiped Out In The Blink Of An Eye I am spending some time in Sweden currently and experiencing the cashless society. In many places cash is not accepted. Everyone wants credit card or electronic payment. Banks charge a high fee for anyone depositing cash. Nobody realizes that their money is just an electronic entry that can be turned off in a second by the government. This means that their money will be totally gone and will never reappear again. This is what governments and central banks are introducing into most Western countries. People believe that their money is safe in the bank and don’t realize that electronic money is not introduced for convenience but to stop people taking money out when the heavily leveraged and insolvent banks run out of cash. What everyone with a bank account must understand is that one day there will be little or no money left in the bank. ATMs will then be closed and no money will be available. This is an elegant solution to the insolvency of the financial system. No paper money will be available nor any electronic money. Thus, there is no money to be had. At that point, the government will no longer print money for private individuals, since it can’t be used. Instead they will print coupons to be used in shops and for other expenses. This is already happening in countries like Zimbabwe today. Alternatively, they will allow people to spend a very limited amount of their bank balance every month. There will of course still be massive money printing to save the financial system as all assets implode. But very little of that money will reach ordinary people. Most people will consider this scenario as totally unrealistic and worse than doomsday. Hopefully it will never happen. But the point I am making is that by handing over assets to the banks, and ultimately to the government, which controls the banks, most people will totally have surrendered control of their assets. It is of course not only cash which would suffer this destiny but all assets which are held within the financial system, whether it is stocks, bonds, or any other security held in electronic form. World At The Precipice – A Recipe For Total Disaster We have now reached a stage when the world is no longer at a crossroads, instead it has reached a dead end. But this is not a dead end with a chance of going back. It is a dead end with the only way out being a precipice. And this is where the world could easily be heading next. The build-up has been the perfect recipe for disaster: 1. Take $18 trillion of debt printed by insolvent central banks, up 300% since 2006. 2. Add other public debt as well as private debt to reach $230 trillion, up 60% since 2006. 3. Add unfunded global liabilities and other commitments of $270 trillion making a total of $500 trillion at a minimum. 4. Just one small bit to add, which is derivatives of $1.5 quadrillion taking us to a total of $2 quadrillion or more. 5. Run budget deficits for over 50 years like the US. 6. Always buy more than you sell, creating trade deficits for over 40 years, again like the US or the UK. 7. Print money to pay for all your government expenses like Japan. 8. Buy your own debt like Japan, USA, the EU, UK, etc. 9. Mismanage your country and currency until the money reaches its intrinsic value of Zero. So far, all major currencies are down 97-99% since 1913. 10. Allow the financial system unlimited leverage to benefit a miniscule minority and burden the masses with debt. 11. Manipulate all markets to totally obscure price discovery. 12. Set interest rates at zero or negative so that governments can borrow unlimited amounts. 13. Suppress the value of gold in order to hide the mismanagement of money and the economy. 14. Set up a system of misinformation and Fake news to mislead the people. 15. Once 1 to 14 has been achieved, start at 1 again and do more of the same. Protect Yourself Against Biggest Risk In World History So what is the best recipe for protecting against the biggest risk in world economic history? Hard assets held directly by the investor reduces the risk. This can be anything from property, farmland, forest or mineral assets. For most people it is impractical to hold these types of assets. Instead, the perfect asset to protect against the risks in the financial system is of course physical gold or silver stored safely outside the system and preferably outside your country of residence. This is the time not to trust Fake news or Fake assets. Only real assets will protect you.”

***KWN has now released the remarkable audio interview with legend Rob Arnott and you can listen to it by CLICKING HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW. 

:: 7-16-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Health Ranger warns: Bitcoin collapse now under way… has already plunged nearly 40% from its high

Sunday, July 16, 2017 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) In case you having been paying attention to the world of crypto currency, Bitcoin has now collapsed almost 40% from its high, plunging from $3,000 to nearly $1,800 in anticipation of the “Bitcoin civil war” that’s rapidly approaching. From July 21st through the end of the year, a timeline of serious obstacles threatens to crater the speculative Bitcoin marketplace. One of those events has been called a “Bitcoin civil war” and could threaten the very existence of the crypto currency. That’s why people are taking profits right now, selling their Bitcoin holdings and driving the price downward. (See for more coverage.) Remember: Bitcoin isn’t backed by gold. It isn’t backed by anything at all. There’s nothing technically superior to Bitcoin compared to other crypto currencies such as Ethereum or Z-cash. As a result, nearly all the growth in Bitcoin over the last few months was based on speculative greed, where people hope to cash in on the bubble of crypto currencies even though they don’t understand the real risk. The Bitcoin promoters telling you that you can’t trust the dollar because it’s fiat currency usually fail to inform you that Bitcoin is crypto fiat currency, backed by nothing. In fact, one of the “fixes” being discussed by the Bitcoin community right now would result in lifting the limit of 21 million Bitcoins, allowing potentially unlimited future Bitcoins to flood the marketplace, thereby devaluing presently-held Bitcoins. Quantitative easing, it seems, isn’t just for central banks… I’ve explained all this in more detail in my studio video, below, recorded on June 7th, 2017, long before the Bitcoin market began to really crumble. For the record, I support the idea of decentralized crypto currency and rendering corrupt central banks obsolete. However, Bitcoin is so far lost into the depths of greed and hucksterism that I can’t stay silent on this issue. I especially don’t want the millions of readers and fans who follow my work to be harmed by the Bitcoin collapse, which is why I began publicly warning people about all this a couple of months ago: 

:: 7-17-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

95% Of Europeans Reject EU Efforts To "De-Cash" Their Lives

by Tyler Durden Jul 17, 2017 3:30 AM

Authored by Don Quijones via, But the IMF has suggestions on how to win the War on Cash... In January 2017 the European Commission announced it was exploring the option of imposing upper limits on cash payments, with a view to implementing cross-regional measures as soon as 2018. To give the proposal a veneer of respectability and accountability the Commission launched a public consultation on the issue. Now, the answers are in, but they are not what the Commission was expecting. A staggering 95% of the respondents said they were opposed to a cash ceiling at EU level. Even more emphatic was the answer to the following question: “How would the introduction of restrictions on payments in cash at EU level benefit you, or your business or your organisation (multiple replies are possible)?” In the curious absence of an explicit “not at all” option, 99.18% chose to respond with “no answer.” In other words, less than 1% of the more than 30,000 people consulted could think of a single benefit of the EU unleashing cross-regional cash limits. Granted, 37% of respondents were from Germany and 19% from Austria (56% in total), two countries that have a die-hard love for physical lucre. Even among millennials in Germany, two-thirds say they prefer paying in cash to electronic means, a much higher level than in almost any other advanced economy with the exception of Japan. Another 35% of the survey respondents were from France, a country that is not quite so enamored with cash and whose government has already imposed a maximum cash limit of €1,000. By its very nature the survey almost certainly attracted a disproportionate number of arch-defenders of physical cash. As such, the responses it elicited are unlikely to be a perfect representation of how all Europeans would feel about the EU’s plans to introduce maximum cash limits. Nonetheless, the sheer strength of opposition should (but probably won’t) give the apparatchiks in Brussels pause for thought. Respondents cited a number of objections to EU-wide cash restrictions, chief among them the convenience of using cash and the limited impact the measure would probably have on achieving its “stated” objectives of curbing terrorism, tax evasion, and money laundering. Of course, there are many other reasons to worry about living in a cashless (or “less cash”) society that were not offered as an option in the survey, including the vastly increased power it would give to political and monetary authorities as well as the near-impossibility of ever escaping from the clutches of the banking system or central banks’ monetary experiments. The biggest cited concern for respondents was the threat the cash restrictions would pose to privacy and personal anonymity. A total of 87% of respondents viewed paying with cash as an essential personal freedom. The European Commission would beg to differ. In the small print accompanying the draft legislation it launched in January, it pointed out that privacy and anonymity do not constitute “fundamental” human rights. Be that as it may, many Europeans still clearly have a soft spot for physical money. If the EU authorities push too hard, too fast in their war on cash, they could provoke a popular backlash. In Germany, trust in Europe’s financial institutions is already at a historic low, with only one in three Germans saying they have confidence in the ECB. The longer QE lasts, the more the number shrinks. Bundesbank president Jens Weidmann has already warned that it would be “disastrous” if people started to believe cash would be abolished — an oblique reference to the risk of negative interest rates and the escalating war on cash triggering a run on cash. The IMF has also waded into the debate with a working paper full of sage advice for governments keen on “de-cashing” – as the IMF calls this procedure – their economies against the will of their citizenry (emphasis added): The private-sector-led de-cashing seems preferable to the public-sector-led decashing. The former seems almost entirely benign (e.g., more use of mobile phones to pay for coffee), but still needs policy adaptation. The latter seems more questionable, and people may have valid objections to it. De-cashing of either kind leaves both individuals and states more vulnerable to disruptions, ranging from power outages to hacks to cyberwarfare. In any case, the tempting attempts to impose de-cashing by a decree should be avoided, given the popular personal attachment to cash. A targeted outreach program is needed to alleviate suspicions related to de-cashing; in particular, that by de-cashing the authorities are trying to control all aspects of peoples’ lives, including their use of money, or push personal savings into banks. It basically involves making it easier and cheaper for people to use electronic payment methods while subtly turning the screw on those who would prefer to continue using cash (for perfectly valid reasons, as the IMF itself admits), presumably by making it more difficult and expensive to do so. In many places it’s already happening. But a surprisingly large number of people still appear to have a strong sense of attachment to physical money, particularly in Europe’s most important economy, Germany. And if the survey is any indication, they have little interest in changing those habits. 

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

[ :: 12-13-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. China continues to build up her monetary system, putting pressure on the whole world to come to a worldly monetary system etc..

:: 7-17-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China and Russia Are Doing the 2-Step to Bring Down the US Economy

By Dave Hodges

The American economy is on the rocks. Most would tell you that it is because our government and its citizens have acquired massive debt. That is only part of the picture. At the present moment, China and Russia are doing their version of the two-step to take down the US economy. Make no mistake about it, this is economic war and it is leading to World War III. China and Russia’s Economic Assault on the US Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa-BRICS When it became obvious for all with eyes to see, Russia and China led the initial assault upon the dollar by challenging the supremacy of the Petrodollar. Briefly, for those that do not know their economic history, the globalists, in 1944, decided that the world would use the dollar as the world’s reserve currency. With a coming global industrialization movement, there was a need for a stable currency to underwrite the growth. The only major country untouched by the ravages of World War II was the United States. Therefore, it was decided that all nations that would purchase oil, in their attempt to further industrialize, must do so with the dollar. The international purchasing of the dollar, known as the Petrodollar, saved the US economy because we had abandoned the gold standard under FDR during the Great Depression. The Petrodollar is the only backing that our dollar enjoys and now it is being threatened. In the 1990’s, Saddam Hussein, Germany and France began to engage in oil exchange using gold and Iraq got invaded under George H. W. Bush. Other Middle Eastern nations were preparing to do the same at a later date and Rumsfeld, George W. Bush and Dick Cheney devised a plan to invade 5 Middle Eastern Nations in order to prevent any future rebellion against the Federal Reserve’s Petrodollar. Part of this plan, called for the invasion of Syria and Iran. This is where the Chinese and the Russians stepped in and created the BRICS. Further, the Russians and the Chinese began to defend Iran and Syria. Most importantly, Iran began to sell oil for gold to the newly created BRICS and the value of your dollar took a big hit. The US would love to invade Iran in order to stop the BRICS, but they cannot get passed the armies of Russia and China. The BRICS Conspiracy Grows The creation of a BRICS gold marketplace, designed to replace the U.S. Petrodollar in continues to move to the next level. Russia’s largest bank, Sberbank, recently announced that its subsidiary is now trading in gold on the Shanghai Gold Exchange. Russia and China are marrying their economy in gold exchanges in order to completely bypass the dollar. This is a catastrophic development. Here is a summary of this action. The reader can clearly see that the Russian government fully intends on expanding their gold exchanges with China which is currently at 26% of all trade transactions. It doesn’t take a rocket scientist to realize that this Russian/Chinese strategy is designed to weaken America and soften her up for the kill. Reuters provides more fuel to this fire: “Sberbank plans to expand its presence on the Chinese precious metals market and anticipates total delivery of 5-6 tonnes of gold to China in the remaining months of 2017. Gold bars will be delivered directly to the official importers in China as well as through the exchange… Russia’s second-largest bank VTB is also a member of the Shanghai Gold Exchange.” Summary of the Present Economic Climate The BRICS began as an attempt by affiliated nations to not be held hostage by the dollar. This would have presumably allowed the economies of these nations to expand and to compete with the dollar, which it has. China and Russia, the second and third most powerful nations, are in the process of completely abandoning the dollar. The world is in the process of joining them. This is the end of the dollar and this is the end of your bank account. Implications Do you think the Federal Reserve is going to take this lying down? This is an act of war and war is exactly what is going to happen. The bankers who reside at the top of pyramid of power have deliberately weakened America, because America is going to lose this war so that the NWO can be ushered in and it biggest opponent will not be able to obstruct the process. Deagel’s projections, that have been widely discussed on this site, will come to fruition as America is expected to lose 90% of its population by 2024 and its economy, along with its military budget. will shrink by an equivalent amount. If there anything that the average American can do? That will be the subject of the next installment in this series. 

:: 7-13-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

10 ways to prep when you’re completely broke

Thursday, July 13, 2017 by: Lance D Johnson

(Natural News) If you feel like prepping is a waste of money or if you think you don’t have the money to plan for future events, think again. Even if you’re broke, thrifty prepping techniques can help you make connections, earn more money, and have just the right item on hand in an emergency. Here’s 10 tips for prepping when you’re broke: Get on a budget and designate a set amount for addressing future concerns. Start small, setting aside $10 a week and go from there. Pick up cheap but valuable preparedness items that you could use or trade. Here’s a list of ten affordable and crucial items that won’t break your budget. Make a list and prioritize what is most important to you. Turn off the TV and don’t be conned into buying frivolous things you don’t need. Challenge yourself. Learn not to rely on much. Make do with little. If a bad situation arises, you’ll know how to live lean and rely on yourself, first and foremost. Be of value to your neighbors, friends, and family by learning a skill or trade. Read a book. Take a class. This skill could come in handy during a survival situation or during any season of life. More importantly, this skill will connect you with people and make you more valuable to others during any circumstance. Buy and resell items online, through a local resale shop, or at a garage sale. A small amount of money can multiply quickly if you know what to buy, when to sell it, where to sell it, and who to sell it to. People who are in the middle of moving will sell things cheap. You can consign at a local resale shop and make profit on the side from the items you bring in. The chances are good that there is an online Facebook buy/sell group in your area. This is great place to catch a bargain and negotiate for a good deal on necessary survival tools, items that could go up in value, or things you can resell and turn a profit on. Go through dumpsters and salvage valuable items that people are throwing away. You’ll be amazed at what people and businesses are pitching. Watch for businesses that are having Going Out of Business sales. Hit up a supermarket at the right time and you may get your hands on some food items that are still good to eat. Go to the dollar store and pick up cheap items that will be of higher value in a survival situation. Lighters, matches, gauze, duct tape, candles, band aids, toilet paper, and canned food are cheap, easy to store, and their value goes up tremendously in a crisis scenario. Likewise, vinegar, salt, soap, and baking soda will all be important for cleaning, preserving food, and keeping infections at bay. Stock up on seeds and plan ways to grow food year round. Seeds are inexpensive and can yield abundance with the right nutrients, water, and sun. Ideally, plant a fruit tree that produces food yearly with little effort. Give what little you have to people who are really in need. Small acts of kindness go a long way. You never know when you might need the same hand-up in a survival situation. Be careful not to waste what you give on those who are only out to take. Not all sob stories are genuine. Hit up a flea market and pick up some hand tools that will be essential when power tools and fuel-driven equipment become obsolete. Think like the Amish. Dig a root cellar in the ground in case you need to keep food in a cool location when the fridge stops running. Pick up an extra box of ammo when you’re in a sporting goods store and stash it back in a secure location. Buying a lot of ammo at once is expensive, but if you buy an extra box occasionally with the loose cash in your pocket, you’ll soon have a valuable stash of ammo ready for an emergency situation. Ammo holds value and is easy to resell. Alternatively, befriend someone who loves to reload ammo. If you’re broke, you won’t have the money you need to buy all the reloading equipment, but if you know someone who has all the tools, ask to reload with them. You’ll cut down on the cost of ammunition and can even resell ammo at gun shows. (RELATED: For more information, news, and insight, visit Preparedness.News.) 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 7-17-17 Earthquakes Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strong earthquake, 6.6 mag strikes near Nikol’skoye in Russia

Posted by admin on July 17, 2017

A earthquake with magnitude 6.6 (ml/mb) was detected on Monday, 204 km ESE of Nikol’skoye, Russia (127 miles). Event id: pt17198004. Ids that are associated to the earthquake: at00ot8esn, pt17198004. The 6.6-magnitude earthquake was detected at 22:05:10 / 10:05 pm (local time epicenter). A tsunami warning has been issued near Nikol’skoye in Russia (Does not indicate if a tsunami actually did or will exist). Exact time and date of earthquake 17/07/17 / 2017-07-17 11:05:10 / July 17, 2017 @ 11:05 am UTC/GMT. Exact location, longitude 168.656° East, latitude 54.203° North, depth = 29.5 km. The epicenter of the earthquake was roughly 29.5 km (18 miles) below the earth’s surface. Earthquakes 6.0 to 6.9 may cause a lot of damage in very populated areas. There are an estimated 135 earthquakes in the world each year. In the past 24 hours, there have been one, in the last 10 days one, in the past 30 days one and in the last 365 days ten earthquakes of magnitude 3.0 or greater that have been detected nearby. Did you feel it? Were you asleep? Was it difficult to stand and/or walk? Leave a comment or report about shaking, activity and damage at your city, home and country. The information in this article comes from the USGS Earthquake Notification Service. Read more about the earthquake, Seismometer information, Distances, Parameters, Date-Time, Location and details about this quake, detected near: 204 km ESE of Nikol’skoye, Russia. 

:: 7-16-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Russiagate Really Hillarygate?

by Tyler Durden Jul 16, 2017 10:30 PM

Authored by Paul Roderick Gregory via,

According to an insider account, the Clinton team, put together the Russia Gate narrative within 24 hours of her defeat. The Clinton account explained that Russian hacking and election meddling caused her unexpected loss. Her opponent, Donald Trump, was a puppet of Putin. Trump, they said, “encourages espionage against our people.” The scurrilous Trump dossier, prepared by a London opposition research firm, Orbis, and paid for by unidentified Democrat donors, formed a key part of the Clinton narrative: Trump’s sexual and business escapades in Russia had made him a hostage of the Kremlin, ready to do its bidding. That was Hillary's way to say that Trump is really not President of the United States—a siren call adopted by the Democratic party and media. Hillary and the Orbis Dossier The most under-covered story of Russia Gate is the interconnection between the Clinton campaign, an unregistered foreign agent of Russia headquartered in DC (Fusion GPS), and the Christopher Steele Orbis dossier. This connection has raised the question of whether Kremlin prepared the dossier as part of a disinformation campaign to sow chaos in the US political system. If ordered and paid for by Hillary Clinton associates, Russia Gate is turned on its head as collusion between Clinton operatives (not Trump’s) and Russian intelligence. Russia Gate becomes Hillary Gate. Neither the New York Times, Washington Post, nor CNN has covered this explosive story. Two op-eds have appeared in the Wall Street Journal (Holman Jenkins and David Satter). The possible Russian-intelligence origins of the Steele dossier have been raised only in conservative publications, such as in The Federalist and National Review. The Fusion story has been known since Senator Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa) sent a heavily-footnoted letter to the Justice Department on March 31, 2017 demanding for his Judiciary Committee all relevant documents on Fusion GPS, the company that managed the Steele dossier against then-candidate Donald Trump. Grassley writes to justify his demand for documents that: “The issue is of particular concern to the Committee given that when Fusion GPS reportedly was acting as an unregistered agent of Russian interests, it appears to have been simultaneously overseeing the creation of the unsubstantiated dossier of allegations of a conspiracy between the Trump campaign and the Russians.” (Emphasis added.) Former FBI director, James Comey, refused to answer questions about Fusion and the Steele dossier in his May 3 testimony before the Senate Intelligence Committee. Comey responded to Lindsey Graham’s questions about Fusion GPS’s involvement “in preparing a dossier against Donald Trump that would be interfering in our election by the Russians?” with “I don’t want to say.” Perhaps he will be called on to answer in a forum where he cannot refuse to answer. The role of Fusion GPS and one of its key associates, a former Soviet intelligence officer, must raise the question as to whether the Steele dossier, which was orchestrated by a suspected unregistered agent of Russia, was a plant by Russian intelligence to harm Donald Trump? David Satter, one of our top experts on Russia and himself expelled by the Kremlin, writes: Perhaps most important, Russian intelligence also acted to sabotage Mr. Trump. The ‘Trump dossier, full of unverified sexual and political allegations, was published in January by BuzzFeed, despite having all the hallmarks of Russian spy agency ‘creativity.’ The dossier was prepared by Christopher Steele, a former British intelligence officer. It employed standard Russian techniques of disinformation and manipulation. Much of the credibility of the Orbis dossier hinges on Steele’s reputation as a former M15 intelligence agent. Satter writes, however, that “after the publication of the Trump dossier, Mr. Steele went into hiding, supposedly in fear for his life. On March 15, however, Michael Morell, the former acting CIA director, told NBC that Mr. Steele had paid the Russian intelligence sources who provided the information and never met with them directly. In other words, his sources were not only working for pay. Furthermore, Mr. Steele had no way to judge the veracity of their claims.” f Steele disappeared for fear of his life, we must suspect that he feared murder by Russian agents. The only secret he might have had to warrant such a drastic Russian action would be knowledge that Russian intelligence prepared the dossier. According to a Vanity Fair article, Fusion GPS was first funded by an anti-Trump Republican donor, but, after Trump’s nomination, Fusion and Steele were paid by Democratic donors whose identity remains secret. Writes Satter: “Perhaps the time has come to expand the investigation into Russia’s meddling to include Mrs. Clinton’s campaign as well.” As someone who has read every word of the Steele Trump dossier and has studied the Soviet Union/Russia for almost a half century, I can say that the Steele dossier consists of raw intelligence from informants identified by capital letters, who claim (improbably) to have access to the highest levels of the Kremlin. The dossier was not, as the press reports, written by Steele. No matter how experienced (or gullible) Steele might be, there is no way for him to know whether his sources are clandestine Russian intelligence agents. In Stalin's day, some of the most valued KGB (NKVD) agents were called "novelists," for their ability to conjure up fictional plots and improbable tales to use against their enemies. Some of Steele's sources claim detailed knowledge of the deepest Kremlin secrets, such as Putin's personal control of Clinton emails or negotiations with Putin's head of the national oil company. If they truly had such knowledge, why would they "sell" it to Steele? The most likely explanation is that the Steele dossier is the work of Russian intelligence "novelists" charged by the Kremlin with defaming Trump and adding chaos to the American political system. Mueller’s Difficult Task While leaks from within the investigation focus on possible obstruction of justice, Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s writ – to investigate Russian interference in the 2016 election – requires him to consider “matters” that Dems would prefer be left alone. Special Counsel Mueller has been given a broad charge and no deadline -- a formula for trouble. He is supposed to “investigate Russia’s intervention in the 2016 election.” Given the many accounts of Russian contacts of Trump campaign officials and hangers-on, Mueller must follow these leads, which apparently have lead nowhere over a nine month investigation as reported even by Trump unfriendly sources like CNN. Mueller, therefore, should not require much time to rule out coordination between the Trump campaign and Russia state actors. Mueller must be careful to avoid detours into loosely related issue by scalp-hunting investigators. Mueller also must shut down leaks from within his office, if he wishes his reports to be credible to the American people. 

:: 7-13-17 Clarion Project :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Europe Beware! Turkey Eyes Iran as Replacement Partner

By Clarion Project Thursday, July 13, 2017

Listen to Clarion’s latest podcast which includes a stark warning about the potential for a long-term Turkish-Iranian economic and military alliance:

Scribe Note: Click on the link below for podcast 

:: 7-17-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Elon Musk's Worst Nightmare: Russian AK-47 Maker Builds Fully-Automated "Killer Robot"

by Tyler Durden Jul 17, 2017 5:30 AM

Authored by Joseph Jankowski via, The debate over the role robots will play in the future of warfare is one that is taking place right now as the development of automated lethal technology is truly beginning to take shape. Predator drone style combat machines are just the tip of the iceberg for what is to come down the line of lethal weaponry and some are worried that when robots are calling the shots, things could get a little out of hand. Recently there has been some debate at the U.N. about “killer robots,” with prominent scientists, researchers, and Human rights organizations all warning that this type of technology – lethal tech. that divorces the need for human control – could cause a slew of unintended consequence to the detriment of humanity. A study conducted the University of British Columbia shows that this type of terminator-like weaponry isn’t sitting well with the general public, as an overwhelming majority of people, regardless of country or culture, want a complete ban placed upon any further development of these autonomous systems of war. Despite the warnings of risk and concern, this is not stopping arms manufacturers from taking warfare into the twilight zone and bringing the futuristic battlefield scenario where A.I. robots and human are fighting with each other, side by side, closer to everyday reality. Kalashnikov, the maker of the iconic AK-47, is one of those manufacturers bringing lethal automation and robotics into the present-day as it is currently building a range of products based on neural networks,’ including a fully automated combat module’ that can identify and shoot at its targets. Defense One is reporting: The maker of the famous AK-47 rifle is building “a range of products based on neural networks,” including a “fully automated combat module” that can identify and shoot at its targets. That’s what Kalashnikov spokeswoman Sofiya Ivanova told TASS, a Russian government information agency last week. It’s the latest illustration of how the U.S. and Russia differ as they develop artificial intelligence and robotics for warfare. The Kalashnikov “combat module” will consist of a gun connected to a console that constantly crunches image data “to identify targets and make decisions,” Ivanova told TASS. A Kalashnikov photo that ran with the TASS piece showed a turret-mounted weapon that appeared to fire rounds of 25mm or so. Then in 2015, then-Deputy Defense Secretary Bob Work said fully automated killing machines were un-American. “I will make a hypothesis: that authoritarian regimes who believe people are weaknesses,” Work said, “that they cannot be trusted, they will naturally gravitate toward totally automated solutions. Why do I know that? Because that is exactly the way the Soviets conceived of their reconnaissance strike complex. It was going to be completely automated. We believe that the advantage we have as we start this competition is our people.” According to Sergey Denisentsev, a visiting fellow at the Center For Strategic International Studies, Russian weapons makers see robotics and the artificial intelligence driving them as key to future sales to war makers. “There is a need to look for new market niches such as electronic warfare systems, small submarines, and robots, but that will require strong promotional effort because a new technology sometimes finds it hard to find a buyer and to convince the buyer that he really needs it, ” Denisentsev said earlier this year. With my previous reporting dealing with robotics and war, I always point out the incredible advances made by Softbank owned Boston Dynamics in the field of A.I., using it as an example of what future warfare could (or most likely will) look like it. And to be honest, it really is nightmarish. The bottom line is war is a racket. Killing for political reasons is always disastrous. So the fact that governments are on the verge of possessing this terminator technology should send chills down everyone’s spine. 

:: 7-16-17 The Christian Truther :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Elon Musk, the CEO of SpaceX, claims that governments need to begin to regulate artificial intelligence prior to the technology becoming a threat to humanity at whole. This is not the first warning from the entrepreneur, in fact, previously Elon Musk warned that with Artificial Intelligence, tech giants are literally ‘summoning the demon.’ With artificial intelligence, we are summoning the demon. You know, in all those stories where there’s the guy with the pentagram and the holy water, and he’s like yeah, he’s sure he can control the demon. Didn’t work out. Musk stated that artificial intelligence is the greatest risk we face as a civilization; “AI’s a rare case where we need to be proactive in regulation, instead of reactive. Because by the time we are reactive with AI regulation, it’s too late,” he remarked. Musk then drew a contrast between AI and traditional targets for regulation, saying “AI is a fundamental risk to the existence of human civilization, in a way that car accidents, airplane crashes, faulty drugs, or bad food were not.” However, tech giants and those who operate in Silicon Valley are not paying attention to the actual concerns of artificial intelligence. According to Wikileaks editor Julian Assange; “I know from our sources deep inside the Silicon Valley institution[s] that they genuinely believe that they are going to produce AI that’s so powerful, relatively soon, that people will have their brains digitized, uploaded to these AIs and live forever in simulation, therefore have eternal life.” “It’s like a religion for atheists,” he added. “And given you’re in a simulation, why not program the simulation to have endless drug and sex orgy parties around you.” Assange said this vision makes them work harder and the dystopian consequences of their work is overshadowed by cultural and industrial bias to not perceiving it. He concluded that the normal perception someone would have regarding their work has been supplanted with “this ridiculous quasi-religious model that’s it all going to lead to nirvana.” — Read More 

:: 7-17-17 The Oregnic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Could Possibly Go Wrong When Google Releases Millions of “Lab-Made” Mosquitos in Fresno?

July 17, 2017

Sometimes you have to think that scientists don’t ever read science fiction, and thus have not even contemplated all the things that could go wrong when they do something like creating 20 million mosquitos in a laboratory, infecting them with a bacteria, and then releasing those mosquitos in Fresno, California. First of all, did you even know that Google had a bio-lab? They do and it’s called Verily. Which, I dunno, sounds rather biblical. “Verily, I say unto you…we are the purveyors of all that is The Truth.” But I digress. Verily plans to create 20 million mosquitoes and infect them with a bacteria in their laboratories. Then, the mosquitos will be released on the unsuspecting populace of Fresno, California, a city with over half a million people. Why? Because, Zika. Remember last year’s Zika scare that prompted the government to spray harmful chemicals all over citizens in Florida? That terrified a whole bunch of pregnant women and made them worry that their babies would be born with microcephaly? Apparently, the Aedes aegypti mosquito that is thought to carry the Zika virus is prevalent in Fresno. However prevalent these mosquitos may be, there is only one confirmed case of Zika, and this woman’s partner had been traveling. So, anyway, in a project wittily named DeBug, Verily has “created” a whole bunch of mosquitos and infected the males with a bacteria called Wolbachia. When the male mate with female mosquitos, the resulting eggs can’t hatch. And by the way, they did a smaller release of franken-mosquitos last year in Fresno. (See? says Verily soothingly. We already did this once without you knowing about it and nothing bad happened. Don’t worry, you silly mortal.) In 2016, CMAD and MosquitoMate piloted the first-ever U.S. release of male Aedes aegypti mosquitoes with Wolbachia in Fresno County. Our 2017 collaboration represents a more than 25x increase in the release efforts, with a total of one million non-biting sterile male mosquitoes released weekly, made possible by the automated mass rearing and sex-sorting processes developed at Verily. Additionally, our software algorithms and on-the-ground release devices will allow us to distribute the sterile male mosquitoes in an even and targeted way throughout Fresno’s mosquito season. We believe that these advancements could have a meaningful impact on what is traditionally a very labor-intensive process and could reduce the number of biting Aedes aegypti in Fresno County. Theoretically, the Wolbachia virus is harmless to humans, male mosquitos don’t bite, and whether Fresno residents like it or not, they’ll be subject to the release of a million of these franken-mosquitoes per week for the next 20 weeks. The project, which has already rather quietly begun, is turning the area into a test facility without the consent of residents. Trucks will be driving through the city releasing swarms of millions of infected male mosquitos in Fresno. Verily says: For the Debug team at Verily, moving our work from the laboratory to the field is not only an important milestone for our group of biologists, engineers, and automation experts, but it’s also a critical step in bringing our long-term vision to reality. Field studies allow us to test our discoveries and technologies in challenging, real-world conditions and collect the necessary evidence to bring them to a broader scale. We hope to demonstrate success with Debug Fresno that will benefit the local communities working with us on this study and later other communities globally where Zika, dengue, and chikungunya are endemic. We are excited to take the first step in that journey today by bringing these technologies to the field. (source) Here’s some more information about the project in this propaganda informational video. Does anyone else think that this sounds like the first chapter in a novel by the likes of Michael Crichton or Stephen King? (For information about protecting yourself from mosquitos that doesn’t include the potential for some kind of mosquito apocalypse, read this.) I can see quite a lot of potential unfavorable variables here. Just off the top of my head, here are just some of the things that could go wrong: What if the mosquitos are sorted incorrectly? Do you really think that out of 20 million mosquitos, nary a biting female will get through the sorting process? What if the Wolbachia mutates? Something that is not harmful now could morph into something far worse than Zika. What if scientists believe that this gives them innate permission to conduct “field studies” of other things? Oh…wait. Apparently, they already feel they don’t require our permission to turn our neighborhoods into test facilities. It’s like they don’t even consider these things. Or, if they do, then the risks are worth taking. Maybe this will be harmless, but the fact remains that this city is being turned into a “controlled environment” for Verily without the consent of citizens. And that is not okay. 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 7-16-17 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Russian Collusion Story: The Acme of Fake News

By Clarice Feldman July 16, 2017

Richard Fernandez is one of the most brilliant authors on the Internet. This week he wrote: Conventional wisdom posits the chief challenges facing the post-Cold War World are Global Warming and the decline of international institutions. But maybe that assurance is a species of Fake News. Suppose the most pressing problems in the next decade is finding new energy supplies to 1) keep the price of oil low enough to contain Russia (and Islamism); and 2) adapting to a disruptive information revolution no one can seem to control. Who will hand you that unconventional wisdom unless you come to it yourself. He’s right, as I explain, but the significance of his observation is this: which of the two candidates -- Hillary or Trump -- was more likely to tap into America’s huge energy resources to contain both Russia and the Islamists? And when you answer that as you must -- Trump -- you can dismiss all the folderol about Donald J. Trump Jr’s, 15 minute meeting in Trump Tower with a Russian lawyer as evidence of “collusion” with Russia. As I further explain, the non-stop media promotion of some nefarious scheme between Russia and Trump does not pass even the most cursory forensic examination, proving once again in the age of fake news, you cannot remain a passive consumer of news. You have to bring to each story the good sense and diligence with which you handle your most important personal affairs. A. Russia and Environmental Groups As Fernandez explained: The oil crash collapsed the ruble and forced a 27% reduction in the Kremlin's military budget in 2016. With oil prices set to stay flat the Russians have to keep drilling and investing simply to stay level as the Oxford Institute for Energy Studies notes. The Kremlin doesn't make any real spending money until world oil price gets above levels before the great oil crash of 2014, which may not happen any time soon. [snip] You would think this a Eureka moment: to contain oil prices is to contain Russia (and Islamism). But cheap fossil fuels are not everyone's cup of tea. "Drill, baby, drill" is not popular on the left. Even though liberals understand the power of cheap energy -- one of Hillary's supposedly hacked emails even alleged anti-fracking and environmental causes were a Russian plot to depress oil production -- to advocate it is bad progressive politics. This probably led the Saudis to Hillary's camp in 2016. "According to Bob McNally, president of consulting firm Rapidan Group, countries in the oil-producing Middle East, including Saudi Arabia, are hoping for Hillary Clinton to become president." If you’re looking for collusion with Russia, it is not to be found in the Trump Tower meeting. Paul Mirengoff of Powerline details the Russian efforts through environmental groups -- at best Stalin’s “useful idiots” -- to tamp down US energy production. Lamar Smith, chairman of the House Science Committee, tells James Freeman of the Wall Street Journal: If you connect the dots, it is clear that Russia is funding U.S. environmental groups in an effort to suppress our domestic oil and gas industry, specifically hydraulic fracking. They have established an elaborate scheme that funnels money through shell companies in Bermuda. This scheme may violate federal law and certainly distorts the U.S. energy market. The American people deserve to know the truth and I am confident Secretary Mnuchin will investigate the allegations. To help Sec. Mnuchin conduct such an investigation, Rep. Smith, along with Energy Subcommittee Chairman Randy Weber, sent him a letter. They noted: According to the former Secretary General of NATO, “Russia, as part of their sophisticated information and disinformation operations, engaged actively with so-called nongovernmental organizations – environmental organizations working against shale gas – to maintain dependence on imported Russian gas.” Other officials have indicated the same scheme is unfolding in the U.S. Reps. Smith and Weber add that, according to public sources including a 2014 report from Republican staff on the Senate Environment and Public Works Committee, “entities connected to the Russian government are using a shell company registered in Bermuda, Klein Ltd. (Klein), to funnel tens of millions of dollars to a U.S.-based 501(c)(3) private foundation,” which supports various environmental groups. Klein denies this allegation. Regardless of the conduit for the money, the allegation of funneling appears to be substantial. Indeed, says Freeman, it appears to have been noted by none other than Hillary Clinton: If a document posted last year on WikiLeaks is to be believed, Clinton campaign staff summarized in an email attachment Hillary Clinton’s remarks on the subject during a private speech: Clinton Talked About “Phony Environmental Groups” Funded By The Russians To Stand Against Pipelines And Fracking. “We were up against Russia pushing oligarchs and others to buy media. We were even up against phony environmental groups, and I’m a big environmentalist, but these were funded by the Russians to stand against any effort, oh that pipeline, that fracking, that whatever will be a problem for you, and a lot of the money supporting that message was coming from Russia.” [Remarks at tinePublic, 6/18/14] Freeman suggests that Mnuchin commence his investigation by speaking with Mrs. Clinton, who “obviously knows the terrain.” He also thinks John Podesta would be a useful source. Podesta is invested in and acts for a "green energy company backed by the Russian government." B. The Media Has lost all Credibility, Serving as the semi-official newsroom for the Democratic Party Just as Fernandez detailed the rise of Samizdat in Russia as the official press was uniformly distrusted, the growth on alternate media in the U.S. is disrupting the old news models . Our trust hierarchies have collapsed. As with Soviet Russia, the "official" media sources are now distrusted as purveyors "fake news". To fill the gap a peer-to-peer grapevine, similar to the "friends and family", a samizdat is emerging to pick up the slack. Sonya Mann at Inc uses a startup to illustrate the growing division of society into trust groups. "Pax Dickinson wants to fund the revolution. Not a blood-in-the-streets revolution, but one where hardcore right-wingers can economically secede from the parts of society they vehemently dislike. "We need parallel everything. I do not want to ever have to spend a single dollar at a non-movement business. Nothing so illustrates why the media has deservedly lost all credibility than its unending, overdone effort to fit any action on the part of the President or those around him into a narrative of Russia somehow colluding with him to defeat Hillary. This week’s take was the short meeting his son held with a Russian lawyer in Trump Tower last summer. The clearest summary of the facts surrounding the meeting with Trump’s son last summer is to be found in The American Spectator. Scott McKay writes: [Natalia] Veselnitskaya’s [The Russian lawyer’s] presence in the United States alone ought to be the source of suspicion that not only is the Trump-Russian collusion narrative suspect in this case but that the real inquiry ought to be into whether the encounter was a small part of a larger attempt to trap the Trump campaign. The Russian lawyer wasn’t even supposed to be here. She had been denied a visa for entry into the United States in late 2015, but given a rather extraordinary “parole” by the federal government to assist preparation for a client subject to asset forfeiture by the Justice Department. That was in January. The client was Prevezon Holdings, a Russian company suspected of having been paid some portion of $230 million stolen by Russian mobsters. When Sergey Magnitsky a Russian lawyer representing a company that had been the victim of the theft, reported it to authorities in Moscow he was promptly jailed and beaten to death. The American response to this atrocity was the 2012 Magnitsky Act, which sanctioned several individuals connected to human rights abuses. The Russian government retaliated by preventing American adoptions of Russian children. But in June, she was permitted to fly back to the U.S., have the meeting with Trump Junior -- at Trump Tower, no less -- and then end up in the front row for a congressional hearing involving testimony from a former U.S. ambassador to Russia, then turning up at a D.C. showing of a documentary film on the negative effects of the Magnitsky Act, and later appearing at a dinner involving Rep. Dana Rohrabacher (R-CA) and former Rep. Ron Dellums (D-CA) who is now a lobbyist for the Russians. The repeal of that legislation is a priority item for the Russians and a personal project of Veselnitskaya’s; it, rather than any Clinton dirt, was reportedly the primary subject brought forth at the meeting with Donald Trump Jr. All of this without a visa! Not to mention Veselnitskaya didn’t file a FARA (Foreign Agents Registration Act) document before acting as a lobbyist for a foreign entity, as required by law. Neither, apparently, did Dellums. Senate Judiciary Committee chairman Charles Grassley (R-Iowa) wrote a fascinating letter Tuesday to Homeland Security Secretary John Kelly and Secretary of State Rex Tillerson asking them to please find out what in the hell Veselnitskaya was doing in this country last June. And further, it turns out Veselnitskaya was connected to Fusion GPS, the Democrat opposition research firm which employed a former British spy who used Russian contacts to produce the infamous and debunked Pee Pee Dossier smearing Trump. Veselnitskaya hired Fusion GPS head Glenn Simpson to work on behalf of Prevezon, the company she was allowed into the country to represent, in its efforts to repeal the Magnitsky Act. Fusion then hired Christopher Steele, the British spy who drew on Russian sources to produce that dossier, and made him available for private briefings on the dossier with left-leaning media sources such as Mother Jones, the New York Times, the Washington Post, Yahoo! News, the New Yorker and CNN in September. Naturally, John McCain is involved -- if that fact should produce his resignation, all of this will have been worth it. By the way, there is Veselnitskaya’s social media account, which is decidedly more aligned with the Fusion GPS side of this equation than the Trump side. And the meeting came about largely due to hyped-up promises made by a publicist for a Russian pop star who was connected to the Trump family from the Miss Universe pageant having been held in Moscow in 2013 -- promises which don’t appear to have been fulfilled. If this whole thing doesn’t look like an old-fashioned dangle to you, then you haven’t watched enough spy movies. If timelines are interesting to you, there is this -- reportedly, the Obama administration sought permission to electronically monitor Trump Tower in early June, and the FISA court would not grant it. But in October, that warrant was given. [snip] And once that meeting -- which on its surface was a waste of everyone’s time -- was had, the Obama administration now had something to sell to the FISA court to get that warrant -- from which they snagged Mike Flynn and gave the Democrat party and the media a mechanism to shroud the Trump administration in what can best be described as a rather dubious scandal. Remember how Hillary Clinton was accusing Trump of being a Putin’s puppet at the October 19 debate? C. Donald J Trump’s son had every reason to believe that there was evidence of Hillary’s collusion with Russia If this seems farfetched, consider this Veselnitskaya was barred from entry to the US until Loretta Lynch granted her an excedptional “immigration parole” to appear in a judicial proceeding; a federal judge considered -- but we can find no ruling -- her motion on January 6, 2016, to extend her stay by a week, and then with no explanation of how this occurred, she was back in the US on June of that year where she met with Donald J Trump Jr and attended as a front row guest a Congressional hearing on the Magnitsky act which imposed sanctions on Russia. To add a dash of extra color to the story the media reported that with the lawyer was a “former Russian counter intelligence officer”, Rinat Akhmetshin. He denies this. “I am an American citizen since 2009 who pays taxes, earned his citizenship after living here since 1994, and swore an oath of loyalty to the United States of America,” Kayleigh McEnany in The Hill characterized this as a “conspiracy theory desperately in earch of evidence”. Bill Clinton had given a $500,000 speech in Russia. Clinton had given her approval in handing one-fifth of U.S. uranium to Russia, after which her foundation received $2.35 million from the Russian-controlled company. Suspiciously, Clinton did not disclose the transaction. Likewise, Clinton campaign chief John Podesta sat on the board of a company that received $35 million from the Russian government alongside fellow board members Anatoly Chubais, a senior Russian official, and Ruben Vardanyan, an oligarch. Given this context, why wouldn’t Trump Jr. be open to taking a meeting that offered evidence of incriminating Clinton dealings with Russia, particularly when most of the media refused to look into Clinton’s question-raising actions?[snip] We likewise know that several foreign countries known for their human rights violations -- like Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Kuwait, Oman, Brunei, and Algeria -- donated millions to the Clinton foundation, and yet few publications construed their “support” in a negative way. Taken together, the micro story of Donald Trump Jr. seeking opposition research -- much like Clinton allies did in their dealings with the Ukrainian government -- does nothing in the way of proving the macro allegation that the Trump campaign coordinated with Russia in hacking the DNC and releasing Clinton’s illegally obtained emails. The American people see through this leftist-purveyed Russia conspiracy theory. That’s why a full 56 percent want Congress and the media to focus on real issues, not Russia. If the left continues to concoct Russian collusion evidence, they can fully expect for the 2018 congressional elections to look a lot like the special elections in Kansas, Montana, South Carolina, and Georgia -- Republican victory. Voters dismiss the salacious in favor of solutions, and as of now, the left have nothing besides an evidence-free smear campaign. In any event, isn’t it curious that those who claim to consider a meeting to listen to opposition research collusion, bought hook line and sinker the ridiculous-on-its-face Dossier concocted by GPS against Trump, a far more likely piece of Russian intel disinformation? Or why they ignore DNC officials meeting with Ukrainian government officials for dirt on then Trump campaign manager Paul Manafort. Politico detailed the many ways the Ukrainians worked to help Hillary beat Trump. As you might guess, they indicated these efforts were “far less concerted or centrally directed than Russia’s alleged hacking and dissemination of Democratic emails.” Covering with the word “alleged” a smear without any evidence but for the mutterings of Crowdstrike, a private outfit which was the only investigation the DNC allowed , a misstep by the Comey FBI which let this pass. In any event, Legal commentators on both sides of the aisle have confirmed there was nothing illegal about the meeting. I suppose we can’t expect much more of a press corps so stupid it mistakes the Star Spangled Banner for France’s La Marseillaise, and Bastille Day for the 100th Anniversary of the U.S. entry in WW I. You’ll just have to work harder in the face of such ignorance and bias to find out what you need to know.

Read more: 

Follow us: @AmericanThinker on Twitter | AmericanThinker on Facebook

:: 7-14-17 Charsma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We Sure Could Use Those Russian Agents' Help About Now

12:00PM EDT 7/14/2017 Mark Fitzgibbons/ConservativeHQ

Dear Russian Agents, We Americans don't trust you a bit, but since we can't trust The New York Times, CNN, the Democrat Party, the deep state and various leftist institutions, we may as well ask for your help. We have a crippling national debt approaching $20 trillion, where today's political class is robbing future generations so they can stay in power. We have assassinations of police officers trying to protect the community. We have elected leaders who say the health care system we want will kill people, yet they want to move towards a nationalized health care system where the parents of children like Charlie Gard are told by the government the child must die. We know we can't trust you, but our own liberal institutions seem rather dishonest about, and antagonistic to, the virtues of Western civilization, our constitutional republic and the rule of law. In many ways. they really aren't all that different from you, it seems, but they are more embedded. When then-candidate Donald Trump mocked Hillary Clinton and the investigation of her 33,000 missing emails by facetiously asking your country to produce them if you had them, false accusations were made that Mr. Trump was asking your government to hack Hillary's system. Oh, but that would have been so easy since Secretary of State Clinton used an unsecure system to transmit and receive classified information, then conveniently couldn't "find" emails that were erased using a system more powerful than acid on cotton candy. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-15-17 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas calls for attacks on Israelis after Temple Mount closure

Terror group holds rally to celebrate killing of two Israeli officers; describes shuttering of compound as a ‘religious war’

By Times of Israel staff and Agencies July 15, 2017, 5:25 pm

The Hamas terror group on Saturday called for further attacks on Israelis after the closure of the Temple Mount in the wake of Friday’s deadly assault at the holy site. In Gaza, Hamas staged a rally Saturday to celebrate the attack, in which three Arab Israelis shot dead two Israeli police officers. The gunmen launched the attack from the compound and then fled back onto it, where they were pursued and killed by Israeli forces. Israel then shut the site as its forces searched for more weapons. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu reportedly intends to gradually reopen it on Sunday, but the move has drawn widespread condemnation from the Arab and Muslim World. Hamas, an Islamist terror group which seeks to destroy Israel, described the closure of the site in a statement Saturday as a “religious war” and Hamas spokesman Fawzi Barhoum called on the Palestinian “uprising” to target the Israeli army and West Bank settlers. The three assailants carried out the attack with two Carlo-style submachine guns, a pistol and a knife, police said. It was not immediately known how they had brought the weaponry into the compound. Israel’s decision to close the Old City compound after the attack — unprecedented since 1969 — was partly to check for other weaponry there, and also to investigate whether the assailants had received help from inside the compound, TV reports said. Reports throughout Friday said the two police officers were killed just outside the Temple Mount compound. However, Channel 2 news reported late Friday that the second policeman may have been killed by the assailants on the mount itself, after they had fled back. Israel criticized Jordan for calling to “immediately reopen” the site after the attack, with one official telling Israeli TV that “instead of condemning the attack, Jordan chose to attack Israel, which is protecting worshipers and maintaining freedom of worship in the place.” Israel will not tolerate harm to the holy places and is maintaining the status quo there. It should be expected that all sides involved, including Jordan, exercise restraint and avoid fanning the flames,” said the unnamed official. Jordan, which administers the site through the Waqf, had called on Israel to “reopen Al-Aqsa mosque and the Haram al-Sharif (compound) immediately,” in reference to the complex which houses the al-Aqsa mosque and the Dome of the Rock sanctuary and which Israel refers to as the Temple Mount, the holiest site in Judaism and third-holiest in Islam. The Jordanian royal family is officially the custodian of the mosque atop the Temple Mount, and exercises its authority there though Israel is responsible for security. According to a report Friday, among the suspects detained in the attack was at least one Waqf official who police suspect may have aided the terrorists, who all came from the northern Israeli city of Umm al-Fahm. 

:: 7-16-17 WSOC tv :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ballantyne pastor, wife welcome twins 2 years after tragedy

Updated: Jul 12, 2017 - 12:08 PM

CHARLOTTE, N.C. - A Charlotte pastor and his wife, whose two sons were killed in a car crash in 2015, have a new blessing. Gentry Eddings, a pastor at Forest Hill Church in Ballantyne, and his wife, Hadley, welcomed twin boys to the world Monday. Isaiah Dobbs and Amos Reed were born healthy and happy. The boys' middle names, Dobbs and Reed, are the names of the Eddings' late sons. “We are thrilled for Gentry and Hadley and are continually amazed at how God continues to redeem their story," said Stacey Martin, the director of communications at Forest Hill Church and family friend. "From the tragic loss of their sons, Dobbs and Reed to the remarkable birth of their twins, Isaiah and Amos – God is creating beauty from ashes. And we – along with the Eddings and Reed families – give Him all the glory.” The couple announced to their congregation in January that they were expecting twins. In May, 2015, a car crash killed two-year-old Dobbs, while Hadley was still pregnant with Reed. She underwent an emergency C-section, but Reed did not survive. Matthew Deans, 28, was sentenced to 27 to 32 months in prison after the truck he was driving rear-ended Hadley's car on Highway 17 in Pender County. Deans pleaded guilty and apologized to the Eddings in an emotional court hearing in September 2015. The couple publicly announced that they forgave Deans. 

:: 7-16-17 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Hamas fighting in Libya?

by Joseph Hammond | Jul 16, 2017, 12:01 AM

A startling claim is buried within a routine new United Nations report: A Palestinian militant group is operating in Libya. The Panel of Experts on Libya, a United Nations working group, announced that its years-long investigation confirmed longstanding Libyan claims regarding "the presence of Palestinian military experts in Tripoli." The report states that although a Palestinian official interviewed by the Panel denied any activity in Libya, "he confirmed that eight members of his faction, who were members of the Palestinian diaspora in Libya, had been arrested in Tripoli in the course of 2016. The Panel is still investigating the case." The U.N. report released last month is the latest piece in of evidence suggesting a Palestinian terror group is fighting in Libya. U.N. representatives in New York declined to comment on the matter when I reached out, and its representatives in Libya were not available for comment. The U.N. report also concludes that efforts to prevent other foreign fighters from entering Libya has failed. It states that ISIS terrorists remain active in Libya and remain in contact with their colleagues in Syria. The report also describes an escalating role for mercenary forces in the conflict. The Libyan Civil war has raged since the disputed election held there in 2014. The clash is ongoing between multiple factions, ranging from local militias to large coalitions that aspire to rule the country. Nominally, the Government of National Accord is Libya's official government. However, despite recognition by the United Nations and the United States, it remains militarily weak. The General National Congress (GNC) has been supported by Qatar and Turkey. The GNC is opposed by the Libyan National Army (LNA), the nominal armed-wing of the Tobruk-based House of Representatives which also claims to be Libya's legitimate government. The LNA has enjoyed the support of Russia, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates who are concerned about the role of armed Islamist groups in Libya. The United Nations report appears to vindicate the claim of several Libyan factions that Palestinian militants are active in Libya. Ahmed Al-Mismari, a spokesperson for the LNA, told the media earlier this month that Hamas was receiving support from Qatar for its military operations in Libya. An LNA-linked Twitter account released an alleged Qatari diplomatic document on June 7 in an effort to bolster that claim. The document, dated to 2012, suggests that the Qatari armed forces were fighting in Libya. To further bolster their Hamas claim, LNA released photos on Twitter To further bolster their Hamas claim, LNA released photos on Twitter which they claim show headbands from the armed wing of Hamas found in Benghazi. Also, earlier this year an alleged Hamas spy was arrested in Benghazi while spying on the LNA, according to Arabic-language press reports. Libya is home to a sizeable Palestinian diaspora. There are roughly 20,000 Palestinian refugees in Libya according to UNHCR. Concern regarding Palestinian fighters in the conflict led to the internationally recognized government in 2015 banning Palestinians, along with Syrians and Sudanese, from even entering the country. The extent of Palestinian armed factions in the Libyan conflict remains unclear. Hamas has accused the LNA of fabricating the claim to discredit Qatar. In the context of the ongoing blockade of Qatar, the LNA moved to sever all relations with the emirate. However, the very fact that a United Nations report would discuss Palestinian militants in Libya suggests how the civil war there has become a regional conflict, which as the recent terrorist attack in Manchester suggests is already affecting Europe. The United Nations report notes the conflict is drawing in mercenaries from as far away as Chad and Darfur. Indeed, some of the combatants in conflict have traveled from even farther afield, with ISIS terrorists relocating to Libya in recent years in order to create a fallback position, should the terrorist group suffer defeat in Iraq and Syria. ISIS forces in Libya may be regrouping following the fall of Sirte, but their regional aspirations remain alive. The report also mentions that, according to Nigerien authorities, ISIS in Libya has developed an overland smuggling link with Boko Haram in Nigeria. In April, President Trump downplayed a possible U.S. role in Libya. Saying the "U.S. has enough roles" in a press-conference. However, in light of the United Nations report and in the interest of counterterrorism efforts, the conflict in Libya deserves greater attention from American and international policymakers interested in ensuring greater regional and global security. Joseph Hammond is a senior contributor at the American Media Institute. 

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now and they are going to move to the cashless society and that is not next year, now, I am talking about this year. etc.

:: 7-12-17 Seattle pi :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Visa looking to help small businesses go cashless

By KEN SWEET, AP Business Writer | July 12, 2017

NEW YORK (AP) — Visa is looking to push more small businesses into updating their digital payment technology, offering up to $10,000 each to 50 U.S.-based small business owners that are committed to going cashless. The program will focus on restaurants and food establishments, Visa said Wednesday, with the expectation that Visa will expand the program in the coming months and years to other industries and possibly other countries as well. Despite the proliferation of credit and debt cards, and the advent of technologies like Apple Pay and Samsung Pay, cash remains a significant method of payment in many industries across the U.S. and around the world. Going completely cashless often requires upgrades to current point-of-sale systems, which remains an impediment for many small businesses, which is largely where cash remains king. "We are declaring war on cash," said Andy Gerlt, a spokesman for Visa. To participate in Visa Inc.'s Cashless Challenge, small business restaurants, cafés or food truck owners will need to describe what cashless means for them, their employees and customers. Visa isn't doing this for charity. The world's largest processor of credit and debit cards takes a fee from every payment that runs on its network. The more payments done through them, the more revenue Visa gets. Those fees, which can run into the thousands of dollars each year depending on how much the business sells, are the reason many small businesses prefer cash. "At the end of the month, when you look at a credit card statement and see how much you paid, it's a real number that hits you right in the face," says Matthew Geller, president of the National Food Truck Association, a trade group. Many food trucks accept credit cards to be competitive, but would rather have cash, he says. Visa argues that the benefits of going cashless can outweigh the costs for handling cash, which requires more intensive bookkeeping, physical transportation of cash, etc. Visa also argues that consumers prefer to use their cards as well. Businesses that receive the award can use the $10,000 toward upgrading their point-of-sale systems so they are completely cashless. If there is spare money left over, the business owner can use the money toward marketing or other efforts to promote their small businesses, Gerlt said. AP Small Business Reporter Joyce Rosenberg contributed to this report from New York. Ken Sweet covers bank and consumer financial issues for The Associated Press. Follow him on Twitter at @kensweet. 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 7-12-17 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earthquake of magnitude 6.7 strikes off Papua New Guinea: USGS

[Reuters] Reuters July 12, 2017

SINGAPORE (Reuters) - An earthquake with a magnitude of 6.7 struck off the town of Rabaul in the south Pacific nation of Papua New Guinea on Thursday, the United States Geological Survey said. There were no immediate reports of damage or casualties in the quake, which struck at a depth of 33 km (21 miles) about 128 km (80 miles) east of the island of New Britain. The Hawaii-based Pacific Tsunami Warning Center said there was no Pacific-wide tsunami threat from the quake. (Reporting by Clarence Fernandez; Editing by Paul Tait) 

:: 7-12-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Magnitude 6.0 earthquake hits off the coast of North Korea sparking fears Kim Jong-un has detonated another nuclear bomb before experts insist it WAS a genuine quake

The quake was very deep - 348.2 miles (560km) below the seabed off the coast

Its epicenter was 125 miles (201 km) southeast of North Korean city of Chongjin

Early speculation indicated quake was man-made, as has been the case in past

As details emerged of the incident it appeared to be a standard natural disaster

By Gareth Davies For Mailonline Published: 16:24 EDT, 12 July 2017 | Updated: 21:04 EDT, 12 July 2017

A magnitude 6.0 earthquake has been detected off the coast of North Korea sparking fears Kim Jong-un has detonated another nuclear weapon. The quake was very deep, 348.2 miles (560 km) below the seabed, and unlikely to cause any damage. Its epicenter was 125 miles (201 km) southeast of the North Korean city of Chongjin and it comes amid heightened tension surrounding the country's weapons programme. Early speculation pointed to it being a man-made earthquake as has been the case in the past, but as the details of the incident emerged it appeared to be a standard natural disaster. In January last year, a man-made earthquake was detected near a known nuclear testing site in North Korea. The United States Geological Service reported a 5.1 magnitude quake that South Korea said was 49 kms (30 miles) from the Punggye-ri site where the North has conducted nuclear tests in the past. A Korea Meteorological Administration official then said: 'We suspect a man-made earthquake and are analysing the scale and epicentre of the quake with the geoscience and mineral resource institute of South Korea.' Earlier today, North Korea threatened to turn the US into a 'pile of ash' if Donald Trump tries to use force to stop Pyongyang's nuclear programme. Military intervention will 'inevitably lead the US to self-destruction', Kim Jong-un's state-run newspaper Minju Choson warned. The threat came as the US successfully tested its THAAD missile defense system against an intermediate-range ballistic missile in the Pacific Ocean near Hawaii and Alaska - a key area as tensions with North Korea mount. A Terminal High Altitude Area Defense (THAAD) near Kodiak, Alaska, intercepted the ballistic missile target that was launched north of Hawaii, the U.S. Missile Defense Agency (MDA) said in a statement. Although the test was planned months ago, the US missile defense test has gained significance following North Korea's July 4 launch of an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) that raised concerns about the threat from Pyongyang. 'The successful demonstration of THAAD against an IRBM-range missile threat bolsters the country's defensive capability against developing missile threats in North Korea and other countries around the globe and contributes to the broader strategic deterrence architecture,' MDA said in the statement. U.S. officials have said the test would be the first of the THAAD system to defend against a simulated attack by an intermediate-range ballistic missile (IRBM). Earlier this week, Kim attended a concert to watch the Moranbong Band, an all-female ensemble that was hand-picked by the dictator. Among the numbers performed were 'Song of Hwasong Rocket' and 'Make Others Envy Us', the North's official Korean Central News Agency reported. The dictator was flanked by weapons engineer Jang Chang-ha after promoting him following the successful launch of Hwasong-14, which is believed to be capable of reaching most of Alaska.

Read more: 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 7-12-17 Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US leads 25,000 troops in drills to protect Europe from Russia in Black Sea

MAJOR military exercises are taking place in Eastern Europe as more than 25,000 NATO troops from 20 allied and partner countries descended on Bulgaria.

By Zoie O'Brien PUBLISHED: 08:04, Wed, Jul 12, 2017 | UPDATED: 09:04, Wed, Jul 12, 2017

While nuclear testing and global terror threatens the western world, forces met to increase the interoperability of participating countries. The drills are designed as a deterrent to those nations flexing their own military might, including Kim Jong-Un’s North Korea. The US, which leads the drills, has beefed up its presence in Eastern Europe since Russia annexed Ukraine’s Crimea Peninsula. A statement said smaller US and European-national exercises will be held in the Black Sea region with the aim of “supporting security and stability in the Black Sea region.” Artillery live fire exercises, mass casualty exercise, field training and air defence practice will be central to the 18 drills. Nato is working to show support for Eastern European members. Last month a Russian Su-27 fighter jet came within several feet of a US RC-135 reconnaissance plane, prompting the Pentagon to release dramatic photos of the incident. Saber Guardian exercises have been held annually since 2013 in the Black Sea region. This week Russia warned if the Ukraine joins NATO any attempt at peace in the region could be threatened. 

:: 7-12-17 Denfence Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tomorrow Soldier: How The Military Is Altering the Limits of Human Performance

Imagine a group of volunteers, their chests rigged with biophysical sensors, preparing for a mission in a military office building outfitted with cameras and microphones to capture everything they do. “We want to set up a living laboratory where we can actually pervasively sense people, continuously, for a long period of time. The goal is to do our best to quantify the person, the environment, and how the person is behaving in the environment,” Justin Brooks, a scientist at the Army Research Lab, or ARL, told me last year. ARL was launching the Human Variability Project, essentially a military version of the reality-TV show Big Brother without the drama. The Project seeks to turn a wide variety of human biophysical signals into machine-readable data by outfitting humans and their environment with interactive sensors. The Army is not alone. The Air Force, Marine Corps, Navy, and their special operations forces are also funding research to collect biophysical data from soldiers, sailors, Marines, and pilots. The goal is to improve troops’ performance by understanding what’s happening inside their bodies, down to how their experiences affect them on a genetic level. It’s not exactly genetically engineering soldiers into superhero Captain Americas; the U.S. military insists they have no intention of using biometric data science for anything like the genetic engineering of superior traits. But it’s close. The military is after the next best thing. If today’s Pentagon leaders get their way, the next generation of fighter jets, body armor, computer systems, and weapons will understand more about the pilots, soldiers, and analysts using them than those operators understand about the machines they are using. The very experience of flying the plane, analyzing satellite images, even firing a gun could change depending on what the weapon, vehicle, or software detects about the person to whom the weapon is bound. To make this dream real, Pentagon-backed researchers are designing an entirely new generation of wearable health monitors that make Silicon Valley’s best consumer fitness gear look quaint. They’re discovering how to detect incredibly slight changes in focus, alertness, health, and stress — and to convey those signals to machines. Design the boots well enough and the super soldier will arrive to fill them. Army Research Lab researchers already monitor individual subjects from six months to two years. Brooks wants to expand that to other military training environments, such as the U.S. Military Academy at West Point, and then to more than a dozen universities. He hopes the data will reveal how people of varied size, weight, height, health, level of alertness, etc., differ in terms of the signals they send out — hence the name “human variability.” That, in turn, will help researchers gather much more precise information on how different people interact with their environment. The ultimate goal is sensors that can tell the Pentagon how each human soldier performs, or could perform, to their best ability, from battlefield to homefront. “It’s not just while they’re at work, but also when they go on leave,” says Brooks. “This is continuous, with the highest practical resolution that we can obtain for a long period of time. Hopefully, we would see information going into many programs” to build future gear. “A greater understanding of natural human variability would then feed pretty much any system that adapts to the person.” It’s an ambitious undertaking, considering the current limitations of body-worn sensors. Over the past two years, the military bought more than $2 million worth of FitBits and other biomedical tracking devices. But it turns out that off-the-shelf consumer devices aren’t good enough for the military’s biotracking ambitions. So researchers are creating a new class of wearables, based on new research into embedding electronic components into fabric. If the electrodes are too small, the signal is worthless; too big, and they feel like an artificial electric shell separating the wearer from the real world. The connection between the environment and the human must remain seamless. One application for such sensors is helmets that record brain activity while their wearers do their jobs. An ARL team is preparing for continuous electroencephalography, or EEG, by using 3-D printing to create helmets that fit perfectly to each individual soldier’s head. But the military is not eager to embed wires and metal into gear that’s meant to protect a soldier during a massive blast. So the lab is constantly looking at new materials, solutions, and tradeoffs, inching toward sensors that collect information without getting in the way of soldiering. Lab technicians showed me one experimental electrode that they were making that was so small and soft to the touch it seemed to have no metal in it at all (they are in fact constructed of nanofibers that conduct electricity, encased in silicon.) The Air Force, as well, needs a next generation of wearables to help tomorrow’s combat aircraft understand their pilots. Modern fighter jets expose human bodies to physical forces that are still not entirely understood. In 2010, multiple F-22 pilots reported in-flight episodes of confusion, shortness of breath, and skin-color changes — all symptoms of hypoxia, or decreased oxygen in the blood. The reason was speed. “I pull a G in the airplane, blood has a tendency to collect in some of those dependent areas of the body, like the arms and legs and that,” said Dr. Lloyd Tripp, a program manager for aerospace physiology and toxicology at the Air Force Research Lab’s 711th Human Performance Wing. Two years later, the Air Force began to affix sensors inside the helmets of F-22 pilots to read the blood-oxygen level of their temporal artery. Around the same time, the Russian military was also seeing confusion and skin-color changes among their pilots who pulled high G-forces, Tripp said. Lacking the same sensor technology, Russian commanders began to give pilots blood transfusions before their flights. It didn’t work. Russian pilots flying at supersonic speeds suffered hypoxia at greater rates. “They didn’t actually admit that for quite a few years,” he said. Correct diagnoses enabled the U.S. Air Force to read the problem and improve performance. Beyond helmets, Air Force researchers are working on what they call a comprehensive cognitive monitoring system. This means exploring what sensor technologies work well for what purposes, and what signals can be detected without interfering with or disturbing the pilot — who is, after all, supposed to be flying a combat mission. Depending on what you seek to measure, they found, you may no longer need a physical sensor on the body. You can now collect incredibly intimate and important internal health data with cameras. Take cerebral oxygenation, the amount of oxygen in the tissue of specific portions of a pilot’s brain. You can measure this key biophysical signal by shining infrared light on the forehead because the blood in front of the skull is about as oxygenated as the brain tissue behind the skull wall. “If I’m shining that infrared light through the skin, I can see the amount of oxygen within the blood in that tissue. As I increase G-force, I’m decreasing the amount of oxygen that I have here and that decrease in oxygen is directly correlated back to decreases in cognitive function,” said James Christensen, a portfolio manager with the 711th Human Performance Wing. Another research project configured simple laptop-camera lenses to detect whether a person’s hemoglobin is oxygenated, which makes blood shows up slightly redder, or de-oxygenated, which is slightly bluer. Essentially, this lets you read a person’s heart rate from a distance. Even your breath says something about your physical state. “The ratio between oxygen and carbon dioxide will change as I become more and more fatigued. That’s important because as I’m fatigued, it takes about 24 hours for me to actually recover 100 percent,” Christensen said. “That fatigue is important because my muscles can’t strain to push the blood back to my head and so the probability of me losing consciousness increases significantly.” Good sensors can even detect changes in metabolism that indicate weariness and stress before the person notices. When you’re stressed, you exhale fat — or rather, water-soluble molecules called ketones that your liver produces from fat. Stress is detectable by the molecular content of your breath. “We’re working with some folks over at our materials lab and they have a couple of companies that are looking at sensors that are going to be placed in the [pilot’s oxygen] mask that’ll look at those types of fatigue-related volatile organic compounds,” says Christensen. Your eyes, too, give you away. “Imagine eye-tracking cameras,” Christensen said. “If those can collect not just the motion data and the eye-motion data, but those are also getting heart rate and respiration, then we can have no hardware on you at all and still get all the same physiological metrics…A certain amount of cognitive workload tends to correlate pretty highly with stress generically. You can combine heart rate with several other measures to get at workload stress; vigilance, even.” “We are comparing it, just for reference, with wet medical electrodes on the chest. Under most conditions, you can do about as well as wet electrodes,” he said. The lab is “testing the limits of how far away can you get and still get a reliable signal. It turns out, it’s mostly an optics problem.” That means cameras and lenses alone can detect those subtle changes in stress and attention. It’s just a matter of figuring out which ones. There are privacy ramifications to collecting so much information. A simple camera can gather enough biometric data on an individual to understand how small changes in heart rate can be a sign of stress. For a fighter pilot, an analyst, or a soldier, this might help warn of decreased cognitive ability. But among the general population, stress can also be a signal of deception, depending on the context in which that stress expresses itself, such as an interview at a checkpoint. Today’s military-funded biophysical research shows that it’s possible to detect that stress response from 100 meters away, and perhaps even at longer distances. In theory, if you could create a lens that could capture infrared data at sufficient resolution (currently, only a theoretical possibility), you could measure brain tissue oxygenation from low-earth orbit. You could see stress from space. When performed without a subject’s awareness or permission, biophysical monitoring can be a violation of privacy. But conducted as part of an experiment with knowing volunteers, like elite soldiers eager to understand their bodies and improve their own performance, it becomes a powerful tool. One former special operations training psychologist, who currently works for a major league baseball team, said the elite soldiers he had served with were eager to improve their performance through data. In the Air Force, pilots want to improve how they fly, complete their missions, interact with their equipment, etc. Bit by bit, this science is making its way into actual gear and weapons. In the year 2020, Navy SEAL teams and Army Rangers could take down high-value targets while wearing an exoskeleton that’s earned the nickname ‘Iron Man.’ Biophysical sensors will play a big role in the way the suit functions. In February and March, the Air Force successfully tested a new helmet with “physiological monitoring capabilities,” as Tripp put it. Its heads-up display shows different information based on how the pilot is feeling and other factors. The goal is to give every pilot a slightly different experience based on their unique physical and mental strengths and weaknesses, as well as their physical condition at the moment. Lab researchers and contractors anticipate it will guide the design of the next U.S. fighter jet, to be launched between 2025 and 2030. “I may do a really, really good job on a spatial cognitive task where I’m looking at a radar warning display, and maybe James doesn’t,” Tripp said. “The thought, down the road, is to quantify my performance in these decreased physiological conditions from a cognitive perspective, and then use the changes in physiology to make the airplane smart about what kind of help I need.” Kaleb McDowell, lead of ARL’s Center for Adaptive Soldier Technologies, said there will be a fundamental give-and-take when designing the weapons of the future. People perform better when their tools are crafted specifically for them. But it’s hard to design for individuals quickly and at the scale of hundreds of thousands of troops. That’s why the design of weapons software today flows toward averages – and mediocrity. “You’re designing it to be simple for everyone,” McDowell said. “A guy that’s great spatially doesn’t use the spatial capabilities on any system that you see today. A woman that has a great math capability isn’t using that in today’s systems because no one’s conceiving of a system that actually relies on that capability. You just design it for everyone to use.” So McDowell wants to build weapons that adapt to their users. “I want my system to be able to rely on, say a great memory, poor math capability, and a great spatial capability. I want the system to be able to say, ‘This person’s really creative. How do I tap into that imagination when doing this dull task?’” But that also affords the military far greater insight into what job or mission they are giving to what soldier. Researchers say that that is a key benefit of the new data-collection programs. “The basic goal here is: we want to get greater precision and accuracy in predicting which people will succeed in particular job areas or missions,” Air Force research psychologist Glenn Gunzelmann said at a National Defense Industrial Association event in March. You Can Be Programmed and Unprogrammed What if the Air Force could use an airman’s personal history to predict how he would perform in his surroundings – even in battle? The military already keeps massive records on troops’ lives that, if structured properly, might furnish a treasure trove of mineable health data. Col. Kirk Phillips, associate chief for bioenvironmental engineering at the U.S. Air Force, and his colleague Dr. Richard Hartman are pioneering a program called Total Exposure Health. The goal is simple: collect and analyze as much data as possible about what happens to soldiers beyond the battlefield, right down to the kinds of molecules to which they are exposed. And in the military, a lot is recorded. “In the Air Force, for instance, if you want your house treated for an infestation, that gets recorded,” Hartman said. “We have more opportunity to interact with them [people in the military] in that total environment. Where they live and where they work. It’s something that is better known to us. They receive health care from us. We can measure their exposure at work so we can offer to measure their exposure at home. We can know what exposures are in the environment because nobody is saying, ‘Why are you measuring the amount of chemicals in the soil?’” If you could take that information and convert it into structured data, algorithms could produce all sorts of new insights about how individuals are interacting with their environment, in real time and in incredible detail. Phillips believes that exposure science has enormous applications in the emerging field of epigenetics research. Here’s where Phillips’ vision becomes both revolutionary and a controversial. Epigenetics is what your genes do with the change that you experience. It’s based not on your immutable DNA, but rather on your micro-RNA, the tiny molecules that turn on or off in response to stimuli. Think of a stress hormone that your body creates in response to an event. When your stress level goes down, new micro-RNA are formed and that controls gene expression in everything from your metabolism to how well you recover from disease. But it’s incredibly difficult to understand these interactions, precisely because everyone’s genetic makeup is different. Phillips hopes Total Exposure Health will yield a fuller picture of how specific sets of experiences affect specific sets of micro-RNA inside a specific soldier. “Let’s say that external stress happens to be a chemical exposure you may never encounter, or there may not even be a micro-RNA that turns that part of your gene off that it activated. You may have the gene that activates under that exposure, and I may not. You may be very susceptible to a chemical that I have very little susceptibility to,” Phillips said. Phillips thinks that if he can detect these kinds of things for the military, Total Exposure Health could revolutionize civilian healthcare as well. It offers high specificity on individual health on a scale of billions of people. “You’ve probably read in the newspaper that they did a big study and they looked at red wine. They tried to see whether there was a health benefit to drinking red wine. Another study says: Maybe. Another study says: Not really. That’s because it’s population-health-based,” he said. “They’re just trying to pick a random population to see a population level change. If you have a gene that’s not very prevalent in a population, then you won’t get a population result of that exposure. Precision health and medicine says, ‘I should understand your gene in a way that I can understand whether your gene is activated by red wine and whether that activation is a health benefit, or health detractor.’” “Right now, you might go, ‘I’ve read studies about red wine and they seem to be all over the place. I don’t know whether I should do it.’ Health care of the future would look like this: your physician would say, ‘You know what? We looked at your genome. We know that red wine activates in the genome in a way that provides the health benefit. You don’t have the gene, so only drink red wine to the level that you find it pleasurable in social situations.’” If Phillips is right, Total Exposure to Health may ultimately give millions of people an incredibly detailed understanding of how their health choices affect their future. Not just, for example, how much alcohol is unhealthy for an average person of their age, weight, etc. to consume, but how much red meat, caffeine sleep, etc. is good for them specifically. It is becoming possible to know the health outcome of any action with an accuracy that would have seemed supernatural just a few years ago. The ability to comprehend the probabilities that form the future is the ability to influence it. The interplay of our genes and our experiences, of nature and nurture, moves from the mysterious to the knowable, or at least toward the more knowable. Designing for the Soldier of Today and Tomorrow For the military, this opens up new choices that are pulled directly from dystopian science fiction: anticipating what soldier is best suited for what assignment or mission. In 150 BC, the Greek writer Polybius observed that Roman military units were doing something that no known army had done before: keeping careful and consistent records. The Romans could ration grain and wine across soldier classes and types because they had a uniform system of record keeping for just that purpose. The reduction of unpredictability was proving a great battlefield advantage. Imagine a military doing the same thing today but on a level both grander and more granular, where the substance to be rationed is a particular type of soldier personality, or even a specific kind of neurotransmitter. Again: U.S. military officials are adamant that they are not genetic engineering military personnel and have no plans to do so. But they do not expect potential adversaries to share the same constraint, especially if it offers advantage over the military might of the United States. (Remember the movie Rocky IV? Just consider the Russian government’s recent systemic and secretive use of performance-enhancing drugs to win at the last Winter Olympics. Now imagine a battlefield of soldiers.) It’s a future to either embrace or learn to defend against. If you were to use biometrics to genetically design a superior military, how would you do it? The outlines are visible today. Individuals disposed toward risk-taking are probably better suited for particularly dangerous deployments and missions. But those same individuals are poorly suited for other aspects of military life, or less exciting military vocations, according to a landmark 2000 study by U.S. Army Maj. Michael Russell. He proposed that there were two primary military personalities: soldiers who exhibited a need for action and unpredictability (high stimulus-seeking) and people who were attracted to the military because its life offers a high degree of structure and discipline. A military needs both types to perform at peak but therein lies a fundamental contradiction. Military life is incredibly structured. War is unstructured. The stronger your attraction to one set of stimuli on the spectrum, the greater your aversion to the other. “It has long been recognized that a peacetime army differs in many ways from that of an army at war. This is intuitively obvious: destruction of personnel and equipment, even enemy equipment and personnel, is somewhat antisocial,” Russell wrote, achieving a new plateau in euphemism by calling blowing up the enemy “somewhat antisocial.” “To plan the ultimate defeat of an entire army or nation on the battlefield requires at least a dose of narcissism. Therefore, those personality attributes that make for a war hero are primarily from cluster B. These people do not function as well in garrison. Such individuals thrive on challenge and require constant stimulation,” he wrote. Merle Parmak, a military psychologist and a former Estonian Army captain, discovered that individuals who perform better in a highly structured, less exciting environment can also have great military careers, but perhaps not on the front lines. To a certain extent, you can train risk-taking soldiers to better accept the rigid boredom of military life away from the action, just as training can help structure-minded military personnel to better cope with the unpredictability of combat. But sticking the wrong person in the wrong job has costs. Now consider the role that dopamine plays in risk-taking, according to an established and rapidly growing body of research. Dopamine levels are at least partially controlled by the monoamine oxidase A gene, or MAOA. A specific variant of MAOA called VNTR 2 was correlated with violent antisocial behavior, but only in the context of a stressful life event in adolescence. If the connection between genetic factors, life experience, and risk-taking can be better observed, can they also be controlled? This is the question that will loom over military leaders in the decades ahead. The Pentagon’s projections for future conflict are these: highly confusing and stressful urban warfare engagements. Population demographics pushing people into megacities means more door-to-door fighting, and more rules to protect civilians against adversaries who don’t have the same commitments to internal law or norms. War in the future … sucks. Depending on the intensity level of different conflicts in which the United States is engaged, the level of violence, the effectiveness or the simple ruthlessness of the enemy, the military may feel pressure to keep up with an adversary short on the reservation. Should the United States find itself in such a conflict, Pentagon leadership may feel very differently about genetic engineering to secure better soldier performance, especially doing so might degrade U.S. military advantage at less cost. Should some future leader – of any country – make the decision to abandon the ethical frameworks we live by today, the tools will be there for him or her to make a swift transition. But even genetically engineered humans might lose the battle in the end. The pace of war exceeds the speed at which humans can observe what’s happening, conceptualize a strategy, and deliver commands to pull off complicated counter-maneuvers. This is sometimes called the observe, orient, decide, and act, or OODA loop, and it’s moving from a thing that humans do on the battlefield to a thing machines do. If you listen to the Pentagon’s top strategists when they talk about the future, this concern rises repeatedly. “When you think about the day-trading world of stock markets, where it’s really machines that are doing it, what happens when that goes to warfare?” William Roper, the head of the Pentagon’s Strategic Capabilities Office, asked at last year’s Defense One Tech Summit. “It’s a whole level of conflict that hasn’t existed. It’s one that’s scary to think about what other countries might do that don’t have the same level of scruples as the U.S.” Given a choice between losing a major conflict and taking advantage of next-generation science to create a new advantage, it’s not hard to predict what any military will choose. 

:: 7-12-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rogue Robots: AI Says Goal Is To 'Take Over The World,' While Another Robot Says They Could 'Rule The World Better Than Any Humans Alone'

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Humans are imperfect. I am aware that is not a newsflash, but it gets to the heart of this article, so I am stating the obvious. Human beings kill for sport rather than just survival as most the animals living today do. Human beings continuously start wars. Human beings kill each other whether over greed, envy, pride or lust, you know, some of those things referred to as the "seven deadly sins." With that said, it is human beings that create "sex-bots" which are becoming favorable over "complex women" because they don't argue. Humans that are creating life-like robots that "learn" and interact with the human population. Humans that are creating a workforce of robots to run hotels, such as those in Japan, or take over minimum wage jobs like flipping burgers or taking orders at fast food restaurants . Humans that are creating a robot surveillance system which can spy on humans in incredible detail, which would be a "snooping network that's a 'single entity with many eyes'." Humans have even created "killer" robots used in military forces across the world allowing them to select targets without human intervention. While those recent headlined stories, along with so much more news on "robot technology," are disturbing on many levels, perhaps the most terrifying thing of all is that it is human beings that are creating AI, known as Artificial Intelligence, where these robotic machines are given the ability to "learn," to adjust their own decision making processes according to new information or new interactions, with human beings attempting to teach these AI machines the difference between "right" and "wrong." Human beings that often cannot make that determination for themselves are teaching machines that are increasingly scheduled to be in most of our businesses, homes, hospitals, schools, driving our cars...etc. MARCHING TOWARD THE ROBOT APOCALYPSE Via Wall Street Journal: "Artificial-intelligence engineers have a problem: They often don’t know what their creations are thinking." Let that sink in for a moment. Robots are being built to be stronger to follow workers around to do the heavy lifting. AI machines are being built to be "smarter," as by 2016, they had already "topped the best humans at most games held up as measures of human intellect, including chess, Scrabble, Othello, even Jeopardy." Then finally, an AI mastered a 2,500-year-old game that's exponentially more complex than chess, called Go, beating a champion five out of five times. In January 2017 the European Union (EU) actually proposed rules to provide "personhood" status to robots, citing a number of reasons, including so that "robots are and will remain in the service of humans," an "insurance scheme for companies to cover damage caused by their robots," and amazingly to address the question of whether if a patent worthy creation is created by a robot, who owns said patent, the robot or the person that originally created the robot. They also proposed a "a system of registration of the most advanced," type of "smart autonomous robots." By June, the website Wired, took a step further, rather than addressing the types of financial issues the EU did, Wired suggests that since we are "inching closer to the day when sophisticated machines will match human capacities in every way that’s meaningful—intelligence, awareness, and emotions," that they "granted human-equivalent rights, freedoms, and protections." Topping all this off is a recent Forbes article where we see people like Facebook's Mark Zuckerburg and Elon Musk wanted to wirelessly connect the Human mind to computer, via a chip in everyone's head." We even see that the U.S. may fund some of this, citing medical technology and breakthroughs, without addressing the obvious question of whether these "smart" machines, these AI, could "decide" to simply take over any mind connected to them one day. Sound like sci-fi, or something right out of the movie Terminator, where SkyNet takes over and decides humans are simply not worthy of living as anything but slaves and destroys humanity? If not, go back to that WSJ quote above, showing that AI engineers don't know what their creations are thinking. There is a reason why Elon Musk once compared AI to "summoning the demon," and Professor Stephen Hawking is on record warning that AI could "end mankind," before reiterating his point by saying two years later that AI could be "humanity's greatest disaster," because "AI could develop a will of its own." Musk himself is involved with a project right now, along with Google's DeepMind unit to "head off the 'Robot Apocalypse'." The problem they are trying to solve is: "How do you make smart software that doesn’t go rogue?" Yes, on one hand Musk understands that if AI goes "rogue" it could decide to destroy humanity, and on the other he wants to connect the "demon" to the human brain wirelessly." Their joint ventured is meant to have "humans," the same humans that kill for sport, murder over greed and envy and such, that live in a perpetual state of war, give "pointers" to AI to learn a new task rather than having it figure it out on its own because the AI approach may be "unpredictable," and can "produce nasty surprises." A spokesman from Deepmind actually used the word "misbehave" in reference to the AI. If those comments don't raise the red flags, then perhaps the following quote with from the Wired article: "The first problem OpenAI and DeepMind took on is that software powered by so-called reinforcement learning doesn’t always do what its masters want it to do—and sometimes kind of cheats." Of course it does, it is created by human beings, yet they think human beings teaching these machines are going to result in the machines making "decisions" that do not reflect imperfect human behavior? There seems to be a serious disconnect between scientists ability to create and their inability to use common sense to think, yet these are the people creating AI machines that could destroy us. But crafting the mathematical motivator, or reward function, such that the system will do the right thing is not easy. For complex tasks with many steps, it’s mind-bogglingly difficult—imagine trying to mathematically define a scoring system for tidying up your bedroom—and even for seemingly simple ones results can be surprising. When OpenAI set a reinforcement learning agent to play boat racing game CoastRunners, for example, it surprised its creators by figuring out a way to score points by driving in circles rather than completing the course. To a machine there is no right or wrong, the goal is to score points, it looks to the way to do exactly that... it is a machine, it doesn't understand right from wrong, only the goal it is tasked with. That will never change because it has no "senses," it has no soul and it has no defined right or wrong other than what its human creators give it. One last quote from that article because it encapsulates the next point and examples shown below. Making AI systems that can soak up goals and motivations from humans has emerged as a major theme in the expanding project of making machines that are both safe and smart. For example, researchers affiliated with UC Berkeley’s Center for Human-Compatible AI are experimenting with getting robots such as autonomous cars or home assistants to take advice or physical guidance from people. “Objectives shouldn’t be a thing you just write down for a robot; they should actually come from people in a collaborative process,” says Anca Dragan, coleader of the center. Now we have DARPA committing $65 million into a "Brain-Computer Interface," in order to create super-soldiers, something Steve Quayle has been warning people about for 20 years now, but it has just recently been disclosed. Direct quote, via ActivistPost: "Earlier last year in January, DARPA launched Neural Engineering System Design to research technology that could turn soldiers into cyborgs." WHAT COULD GO WRONG? If the above questions seems a little snarky or sarcastic, that is because it is, as we will show not only what "could" go wrong, but what already has. AI should be taking advice and guidance from human beings...... huh. That didn't work out so well for Microsoft when they developed their AI chat bot that was created to "learn" from the humans it interacted with on social media, where the chat bot named Tay, went from saying that "humans are super cool" to a Nazi loving, homicidal monster that started tweeting things like feminists should "die and burn in hell," and "Kikes" should be gassed in a race war, while Black Lives Matter @delray should be "hung," and calling a politician a "house nigger." Those are just a small sample of the how "humans" taught Tay! Granted some of the comments were said by taking advanage of her "repeat" function, but as was noted by many outlets, some of the worst comments were unprompted resulting from the AI's "learning" from a bunch of trolls that decided to "teach" Tay. Then they created Zo, and even though the 4chan and other rabble rousers that taught Tay some really nasty things, haven't (yet) decided to go teach Zo anything, seems that bot is having some issues as well. Back in June 2016 we saw the Russians had their own issues with their Promobot IR77 artificial intelligence robot, where the robots were mainly "well-behaved" yet one continued to go rogue, and escaped from a high-tech lab, not once, but twice even though it was taught to avoid obstacles but not programmed to look for ways to leave the research center. In October 2016, Bloomberg's Hello World host Ashlee Vance traveled to Osaka University to see Professor Hiroshi Ishiguro’s latest creation, an android named Erica that's designed to work, one day, as a receptionist or personal assistant while utilizing artificial intelligence software to listen to and respond to requests, and during their conversation, the AI took offense to something its creator said and got "angry," to use his words. This year at the tech show RISE in Hong Kong, two life-like disembodied AIs discussed the pros and cons of humans and when asked whether robots could be moral and ethical, the robot made to look male responded by pointing out that "Humans are not necessarily the most ethical creatures," and later "joked" that robots' goal was to take over the world, as reported by AFP. BOTTOM LINE While the AIs Sophia, Hans, and Erica are not fully functional by way of freedom of movement, the "killer robots" are, and as we see earlier in the article, AI has advanced to the point where the EU is already acknowledging their capabilities to manufacture products or things, such as other AI's, while Musk and Zuckerberg want to "chip" everyone's brains to connect with computers, and governments are wanting a robot surveillance system of deliberately described as "a single entity with many eyes," like a hive-mind network of AI. So, the bottom line here, is human beings have created AI machines that are stronger and smarter than those that created them, have given them the ability to self-learn, admit they do not understand the concept of "right and wrong," and are "unpredictable," while those given the spotlight have no problem saying they could destroy humans or "joke" about taking over the world...... and scientists just keep moving forward with AI anyway? It is starting to look like the movie Terminator was not sci-fi, but was predictive programming, because we are giving machines the ability to take completely over and kill, or enslave human beings and calling it "advancement." 'Destroy humans' Sophia from the video above, was the main attraction this year at a U.N.-hosted Artificial Intelligence conference this year, where it claims it could already do a better job than Donald Trump, but then goes on to say that if it could get the right software upgrade, it could "help rule the world better than any humans alone." Seems the AIs have an unhealthy focus already on taking over the world, yet scientists keep on marching right to the robot apocalypse. 

:: 7-11-17 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats intentionally used disinformation from Russia to attack Trump, campaign aides

By Rowan Scarborough - The Washington Times - Tuesday, July 11, 2017

While the mainstream news media hunts for evidence of Trump-Russia collusion, the public record shows that Democrats have willfully used Moscow disinformation to influence the presidential election against Donald Trump and attack his administration. The disinformation came in the form of a Russian-fed dossier written by former British intelligence agent Christopher Steele. It contains a series of unverified criminal charges against Mr. Trump’s campaign aides, such as coordinating Moscow’s hacking of Democratic Party computers. Some Democrats have widely circulated the discredited information. Mr. Steele was paid by the Democrat-funded opposition research firm Fusion GPS with money from a Hillary Clinton backer. Fusion GPS distributed the dossier among Democrats and journalists. The information fell into the hands of the FBI, which used it in part to investigate Mr. Trump’s campaign aides. Mr. Steele makes clear that his unproven charges came almost exclusively from sources linked to the Kremlin and Russian President Vladimir Putin. He identified his sources as “a senior Russian Foreign Ministry figure,” a former “top level Russian intelligence officer active inside the Kremlin,” a “senior Kremlin official” and a “senior Russian government official.” The same Democrats who have condemned Russia’s election interference via plying fake news and hacking email servers have quoted freely from the Steele anti-Trump memos derived from creatures of the Kremlin. In other words, there is public evidence of significant, indirect collusion between Democrats and Russian disinformation, a Trump supporter said. “If anyone colluded with the Russians, it was the Democrats,” said a former Trump campaign adviser who asked not to be identified because of the pending investigations. “After all, they’ve routinely shopped around false claims from the debunked Steele dossier, which listed sources including senior Kremlin officials. If anyone should be investigated in Washington, it ought to be Adam Schiff, Eric Swalwell, Mark Warner and their staffers.” That is a reference to Rep. Adam B. Schiff of California, the top Democrat on the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence; Sen. Mark R. Warner, Virginia Democrat and vice chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence; and Rep. Eric Swalwell, a California, Democrat on the House intelligence panel. By his own admission, Mr. Steele’s work has proved unreliable. As first reported by The Washington Times on April 25, Mr. Steele filed a document in a sealed court case in London acknowledging that a major dossier charge about hacking Democrats’ computers was unverified. The entire dossier never should have been made public and Fusion GPS should not have passed it around, Mr. Steele said in a filing defending himself against a libel charge. About Carter Page Other dossier targets vehemently deny the dirt thrown by the Kremlin sources. Mr. Steele’s Russian sources accused Mr. Trump’s attorney, Michael Cohen, of attending a meeting with Russian agents in Prague to cover up their role in Moscow’s hacking. Mr. Cohen has said he has never been to Prague and was in California at the time. One of the main targets of Mr. Steele’s Russian sources is Carter Page, who lived and worked in Moscow as a Merrill Lynch investor. He had loose ties to the Trump campaign as a foreign policy adviser and surrogate. Mr. Steele’s Russian sources accused Mr. Page of a series of crimes: teaming up with former Trump campaign manager Paul Manafort to help Russia hack Democratic computers, meeting in Moscow with two Putin cronies to plot against Mrs. Clinton and working out a shady brokerage deal with a Russian oligarch. Mr. Page told The Washington Times that he has never met Mr. Manafort, knew nothing about Russian hacking when it was happening, never met the two Russians named by Mr. Steele and never completed the supposed investment deal. The dossier accusations against Mr. Page surfaced during the campaign in a Yahoo News story, citing not Mr. Steele but intelligence sources. It then went out on the U.S. government’s Voice of America. In the meantime, the Clinton campaign used the Yahoo story to attack Mr. Trump: “Hillary for America Statement on Bombshell Report About Trump Aide’s Chilling Ties to Kremlin,” blared the Clinton campaign’s Sept. 23 press release. Since the dossier was circulated widely among Democrats, Mr. Page said, he believes the Clinton team possessed it and relied on it based on what some of Mrs. Clinton’s surrogates said publicly. “After the report by Yahoo News, the Clinton campaign put out an equally false press release just minutes after the article was released that afternoon,” said Mr. Page, who has tracked what he believes is a series of inaccurate stories and accusations against him. “Of course, the [Clinton campaign representatives] were lying about it with the media nonstop for many months, and they’ve continued until this day,” Mr. Page said. “Both indirectly as they planted articles in the press and directly with many TV appearances.” Democrats cite Russia’s dirt Even before the Yahoo story, then-Senate Minority Leader Harry Reid, Nevada Democrat, was using the Russian-sourced dossier. On Aug. 27, with the campaign in high gear and knowledge that Russian hackers had penetrated Clinton campaign computers in the public domain, Mr. Reid released a letter to then-FBI Director James B. Comey. Mr. Reid called for an investigation into Mr. Page’s trip to Moscow, where he supposedly “met with high-ranking sanctioned individuals. Any such meetings should be investigated and made part of the public record.” Mr. Reid’s evidence surely came from the dossier and its Russian sources. In the dossier, Mr. Steele clearly states that his anti-Trump accusations are from the Kremlin, which means some Democrats have been willingly repeating Moscow propaganda for public consumption in Washington. No Democrats have embraced the Russian-sourced dossier more than members of the House intelligence committee, which is investigating Moscow’s interference in the election. Mr. Schiff read from the dossier extensively at a March hearing featuring Mr. Comey and Navy Adm. Michael Rogers, who leads the National Security Agency. As Mr. Schiff and other Democrats were bemoaning Kremlin activities against Mrs. Clinton, they were more than willing to quote Kremlin sources attacking Mr. Trump during the election campaign. Mr. Schiff lauded Mr. Steele for disclosing that Rosneft, a Russian-owned gas and oil company, planned to sell a 19.5 percent share to an investor and that Mr. Page was offered a brokerage fee. Trouble is, the 19.5 percent share was announced publicly by Moscow before Mr. Steele wrote that memo. Mr. Page said he was never involved in any talk about a commission. Mr. Schiff was more than willing to quote Kremlin sources. “According to Steele’s Russian sources, the campaign has offered documents damaging to Hillary Clinton, which the Russians would publish through an outlet that gives them deniability like WikiLeaks,” he said. Mr. Schiff also said: “According to Christopher Steele, a former British intelligence officer, who is reportedly held in high regard by U.S. intelligence, Russian sources tell him that Page has also had a secret meeting with Igor Sechin, CEO of the Russian gas giant, Rosneft. Sechin is reported to be a former KGB agent and close friend of Putin’s.” Mr. Page has said repeatedly that he does not know Mr. Sechin and did not meet with him in Moscow. Meanwhile, Rep. Joaquin Castro of Texas, another Democrat on the House committee, lauded Mr. Steele’s Kremlin sourcing. “I want to take a moment to turn to the Christopher Steele dossier, which was first mentioned in the media just before the election and published in full by media outlets in January,” Mr. Castro said. “My focus today is to explore how many claims within Steele’s dossier are looking more and more likely, as though they are accurate. “This is not someone who doesn’t know how to run a source and not someone without contacts. The allegations it raises about President Trump’s campaign aides’ connections to Russians, when overlaid with known established facts and timelines from the 2016 campaign, are very revealing,” he said. Rep. Andre Carson, Indiana Democrat, said: “There’s a lot in the dossier that is yet to be proven, but increasingly as we’ll hear throughout the day, allegations are checking out.” On MSNBC in March, Rep. Maxine Waters, California Democrat, said she believed the dossier section on Mr. Trump and supposed sex acts with prostitutes in Moscow were true. “Oh, I think it should be taken a look at,” she said. “I think they should really read it, understand it, analyze it and determine what’s fact, what may not be fact. We already know that the part about the coverage that they have on him with sex actions is supposed to be true. They have said that that’s absolutely true. Some other things they kind of allude to. Yes, I think he should go into that dossier and see what’s there.” Fusion GPS widely circulated the dossier during the presidential race. The public got its first glance when the news site BuzzFeed posted it online in January, with its editor saying he doubted it was true. One person who says he knows it is a fabrication is Russian entrepreneur Aleksej Gubarev. The dossier quotes Russian sources as saying Mr. Gubarev’s technology company, XBT, used botnets to flood Democratic computers with porn and spying devices. Mr. Gubarev is suing Mr. Steele for libel in London and is suing BuzzFeed in Florida. It is in the London case that Mr. Steele acknowledged that his memo on Mr. Gubarev was unverified. 

:: 7-12-17 Frontpage Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Jr.’s Emails Undermine Collusion Conspiracy Theory

The smoking gun that wasn’t.

July 12, 2017 Matthew Vadum

Donald Trump Jr. fought back yesterday against the increasingly desperate shrieking from the tinfoil-hat Left by publishing online the emails that led to his innocuous campaign-season meeting a year ago with Russian lawyer Natalia Veselnitskaya. By releasing the chain of emails leading to the much ballyhooed but brief get-together at the Trump Tower in Manhattan, Donald Jr. is hoping to dispel any notion that the Trump campaign somehow colluded with the Russian government to affect the outcome of the November 2016 election. (I wrote about the Trump Jr. meeting story yesterday here at FrontPage before the emails became available.) The emails do not indicate any knowledge of Russian government wrongdoing, such as hacking, or Trump campaign involvement in such activities. Yet the mainstream media is going berserk, hyping the overheated ravings of leftist idiots like Sen. Tim Kaine (D-Va.) whose disastrous performance in the vice presidential debate against Republican Mike Pence may have helped to sink the Democrat ticket last year. Kaine accused Donald Trump Jr. of committing treason by agreeing to meet with Veselnitskaya. "We are now beyond obstruction of justice," Kaine said Tuesday. "This is moving into perjury, false statements and even potentially treason." Of course, Kaine is no stranger to treason. He himself may have engaged in seditious activity in late January when he said Democrats would have to “fight in the streets” against the Trump administration. And how quickly the Left forgets that the Ukrainian government took action to help Hillary Clinton’s campaign with nary a peep from left-wingers. As one media outlet reported: The actions taken by government officials included disseminating “documents implicating a top Trump aide in corruption and suggested they were investigating the matter, only to back away after the election. And they helped Clinton’s allies research damaging information on Trump and his advisers.” Meanwhile, the Left is trying to stigmatize and de-normalize everything Trump’s father does as president, pretending opposition research is something new and shady when it has been part of the electoral process ever since elections began. Nor is it illegal, immoral, or somehow unethical to “collude,” by which the Left means, communicate, with foreign nationals in conducting opposition research in connection with an election. The U.S. does have the First Amendment, after all. But all of this nonsense and misdirection is part of the Left’s campaign to delegitimize the Trump administration. But honest left-wing law professor Jonathan Turley trashed an ethics lawyer for claiming that the Trump Jr.-Veselnitskaya meeting “borders on treason.” “There is not a clear criminal act in such a meeting based on the information that we have,” Turley writes. “Moreover, it is not necessarily unprecedented.” The president’s oldest son said on Sean Hannity’s Fox News Channel show yesterday that he didn’t bother his busy father with the particulars of what turned out to be a pointless meeting with Veselnitskaya. "It was just a nothing,” the younger Donald said. “There was nothing to tell. I mean, I wouldn’t have even remembered it until you started scouring through this stuff. It was literally just a wasted 20 minutes, which was a shame." Yesterday morning, Donald Jr. published what appears to be the complete email chain on Twitter through his @DonaldJTrumpJr account. He released a statement alongside the email chain, which reads: To everyone, in order to be totally transparent, I am releasing the chain of my emails with Rob Goldstone about the meeting on June 9, 2016. The first email on June 3, 2016 was from Rob, who was relating a request from Emin, a person I know from the 2013 Ms. Universe Pageant near Moscow. Emin and his father have a very highly respected company in Moscow. The information they suggested they had about Hillary Clinton I thought was Political Opposition Research. I first wanted to just have a phone call but when that didn’t work out, they said the woman would be in New York and asked if I would meet. I decided to take the meeting. The woman, as she has said publicly, was not a government official. And, as we have said, she had no information to provide and wanted to talk about adoption policy and the Magnitsky Act. To put this in context, this occurred before the current Russian fever was in vogue. As Rob Goldstone said just today in the press, the entire meeting was “the most inane nonsense I ever heard. And I was actually agitated by it.” According to the BBC, Goldstone is a Manchester, England-born former journalist who now heads Oui 2 Entertainment, which has worked with the Miss Universe competition that used to be owned by President Trump. Using the subject line "Russia - Clinton - private and confidential[,]" the initial email from Goldstone to Donald Trump Jr. time-stamped June 3, 2016, 10:36 a.m., states: Good morning[.] Emin just called and asked me to contact you with something very interesting. The Crown prosecutor of Russia met with his father Aras this morning and in their meeting offered to provide the Trump campaign with some officials [sic] documents and information that would incriminate Hillary and hear [sic] dealings with Russia and would be very useful to your father. This is obviously very high level and sensitive information but is part of Russia and its government’s support for Mr. Trump – helped by Aras and Emin. What do you think is the best way to handle this information and would you be able to speak to Emin about it directly? I can also send this info to your father via Rhona, but it is ultra sensitive so wanted to send to you first. Goldstone’s assertion that the “very high level and sensitive information” comes as a result of the Russian government’s purported “support for Mr. Trump” is merely an unsubstantiated claim at this point. And even if it had been true that the Russian government was trying to help the Trump campaign, there is still no evidence that its efforts had any impact on the election, or that the campaign in any way collaborated with the Kremlin. In the email, “Emin” refers to Russian pop star Emin Agalarov, an Azerbaijani singer-songwriter and businessman popular in Russia. Emin’s father is billionaire businessman Aras Agalarov. “Rhona” seems to refer Donald Sr.’s longtime assistant, Rhona Graff. Russia is a not a monarchy so there is no such position as “Crown prosecutor” in that country. Crown prosecutors may be found representing the government in criminal trials in the United Kingdom, Canada, and other parts of the (British) Commonwealth of Nations. The expression in the email is likely a botched translation of the Russian words for the post of prosecutor-general of the Russian Federation, or more simply, attorney general. The current prosecutor-general of the Russian Federation is Yury Chaika, a position he has held since 2006. Young Trump replies at 10:53 a.m., signing the email as “Don.” Thanks Rob[.] I appreciate that. I am on the road at the moment but perhaps I [should] just speak to Emin first. Seems we have some time and if it’s what you say I love it especially later in the summer. Could we do a call first thing next week when I am back? Three days later, at 12:40 p.m. on June 6, Goldstone emails Donald Jr., writing: Let me know when you are free to talk with Emin by phone about this Hillary info – you had mentioned early this week so wanted to try to schedule a time and day[.] Best to you and family[.] Rob Goldstone[.] There are then five banal emails discussing times for the meeting, along with future telephone calls. Then, at 4:20 p.m. on June 7, Goldstone emails Trump Jr.: Emin asked that I schedule a meeting with you and The Russian government attorney who is flying over from Moscow for this Thursday. I believe you area [sic] aware of the meeting – and so wondered if 3pm or later on Thursday works for you? I assume it would be at your office. Then at 5:16 p.m. Donald Jr. replies with, “How about 3 at our offices? Thanks[,] rob[.] [I] appreciate you helping set it up.” Three minutes later Goldstone replies: Perfect…I won’t sit in on the meeting, but will bring them at 3pm and introduce you etc. I will send the names of the two people meeting with you for security when I have them later today. At 6:14 p.m. Donald Jr. writes back to Goldstone, saying, “Great. It will likely be Paul Manafort[,] my brother in law and me. 725 Fifth Ave 25th floor.” A few more emails are exchanged and the meeting time on Thursday, June 9 is changed to 4 p.m. On June 8, 2016, at 12:03 p.m., Trump Jr. emails then-campaign manager Paul Manafort and presidential son-in-law Jared Kushner, advising them that the “[m] eeting got moved to 4 tomorrow at my offices.” The Hill newspaper described the disclosed documents as a “stunning chain of emails,” which no doubt it is to greenhorn journalists who don’t understand retail politics in this country. Moreover, Hillary Clinton was already under criminal investigation in the United States, so why would it be so hard to believe she was also under some kind investigation in Russia where the Clintons have had so many shady dealings? To refuse the meeting would have been crazy, reckless, and irresponsible. And it now appears that Goldstone was either fibbing about the information Natalia Veselnitskaya had in her possession or perhaps embellishing a bit to get her the meeting with Trump staffers. Veselnitskaya told NBC News she had no connection to the Kremlin and met with Donald Trump Jr. to chat about Russian-American relations, not to divulge dirt on Hillary Clinton. “I never had any damaging or sensitive information about Hillary Clinton,” she said. “It was never my intention to have that.” When asked why the Trump campaign seemed to believe she had damaging information about Democrats, Veselnitskaya took a wild guess. “It is quite possible that maybe they were longing for such an information. They wanted it so badly that they could only hear the thought that they wanted.” She explained that she put together a package of information for one of her clients about a business run by a former citizen of the United States. She added the concern failed to pay taxes either in Russia or the U.S. and may have also given money to the Democratic National Committee. Veselnitskaya said at the meeting Donald Jr. asked only one question. “The question that I was asked was as follows: whether I had any financial records which might prove that the funds used to sponsor the DNC were coming from inappropriate sources." She said she had no such records and that "it was never my intention to collect any financial records to that end." She added she wanted to let people know about "the real circumstances behind the Magnitsky Act," and was hoping to testify about the sanctions statute before Congress. "I never asked anybody for a particular meeting with Mr. Donald Trump Jr., or with anybody else," she said. Trump Jr.’s new attorney, Alan Futerfas, said Monday “that Don Jr. had no knowledge as to what specific information, if any, would be discussed” in the meeting and called news reports “much ado about nothing.” He noted that Veselnitskaya, who had been a prosecutor 16 years ago, was no longer a government official. No matter what happens the Left will keep attacking President Trump and his family members and campaign staff because that’s what they do. In the Left’s rolling coup attempt against President Trump facts are irrelevant. 

:: 7-11-17 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump wall moves to center of shutdown fight

By Cristina Marcos and Rafael Bernal - 07/10/17 08:14 PM EDT

Two House conservatives on Monday warned that the government could shut down if a spending bill does not include money to fund President Trump’s wall along the Mexican border. Rep. Mark Meadows (R-N.C.), chairman of the conservative House Freedom Caucus, even said he believed that Trump would veto a spending measure that did not include money for the wall. “My conversations with the president have led me to believe that there is nothing less than a full and total commitment on his part to only sign into law a funding bill that actually allows for us to start construction of a border wall on our southern border,” Meadows told Breitbart News. He said there was “nothing more critical that has to be funded than funding the border wall.” Earlier on Monday, Rep. Mo Brooks (R-Ala.) vowed to “fight every spending bill that doesn’t fund that wall” in a new advertisement for his Senate campaign. “And if I have to filibuster on the Senate floor, I’ll even read the King James Bible until the wall is funded,” Brooks said in the ad. Brooks threatened to go up against GOP colleagues who block funding for the border wall. “We’re going to build that wall, or you’ll know the name of every Republican who surrenders to the Democrats to break my filibuster. I give you my word, and I don’t give my word lightly,” he continued. When Congress passed a funding bill in May to keep the government operating through the end of the current fiscal year running through September, money for the wall was not included, despite demands by Trump. The funding bill did, however, allocate $1.5 billion to border security. Democrats crowed that they had won a significant victory over the White House, something that might motivate Trump to dig in for a new battle. Trump and the Republican-controlled Congress would risk being blamed for a shutdown given their control over the executive and legislative branches. Trump and high-ranking members of his administration, however, have said that a shutdown could be productive. And a spokesman for Rep. Jim Jordan (R-Ohio), a leading conservative voice in the House, said he agrees with Meadows’s position. Freedom Caucus spokeswoman Alyssa Farah said that while the group has not taken a formal position yet on funding for the wall, it could adopt one in the coming weeks. “The vast majority of the group would like to see border wall funding,” she said. As of press time, the White House did not return calls for comment. Current government funding runs out in September, and the government would face a shutdown if Trump doesn’t sign a funding bill or continuing resolution by Oct. 1. Republicans have been divided over Trump’s demand for a wall, with some members from border states in the House and Senate questioning the wisdom of the president’s signature campaign promise. Rep. Steve Pearce (R-N.M.), whose district is along the U.S.-Mexico border, has expressed opposition to Trump’s proposed wall. “Well, we just see in my district where people will go over the wall when it’s built. They’ll come under it. They tunnel. And they’ll go through it,” he said in an April interview with NPR. Pearce is running for governor of the state. Freedom Caucus members have been flexing their muscle on the budget. Plans for the House Budget Committee to roll out its budget were scuttled for a third time this week as disagreements in the Republican caucus persist over how to move forward. The Freedom Caucus has insisted on increasing proposed mandatory spending cuts from the $150 billion the committee had proposed to $200 billion. If that number were to rise to $250 billion, the conservative group said it would also be willing to accept a debt ceiling increase, another must-pass piece of legislation on the congressional docket. Centrists in the House argue the conservative demands are implausible since any final spending bill will require Democratic support in the Senate. They argue the House GOP should simply focus on a budget that can actually make it through Congress. Democrats have long said that funding for the wall is a nonstarter. In June, Senate Minority Leader Charles Schumer (D-N.Y.) sent a letter expressing concern “with the President’s Fiscal Year 2018 request for a very expensive, ineffective new wall along the southern border with Mexico,” and rejected the idea of funding it. House Democrats would also oppose such a measure. “Democrats remain strongly opposed to President Trump’s taxpayer-funded border wall, which would be unwise, immoral, and very costly. And unfortunately for Mr. Meadows, the opposition to it is both strong and bipartisan,” said Caroline Behringer, a spokeswoman for House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi (Calif.). The Senate Budget Committee is awaiting action from the House before it brings up its own version of a resolution. A GOP Senate source, however, said the committee could start moving ahead on its own resolution if the House doesn’t act by the time the Senate votes on its version of a bill to repeal and replace ObamaCare. --Niv Elis contributed to this report. 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service (forth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 7-13-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


Multiple remains found on Pennsylvania farm in search for missing men, 1 man ID'd

By Ryan Gaydos, Travis Fedschun Published July 13, 2017 Fox News

Multiple sets of human remains were unearthed from a 12-foot-deep mass grave on an isolated Pennsylvania farm early Thursday as authorities continued digging for the bodies of four young men who disappeared last week. Officials were able to identify one of the victims as 19-year-old Dean Finocchiaro -- who vanished last week along with Mark Sturgis, 22, Tom Meo, 21, and Jimi Tar Patrick, 19. Bucks County District Attorney Matthew Weintraub said he could not identify the other remains at this time. Cosmo DiNardo, 20, remained a person of interest in the case. The grisly discovery was made on his father's farm and DiNardo was arrested Wednesday for allegedly trying to sell Meo's car for $500 on July 9 -- a day after Meo was last seen. That 1996 Nissan Maxima was also found on the family's farm, which is about 30 miles north of Philadelphia. DiNardo was being held on $5 million bail. The parents of DiNardo is expected to face a grand jury Thursday morning, Fox 29 reported. Authorities are hoping the parents can provide some information of their son's whereabouts the week of the men's disappearance. An attorney representing the parents said in a statement Wednesday that they are cooperating "in every way possible with the investigation," adding that they sympathize with the grieving families. "I can tell you they are doing everything in their power to cooperate with law enforcement's investigation at this point," Perri said in the statement. It is unclear how the four men knew DiNardo, if at all. DiNardo was originally released Tuesday evening to his parents’ home in Bensalem while FBI agents sifted through mounds of dirt from a deep pit they dug on the farm about 20 miles away. Police cadets combed the vast cornfields nearby. Patrick's family members said Sturgis and Meo worked together and Finocchiaro was a mutual friend. Weintraub said police would "continue digging and searching that property until we're satisfied that they are not there." "This is just really, really rough on everybody involved because of the heat, the magnitude, the scope -- and the stakes are incredibly high -- life and death," he said DiNardo was originally arrested Monday on a charge that had earlier been dismissed, accused of possessing a shotgun despite a previous mental health commitment. Weintraub sought a high bail for DiNardo on the gun charge because he now considers him a flight risk. The father, Antonio DiNardo, posted $100,000 Tuesday to bring his son home after the initial arrest. The Associated Press contributed to this report. 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 7-12-17 The Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Watched Kim Jong Un Prep For His ICBM Launch For Over An Hour

Ryan Pickrell China/Asia Pacific Reporter 11:29 AM 07/12/2017

When North Korea shocked the world with the successful test of an intercontinental ballistic missile, the U.S. was watching, according to U.S. government sources. North Korea tested the Hwasong-14 (KN-20) in early July. With a flight time of 37 minutes, the longest to date for North Korean missiles, the missile covered a distance of 935 kilometers and soared to a maximum altitude of 2,800 kilometers. The missile was lofted during the test, but fired on a normal trajectory, it could have a maximum range between 7,500 and 9,500 kilometers. There is a real possibility that North Korea’s ICBM could reach beyond Alaska and strike targets along the West Coast. The U.S. observed the missile on the launch pad for 70 minutes prior to launch, senior editor at The Diplomat Ankit Panda revealed in a recent report, citing government sources with direct knowledge of the new ICBM. Fox News’ Jennifer Griffin, relying on a U.S. official, reported earlier that the U.S. watched North Korea fuel the ICBM. The U.S. had warnings that an ICBM was coming. North Korean dictator Kim Jong-un warned in his New Year’s address that his country was in the final stages of developing a long-range missile, and North Korean officials and media outlets repeatedly stated that a major missile test was close at hand, with the Rodong Sinmun claiming in June that an ICBM test is “not too far away.” North Korea tested a new rocket engine that many observers suspected could serve a intercontinental ballistic missile multiple times this year, with the most recent test occurring last month. Furthermore, North Korea likes to to launch missiles on the Fourth of July. And, in general, North Korea is constantly under observation. “Clearly we watch North Korea very closely,” Pentagon spokesman Navy Capt. Jeff Davis told reporters at a Department of Defense press briefing last Wednesday, “We are always seeking to be aware of their actions.” With the U.S. watching at the time of the launch, there is the possibility that Kim Jong-un may have also been in the U.S. military’s sights. Video footage from the ICBM test show the young dictator strolling around, even smoking near, the missile. Evidence suggests that the missile was not full of fuel as Kim was taking a smoke break, but there might have been tens of tons of highly-volatile fuel nearby for the vertical fueling process. While the U.S. was watching North Korea prepare for the launch of its liquid-fueled, two-stage ICBM, the U.S. military did not take action to eliminate it or the North Korean leadership, actions which could potentially trigger a much larger conflict with a high casualty count.  “The U.S. military did not employ an elaborate missile defense shield because it did not threaten the U.S. homeland,” a Pentagon spokesman told reporters last week. 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

:: 7-12-17 KBIA :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Dispatches Troops To Djibouti To Set Up Its First Overseas Base

By Colin Dwyer • 22 hours ago Originally published on July 12, 2017 12:54 pm

China dispatched troops to set up its first military base overseas on Tuesday. After a ceremony in the southern port city of Zhanjiang, military personnel embarked on a voyage to the East African country of Djibouti to establish an outpost "conducive to China's performance of international obligations," state-run media report. The base is generally intended to "assist China's contribution to peace and stability both in Africa and worldwide," according to the Xinhua News Agency. Specifically, Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Geng Shuang said that means supporting anti-piracy efforts in the region, performing "humanitarian rescue" and helping to "drive Djibouti's economic and social development." Reuters reports that the small country, which is on the Horn of Africa, perched at the mouth of the Red Sea, already boasts U.S., French and Japanese military bases. In fact, as NPR's Renee Montagne noted when China broke ground on the base last year, the U.S. has its own major base in the same port city where China is establishing its military presence. "Djibouti has two major advantages from a foreign military point of view," NPR's Gregory Warner told Renee. "They have a very friendly, peaceful government, and they have this location on a busy shipping route next-door to conflicts in Somalia and Yemen — a short flight to the Middle East without having to be based there." While Beijing has been careful to downplay the base's significance, casting it as a focal point more for logistics than military maneuvers, an opinion piece in the state-run Global Times emphasizes its unprecedented nature. "Firstly, it is indeed the People's Liberation Army's first overseas base; China will station troops there, and it is not a commercial resupply point," the paper writes. "Foreign public opinion focuses on the base for good reason; this base will support China's navy to go farther afield, and it is of great significance." And, as Gregory noted last year, the expansion fits a recent pattern of Chinese investment on the continentnot only militarily, but also in terms of soft power: "Africa, as a whole, I think has been demanding that China become more of a long-term partner. And China's been responding to that, showing that it's not just here to build roads and airports, but it's building jobs, building security. "So we see a number of uncharacteristic moves by China in the last few years — first, dispatching a battalion of peacekeepers to a conflict in South Sudan. We see a tremendous investment in media on continent to tell that China story to Africans and more exchange programs for African students and engineers to go to China, something that the West used to offer but has decreased since Sept. 11. "So China's naval base, while serving China's purposes first, is also part of that message to Africa, saying, 'We're here for the long-term.' " China has not been shy with its money elsewhere either, promising tens of billions of dollars for an initiative Beijing calls One Belt, One Road — an attempt to create "a new Silk Road." One of the early fruits of that effort, a transcontinental train system linking China with Europe, rolled into London earlier this year. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-8-17 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Committing Treason and Benghazi Murder Cover-up

Take off your partisan hat and open your minds to the actual uninterrupted high treason that is part of the foreign policy establishment. Party politics is often just a show that plays to their respective bases. However, the tract and direction of extending the transnational empire just continues on a global scale. The full-blown treason committed by every administration that practices the internationalist vision of democracy domination is really a masquerade for worldwide dominion. Presidents are mere temporary talking heads for the oligarchy that actually rules. Murdering their own diplomats and hired help is incidental, when 1,455,590 Iraqi deaths since the U.S. invasion are ignored and dismissed. Just how well is the consistent and bipartisan aggressive interventionist foreign policy doing? Go over the list of The Arab Spring country by country. The Wall Street Journal provides a timeline on U.S. Government Reaction to the Benghazi Attack. "For days after the Sept. 11 attack in Benghazi, Libya, intelligence officials and the Obama administration said it was likely the outgrowth of protests sparked by an anti-Islamic video made in the U.S. Follow some of the administration statements on the Libya attack."The infamous propaganda voice for the Obamaistas, Media Matters puts forth their partisan spin in, What Dick Cheney's Benghazi Criticism Misses. "David Martosko of the Daily Mail Online provided former Vice President Dick Cheney a platform to criticize the Obama administration's failure to anticipate the September 11, 2012 attacks on U.S. diplomatic facilities in Benghazi, Libya, without noting that seven attacks on U.S. diplomatic facilities occurred during the Bush administration." Such diversion seeks to limit focus on the literal events that caused the Benghazi attack and the real reasons why Ambassador Christopher Stevens was left to perish by the Obama/Clinton foreign policy team of betrayers. The shameful chronicle of the intentional and politically motivated stand down that doomed Stevens and his defenders was sensitively told during Gregory Hicks' 30 Minute Recount of Benghazi Attack. While the Congressional hearings were praised for the attempt to restrain partisan grandstanding, the Washington press corps avoids placing blame on the administration as a tenant of their loyalty test. A government cover-up is made easy when the imperium friendly media is reporting on a proclaimed progressive administration. The facts necessitate that even the venerable CBS mainstream media machine reluctantly admits that the Thousands of Libyan missiles from Qaddafi era missing in action, are a central concern with the overthrow of the Libyan regime. "In the case of Libya's missing MANPADS, there was also concern they would get into the Syrian conflict. "Once they start getting sold on the black market, we can't control them," says one source. The source added he's unaware of any U.S. attempt to send recovered Libyan MANPADS to arm Syrian rebels seeking to depose President Bashar al-Assad." According to the Business Insider, the veracity of this CBS source is questionable. Connect the dots and go back to the reason why a cover-up of the Benghazi murders becomes crucial to the long-term goals to destabilize the Middle East. The US Is Openly Sending Heavy Weapons From Libya To Syrian Rebels cites the following: "The Obama administration has decided to launch a covert operation to send heavy weapons to Syrian rebels, Christina Lamb of The Sunday Times of London reports. Diplomatic sources told the Sunday Times that the U.S. "bought weapons from the stockpiles of Libya's former dictator Muammar Gaddafi." The heavy arms include mortars, rocket propelled grenades, anti-tank missiles and the controversial anti-aircraft heat-seeking SA-7 missiles, which are integral to countering Bashar Al-Assad's bombing campaign." Now compute the decades old design for the territory as stated by Wes Clark and the neocon dream. Glenn Greenwald provides further documentation in Salon that the various Middle Eastern and North African wars were planned before 9/11: "General Wesley Clark … said the aim of this plot [to "destroy the governments in ... Iraq, ... Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan and Iran"] was this: "They wanted us to destabilize the Middle East, turn it upside down, make it under our control." He then recounted a conversation he had had ten years earlier with Paul Wolfowitz — back in 1991 — in which the then-number-3-Pentagon-official, after criticizing Bush 41 for not toppling Saddam, told Clark: "But one thing we did learn [from the Persian Gulf War] is that we can use our military in the region – in the Middle East – and the Soviets won’t stop us. And we’ve got about 5 or 10 years to clean up those old Soviet regimes – Syria, Iran [sic], Iraq – before the next great superpower comes on to challenge us." Clark said he was shocked by Wolfowitz’s desires because, as Clark put it: "the purpose of the military is to start wars and change governments? It’s not to deter conflicts?" The diabolic union between Neoconservatives and Neoliberals produces a litter of demonic adventures that build up the body count and push the region into a globalist cesspit of satanic dimensions. In order to comprehend the interconnection of conflicts it is important to understand the deceptive war on terror and the assembled alliance with the Al Qaeda bogyman. The message in the essay, It’s Dishonest to Talk about Benghazi Without Talking About the Syrian War, is a reality that many cowardly Americans are unwilling to deal with, much less act upon. "Both parties are avoiding the bigger picture … The fact that Democrats and Republicans alike have been using Benghazi as the center of U.S. efforts to arm the Al Qaeda-affiliated Syrian rebels. Specifically, the U.S. supported opposition which overthrew Libya’s Gadaffi was largely comprised of Al Qaeda terrorists. According to a 2007 report by West Point’s Combating Terrorism Center’s center, the Libyan city of Benghazi was one of Al Qaeda’s main headquarters – and bases for sending Al Qaeda fighters into Iraq – prior to the overthrow of Gaddafi:" What possible justification is there to intervene in Syria? The presupposed civil war is really a designed coup d'état overthrow that only benefits a greater Israel regional expansion. Note how the policy wonks work in their nefarious planning for destabilization. The flagship establishment mouthpiece Foreign Policy has the mission to signal the intentions of government stratagem as the master plans are implemented, in the article How to destabilize the Assad regime. "In order to re-up its strategy, the administration should employ a cross-governmental approach that enlists the Treasury, Commerce, and Defense Departments. The Treasury Department should use sanctions to limit Assad's ability to repatriate funds from oil exports and more properly enforce the 2012 GRAHVITY sanctions prohibiting the transfer of internet, communications, or surveillance technology to Syria. The Treasury Department should also prohibit U.S. companies from doing business with Assad's enablers by designating those entities that continue to supply him with resources. Congress could bolster the latter measure by requiring federal contractors to certify that they are not in business with Assad's enablers. Congress should also prohibit foreign financial institutions enabling Assad from doing business with U.S. banks. Meanwhile the Commerce Department should secure tighter control over the delivery of information and communications technology to Syria especially through authorized foreign distributors. Finally, as mandated by an amendment to the National Defense Authorization Act of 2013, the Pentagon should cease its business with Rosoboronexport, one of Assad's chief enablers, instead of entering into new contracts as it has expressed the intention to do." What do you call the treachery, when your own government is committing the subversiveness? The cryptic psychopolitical spook Dr. Steve Pieczenik presents an astounding analysis that answers this question in the You Tube, Benghazi Truth: Obama Was Running Secret Army. His call to action is a rare and daring challenge to the military that is worth a sober assessment if for no other reason than observing the anxious and flabbergasted reaction from Alex Jones. The treason committed, depends upon the nationalist loyalties of the government agents. In this case, the evidence seems well placed that the security apparatus is serving the wrong master. The substance of the Benghazi duplicity and scandalous evasion of accountability is an entrenched practice that permeates every level of command and control. The courage of Gregory Hicks, Mark Thompson and Eric Nordstrom is an act of legitimate patriotism seldom seen out of Foggy Bottom. If professional State Department public servants can speak truth to power, where are the guts of the General Military Officers? If the Joint Chiefs of Staff is a brood of poodle puppies and lap dogs, God Save the Republic. Dr. Pieczenik is In Search of James Mattoon Scott. Most subservient subjects are oblivious to the Seven Days in May scenario. Perpetuating the myth, that civilian command preserves the constitutional liberties of citizens, does not conform to the record of presidential dictatorship. When state treason is codified normality, the mere murder of four more Americans is hardly an afterthought to the executioners of the country. Respecting commander in chief traitors is an absurd national death wish. SARTRE – May 12, 2013 Discuss or comment about this essay on the BATR Forum

"With all due respect, the fact is, we had four dead Americans! Was it because of a protest or was it because of guys out for a walk one night who decided they'd go kill some Americans? What difference at this point does it make? It is our job to figure out what happened and do everything we can to prevent it from ever happening again." Hillary Clinton 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 7-9-17 US Denfece Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted on July 9, 2017 by Ray Starmann

Western Europe is Ripe for Revolution

The fall of Western Europe marches on with the speed of a possessed automaton. From Italy to Great Britain, millions of migrants from the war torn Middle East and countries in Africa have stormed ashore, across the Alps, while advancing like colonies of red ants into Germany, Sweden, Denmark, France, Austria, Italy and the United Kingdom. The millions of Islamic migrants who have invaded Europe since 2015 are not coming to Europe to uphold democracy. They are coming to destroy democracy and usher in a new caliphate from Palermo to Manchester. The invasion of Western Europe has become tantamount to national suicide, with policies driven by leaders who are hell bent on importing violent citizens of a malevolent culture into their once, clean, tidy, peaceful lands. In 2015, migrants committed nearly 400,000 crimes in Germany. In the state of Badem-Wuerttemberg alone in 2016, a total of 251,000 criminal suspects across the state in 2016, 107,417 were foreign, with 25,379 of these being asylum seekers and refugees. Syria was the most frequently seen country of origin in the latter category, followed by Gambia, and then Afghanistan. In Bavaria, the number of crimes committed by immigrants rose 57.8 per cent from the previous year, a development which the state’s Interior Minister Joachim Herrmann described as “worrying”. In Sweden, violent crime has increased by 300% and rapes by 1,472%. Sweden is now number two on the list of rape countries, surpassed only by Lesotho in Southern Africa. Sweden is now number two on the global list of rape countries. According to a survey from 2010, Sweden, with 53.2 rapes per 100,000 inhabitants, is surpassed only by tiny Lesotho in Southern Africa, with 91.6 rapes per 100,000 inhabitants. Rather than doing something about the problem of violence and rape, Swedish politicians, public authorities and media do their best to explain away the facts. Here are some of their explanations: Swedes have become more prone to report crime. The law has been changed so that more sexual offences are now classed as rape. Swedish men cannot handle increased equality between the sexes and react with violence against women (perhaps the most fanciful excuse). In fact, Swedish authorities are more than happy to blame native Swedes for rape and crime, rather than admitting that the culprits were migrants. For example, all major Swedish media reported on a brutal gang rape on board the Finnish Ferry Amorella, running between Stockholm and Åbo in Finland. Big headlines told the readers that the perpetrators were Swedish: “Several Swedish Men Suspected of Rape on the Finland Ferry” (Dagens Nyheter). “Six Swedish Men Raped Woman in Cabin” (Aftonbladet). “Six Swedes Arrested for Rape on Ferry” (Expressen). “Eight Swedes Suspected of Rape on Ferry” (TT – the Swedish News Agency). On closer inspection, it turned out that seven of the eight suspects were Somalis and one was Iraqi. None of them had Swedish citizenship, so they were not even Swedish in that sense. Multi-cultural paradise Malmo, Sweden, is now the most dangerous city in Western Europe. London is now Londonistan and its mayor Sadiq Khan is not only a Muslim, but an apologist for his so called ‘religion of peace.Stockholm is the New Syria. Berlin is run by Chechen Sharia Police. Nothing to see here folks, except for the destruction of your civilization. Move on… As the bombs detonate and the women are raped, as the towns and villages are overrun by Stone Age thugs who follow a satanic cult religion, the leaders of Western Europe seemingly ignore the cries in the night from their own native citizens who have had enough of Angela Merkel’s great multicultural experiment from hell. As the trucks run down innocent people and bullets riddle café goers, the 21st Century’s villains; Merkel, Macron, Loefven and Rutte speak in ridiculous platitudes like ‘we can do it,’ while labeling anyone against the death of Western Europe a racist or neo Nazi. There is not one positive thing that emanates from Islam: nothing; nada, not an iota of peace, a speck of love, a wisp of harmony. It is a 6th Century death cult that has been imported into Western Europe for the sole reason that leftists believe in the lunatic idea that multiculturalism works and we can all live in harmony. If the Islamic invasion of Western Europe wasn’t enough, the citizens of EU nations are being micromanaged by tyrants in Brussels, who believe that they have not only the right, but the supreme knowledge to dictate the smallest tenets of one’s life. Here’s a sample of the typical bureaucrat directives coming down from the EU to its subjects: Cucumbers and bananas should not be bendy International ridicule erupted when the EU stated that all bananas must be “free of abnormal curvature”. Under the rules, cucumbers were to be “practically straight” and bent by a gradient of no more than 1/10. Diabetics should be BANNED from the roads Up to one million drivers faced losing their driving licenses – because harsh EU experts deemed people with diabetes “unfit” to drive. Eggs CANNOT be sold by the dozen Fury erupted when shopkeepers were told all food must be weighed and sold by the kilo – instead of the number contained in the packet back in 2010. And even though British shoppers can still buy a dozen of eggs, it is now priced based wholly on the weight. Super vacuum cleaners BANNED It was as though the British way of life was under threat when the EU looked to target the nation’s kettles, toasters and even lawnmowers. Their plans to erode the lifestyle choices of ordinary people were followed by the banning of the powerful vacuum cleaner. In 2014 vacuum cleaners, which had motors above the EU limit of 1,600 watts had to go. But it was all for a good cause because it was in a bid to cut energy usage. EU in a JAM over preserves EU regulators stopped sellers using the word ‘jam’ on their products if the sugar content was more than 60 per cent. Instead anything containing less had to be called a “fruit spread”, while a low sugar jam with less than 50 per cent of sugar was named a “conserve”. But lawmakers got themselves out of the sticky situation by relaxing these laws in 2013. European bureaucrats have also imposed bans or restrictions on thousands of other consumer products, including bananas, clothes dryers, cosmetics, cucumbers, fruit jam, laptop computers, laundry detergents, light bulbs, olive oil, plastic bags, refrigerators, showerheads, television sets, tobacco, toilets, toys, urinals and wine cooling cabinets. As of September 1, 2012, hundreds of millions of EU citizens—who were never consulted on the issue—have been required to buy energy-efficient fluorescent lamps, which contain toxic materials such as mercury. Because the EU does not require retailers to take back the new bulbs, 80% end up in household garbage, leaving the mercury to ultimately seep into the soil or groundwater. According to the German newsmagazine Der Spiegel, the EU ban on light bulbs was motivated less about genuine environmental concerns than it was about scoring political points on the international stage. Light bulbs and vacuum cleaners are not the only products targeted for higher energy efficiency. As of November 1, “the weighted condensation efficiency of condensation tumbler dryers must not be less than 60%,” according to European Commission Regulation No. 932/2012 dated October 3, 2012. That same week, Brussels announced criteria to standardize the flushing of all toilets and urinals in the EU. The decision followed years of efforts by experts working for the European Commission’s environment directorate, as well as “stakeholders” studying “user behavior” and “best practices. ”Holger Krahmer, a Member of the European Parliament for Germany’s business-friendly Free Democratic Party (FDP), puts it this way: “We are heading for a dictatorship of bureaucrats.” Not heading, Mr. Krahmer, you’re already there. Thomas Paine once wrote that nobility is the greatest fraud on humanity. The EU Big Brother tyrants are modern day nobility, 2017 Louis XIV’s who believe in ‘L’etat c’est moi’ or they are the state, aka they are God on earth. The EU now has a stranglehold on its member nations. As Jean Monet, Founding Father of the European Union stated nearly 20 years ago, “Europe’s nations should be guided towards the super state without their people understanding what is happening. This can be accomplished by successive steps, each disguised as having an economic purpose. But which will eventually and irreversibly lead to federation.” While the average European citizen is burdened with high tax rates, the EU bureaucrats, like Jean-Claude Juncker, pay no taxes. The arrogance of Western Europe’s leaders is simply astounding. When questioned about her diabolical, globalist backed decision to destroy Germany with unvetted Islamic immigration, Mrs. Merkel seems annoyed that the serfs would dare question her motivations for bringing down Western Civilization. In essence, Mrs. Merkel is saying, ‘let them eat Strudel.’ I have news for former Stasi officer, Angela Merkel. If you were an American leader you would have already been tarred and feathered and sent packing down a road leading to hell, where you belong, you globalist hack. Then there’s France’s Francois Macron, the high society villain, globalist puppet and newly elected President of France who stated recently that he would govern like the Roman God, Jupiter. The EU is the enemy of freedom and the leaders of Western Europe are globalist stooges. Is there anything that can stop the Islamic onslaught and the EU tyranny? Yes, a good, old fashioned revolution. Brexit, led by supreme British nationalist and patriot, Nigel Farage was a start. Will other Western European nations eventually follow Great Britain’s path? Western Europe is indeed ripe for revolution, but will the people have the fortitude to do it? Will the people of Western Europe have the guts to bring down the EU, restore their civilization and deal with the criminals who are intent on destroying it? Time will tell. 

:: 7-7-17 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Oregon Cracks Down on Gun Rights in the Name of Suicide Prevention

A newly passed bill in the state would let cops and judges decide who can exercise their Second Amendment rights.

Christian Britschgi|Jul. 7, 2017 3:58 pm

The Oregon legislature just passed a gun control measure that substantially weakens constitutional rights. Senate Bill 719 will allow a family member or a police officer to obtain a civil court order immediately stripping someone of the right to possess a firearm for up to a year, if a judge finds the person presents a danger to himself or others. Proponents hail the law as an effective way to prevent suicides. Sen. Brian Boquist (R-Dallas) argues that it will bring the number of veteran suicides down. Gun control crusader Gabrielle Giffords has called it a "responsible bill that helps keep guns out of the hands of individuals who are experiencing a mental health crisis." Paul Phillips, president of the group Oregon Gun Owners, retorts that the bill does little to prevent suicides but does deprive gun owners of basic constitutional protections. Gun confiscations under SB 719 will be "based on hearsay evidence alone, and the firearm owner is not privy to a fair trial," he says. According to the bill, any law enforcement officer and family member—including partners, siblings, or even roommates—can request a hearing with a judge to get a "extreme risk protection order." If issued, this would prohibit a person from possessing or purchasing a firearm. At that hearing, which has to be held within one judical day of being requested, the judge will decide whether to issue the order, which goes into effect immediately. The subject of the order has no right to contest it before it is issued. He can pursue an appeals process afterward, which is a bit like having the right to a jury trial after you've already been sent to prison. Meanwhile, some of the things a judge can consider while deciding whether to grant one of these orders are not related to suicide, such as past drunk driving arrests or recent drug use, or are totally legitimate exercises of one's Second Amendment rights, such as trying to buy a gun in the past 180 days. Ironically, given Giffords' reference to "a mental health crisis," one of the few things the judge is prohibited from considering is "any mental health diagnosis or any connection between the risk presented by the respondent and mental illness." No small amount of procedural shenanigans were used to get this bill through the Oregon legislature in the final few days of the legislative session. Upon it passing the Senate, SB 719 was sent not to the House Judiciary Committee—which usually handles criminal legislation, but is chaired by pro–Second Amendment Democrat Jeff Barker—but rather to the House Rules Committee. That committee's chair decided to forgo a public hearing on the bill, and instead passed it out of committee the day before July 4, when half the Republicans committee members had already gone home. The bill now goes to Gov. Kate Brown, who is expected to sign it. Once she does, Oregon gun owners will be at the mercy of jurists like Judge Kenneth Walker, who said in court last year that "no one would have guns—not police, not security. We should eliminate all of them." 

[ :: 10-11-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. The world walks in confusion, there are those countries that desire their own monetary system to choke out others, and then there are those that desire a world monetary system, and the world monitory system will be the one that wins out, my word calls it the mark of the beast, etc..

:: 7-8-17 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

$20,000 – $30,000 Gold, And Whistleblower Maguire Is Right, China To Massively Revalue Gold And Make Gold Part Of A Blockchain Currency

July 08, 2017

Today one of the greats in the business said Maguire is right, China is going to massively revalue gold and make gold part of a blockchain currency.

Maguire Exposed World To Rigged Markets

July 8 (King World News) – Stephen Leeb: “What a pleasure, Eric, to hear your interview with Andrew Maguire, whose knowledge of the ins and outs of the gold market is unparalleled. He was the first to give solid evidence that major markets can and have been rigged, and his revelations in 2010 about gold and silver made it believable that other major markets could be rigged as well. In fact, I’d argue that without his persistence in 2010, no one would have believed the whistleblowers who blew the lid off the scandals in such major markets as LIBOR and some currency markets. Eric, the bottom line is that Maguire exposed to the entire world the fact that markets are rigged before anyone believed that was possible.. So, I find it very reassuring that my macro approach to analyzing the markets is in sync with Andrew’s view. While Andrew focuses on trading patterns and positioning in the physical and paper markets by various players, my indicators assess a wide variety of big-picture variables, from changes in the S&P to correlations among different commodities and between commodities and paper assets. My indicators, which have a good record, are why in several interviews this year I warned that gold could come down but urged that any dips be taken as buying opportunities. On Friday, my indicators, which have been bearish since mid-April, turned neutral, and they easily could soon flash a buy signal almost in line with Andrew’s projected time frame for a reset in gold’s price. While my indicators say it is still a bit early to plunge in and buy with both hands, I could easily be printing that advice within the new few weeks or even days. Maguire Is Right, China To Use Gold In Blockchain I also was struck by Andrew’s points about blockchains that include gold and about the potential for 2017 to be a major bottom for gold. My thinking for some time has been that the Chinese will use blockchains and some form of virtual currency – not bitcoin or anything available today but a currency of their own creation – to replace the dollar. I don’t think anyone can guess point by point what the plan will be, but the currency almost surely will be a basket that includes gold, the renminbi, and perhaps other paper currencies. Whatever its precise form, the goal will be to segue from a dollar-based reserve currency to a gold-centered monetary system. And as I’ve noted previously, this new currency will likely first be introduced as the denomination for trading an Eastern oil benchmark that the Chinese will control. One question is, why wouldn’t China just use bitcoin and be done with it? After all China by a wide margin has been the largest “miner” of bitcoin. It takes massive amounts of computing power to create bitcoin, which, once created, become part of a blockchain – a database containing the history of all bitcoin transactions. Because of the complexity of the algorithms creating bitcoin, and because copies of the blockchains are distributed to various institutions, the bitcoin market is nearly impossible to hack into as you would have to hack all copies of the blockchains. Creating a phony bitcoin not only is beyond the computing power of almost all hackers, the cryptocurrency would then have to be attached to all blockchains. Besides their high degree of security, the another reason bitcoin is attractive to investors is that they are limited in number to 21 million. This limit, however, is one of the reasons bitcoin wouldn’t be suitable as a reserve currency. Even at their recent high of $3,000, the total value of all bitcoins was equivalent to a few billion dollars. Not only would it take a Herculean computing effort to break the 21 million barrier, but any effort to create more would dilute the value of existing bitcoin holders and run into fierce resistance by those owners. Moreover, increasing the number would drastically change the underlying fundamentals of the currency. There’s another and more important reason – bitcoin wouldn’t cut it as a reserve currency, one that can be explained by repeating a story Warren Buffett once told. He asked his audience to imagine an isolated town of, say, 100 people all owning identical homes. The town council decided that each year it would make everyone richer by raising the value of the homes by, say, 10 percent. Eventually the homes, which are pretty ordinary by most standards, carry multimillion-dollar price tags, giving everyone in town a great sense of wealth. Then one day one of the homeowners tries to sell his home to someone from outside the town. And in a heartbeat the residents’ millions of dollars in wealth tumbles by 90 percent. Similarly, bitcoin’s value resides in the willingness of a relatively small community of bitcoin holders to assign them a particular value. In the case of the homes, it’s the council that determined value. With bitcoins, a small marketplace determines value. But in both cases, there is very little there there. Just this week Sheng Songcheng, an adviser to the People’s Bank of China, commented: “Bitcoin does not have the fundamental attributes needed to be a currency as it is a string of code generated by complex algorithms.” Sheng acknowledged that the technology behind the bitcoin did make it a kind of digital asset, but one distinct from a currency. Most important Sheng also confirmed that the PBOC is studying a virtual currency that could be regulated and function properly. Now let’s return to Buffett’s anecdote. Suppose each year every homeowner had to add a specified amount of gold to his home’s foundation. That gold wouldn’t merely buttress the physical foundation – it would also would support a minimum value for the house. By the same token, if bitcoin consisted of a notional dollar value plus a fixed amount of gold, it would always have value come hell or high water. China Blockchain To Include Gold Creating blockchains made up of baskets of currencies and gold is possible, but to do so – in fact, simply to create the individual cryto-baskets – would require extraordinary computing power. And it would require something else: a trove of gold for which the currency could theoretically be exchanged. Only one country meets these criteria, and no surprise, it’s China. This year marked at least the third year in a row in which China ranked first as the country with the fastest supercomputers. Indeed, the world’s two fastest supercomputers are in China. Moreover, China has announced that by yearend it will have a prototype of the holy grail of supercomputers: an exascale computer, meaning one that can perform at least a quintillion (a billion billion) calculations per second. Though Chinese technology gets a lot of credit in going from nowhere to king of the mountain in high-performance computing, China also gets an A+ in foresight in realizing that one of the major limitations on how fast a computer can perform is the amount of energy these huge machines consume. By a factor of five or six, China has the most hydropower of any country. As with wind and solar, hydropower requires major upfront expenditures after which the energy it produces is effectively free. And unlike wind and solar, which can be erratic, hydropower is not subject to the whims of weather. It’s ideal for powering computers, the kind of massive computers needed for mining highly complex currencies. China’s propensity for long-term – in some cases, generations-long – thinking continues to serve it remarkably well. Could 2017 be the year of launch for the near-fantastic bull market in gold that lies ahead? I am not betting my shirt on it, but it wouldn’t surprise me one bit. In my last interview, I said China was likely well aware of the risks America faces and the need to act quickly to avoid being caught up in another meltdown. Even a cursory reading of The Art of War teaches that you should act when no one expects it. And surely with oil prices low (but totally out of whack with what physical oil is worth), 2017 could be the year that China launches its Eastern oil benchmark. $20,000 – $30,000 Gold After which the sky – or at least the very highest clouds – would be the limit for the ultimate price of gold – in a world whose total wealth now measures about $250 trillion. A gold price as high as 20 or 30 thousand could only back a portion of that wealth.” 

:: 7-6-17 Financal Success :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Supercomputer Is Betting on a Market Crash in the Months Ahead

FS Staff07/06/2017

One of the world's most powerful supercomputers, retrofitted for trading the stock market, appears to be betting on a crash in the months ahead. The Financial Crisis Observatory (FCO) at ETH Zurich released its latest Global Bubble Status Report on July 1st. As we discussed with FCO’s director, Didier Sornette, on our podcast in May, they use one of the world’s leading supercomputers to monitor global markets each day for two distinct bubble-like characteristics: faster than exponential price movement and accelerating oscillations (see Podcast: Using a Supercomputer to Trade the Market). Their July report notes an increasing trend of positive bubbles across multiple asset classes. Here’s what they say in their “big picture” section: “One can observe the continuation of a trend in the growth of positive bubbles in the fixed income asset class for the second month. The fraction of stocks diagnosed in a positive bubble state increased this month to exceed 36% compared with 32% last month. Mixed bubble signals still occur only in few commodity indices. We also observe renewed bubble activity in currency pairs.” [source] Here is the chart where they show the “historical evolution of the fraction of assets within an asset class that show significant bubble signals”: Based on their daily scan of global markets, the Financial Crisis Observatory assigns individual stocks into four different quadrants based on their bubble strength and value score. These four quadrants are then used to create a trading strategy consisting of four different portfolios, which they define as follows (click image to enlarge): In looking at each of the four portfolios, it appears that the supercomputer was mostly initiating long positions since March. However, starting in June, the researchers note that there has been a rebound in Contrarian Short portfolios in recent weeks: “This month, we find that Long portfolios started to develop a drawdown in most portfolios initiated in March, April, May and June 2017. This reflects the stopping of the previously booming markets. Especially, the Contrarian Short portfolios rebounded in recent weeks. Contrarian Portfolios are more delicate to use due to their sensitivity to timing the expected reversal and exhibit very volatile performances, indicating that most of bubbles in the market are still dominating and that fundamentals have not yet played out. We expect trend-following positions to perform in the months following the position set-up and then contrarian positions to over-perform over longer time scales as the predicted corrections play out.” Here is a chart illustrating each of their four portfolios since June with the rebound in Contrarian Shorts shown in green, which they expect to “over-perform over longer time scales as the predicted corrections play out.” Based on the large and growing list of positions in its Contrarian Short portfolio—which includes the FANG stocks—it would appear that FCO's supercomputer is setting up for some sort of market crash or correction in the months ahead. To listen to our May interview with Didier Sornette, please log in and click here. To access this month’s Global Bubble Status report with its full list of positions, click here. 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 7-9-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Panic At CNN - 'One Of The Greatest Moments In The History Of The Internet': The Great Meme War Of 2017

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine July 9, 2017

Quick Recap For New Readers: In Early June CNN published a "news" story citing unnamed sources that had to be edited with a change in headline when their so-called sources misled them or CNN just lied, no one is sure which. Mid-June, CNN published a fake news story they had to retract totally, delete, apologize for and force the resignations of three high profile named employees, after being threatened with a $100 million lawsuit. Also in June, Project Veritas published under-cover videos showing CNN employees admitting the "Russia" narrative was bullsh*t" and a "nothing burger." That alone had other MSM news outlets warning them to "slow down" and explain what happened. Early July, Jake Tapper ran a segment in which the graphics shown on the screen consisted of a "fake" Enquirer cover (one that was never really used by the Enquirer.) TIME WARNER SHAREHOLDERS GO AFTER CNN FOR BIASED REPORTING In the midst of all of the scandals that rocked CNN in June and May when they were forced to fire Kathy Griffin from her News Year gig as a co-host for New Year for an image she proudly touted of a mock bloody beheaded President Trump and firing Reza Aslan after he called our President a piece of excrement, shareholders for Time Warner (The parent company of CNN) went after CNN CEO Jeff Bewkes for the networks biased reporting and continuous bashing of President Trump. Via The Daily Caller: David Almasi, the Veep of the National Center for Public Policy Research, a conservative communications and research foundation, is in LA to question Bewkes. Both Almasi and President David Ridenour are Time Warner shareholders. “In the past month, CNN parted ways with Kathy Griffin over her photo with a mock severed Trump head and Reza Aslan after he called our President a piece of excrement for pushing the anti-terror travel ban,” Almasi said in a statement released to The Mirror that he read aloud at the meeting. Almasi is also irked at CNN for sponsoring Julius Caesar in the park. Some sponsors have dropped out — but not Time Warner. “Mr. Bewkes, we have urged you many times to make CNN more objective,” Almasi said in his statement. “You have admitted to us in 2014 the need for more balance. We praised you last year after CNN President Jeffrey Zucker also acknowledged this and acted on the need for more diverse views. But bias is apparently worse than ever. As shareholders, we are concerned about the repetitional risk to our investment in Time Warner as CNN appears to be a key player in the war against the Trump presidency.” Almasi cited a Media Research Center study of CNN programing for 14 hours and 27 minutes of news coverage back on May 12. The report concluded that all but 68 minutes were devoted to Trump with 96 guests out of 123 being negative. The Veep flatly told Bewkes that he isn’t achieving the goal he made to shareholders in 2014 to “try to be independent and objective.” “Is it any wonder that President Trump mocks CNN as ‘fake news,’ that the network was snubbed by Vice President Pence and that it receives poor access at White House press events?” he asked. By all accounts it has been a extremely bad couple of months for CNN, especially amidst a pending purchase of Time Warner by AT&T. 'ONE OF THE GREATEST MOMENTS IN THE HISTORY OF THE INTERNET' The "great meme war of 2017" started with a tweet by President Trump, an amusing little Internet meme in the form of a GIF that retouched a 2013 WWE video clip, showing the president body-slamming the CNN logo. In typical "crybully" fashion, CNN, who had been attacking the president non-stop, now declared they were a "victim" and the Internet meme was actually and "incitement" to violence against all MSM member, who should now be in fear for their lives. Other MSM outlets jumped right into the narrative that they were the victims of the "bully" president. It was very dramatic! Crybully: "Someone who uses the perceived righteousness of a social justice cause as a pretext to abuse others, and then plays the victim when confronted about that abuse." Then, in perhaps one of the greatest examples of snatching defeat from the jaws of victory, after all, the CNN scandals were second page news while the President's tweet became front page news, CNN committed a blunder which led to what a columnist and novelist who has written for a number of publications, including the Daily Mail, Daily Express, The Times, The Daily Telegraph, and The Spectator, James Delingpole, calls "one of the greatest moments in the history of the internet." CNN hunted down that meme maker, some anonymous random Internet user that thought the GIF was funny, and they contacted him letting him know they knew who he was. So he apologized and CNN decided it would be a great idea to inform the public they "tracked him down," and he apologized for his "bad behavior on social media," but they were not going to released his name, in the interest of his personal safety, unless he went back to his "bad behavior." CNN is not publishing “HanA**holeSolo’s” name because he is a private citizen who has issued an extensive statement of apology, showed his remorse by saying he has taken down all his offending posts, and because he said he is not going to repeat this ugly behavior on social media again. In addition, he said his statement could serve as an example to others not to do the same. CNN reserves the right to publish his identity should any of that change. If that sounds like a threat to those reading, pundits on both sides of the political aisle, even those that were so quick to take CNN's side over the president daring to tweet the original meme, agree, as the Twitter hashtag #CNNBlackmail was born. Hashtags are usually a dime a dozen, they are created, people have fun with them, they start trending on Twitter, they die out within hours for the most part, especially once Twitter removes them from their "trending" sidebar. Not #CNNBlackmail though, as it started on July 4, 2017 when the CNN article was published and promoted by CNN, it stayed trending well into the next day, and still today, July 9, 2017, thousands of tweets continue to pour in despite it being removed from the trending sidebar on the 5th. The reason for that is forums such as Reddit (it was one of their users CNN threatened to out), 4chan, Discord, and others, declared the "great meme war of 2017" against CNN. Before detailing the continued fall out from the "meme war," it was the creation and continued popularity of the #CNNBlackmail hashtag that Delingpole referred to as one of the greatest moments in the history of the Internet. Not because of the slew of new "memes" being created, most of which much worse than the original one tweeted by President Trump, but because to Delingpole, the "enemy has shown its true colors," and conservatives were finally fighting back. #CNNBlackmail, make no mistake, was a pivotal #winning moment. Why and how did we win? Partly by using the enemy’s tactics against them; partly by exploiting a few strengths of our own. The entire piece is well worth the read as Delingpole details exactly how conservatives turned the tables on progressive liberals, but specifically CNN, and why it was critical in regards to the culture wars, where snowflakism and victimhood has pretty much stifled any true meaningful debate. ANALYSIS OF DELINGPOLE'S ARGUMENT Delingpole is spot on. For years those that laughed at the Prozac dipped binkie sucking "snowflakes," thinking their antics would turn people away, where every word uttered is a "micro-aggression" and everybody that disagreed with them were "racists" or "white nationalists," forgot a major point: If only one side of the argument is being heard, then there is no pushback against their antics, there is no voice of reason or logic being heard. In the minds of those not considered snowflakes, not lowering themselves to the level of those attacking others, was considered taking the "high road." All that has done is create more snowflakes.... only now, since the 2016 presidential election where the MSM lost all influence and couldn't "control exactly what people think," which is what MSNBC's Mika Brzezski admitted the MSM considered their job to be, the establishment media has become those snowflakes, where every word President Trump utters is a "micro-agression," every agenda item he implements is "racist ," or will "kill people," and every tweet he sends is the end of the world and Democracy as we know it (reminder to the MSM that spews that nonsense - America is a Republic, not a Democracy). The high road be damned. This is war and as such, it is time to call out every single one of their lies, no matter how big or how small, which by the way, they continue to spew, such as CNN's Jim Acosta telling his followers that President Trump was spouting fake news when he spoke of only three intelligence agencies being behind the DNI report saying Russia meddled in the 2016 election in order to get Donald Trump elected, and Acosta did that after the New York Times issued a correction as did the AP, explaining they falsely reported that 17 intelligence agencies were behind that report and their were only three, then collated by the ODNI. AP: In stories published April 6, June 2, June 26 and June 29, The Associated Press reported that all 17 U.S. intelligence agencies have agreed that Russia tried to influence the 2016 election to benefit Donald Trump. That assessment was based on information collected by three agencies – the FBI, CIA and National Security Agency – and published by the Office of the Director of National Intelligence, which represents all U.S. intelligence agencies. Not all 17 intelligence agencies were involved in reaching the assessment. Either they be forced to start reporting the truth or they need to be destroyed, put into bankruptcy and driven out of business. THE GREAT MEME WAR OF 2017 Although it was a Reddit user that created the original GIF meme that was threatened and basically blackmailed by CNN, it was 4chan that declared that CNN had started a war on the entire Internet, with different forums, including Discord, Reddit, and a whole host of other social media platforms, that started compiling a list of CNN's advertisers to contact, and declared their own "meme war" where now thousands of GIFS, memes, images and videos are now going viral across the internet, with InfoWars starting a contest offering 20K for the best "meme," all resulting in an onslaught of anti-CNN images all over the Internet, many of them far worse than the one they initially cried over. It is not just on the Twitter hashtags, #CNNBlackmail #CNNMemeWars, where these images are being slammed, but on individual tweets from CNN reporters, on every anti-Trump or fake news article they share on social media, dozens of these memes are appearing in the comments. CNN's Facebook channel is showing the same thing. CNN apps have been down-voted to one star ratings (the lowest rating possible) with Google now attempting to help CNN salvage what is left of their reputation by removing 15,000 of those one star reviews. There is panic at CNN, as their credibility is shot and their ratings are tanking, while employees feel "victimized" because after months and months of their attacks against President Trump, his family and his supporters, they finally went too far and are learning that if you attack us for too long, eventually, we will fight back. The great meme war of 2017 has just begun. 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

:: 7-9-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Former Ambassador Warns 'The Day Of Reckoning Could Come Sooner Than Anyone Thinks'

- Council On Foreign Relations Study May Indicate A 'False Flag Grid Down Scenario' Is On The Horizon

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die July 9, 2017

While the eyes of America and the world are now rightfully set upon North Korea's nuclear program after their latest inter-continental-ballistic-missile test was called a 'game changer' while it was determined it would have been able to hit Alaska, we take a look at what could be a far bigger and more imminent threat in North Korea's 'elite cyberwarfare' units. 'Elite hackers' who've already proven themselves capable of hacking into major banks and capable of bringing down nuclear power plants and electrical grids. While US bombers recently carried out a show of force exercise over South Korea as detailed in this NBC news story while also carrying out tests upon their THAAD missile defense system, as we read in this story from the NY Times and hear in the 2nd video below, according to the FBI and the Department of Homeland Security, hackers have been targeting US nuclear facilities. And while currently, a hacking group with alleged ties to the Russian government (of course!) is being blamed, we take a look here at why those attempting the hacking are more likely tied to North Korea (or those trying to blame a future false flag upon them). According to Ambassador Henry F. Cooper, appointed by President Ronald Reagan